. I. Crow ley
University of Maine
Orono, Maine
SANSKRIT READER:
WITH VOCABULARY AND NOTES
BY
CHARLES ROCKWELL LANMAN
CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTE OF FRANCE (ACADEMIE DES INSCRIPTIONS
ET BELLES-LETTRES), ETC., PROFESSOR OF SANSKRIT AT HARVARD UNIVERSITY
FIRST EDITION, SIXTH ISSUE
BOSTON
GINN AND COMPANY
1912
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1888, by
C. R. LANMAN,
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
TYPOGRAPHY OF THE TEXT BY TYPOGRAPHY OF THE
GEBRUDER UNGER, VOCABULARY AND NOTES BY
SCHONEBERGER STRASSE, 17A, J. 8. GUSHING & CO.,
BERLIN, SW. BOSTON, MASS.
Annsx
PK
TO MY TEACHERS,
WILLIAM DWIGHT WHITNEY
OF YALE COLLEGE,
ALBRECHT WEBER
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF BERLIN,
AND
RUDOLF ROTH
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TUBINGEN,
IN TOKEN OF THANKS AND AFFECTION.
2047520
PKEFACE.
THE results of comparative philology are now so generally incorporated
into our modern classical grammars, lexicons, and text-books, that even a
slight knowledge of Sanskrit, if it be accurate so far as it goes, is of great
service to the classical teacher in making his instruction interesting and
effective. As independent disciplines, moreover, Sanskrit and comparative
philology, and the literatures and religions of India, are constantly gaining
in importance, so that, for example, Sanskrit is now taught at all but one of
the twenty universities of the German Empire.
The design of this work, then, is twofold. In the first place, it is to
serve as an introduction to these subjects for the students of our colleges
and universities. The excellent Chrestomathy of BOEHTLINGK has no
vocabulary ; and few persons can be expected to buy the costly dictionaiy
of WILLIAMS or that of BOEHTLINGK AND ROTH, at the outset, when the} 7
are uncertain whether Sanskrit will be of sufficient interest or use to them
to warrant their continuing its study. What the beginner needs is an
elementary work comprehending both text and vocabulary in a single
volume. And accordingly, this Reader is meant to furnish ample material
for about fifty weeks' reading, in a course of three hours a week, and,
with the text, the appropriate lexical apparatus. The Reader is made as
a companion- volume to WHITNEY'S Sanskrit Grammar, and these two books
supply all that is needed for the first year's study.
This Reader is designed, in the second place, to render a knowledge of
Sanskrit accessible to the classical teachers of high-schools, academies, and
colleges. These teachers, if they pursue this study at all, usually do so
without the aid of an instructor. And it is especially the requirements of
unaided private study that I have taken constant pains to meet. I state this
fact thus explicitly, because, both here at Cambridge, and during my con-
nection with the Johns Hopkins University (where the plan for this work
was formed) , numerous inquiries for such a book have been addressed to me
by persons very remote from any of the higher institutions of learning.
If, incidentally, this work should help to correct some of the false
notions which are prevalent respecting the relations of Sanskrit to other
languages of the Indo-European family, and to save the literature from
undue depreciation and from exaggerated praise, it will have served a
worthy object.
So cumbrous or so meagre have been hitherto the appliances for acquiring
even a moderate knowledge of Sanskrit, that classical students, when seeking
such knowledge as an auxiliary to their special work, have found the labor
discouragingl}' great. These students unquestionably have a legitimate and
sufficient reason for undertaking Sanskrit, and I venture to hope that the
difficulties of the beginning (see p. xv) have been so materially lessened
that they will now find even a modicum of Sanskrit well worth the trouble of
attainment.
In making my selections 1 from the various Sanskrit writings, I have had
two practical aims in view : first, to provide abundant material for thorough
drill in the language of the classical period ; and, secondly, to furnish a
brief introduction to the works of the Vedic period, Mantra, Brahmana,
and Sutra. Accordingly I have not sought to give any thing new, but
rather that which is best suited for beginners. The easy Nala is the
Xenophon's Anabasis of Sanskrit students, and quotations from it appear
very often in the grammars. And the first five chapters here given form a
complete story. For an elementary reader, the Hitopadea is unrivalled,
and to leave it out would have been an inexcusable omission, unless, indeed,
its place were taken by the Panchatantra. From this latter work I attempted
to prepare some selections ; but the text is in so unsatisfactory a condition,
that I relinquished the plan. And so, although the Hitopadega has been
printed very often, I have given a considerable part 2 of it here, choosing the
fables on the ground of their intrinsic excellence and their interest as
originals of well-known occidental stories. 3 For similar reasons the six
tales from the Katha-sarit-sagara were selected. On account of their easy
style and simple narrative, they furnish admirable matter for exercise in rapid
reading. The selections from " Manu" are so made as to illustrate some of
the most important and interesting matters of Hindu custom and belief. 4
Among the Vedic hymns (or Mantra-material) are, first, some of the
easiest 5 ; then some taken on account of their poetic 6 or dramatic 7 merit, or
1 These include 68 pages of classical San- which was appealed to as scriptural author-
skrit and 37 pages of Vedic Sanskrit. ity for the practice of widow-burning. Com-
2 Nineteen fables : there are forty-three pare also the notes on 28 28 , 57 3 , and 65 9 ff.,
in all. with those on 65 6 , 91 16 , and 97 2 respec-
8 See the introductions to the fables in tively.
the Notes. 5 Such are selections xxxi. (Rigveda i.l),
4 Compare the table of contents. The xxxiii., xxxviii., xxxix., xli., xlv.,xlvi., andlix.
text-selections are intended to be mutually 6 Selection xxxii. is the best,
illustrative as far as may be. Thus the 7 Selections xxxv., xxxvii., and Ivi. are in
passage 64 8 ff. is given for its interesting dramatic form (see WHITNEY, page xviii).
bearing on Rigveda x.18.7 (86 n ), the verse and are among the most difficult.
[v]
their ethical interest l ; and finally some taken because of their historical im-
portance. 2 For the most part, a repetition of the hymns given by DELBRUECK
and by BOEHTLINGK in their Chrestomathies has been avoided. The
Brahmana pieces are chosen in such a way as to show the relation of this
kind of literature to the hymns or Mantras. 3 The selections from the
Grihya-sutras are the two most interesting chapters of Indian private
antiquities, the wedding and the burial service. These texts are, to a
certain extent, rubrics, and prescribe that numerous specified stanzas of
the Rigveda be repeated at these ceremonials. Care has therefore been
taken that all the stanzas here cited by their first words should be given
in full among the selections from the hymns. 4
Concerning the text, little need be said. It would have been either
folly or idle pretense to make elaborate text-studies for the short extracts
of which the Reader is composed. 5 I have accordingly contented myself,
in the main, with reprinting the text of the best editions. Misprints have
of course been corrected, and I have endeavored to make the orthography
conformable to the best standard 6 and consistent throughout. 7 Of some
slight emendations, due mention will be made in the Notes. For the Nala,
I followed the edition of BUEHLER in his Third Book of Sanskrit 8 ; for
the Hitopadega, the text of BOEHTLINGK in the second edition of his
Chrestomathy, 8 and MUELLER ; for the Katha-sarit-sagara, BROCKIIAUS ;
and for " Manu," LOISELEUR DESLONGCHAMPS. I regret that the results
of the studies of BUEHLER, BURNELL, HOPKINS, and JOLLY on the text of
" Manu" are not yet available.
1 Such are the Varuna-hymns, selections from Rigveda x. 9, 14, 16, 17, 18, 53, 154,
xliii.-xlv. and 155 (selections xlix.ff.), and i. 97 (selec-
2 Such are the hymns for the dead and tion xxxiv.). This last hymn is mere trash,
the wedding-hymn ; likewise selection xxxvii., and would not have been included among
and selection xxxvi. (which contains the the texts, had not A9walayana (at iv.6.18)
Savitri). Selection Ixii. is the Maitrayani prescribed that it be used as a burial-hymn ;
version of the Hiranya-garbha hymn, Eig- but I could not allow room for the " Sun-
veda x. 121, and is given partly in order that hymns" (sauryani) and the "Blessings"
those who possess copies of the Rigveda (svasty-ayanani), which are also mentioned
may study the two versions comparatively, at iv.6.18.
3 Thus the Brahmana selections Ixvi., 5 See A. WEBER, Indische Studien, ii. 151.
Ixvii., Ixviii., and Ixxii. stand in connection G Especially in the use of anusvara and of
with the Mantra selections Ivi., xlvii., Ixii., the nasal mutes, of b and of 5. I have
and xlvi. respectively. written ccb. where WHITNEY (see 227)
4 The stanzas required for the wedding writes ch.
ceremonial are given in selections Iviii., Ivii., 7 But some of the interesting orthograph-
and lv. From this the student will see why ical peculiarities of the Maitrayani Sanhita
there are some selections consisting of only I have allowed to stand,
one or two stanzas. The burial-stanzas are 8 See the " Brief List," page xvii.
[vi]
It is a pleasant duty to acknowledge my thanks to BOEHTLINGK, who, in
a way no less generous than unexpected, volunteered to look over all the
proofs of the classical part of the text. For the well-established and well-
edited Vedic texts, such help was of course not needed.
For the Rigveda, AUFRECHT'S second edition was made the standard.
For the selections from the Maitrayanl Sanhita, I am indebted to the kind-
ness of its editor, 1 Dr. LEOPOLD VON SCHBOEDER, of Dorpat. The extracts
from the Brahmanas naturally follow the editions of WEBER and AUFRECHT.
The chapters from Acwalayana are a reprint from STENZLER'S edition, witt
some unimportant t} T pographical licenses.
The vocabulary, it is almost needless to say, is based on the great Lex-
icon of BOEHTLINGK AND ROTH. I should of course deviate from it only
with the utmost circumspection ; but I trust that I have not followed it
slavishly.
As for the extent of the vocabulary, it is designed to be complete for
the text given in the Reader, and also, it may be added, for the text in the
Appendix to the Grammar.
It is proper to mention here several matters touching the general plan of
the vocabulary. It is not a mere list of the actually occurring Sanskrit
words with their English equivalents. So far as possible, it aims to do with
thoroughness two things :
First, as regards the forms, To enable the student to trace every word
back to its root, by giving references to WHITNEY'S chapters (xvi. and
xvii.) on word- formation, and by giving the root itself, and, in the case of
secondary and tertiary derivatives, the intermediate forms, even when these
do not occur in the text at all. Thus, for the complete explanation of
mithyopacara (p. 217), are given, first, mithya, then the older form thereof,
mithuya, 2 then the adjective mlthu from which the adverb is derived, and
finally the root mith, although neither the adverbs nor the adjective nor
an}- verbal form of the root occurs in the text. In like manner, car + upa
is given solely on account of upacara.
Secondly, as regards the meanings, To enable the student to trace every
signification back to the radical idea, b}* giving not only the meaning
required for translating a particular passage, but also, if this is a secondary
or tertiary or later meaning, the intermediate meanings, and in their logical
order of development. Thus the only meanings of the word pada, as it
1 He gave them to me in manuscript, attention drawn to the peculiar form and
before he himself began printing. accent of the adverb and will find the ex-
2 By looking out the reference to 1112e planation thereof,
(under mithu), the student will have his
[vii]
occurs in the text of this Reader, are ' foot' or ' leg,' in ten passages, and
'verse of a three- versed stanza,' in one passage (60 12 ). The history and
uses of the word may be clearly understood from BOEHTLINGK AND ROTH.
The original meaning ' foot ' was extended to that of ' leg ' ; then specialized
to the meaning ' limb of a quadruped ' ; then generalized to the meaning
'quarter' (as, conversely, the English word quarter is specialized to the
meaning 'fourth part of a quadruped, including a leg,' e.g., in quarter of
beef} ; once more it is specialized to the meaning ' quarter of a four- versed
stanza,' i.e. ' verse ' ; and then, at last, the use of the word is illogically
extended, and it is made to denote a verse of even a three- versed stanza.
To have given the meanings ' foot, leg, verse,' in three words, and perhaps
in the order ' verse, leg, foot,' would have sufficed, it is true, for the purpose
of making a translation ; but such translation demands of the student onl}'
the most thoughtless and mechanical labor. On the other hand, by in-
dicating briefly the development and connection of meanings, the attention
of the student is directed to the processes which are constantly going on
in the life and growth of language ; and thus, although Sanskrit is a dead
language, the study of Sanskrit may be made a study of life and growth.
The illustration of the transitions of meaning by analogies from the
English and other familiar tongues would, it seemed to me, greatly increase
the interest and usefulness of the vocabulary. And so, considerable space
has been devoted to this matter. Thus under vyama (p. 254, top) , ' a
stretch-out,' i.e. ' a fathom,' are adduced the closely parallel English fathom,
from Anglo-Saxon /ceSm, ' the extended arms,' and also opyvid and French
toise, both meaning ' fathom,' and of common origin respectively with 6/>eyw
and Latin tender e, ' stretch.' 1
In a book intended partly for persons whose chief interest in Sanskrit
is from the side of its relations to the classical languages and to our mother-
tongue, etymological comparisons are plainly called for. Accordingly, the
kindred words from the Greek, Latin, Anglo-Saxon, and English have been
given, 2 and alwa}*s along with their meanings. It is hoped that these com-
parisons, presenting, as they do, many familiar words with which the learner
can associate what is new and strange, will prove a useful aid to the mem-
ory. Et} T mology is a subject in which there is large room for reasonable
1 For other parallels, compare, for exam- to find how these words are parallel in
pie, abharana, barhis, bhavana, vanga, specialization and metaphor. On this sub-
varna. Sometimes the understanding of ject in general, compare CURTIUS, Grund-
the parallelism depends on a knowledge ziige b , pp. 111-116, and BRINKMANN, Die
of the etymology of an English word ; thus Metaphern, Bonn, 1878.
under root nud + vi, are adduced the Eng- 2 To give them without their meanings
lish di-vert, dis-port, and s-port, and a refer- and without showing the connection of
ence to SKEAT'S dictionary or to WEBSTER'S ideas is, for an elementary book, a useless
may be necessary for the student, in order task.
[viii]
difference of opinion on matters of detail, and on such matters well-recognized
authorities often disagree. I have tried to use the standard works of refer-
ence in the light of the best and latest etymological criticism at my command,
and to distinguish with care between what is certain and what is mere conjec-
ture. In the revision of the greater part of my manuscript for the press, I
had the benefit of KLUGE'S valuable dictionary. 1 His acceptance of the cur-
rent comparisons has often given me assurance, and his sober judgment has
often confirmed me in scepticism or silence on doubtful points. In the
numerous cases where the undoubtedly allied words are too many to be
given in full, I have usually selected those forms which were the simplest
or the most interesting, or those whose kinship was clearest. 2
These comparisons include only genuinely cognate words, as distinguished
from borrowed words ; the latter have as a rule been excluded, or, if given,
have been characterized as borrowings. 3 Thus eras, Latin sen-ex, and
English sen-green are given on page 266, all as genuine cognates of sana;
the words senate, senator, senatorial, senescent, senile, senility, senior, sire,
sir, seigniorage, etc., are not mentioned, because they are not genuine
English cognates, but only more or less ancient borrowings or more or less
direct derivatives from the Latin. 4 So under the root srp (p. 276) are given
Latin serpens and reptilis, and it would be superfluous to add the borrowed
English serpent and reptile.
The accents of all words have been regularly marked in the headings of
the articles, so far as the accents are known from the occurrence of the
words in any accentuated texts of the literature. 5 But in addition to these
words, the verb-forms immediately following the root have been uniformly
accented, according to the rules, except in a few doubtful cases ; and a
number of compounds occurring on the pages of Nala have been accented,
1 Entitled Etymologisches Worterbuch der 6 For these accents I have relied on
deutschen Sprache. Strassburg, Karl J. BOEHTLINGK'S Sanskrit-Wdrterbuch in Kiirz-
Triibner. 1883. Royal 8. Price 10 Mark erer Fassung as far as it has appeared, i.e.
50 Pfennige. to the end of bh, and for the rest of the
2 Thus under sana (p. 266) might have alphabet, on the great thesaurus of BOEHT-
been given, in addition to Latin senex, the LINGK AND ROTH. There are many words
words senior, senectus, senilis, senesco, senator, accented in more than one way (e.g., rajya,
senatus, etc. ; but these are readily suggested rajyk, rajya, asana, asana, daridra, dar-
by senex. idra, daiva, daiva, bhuti, bhuti, vrsti,
8 Thus the interesting compound sene-schal vfsti, vend, v6nu) ; such have generally
is added under sana, not as a genuine Eng- been left unmarked ; but of a few common
lish cognate, but as a borrowing through words like manu, dvipad, pati, papa, and
the French from Continental Germanic, mati, the prevailing accent is given, espe-
where its first member is indeed a genuine cially, if (as in the case of bhrti or patrl)
cognate. the other accent is rare, or (as in the case
4 Compare note 2 , above. of gtiska) not authenticated.
[ix]
according to the rules, in order to make more tangible the difference between
homonymous determinatives and possessives. 1
What form should be given to the headings of articles is often a question.
For denominative verbs, I have chosen the stem-form (e.g., mantraya rather
than mantray) ; to this is prefixed the root-sign (V), merely in order to
catch the eye ; the sign must not be understood as meaning that such stems
are in any wise co-ordinate with roots. The stems of the perfect active
participle and of the primar}' comparatives are given as ending in vans and
yans, but without any implication that these are theoretically better than the
weaker forms. Roots with medial or final ar or r are given in the latter
form, and so are the stems in ar or r. 2
The synopses of conjugational forms which follow each verbal root are
based on the collections, still in manuscript, made by Professor WHITNEY. 3
These were placed at my disposal by him with the greatest kindness. They
include all the verb-forms cited by the St. Petersburg Lexicon and BOEHT-
LINGK'S Abridgment, as occurring in the actual literature, besides very
extensive gleanings made independently by Professor WHITNEY from texts
represented in the Lexicon, 4 and from others published since its completion, 5
or even not yet published. 6 In the description and classification of the forms,
I have followed WHITNEY. It often happens that there are several forms in
actual use for the same tense ; in such cases, the commonest one has been
given, or else the one prescribed by the Hindu Root-book (dhatu-patha) , or
sometimes more than one form. Although in the case of many roots the
uorist is confined almost exclusively to the Vedic language, I have neverthe-
less given the aorist in such cases in order to fill out the conjugational
scheme, since this seemed desirable from a pedagogical point of view. For
pedagogical reasons, also, the secondary conjugations have been for the
most part omitted. Many roots which are conjugated regularly in only one
voice show forms of the other voice in the Epos, especially where the metre
demands them. It is very difficult to say just how far such forms should
be included, and my course in accepting or rejecting them has been, I fear,
not wholly consistent.
The Notes, which form the third part of this work, will be issued as soon
as is practicable. It is designed that they shall be as brief as possible, but
shall render ample assistance in the interpretation of difficult passages and
1 Compare bhimaparakrama and bhima- * For example, the C/atapatha and Aita-
parakrama, p. 206. reya Brahmanas.
2 See WHITNEY, 107 and 108, and com- 5 Especially GARBE'S edition of Apastam-
pare 370. ba's Qrauta Sutra, and VON SCHROEDEK'S
8 See Proceedings of the American Oriental Maitrayani.
Society for May, 1882, p. xiii. 6 The Jaiminiya Brahmana.
M
the explanation of allusions to the antiquities of India. The plan includes
also concise literary introductions to the various selections.
An open acknowledgment of my thanks is due to the printers of the
vocabulary, Messrs. J. S. GUSHING & Co. They have performed their part
with such intelligence, accuracy, and skill as to merit most cordial
recognition.
In conclusion, I desire to make public expression of my gratitude to my
honored teacher, Professor WILLIAM D WIGHT WHITNEY, for his constant
interest in this undertaking and for his generous aid. I can only hope
that the book may do something to further the cause in which he has labored
long and devotedly, and that it ma} 7 help to enlarge the scope of classical
teaching, to quicken the interest in the history of our mother-tongue, and to
make Sanskrit study among us increasingly fruitful.
C. R. L.
HOLLIS HALL, HARVARD COLLEGE,
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS,
December, 1883.
NOTE TO THE FOURTH ISSUE (1903).
THE references to Whitney's Sanskrit Grammar which are given in Parts II. and
III. of this book are, I believe, absolutely correct throughout for the first edition
of the Grammar. The second edition of the Grammar did not appear until after the
plates for Parts II. and III. of the Reader were made. The section-numbers of
the second edition of the Grammar (see Whitney's Preface thereto) are substantially
unchanged from those of the first; but there are some slight alterations, notably
in the sequence from 98 to 108, and again in the sequence from 708 to 713
(whereby the references to the section on the important verb cru are thrown out
of gear). Occasionally, too, a statement has been taken from one section and put
into another and more appropriate section: thus the euphonic treatment of bhos
has been shifted from 176a to 174b. Moreover, the subsections are much
more thoroughly marked (with a, b, c, etc.) in the second edition. Users of the
second or third edition of the Grammar will often have to make a slight allowance
for these changes, seeking, for example, 844 8 under 844a, 371 12 under 371k, and
the like. It seemed hardly worth while to alter the plates to suit these changes ;
a little practical common sense will usually offset the apparent inaccuracy. Men-
tion of these matters has already been made by me below, in the Postscript, p. 405;
but as it seems usually to be overlooked there, I have thought it well to repeat the
mention in this more conspicuous place. C R L
JUNE, 1903.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Introductory suggestions xv
Brief list of books for students of Sanskrit ..... xvii
PART I.
A. From the Maha-bharata.
SELECTION
I. The story of Nala and Damayanti ....... 1
B. From the Hitopadec,a.
II. Preface and introduction 16
III. The old tiger and the traveller 20
IV. The deer and the crow, and the jackal ...... 23
V. The blind vulture, the birdlings, and the cat 27
VI. The ass, the dog, and the thief 30
VII. The lion, the mouse, and the cat 31
VIII. The crows and the serpent 31
IX. The lion, the old hare, and the well 32
X. The birds and the apes 33
XI. The ass in the tiger-skin 34
XII. The elephant, the hares, and the moon 35
XIII. The blue jackal 36
XIV. The two geese and the tortoise 37
XV. The three fishes 38
XVI. The herons, the serpent, and the ichneumons . . .39
XVII. The hermit, and the mouse that was changed to a tiger . . .40
XVIII. The heron, the fishes, and the crab 41
XIX. The Brahman and his jar 42
XX. The Brahman with the goat, and the three rogues . . . .43
XXI. The Brahman and his faithful ichneumon 44
C. From the Katha-sarit-sagara.
XXII. King Putraka and the seven-league boots 45
XXIII. Story of Mousey, the thrifty merchant 46
XXIV. King Qibi, the falcon, and the dove ....... 48
XXV. Story of Ahalya 48
[xii]
SELECTION
XXVI. The king who didn't know his Sanskrit grammar .
XXVII. The pathetic history of the stories
XXVIII. D. From the Manava-dharmac.astra.*
PAGE
. 49
. 53
56
6.
The four ages of the world
. 58
59
d.
65
XXIX.
68
Riddle
XXX.
Riddle
68
KV.
E. From the Rigveda.
XXXI.
i. 1
69
XXXJJ.
L32
Indra slays the dragon
. 70
XXXIII.
i. 50
To Surya, the Sun-god
. 71
XXXIV.
i. 97
To Agni .........
. 72
XXXV.
i. 165
Indra and the Maruts
. 73
XXXVI.
iii. 62
To Savitar ........
. 74
XXXVII.
iv. 42
Indra contests the supremacy of Varuna
. 75
XXXVIII.
iv. 52
To Ushas, the Dawn-goddess
. 75
XXXIX.
v. 24
To Agni
. 76
XL.
v. 40
Indra and Atri, and the Sun eclipsed by the demon
. 76
XLI.
vii. 55
Magic spells to produce sleep
. 77
XLIL
vii. 56
To the Maruts or gods of the storm-winds .
. 77
XLIII.
vii. 86
To Varuna
. 78
XLIV.
vii. 88
To Varuna
. 79
XLV.
vii. 89
To Varuna
. 80
XLVI.
viii. 14
To Indra. Indra and Namuchi ....
. 80
XL VII.
viii. 85
Indra and the Maruts, and Vritra ....
. 82
XLVIH.
viii. 91
To Agni
. 82
XLIX.
x. 9
To the Waters
. 83
L.
x. 14
Funeral-hymn .......
. 83
LI.
x. 16
Funeral-hymn
. 84
LII.
x. 17
Funeral-hymn ......
. 85
LIII.
x. 18
Funeral-hymn
. 86
LIV.
x. 33
The aged priest to the young prince . . .
. 87
LV.
x. 40
Wedding-stanza
. 88
LVI.
x. 52
The gods install Agni as oblation-bearer . .
. 88
LVH.
x. 53
Burial and wedding-stanzas
. SD
Lvm.
x. 85
89
LIX.
x. 137
90
LX.
x. 154
91
LXL
x. 155
, 91
* For detailed synopsis, see Notea.
[xiii]
F. From the Maitrayanl.
SELECTION PAGE
LXIL Hiranya-garbha. The god Ka or Who 91
LXIII. Legend of Yama and Yami. The creation of night . . .92
LXIV. Legend of the winged mountains ....... 92
LXV. The potency of the sacrifice ........ 93
G. Other Brahmana-pieces.
LXVI. Legend of Agni the oblation-bearer, and of the fish 93
LXVII. Legend of Indra and the Maruts, and Vritra ..... 94
LXVIII. Legend of Indra and the god Ka or Who 94
LXIX. The two kinds of deities, the gods and the Brahmans ... 94
LXX. Truth, untruth, and silence 95
LXXI. How the gods got immortality and how Death got his share . . 95
LXXII. Legend of Indra and Namuchi 97
LXXIIL Nirukta on KV. i.32.10, selection xxxii 97
H. From the Grihya-sutras.
LXXTV. Wedding-customs and the wedding-service 98
LXXV. The customs and ritual of cremation and burial . . 101
PART II.
Vocabulary Ill
Explanations and abbreviations ....... 289
List of abbreviations .... . , 293
PART III.
Notes .... c ..... . 297
raTKODUCTOKY SUGGESTIONS.
IT is chiefly at the beginning that the difficulties of Sanskrit present them-
selves. The variety of forms, the strange alphabet, the peculiarities of word and
sentence combination, all these simultaneously confront the student at the very
outset. Accordingly, the plan followed with my classes, and for which provision
is here made, is to distribute these difficulties over the first few weeks of the
course. The common paradigms of nouns and verbs should first be learned. These
are given by the Grammar in transliteration. The reading of the first four pages
of the N"ala in Roman letters should then be taken up. The Reader gives these in
transliteration on an inset conveniently facing the same text in nagarl letters. The
student may thus become familiar with the form and sound of the vocables, without
being embarrassed by the alphabet and the running together of the words. Next,
the same familiar text should be read aloud over and over again in nagarl letters.
I am convinced that the easiest way to master the alphabet is to read frequently
in it words which one already knows. The next step will be the reading of
pages five to nine without the help of a transliteration, but with the aid given
by the typographical separation of the words, which has been carried out so far as
is practicable, though in violation of Indian usage. Finally, from this point on,
the reading may be continued without other help for the difficulties of euphonic
and graphic combination than is offered by the notes.
After finishing the Nala, the student should take up the Hitopade9a. Selec-
tions xvii., xx., and xi. are very easy and are good to begin with. The remaining
short ones from vi. to xxi. may then follow in order ; and finally the long selections
ii. to v.
It is recommended that the student use the stories from the Katha-sarit-sagara
for exercise in rapid reading, as soon as he has acquired a f ah vocabulary from what
precedes. The passages from " Manu " may be read as they stand.
Of the Vedic selections, the easiest are numbers xxxi. (Rigveda i. 1), xxxiii.,
xxxviii., xxxix., xli., xlv., xlvi., and lix. ; and it is advisable to read these first
and in the order here mentioned. Selection xxxii., as being one of poetic merit and
not over-hard, may next be taken up, and after it, the Varuna-hymns, selections
xliii.-xliv. ; then the hymns in dramatic form, selections xxxv., xxxvii.,, and Ivi
[xvi]
After these, selections xxxvi., xl., xlii., xlvii., xlviii., liv., and Ixii. may be rapidly
read. There will then remain the selections for the burial-service, xlix.-liii., ML,
lx., Ixi., and xxxiv., and those for the wedding, Iviii., Ivii., and Iv. These may
properly be read last, in order that they may be fresh in the mind when reading the
Sutras, where constant reference is made to them.
The Brahmana pieces may be read in the order in which they are printed ; but
selections Ixvi., Ixvii., Ixviii., and Ixxii. ought not to be taken up, unless selections
Ivi., xlvii., Ixii., and xlvi. have previously been studied.
It is very undesirable to attempt to read the Sutra chapters until one is familiar
with the burial and wedding stanzas just mentioned. It is advisable to write out a
translation of these chapters, and to insert therein each mantra in its proper place,
writing out the original of the mantra in full, and its translation, the latter also in
metre, if possible.
Since the synopses following each verbal root in the vocabulary represent the
great mass of all the forms in actual use (rather than those simply prescribed by the
grammarians), and so correspond to the "principal parts" of the Latin and Greek
verbs, the student should make it his duty to learn the synopsis for each root when
he first meets verbal forms of that root in the text.
Attention is called to the explanations and abbreviations (pages 289-294)}
these should be looked over carefully before using the vocabulary.
A BRIEF LIST OF BOOKS FOR STUDENTS OF SANSKRIT,
THIS list has a purely practical aim, 1 and is restricted to a few of the
more important and useful books and 2 to such as are neither rare nor
out of print. It includes (a) a grammar, (6) readers, (c) dictionaries,
(d) classical works, books for the study (e) of the Rigveda and its litera-
ture, and (/) of the Atharvaveda, and last (g) some books on antiquities
and the history of the literature and the religions of India.
1. Whitney, William Dwight. A Sanskrit Grammar, including both the classical
language, and the older dialects, of Veda and Brahmana. Leipzig, Breitkopf
and Hartel. London, Trubner & Co. 1879. 8. Price (bound in cloth)
12 shillings.
This may be had in Boston of Ginn and Company. The work exists also in a German
translation, which may be had of the Leipzig publishers.
2. Biihler, Georg. Third Book of Sanskrit. With a glossary by Vishnu P.
Shastri Pandit. Second edition. Bombay. 1877. 12. 128 pages of text
and 97 of glossary. Price 9 annas.
This book can be procured from Trubner & Co. in London (price 3 shillings). It contains
the entire Story of Nala (26 chapters), Da^aratha's Death (Ramayana, ii. <>3-64), and four
stories from the Panchatantra. For beginners, the typography proves troublesome and the
glossary too meagre ; but the little volume is inexpensive and contains excellent material for
easy and rapid reading, and so is highly to be recommended to those who have finished the
classical part of this Reader and wish to continue their Sanskrit. For such students the glos-
sary would be quite sufficient.
3. Bohtlingk, Otto. Sanskrit-Chrestomathie. Zweite, ganzlich umgearbeitete
Auflage. St. Petersburg. 1877. Large 8. 372 pages. Price 4 Mark
80 Pfennigs.
This work and the two following are publications of the Russian Imperial Academy, and
should be ordered through the Academy's agent, Leopold Voss, of Leipzig. The volume contains
selections from the Veda (Mantra, Brahmana, and Sutra), from the Maha-bharata, Ramayana,
Vishnu-purana, Katha-sarit-sagara, Hitopade(;a, "Manu's Laws," and Panini's Grammar, and
from various other books ; a rich collection of proverbs ; the Vedanta-sara, a philosophical
treatise, in text and translation : and the entire drama, Ratnavali. The Vedic hymns are all
translated in the volume mentioned below, no. 15 ; and the notes show where many of the
other selections may be found translated. Like all publications of the Academy, this is sold
at an extremely low price. Since the book has no vocabulary, the student will at this point
need to get a dictionary.
1 Hence the prices are included. Both the Mark cent. The books will cost the American purchaser
and the shilling may be reckoned as a quarter of a somewhat more or less according to his facilities for
dollar. The prices given with the titles are pub- obtaining foreign books.
lishers' prices. To these prices, except when given - With perhaps one exception, no. 18, which can,
in dollars, should be added the duty, which is 25 per however, be had of second-hand dealers.
[xviii]
4. Bohtlingk, Otto. Sanskrit- Wb'rterbuch in kurzerer Fassung. St. Petersburg.
1879-. 4.
To be ordered through Voss (see above). Parts I. to IV. have appeared, and reach to the
end of bh ; they cover 1167 pages, i.e. nigh two-thirds of the whole, and cost 34 Mark 80
Pfennige. The rest may be expected in the course of 1885. The manuscript is ready as
far as varna. The work is an abridgment of the following.
5. Bohtlingk, Otto, and Rudolph Roth. Sanskrit- Worterbuch. St. Petersburg.
1855-1875. Seven volumes. 4. Price 177 Mark 90 Pfennige.
To be ordered through Voss (see above). This work, which is often called the "St. Peters-
burg Lexicon," is by far the most important production of Sanskrit scholarship. To such as
wish to make any special study of the language and literature, it is absolutely indispensable.
6. Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, etymologically and philo-
logically arranged, with special reference to Greek, Latin, Gothic, German,
Anglo-Saxon, and other cognate Indo-European languages. London and
New York, Macmillan and Co. 1872. 4. 1186 pages. Price 94 shillings
6d. in England, or $24 in the United States.
This is the only dictionary of Sanskrit into English which approaches completeness. It is
in one compact and handy volume and is very convenient for reading works of the classical
period. Unfortunately, the common meanings of a word are not distinguished from those
which are seldom or never found. All Sanskrit words are given in transliteration, and the
roots and more important words in ndgarl letters also.
7. Williams, Monier. S'akuntala, a Sanskrit drama in seven acts, by Kalidasa.
Second edition. London and New York, Macmillan and Co. 1876. 8.
339 pages. Price 21 shillings in England, or $5.25 in the U.S.
This gives literal English translations of all the metrical passages, explanatory notes, and
the Sanskritization of the Prakrit passages, and all on the same page with the text of this,
the most famous of the plays.
8. Kielhorn, Franz, and Georg Buhler. Panchatantra. Edited with notes.
Bombay. 1868. 8.
The work constitutes numbers IV., III., and I. of the "Bombay Sanskrit Series." Number
IV. (comprehending book I.) appeared in a second edition in 1873. The book may be had of
Triibner & Co., London. The price of the entire work is 8 shillings ; but the first book may
be had separately for 3 shillings. The Panchatantra is easy and entertaining reading. It has
been admirably translated into German by Benfey : Pantschatantra. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus.
1859. 2 vpls. 8 '. Price 24 Mark. The translation is accompanied by a very valuable history
of fable-literature.
9. Delbriick, Berthold. Vedische Chrestomathie. Mit Anmerkungen und Glos-
sar. Halle, Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. 1874. 8. Price 3 Mark.
This contains 47 hymns from the Rigveda. Of these, only five are repeated in this Reader.
Both text and glossary are in transliteration. On account of the small price of the book, its
mention may prove useful to such as do not wish to buy the two complete editions following
(numbers 11 and 12).
10. Windisch, Ernst. Zwolf Hymnen des Rigveda. Mit Sayana's Commentar.
Text. Worterbuch zu Sayana. Appendices. Leipzig, S. Hirzel. 1883. 8.
Price 5 Mark.
This gives the text, and the comment of the great scholiast, both in ndgarl letters. The
text is printed with the genuine accentuation (as in this Reader). The book serves a useful
purpose as introduction to the native Hindu or traditional exegesis of the Veda. The vocabu-
lary does not cover the hymns themselves ; but
the little book mentioned below, no. 15.
[xix]
11. Aufrecht, Theodor. Die Hymnen des Rigveda. Herausgegeben. Zweite
Auflage. Bonn, Adolph Marcus. 1877. 2 volumes. 8. Price 20 Mark.
The entire sanhita text is given in transliteration, and extracts from the pada text at the
foot of each page. The exceedingly valuable appendix contains lists of the poets, divinities,
and metres, and a complete table of first lines of every stanza, with references to the concord-
ant texts of other Vedas.
12. Miiller, F. Max. The Hymns of the Rigveda, in the Samhita and Pada texts,
reprinted from the editio princeps. Second edition. London, Triibner &
Co. 1877. 2 volumes. 8. Price 32 shillings.
This edition gives the two texts complete on parallel pages and in nayarl letters. The
names of the poets, divinities, and metres are given at the beginning of each hymn.
13. Grassmann, Hermann. Wdrterbuch zum Rig-veda. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus.
1873 [-1875]. 8. Price 30 Mark.
This is not only a dictionary, but also a complete concordance to the Rigveda. It is a work
of wonderful industry, method, clearness, and accuracy. Aside from the St. Petersburg Lexi-
con, this dictionary stands next in importance, for Vedic students, after the Vedic text itself.
14. Grassmann, Hermann. Rig-veda. Uebersetzt und mit kritischen und erlau-
ternden Anmerkungen versehen. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus. 1876. 1877.
2 volumes. 8. Price 24 Mark.
This translation is entirely in metre, except for a few corrupt or difficult hymns. The
student can almost invariably see just what word Grassmann intended as the rendering of any
given word of the text. This work is especially useful as giving a convenient general view
of the contents of the Rigveda, and as enabling the student to grasp easily many matters
touching the metres, the arrangement, and the textual condition of the original.
15. Geldner, Karl, und Adolf Kagi. Siebenzig Lieder des Rigveda. Uebersetzt.
Mit Beitragen von R. Roth. Tubingen. H. Laupp'sche Buchhandlung.
1875. 12. Price 3 Mark.
Thirty-six of the seventy hymns of which this book gives metrical translations were
later incorporated by Bohtlingk into his Chrestomathy (no. 3, above).
16. Aufrecht, Theodor. Das Aitareya Brahmana. Mit Ausziigen aus dem Com-
mentare von Sayanacarya und anderen Beilagen herausgegeben. Bonn,
Adolph Marcus. 1879. 8. Price 11 Mark.
This Brahmana belongs to the Rigveda. The text is in transliteration. The translation of
Haug (London, Triibner & Co. 1863) would be of help ; but it is inaccurate and hard to get.
A good many passages are translated in volumes I., II., and V. of Muir (below, no. 26). Using
these as an introduction, and the St. Petersburg Lexicon for help in hard places, an advanced
student can make good progress with this text.
17. Stenzler, Adolf Friedrich. Indische Hausregeln. Sanskrit und deutsch heraus-
gegeben. I. A9valayana. Erstes Heft. Text. Leipzig. 1864. 8. Price
2 Mark. Zweites Heft. Uebersetzung. 1865. Price 3 Mark.
Published by the German Oriental Society, in volumes III. and IV. of the Abhandlungen
fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes. To be ordered through the Society's agent, F. A. Brockhaus,
In Leipzig. These are the Grihya-sutras belonging to the Rigveda.
18. Roth, R., und Whitney, "W. D. Atharva Veda Sanhita. Herausgegeben.
Erster Band. Text. Berlin, Ferd. Diimmler. 1856. Royal 8. Price 28 Mark
50 Pfennige.
This is the most important and interesting of the Vedas, after the Rik. It is full of magic
incantations and other products of curious superstitions.
[xxj
19. Oarbe, Richard. Vaitana Sutra. The Ritual of the Atharvaveda. Edited with
critical notes and indices. London, Triibner & Co. 1878. 8. Price 5 shillings.
20. Garbe, Richard. Vaitana Sutra. Das Ritual des Atharvaveda. Aus dem San-
skrit iibersetzt und mit Auinerkungen versehen. London, Triibner & Co.
1878. 8. Price 5 shillings.
Since this is the only Qrauta-sutra published with translation, and since it is to be had
easily and cheaply, it is recommended as an introduction to the works of this class.
21. Weber, Albrecht. The history of Indian Literature. Translated from the
second German edition by John Mann and Theodor Zachariae. Second
edition. London, Triibner & Co. 1878. 8. Price 10 shillings 6 pence.
This is a systematic treatise covering both the Vedic and the classical Sanskrit literature.
It gives abundant and practical bibliographical information. As a guide and as a work of
reference it is of the utmost value.
22. Zimmer, Heinrich. Altindisches Leben. Die Cultur der vedischen Arier.
Nach den Samhita dargestellt. Berlin, Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. 1879.
8. Price 10 Mark.
Under the different categories geography, climate, minerals, plants, animals, agricul-
ture, commerce, dress, food, amusements, family relations, art, etc. the Vedic texts touching
these subjects are discussed, and the results deducible from them are put together in a very
readable and pleasant way.
23. Kagi, Adolf. Der Rigveda. Die alteste Literatur der Inder. Zweite, umgear-
beitete und erweiterte, mit vollstandigem Sach- und Wortregister versehene
Auflage. Leipzig, Otto Schulze. 1881. 12. Price 4 Mark.
This contains an account of the Vedic writings in general, descriptions of the gods in
language agreeing closely with the actual words of the original as cited in the notes, and
sketches of some of the more important phases of Vedic life and thought. The numerous notes
are highly useful as a guide to the already extensive literature of these subjects, and point out
many interesting parallels of custom, belief, and expression to be found in biblical and classi-
cal antiquity.
24. Earth, Auguste. The religions of India. Authorized translation by Rev. J.
Wood. London, Triibner & Co. 1882. 8. Price 16 shillings.
The subject is treated in five chapters corresponding to the five grand phases of religious
development in India : the Vedic religion ; Brahmanism (ritual, philosophic speculation, de-
cline) ; Buddhism ; Jainism ; and Hinduism (the sects and their great deities, Vishnuism
and 9ivaism, reforming sects, cultus). The copious references to the literature of the sub-
jects in hand add greatly to the value of the work.
25. Oldenberg, Hermann. Buddha; his life, his doctrine, his order. Translated
from the German by William Hoey. London, Williams and Norgate. 1882.
8. Price 18 shillings.
Oldenberg has recently finished editing (in five volumes) the Yinaya Pitakam, one of the
most important among the Buddhist sacred books. He has a wide and deep knowledge of the
original Pali sources, and in his use of them he is guided by rare critical acumen and good
common-sense. His account of Buddha's life, doctrine, and order contains the best results of
his studies and they are presented in an extremely attractive form.
26. Muir, John. Original Sanskrit texts on the origin and history of the people
of India, their religions and institutions. Collected, translated, and illus-
trated. London, Triibner & Co. 1872-1874. 5 volumes. 8.
The first four volumes have appeared in a second edition, and the second volume in a
third edition. The third volume costs 1(5 shillings. The price of each of the others is 21 shil-
lings. The first volume discusses the origin of caste. The fifth is devoted to the cosmogony,
mythology, religious ideas, life, and manners of the Indians in the Vedic age.
PART I.
THE SANSKRIT TEXT.
Transliterated Text of Sanskrit Reader.
[Page 1.]
atha nalopakhyanam.
brhadagva uvaca.
asid raja, nalo nama, virasenasuto ball,
upapanno gunair istai, rupavan, agvakovidah.
6 atisthan manujendranam murdhni devapatir yatlia,
upary upari sarvesam aditya iva tejasa ;
brahmanyo, vedavic, churo, niaadhesu mahipatih,
aksapriyah, satyavadi, mahan aksauhinipatih ;
ipsito naranarinam, udarah, samyatendriyah,
10 raksita, dhanvinam gresthah, saksad iva manuh svayam.
tathaivasid vidarbhesu bhimo, bhlmaparakramah,
^urah, sarvagunair yuktah, prajakamah, sa caprajah.
sa prajarthe param yatnam akarot, susamahitah.
tarn abhyagacchad brahmarsir, damano nama, bharata.
15 tarn ssrbhimah, prajakamas, toaayam asa, dharmavit,
mahisya saha, rajendra, satkarena, suvarcasam.
tasmai prasanno damanah sabharyaya varam dadau,
[Page 3.]
tato 'ntariksago vacam vyajahara nalam tada:
hantavyo 'ami na te, raj an; karisyami tava priyam;
damayantisakage tvam kathayisyami, naiaadha,
yatha tvad anyam puruaam na sa mansyati KarM cit.
5 evam uktas tato hansam utaasarja mahipatih.
te tu hansah samutpatya vidarbhan agamans tatah.
vidarbhanagaiim gatva, damayantyas tadantike
nipetua te garutmantah, sa dadarca ca tan ganan.
sa, tan adbhutarupan vai drstva, sakhiganavrta,
10 hrata grabitum khagamans tvaramanopacakrame.
atha hansa visasrpuh aarvatah pramadavane.
ekaika^as tada kanyas tan hansan samupadravan.
damayanti tu yam hansam samupadhavad antike,
sa, manuslih giraih krtva, damayantim athabravit:
15 damayanti, nalo nama, nisadhesu mahipatih,
agvinoh sadrgo rape ; na samas tasya manuaah.
"" tasya vai yadi bharya tvam bhavetha, varavarnini,
saphalam te bhavej janma, rupam cedam, suinadhyame,
vayaih hi devagandharvamanasoragaraksasan
20 drstavanto; na casmabhir dratapurvas tathavidhah.
tvam capi ratnam narinam, naresu ca nalo varah ;
vigistaya vigistena samgamo gunavan bhavet.
evam ukta tu hansena damayanti, vigam pate.
[Page 2.]
kanyaratnam, kumarang ca trin udaran, mahayagah,
damayantim, damam, dantam, damanam ca suvarcasam,
upapannan gunaih sarvair, bhiman, bhimaparakraman.
damayanti tu rupena, tejasa, yagasa, griya,
5 saubhagyena ca, lok|u yagah prapa, sumadhyama.
atha tarn, vayasi prapte, dasinarii samalamkrtam
gatam, gatari? sakhinam ca, paryupasac, chaclm iva.
tatra sma raj ate bhaimi, sarvabharanabhusita,
-^akhimadhye, 'navadyangi, vidyut saudamani yatha,
10 ativa rupasampanna, grir ivayatalocana.
na devesu, na yaksesu, tadrg rupavati kva cit,
manusesv api canyesu, drstapdrvatha va grata,
cittapramatbini bala devanam api sundari.
nalag ca naragardulo, lokesv apratimo bhuvi,
15 kandarpa iva rupena murtimau. abhavat svayam.
af**
tasyah samipe tu nalam pracagansuh kutuhalat,
naisadhasya samipe tu damayantim punah punah.
tayor adrstakamo 'bhiic chrnvatoh satatam gunan ;
anyonyam prati, kaunteya, sa vyavardhata hrcchayah.
20 agaknuvan nalah kamam tada dharayitum hrda,
antahpurasamipasthe vana aste raho gatah.
sa dadarga tato hansan jatarupapariskrtan ;
vane vicar atam tesam ekam jagraka paksinam.
[Page 4.]
abravit tatra tarn hansam : tvam apy evam nale vada.
tathety uktvandajah kanyam vidarbhasya, vigam pate,
punar agamya nisadhan, nale sarvam nyavedayat.
iti nalopakhyane prathamah sargah.
6 brhadagva uvaca.
damayanti tu, tac chrutva vaco hansasya, bharata,
tatah prabhrti na svastha nalam prati babhuva sa.
tatag cintapara, dma, vivarnavadana, krga,
_ babhuva damayanti tu, nihgvasaparama tada.
10 urdhvadrstir, dhyanapara, babhuvonmattadargana,
panduvarna ksanenatha, hrcchayavistacetana.
na gayyasanabhogesu ratim vindati karhi cit.
na naktam, na diva gete, ha heti rudati punah.
tato vidarbhapataye damayantyah sakhijanah
16 nyavedayat tam asvastham damayantim naregvare.
tac chrutva nrpatir bhimo damayantisakhiganat,
cintayam asa tat karyam sumahat svam siitam prati.
sa samiksya mahipalah svam sutam praptayauvanam,
apagyad atmana karyam damayantyah svayamvaram.
20 sa samnimantrayam asa mahipalan vigam patih:
anubhuyatam ! ayam, virah, svayamvara iti, prabho.
1.
TRT
tit
15 W
n ^ ||
n M II
: i
W
NALA. I.
5
n so n
TTT ^r irra
n w \\
10 ,, ^^ ^ - .. .
< "s. "v. r* ^
\\<^\\
C\
^rft? d n SB n
v9
is ^prt ^ ^c|iir 4-jlri^M ^?^^l ^I^H \\W\\
: ^T: n sf n
* WfTrt
r: ntii
NALA. I. 8
rFFft S^ffTftspff "^R ^TRfK ^ H^T I
S'fa ^T ft THR chR^lfa rR ftnR IRQ II
: FT ^5J ^ rTR 'TOR. II 3? II
FT
fFT ^ ^ J l*ilt rq^KUH-qsn II ^ II
f^TT
N rT^T ^RIT^ TTT^ f^TR
^ ^ 5 ^
"Pit ^T
fasri
!
NALA. I.
lrf?T W^ ^T II
c\
10
II ? II
^r fi^rr ^ ?rr |f?r ^?ft "TO: 11 8 11
II M II
HrTT ITW II j II
11 1 n
NALA. H.
ro ?Twt ^W
s9 \
16
cT?f:
4 ^ m & i H, Kf -tfi^ifl riri *iVfil^ J
20 ^
ff M^ifa ITR
II ^^ II
NALA. IL
ff
10
TT5TT Pff^ T TJ^
'fert T
i ^T <nHi<9iH ^THTO'R
20
11 ^ u
W?T: ^ TI^TO^T ^piwr* ^II^HI: i
: n ^M u
II ^<i II
f *t i'
15
3
NALA. II.
II $0 II
^fif
J II ^ II
so
ifir B
II ^ II
11 8 11
. n
rHl ^R If'TO: II t
15
NALA, III.
HT
lftrTT ^5 WT
20 rtfl vrTTO N
n so 11
f *&l ^ ^TT^^FIrT I
II SS II
10 W^'r IRT ^iftR: ^T ^5TRT 11 S3 II
^^ ^rft ^r
II <\$ II
rTT^TT ^f^faf "^T ^TTf ^^^rftT "fti
ftrftRrTT
NALA. UI. 9
H
f ff ^ %SJT TT5TT
rf
TIT f^rfe
irf^fft
TIT
10 T^r^Nl ^Tf ^ itftw:
wt: a ? n
n<n"f<u H II S II
^N ff
f? ^^r ^k Tnmf: ^ftTrrfirrrr: n ?
10 NALA. IV.
10
20
HrPTPRT*
^rr rt
15 Tj H<^M ^JT r
rfflt THTT
II II
ii 3 ii
3 H^ ^r 11 b 11
NALA. IV. 11
*i*nPH Hfarll cfif : I
rT^TT H% f^41*rtl*i II ^^9 II
WITt ^l^
10
TT5TT
ti*i*fi
15 n*iM^*wt
so
ii ^M ii
m irr^?T ^^TTR^ TST 11 a
12 NALA. IV.
TR
: II ^Q II
? II ?o II
\
10 JJICT iwmi w H^Tr<jHKi: ii $<\ ii
II ^f?T H^lMI^R ^H^: ^7: II 8 II
TT5TT H^ II ^ M
15
N J *M ^TwR: ll ^ II
Tf? *i^ifti^T tin^^n H 5 II
20 ro^rcn i?**i!^^TJ ii 8 ii
NALA. V. 13
: H M u
f^ftr u u
rfWt TW wHrt*!
TT^ft
H til
10 TfWr rTrH
f? ^1% ^WT rt rt
II SS II
f? ^rar^ft^t R^ f^rat ^
TT^TRTO ^TTOT II ^ II
20 S iw TR UIVW<$+i*i^n II ^M II
14 NALA. V.
10
20
ft
15 nfoft
*?*ftT5?T H H
IRMII
IRtll
NALA. V. 15
tiT 5 ^rh^i ^faflTOfll' ^rt i
IRQ II
irrwr
M<fM<ri: iftm srp
c|
rj
10
80
J iftnt
w n 9^ 11
II
f: II5MII
15
16 NALA. V.
BKii*iUi ^^fqi H<?5^ ^ II 80 ll
t ^Nvt fl^T^t ^? I
II ^ II
: n
: n 88 II
10
n 8M n
Cs^ Co
Ii II ^ dM: II
IL
TRt
10
HITOPADEgA. I?
20
I
w "^ ^TT^T ^ w
THTT
f^nra vrfil
v
2
18 HITOPADEQA.
10 sft
ff^fT ^T
sfq
sftr
: HIMH^frt II
i
15
: n
sr ftrafrr n
rlfd
* II
ff
HITOPADEQA. 19
T I sffalH ff
10
TT^TT
20 ^?t sft
^rrfw "^
rtl<=N ^TtH^ ff TRfNi f^^ *1TO^ II
2*
20 HTTOPADEgA.
ni.
sft
r[ ^ro ns^i qKH "^T
6 ri^rl'l
SHrt W^ft
f^5 5 ^rt^T^T^ ITff%: H^f 1^ I ?RT
i
i
10
15
HITOPADEQA. 21
Cs
* i ^nr:
*jrfT ^rrra i *ront "fcrfsrt sf^f i THT:
I rf-
^TrfT ^i ^
: i
: H
BTV^T: u
20 ^nrt^ i i?^nn^ "^ ^ ^^ finrrftni t
II
22 HITOPADEQA.
irf?ra
I Tff T MfrirTl S"% I
10 :
I rfHt WRT-
: 11
ii f^j ^ I
HR: ftrot ftRT ii
: I rT^T
20 ^Rt^i ^^ f?
f?
HITOPADEgA. 23
n
*
jt
IV.
: i ^
11 $rf TcJ^tftirf 5 I W
i 5\w i *j j *^H i ^ w i ^ i
10 csHmi ^ra^t S?Tt I -^
I "SSinV
i
15
HWt S^T
t lrf?T
1 fniHfri i FT
: i *nt ft i
f*i ta k < si Mint I
20
ff ^t^n lift 'pt ^R^: a
24 HITOPADEQA.
10
HI fid
ftr^iftr
i TTR^ i
fWrf j ll
15
20
: i
HT-
HITOPADEgA.
W<
i nn^ i
I W^TT
: 1 I
I ?^ I
20
: n
: I rT^ST
26 HITOPADEgA.
TW
20 iff
t iftiif
(n*ifH
10
f*1j$|)
rT^T
: I rTTT:
rnr: "rof Stir ^Mi ^ w\:
w^r
HITOPADEgA. 27
fa*i iftfefa:
^M Hiiq M I H M I
5
rfn
v.
Hr*
: IT-
r rT^ft^TR ns^j^iRiH: "qft
R f^rfNft
16
I
I 57 "rt S TRT
tt S^ft I hnni rfr^TI^W[ | rf ITf
20
28 HITOPADEgA.
m: i
f ft"i''5*il'fri'i
TT^T
1 d*uif
d*uin
^Trft
15
f? ^T
30 '^t S^?t I ^RT^TO f? ^I
: II
"^fif*
HITOPADEgA. 29
10
20
S?
: I
15 ^TRK^tR? ^TfiTTftT H: ^t^l?ff^^ H ( Rd wril
MHK<*TT
ff ^m fd^f 'jvt ^f^^: n
30 HITOPADEgA.
VI.
fir m+nii: ^
Ht
: i f^rr
10 CT HrT I nTt I
: I
rt<H*rtt ^Tlftn f W 1T ^ffa Uftre: I cT
: i w
: 11
: 11
TTrT:
20
HITOPADEQA. 31'
VII.
\ rf^ZT H
: i
r
10 ^ic ^r fa:*Rffr I TOT^ "ftift
^JWrf?T rf^T H^T
irrcff
I ^RnTt H "ftlft
15 ^
VIII. IX.
J I
32 IIITOPADEgA.
fn I WrT*
tt ft
i c^rmro r?^: i
* wfrit
i ra i * rrsiTt i ^rr ^rr
I
10 tRq <fe<3<$ rTFT
t n
I <mw* ^^^ri I
f^r: i ^
t wfi yRg i rTfn i^jfir
i
: uro i TRT: Ft
o
I rfiT: ftift
i irT^ f^^sirrnHt sft
HITOPADEgA, 33
i fijf : ulM*u^ i w^t n^T *it
friyfri I rTrf :
I ^^ii'irq "P^?5 t5*T*?^15T rf^-^iM^ cT
i irwt s^tt
HW: I ^TFt Sf s( 411*1 1
I ^ri *TRT I ^^THt ff?
^ M I
cfiTWT ^Hcnti<u TORnrf fHHifnrf: II
20
34 HITOPADEgA.
s?
10 fat
XI.
^TR? T5f^: I rT^T
%Trfi
j r^fhrfirfiT
10
HITOPADEgA. 35
: II
XII.
: i ?rwt
rTT* I
10 .
imt
'nrr ^v?: i ^?r usTR H i
I
: i
15 ^^ r Tn?n?^r ^ 11
^rfff HZRFT ^TT^ I R^^ I JT*
20
: i nTRT i
i
ff ^r^: II
36 HITOPADEQA.
i sr i
20
^fcf CT ^t^i H ^TTf ^f?T TJ%fe I
"fir
S?
10 sqq5)H Tlfrf f ftf%: B
XIII.
H j i<lHrrt
1* ^T M<r<|^: I
i
: i ?rwt
HITOPADEgA. 37
I rfrt^H f^
i irat s^ft
t I rfiTt f^^^Tt 1 II <$"R <=!<$)
<=!<$ <w
rr
10 HNl^HlfM ^r^:
ff
XIV. XV. XVI.
*> ^ra ^RHV IrM^lfiWR ^R: I
: I
sfir
16 fkt ^ ^ ^ft^ "^ "finrRTf?! ft^t ftg: i
38 HITOPADEgA.
i *jf<r i
TRT <*H I tttl^rn I gT^rf TTRH I
I
I rHIT
irrStftr
II
: I n^*nrl I : qi^qn I
10
: i
> irf^Rr: i ^^f^r^ *fNft: in^t ^MiMif<ri: i
10
HITOPADEQA. 39
: I
I ?TfT:
I Ht: I
<H SHI SU I
: I
<?t% f%\ f^f ^^T^ 1 ^ I rT-
20 <l=hiW ^?f^ iTO^t ^ift? rf^T
v9
; fjrf
HfT
40 HITOPADEQA.
80
: I
t ffrRTRTRT
15
"ft?: i ^nr:
XVII.
10 VR ^f^qi^i^qi: ^raWsisjiTl ^' I HKt
^rr: i rt
' I
: I
: I ^{W Sf
HITOPADEgA. 41
f
TTRT gfit ?nt
XYIII.
I
frlfrt I
ff ^
I
^Tl fi^rfa nwn^ ^ft^T ferr: i
5
f?T H'tllHi-ri
*i**Tnfi5rt 1 1
I ^?f 5tir^i*ii< sl TTT w: I
I
15 *fi^TT ^3R: I ^ ^fi I ^^"Ri ^T iSMl*^ I
K
90 "R I Ht ^^5 I UTOft WW 5TO I rflTt "^^t
it ^ft^T ^T^ VrHH I
42 HITOPADEQA.
WTrf g
ff
nrr:
10
XIX.
ftWT
I
Sf
HITOPADEgA. 43
I rTWt *TR!OT$y*.i^i i* mgj*HitiX<u
iVTfi RT *R Uf
u
XK.
vn*m<Hsj:
I HrT^f
"ferfT* I
10 i^<rrn i Ni^ii! i
TR ^T I *i^Ml S I
I
: I
15 ril^H K^t^: i ^t wr^nir i f^ftrfw
I rt^icfti^ fH
^PJf ^ I B ^TPTt t^fift^T ^
: I ^TW S?
*TSTT u
44 HITOPADEgA.
15
XXI.
: I cT^T
WIT nwr
10 <=i^i*( 'i^ii I rf^TT ^T B W^ HrT* I
Sl
J TrTt I
20 ^ fT^T TTO ^T ig<!9itlU II
KATHASARITSAGARA. 45
H
XXII.
fi
i rT^W "^Tftj ^TT
10 f^RH^? Htiwnw
n
ff TTfl I
f?Tf?T II
15
Ft
S^rTrTK W II
46 KATHASARITSAGARA.
XXIH.
t ftfiTT
Sf
TTOT
10
rf^I
20 fir wfe^rnn ^r sftr
11*1 c
: 11
* II
lrtURTf
ff "R^^T ^t IR^^rt II
KATHASARITSAGARA. 47
T Ti^T ^RT^l ^T'RTlJ II
^ ^TTfTT J TrTT"2rTOt
I)
10 f^^trRRt rfTfa ^fti^T BTFrf^T
ITRI
15
20 f<^X' iftsttf i ** ^t Sft ^T ^PH F^nT^Trf* II
48 KATHASARITSAGARA.
XXIV.
<T^T*J?iHt5fl
10
TT^T
rT^T WRf
15 rTTft ^W rp
XXV.
: II
H
: H
KATHASARITSAGARA. 49
^H'cg'<*Hsjn'
'f*F:
t ff
IT
5
: ftenrr s%fw ^t s^^g^n^^ jfnm: 11
f*RT 4HrMi^<lRpn ^rr rt iTHi^^rfini u
10 **HT rl^HK i^l Pc^U^H rfKt ^ft: I
II
II
15 ^T ^n wWR ^T^5 rMHn II
XXVI.
TT5TT
s^rftwf ^^^fe ^rrftf^ro: u
20 ->
50 KATHASAR1TSAGARA.
5 rf r^T +Tk<;iii*M*ri
^TT
10
I B n 11^11*11
f^i
"^TT
C
20 f^^rrf^fif Wnrf: ^Tt: tift^Tt SVRrt II
Sf ^J^"c|^T ^ ^Trf^fft ^*i^0 rTR. I
TTR: v^iif "^TRR: 11
: U
KATHASAR1TSAGARA. 51
^$ cfiTt
10
fVSnT
^rr
: *r i=nTT ^R:
C*
^fif II
: II
20
dirt
^. f ^S. > A * ^^S
L: H
52 KATHASARITSAUARA.
20
WFt
fn^ ftrwr
1
c>
11
rft
w
II
ITft faftj
wtftnr* i
KATHASARITSAGARA. 53
XXVII.
II
FT
: u
10 rfRTji ^fiTT^rft?^ r*^<*i u
rTT
rTT
15 irf?f^f
54 KATHASARITSAGARA.
rTrT*
15
20
fft R!llHf*ri4
rft ^T ift
"^ftft (\*4*T|t
fTt
KATHASARITSAGARA. 55
10
is ^j i TI v M^J \'
20 Wi I WRrfTt rt
rft ^ret
ri
* II
'TO ^W ^RiT ^fff
^^i it^fir^ TJTOT
* H
56 KATHASARITSAGARA.
ifa Js
^: ITR
rTT
10
15
Wt
XXVIII.
! H
fH<ii"<i iSHirn^- 5 ! ^^R^ 'TrTT
>3
ii sfir ^rmfwrnt S^HWIW: \\
: ii M ii n ^rarr i u
C\ N
MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA. I. 57
iitn
?TRT ^fir ^t^nr wot
ins 11
10 i<i^HmnMH ***M i <ii!sHnil ^rr 11 s^ 11
15 fRT w
58 MANAYA DHARMAgASTRA. I. II.
3 7 TRT H
: t^tnftu <=IHLM H ^irt
v9 C
15
g
fTTri
rTRfft
10 : \
^rer ^ wr^nor* ^WT: n
15
MANAVA DHARMAgASTRA. II. 59
II
it
10 T?^ f?rft HfW ^rr JT^% ^rr *wrfN?t 119011
ft^Trft^t
"9MH
60 MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA. H.
fv lltftH
c|l|4<HW43<!J ^
10 ^RR xiinK ^ *iHK
swr: Frrr: fli u^mn: \\$<3\\
15 ^M<<=lt ^Mii*n 5^ US til
ITRTT ^rshlHF?fT ^Rt wf^ W*rfff I
R oil
TT^I
20
FT
MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA. II. III. 61
f^ift
f^ir*
10
W ^IT
rft
is
sft f^wt i^i ftm ^rfir ^H: u
j^^rr ^fir ft^srr^ gr^R ^ft?j^ TTR. H
20
* ftrwi ^rfrr woz* \
62 MANAVA DHARMAgASTRA. in. IV.
err a s n ii^wr 911
10
15
20
*]f WTWHTRrt II ^ II
TT UrftrT
fi^St HT^t ^R^f ^jWiPctmn n 6 n
IIMOII
MANAMA DHARMAQASTRA. IV. V. 63
: IIMQII
10 ^ 3
n
IT^T ^ 5rni IR8o||
20 V*faj ff
n^ft^^ TraTTfirrsi^nnt. i
M II
64 MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA. V. VI.
rTTfrjf?t
ni *n,<uir^j|rr
15
>a 'v
HFT
: II MM II
5 Hr*ilfa *|%l^lrHrql P^ "^TFT H
? ^ n a
20
MANAVA DHARMAgASTRA. VI. XL XU. 65
'MT
ff ^TT
t
11 8 H
I
HMD
ii ff ii
20 "2TRT TRT W ^RH 3TRR "^ ^rr^n^ II bll
: I
I fit if
66 MANAVA DHARMAgASTRA. XII.
10
20
: \\
: ITRT *? ifHt
rffltfa H TJ5WI
f^f^vr T rf?r: u 80 11
3 fas^r j Tinii<*t j rf?r: 11
MANAYA DHARMAQASTRA. XH. 67
nfir: n
r
J TfrT:
nfif : n 88 n
J Tfw:
^rtff ?TT: i
10 JS ^^ft nf?f: II 8 II
: n ^9 n
r
H^nifiir "^ %TT^ n^nrr ^ifw*^ J rfif n
15
: II MO II
^ <u in
20 ^<!ii^u^WM "^ M^I w^s;f?f n MM n
68 MANAVA DHARMAgASTRA. XII.
n 11
i fifq*4*i<jniM H *!<?qn! n
10 in
?rr:
c>
T ^ II ^f II
vrfwt ^RT: i
15 vrfwt
XXIX. XXX.
: u
) ^^: farRTsJT R ^fem U
VEDA.
XXXI. RIGVEDA I. 1.
IRII
Rt H=iHirt:
ii M ii
: n 11
70 VEDA.
XXXII. RTGVEDA I. 32
i 3 ^HSifii! u "sff ^ ^rrft
IT "^^IT ^^HrHdMr*! II ^ II
fulfll!] Freret ^5| ^q rffT^ I
: IRII
11 3 n
J iftfT
10
"^TRT
15
-^_^5 - - -
I b II
20 c^^J f;lf ftf
VEDA. 71
HI^TR
5
wr
XXXIII. RIGVEDA I. 50
10 ^ RT 5TT rf
II <* II
ft TOT% ^fff
srntarr r^Rt ^n 11511
ii 8 ii
II M II
20
72 VEDA.
Mr
5 iPqi -qiU II bll
r: ii en
XXXIV. RIGVEDA I. 97.
ii ^ ii
ii 9 ii
f?
^
20 fi^rt
n mi
VEDA. 73
XXXV. RIGVEDA I. 165,
: *W)dbi: *nTRIT
HSU
wrftr
^r *T5fiTt liinL ^R HfT TR^TT fhjTTO II ^ II
iii f%\ ?r ^sn i
fft^t ^ ^r"^ H?II
10 ^rrftr ^ ^rrf^: ^t ^ffw: ^*t ^rfw wjat ^
irfrt ^
f? ^ ^t imn
FTT "^
u $ 11
rfft
t II b II
74 VEDA.
5? irnrt
nfit
U ^TrR ^
^JTT
10
II SM II
XXXVI. RIGVEDA HI. 62.
15
4:
VEDA. 75
XXXVII. RIGVEDA IV. 42.
f flrTT TT
sfirf *rsn?T ^T!!^ TT Wrfa t^TO^t ^: n ^
THRTT vR^ra 1 1
: II ^ II
5
10 <iy|w^ll *i^<mi rr irfT: II M II
rTT
rTf rTT IT
15 irfn
XXXVIII. RIGVEDA IV. 52.
n ^ n
HTrTT
: IRH
76 VEDA.
r fftr^ ii ? ii
i^T
II 8 II
ufir
\\\\
^rf w^rtftr
n s n
XXXIX. RIGVEDA V. 24.
10 : n ^ n
: n * u
11 9 N
: n n
XL. RIGVEDA V. 40.
i*irHT
15
7R ^tlH^ ^3TT |^t f^WT ft?
TT^T ti\9 n
YEDA. 77
XLI. RIGVEDA VII. 55.
ft
triLii J l'MTWr:
ft? ^i? a ^ ii
^ ft J
10 JTCJ HTrTT B^ ftTT
: ii M ii
rT^T II
XLII. RIGVEDA VH. 56.
78 VEDA.
irftr ^ ^ ^TS? f^ firet 5rfM*i ii * ii
20
f^ilT
: PSRT ^R
t ftro ^R
XLHT. RIGYEDA VH. 86.
10 vhr rtei ^rfrr ft f^r
IT HIMM "ri flTTT
rir*i<l
15 WW' y<lli| ? H T fT II 3 II
sr
: *n gtr
VEDA. 79
w*(Vrtl II If II
XLIV. RIGYEDA YIT. 88.
iret nfft ^TR
11 s n
sft ITT ^^it
10 ^?T *l ^iU^f ^TT U
f
n8H
_ HTT'fi? ^ ^T^IT ^^j: ^Rf ^^^t JTT
15 ^prf ^RT "sp^ ^JTIT^: fl^^K 1PTOT ' II M II
f^I "5RT f^IT
^TrT
80 VEDA.
XLV. RTGVEDA VII. 89.
5 ^: ^W hTrTT ITrfW
XLVI. RIGVEDA VIII. 14.
n ^ ii
Mr)
15
u 8 n
ff
15
20
VEDA. 81
f^rar
t if? ?f
n Q n
10
H W II
ftit
6
82 VEDA.
XL VII. RIGVEDA VHI. 85.
i W
irfn
rTT
XLVIII. RIGVEDA VITI. 91.
10
15
: H ^^ H
>H nbn
VEDA. 83
XLIX. RIGVEDA X. 9.
TJSI'R
: IRII
J i*4m
L. RIGVEDA X. U.
t^ TRrff
II ^ II
J TT^
R: i^T ftnri: ift^RT ^f^Ri: tiwr^ ^r?T ^n: IRII
_ Cv _ _v3_ _ _ _ _ vj*
irff
<[5fWl
15 ^vfa H ftr ^f WTHt S-OT w ftmu
6*
84 VEDA.
<M*Hfod ^imi 3SRTJH ^ vff ii
LI. RIGVEDA X. 16.
: II <* II
i*i i ^n n^rrTT u ^ 11
Tr*1irHI ^Tt ^ *T*Si TjftRt* "^ ^WTI
: II
10 ^r^t m^r^r^n it rhi^r rt W ^tf^^RH it w ^rPI:
: u M a
15 ri^g^i Ww jsi<u ^
u $ u
ITT
II til
20 ^OTTCTrraJ n ff? TJffftr ?t
VEDA. 85
f
^T
II iO II
ftr:
in8n
LIT. RIGVEDA X. 17.
15
: 11911
20
^ *rtr:
86 VEDA.
HMII
15
ftn??R
LHL RIGYEDA X. 18.
T 5 ^ "^^ ^T ^Trf^t
ri
f^r
cl II b II
30
^PTTO iT ?BT ^T W: HW ^TRT: II?!!
10
: 3^-41 <ft^5 ^VHT TT!K^ n 8 ii
II M II
VEDA. 87
r^fi-T? ^RT 5^HT f^rr ^T
TJTTJ
f?
W I J?TOT
t PMriil
C\
10
LIV. RIGVEDA X. 33.
THTR
^ fwt
ii M n
H
88 VEDA.
Uti II til
^rt
fir %w n e 11
LV. RIGVEDA X. 40. 10.
LYI. RIGVEDA X. 52.
ftnr ^ft ^^fhrrNpsr "^rr Tr^fTt ITT
10
15
TTT
VEDA. 89
LYII. RIGVEDA X. 53.
WnT ri*N*lul H
_ N
LVIII. RIGVEDA X. 85. ae, 24-se, 32-33, 27, 43-47.
I? fT
v3 _ _ _ _
sfisrt
10 ijji^ T: ^T ^FH^?T IRM II
T t^T H lffTT
15
*WF*ITOI ^T^T^W f^r ^trfR n 99 n
ftni
: inrt
90 VEDA.
4 fr
11 11
VTrfT
LIX. RIGVEDA X. 137.
10
: 11 <\ \\
^rrw ^
15
4 ff
TO ^ n? 11 11
ni T ^rn *FMM*HMT ^r( II M U
20
VEDA. 91
<JlMnj HM
T fsiifT
i^T WWt
10
LX. RIGVEDA X. 154.
If^Rf
ratfTnt ii 8 H
11 M 11
LXI. RIGVEDA X. 155.
16 ^EchffiT ^^: ^ ^RT W ^Hlfif IIMH
LXn. MAITRAYANI SANH1TA U. 13. 23
92 VEDA.
10
tnrr
Cs
11311
^ter irf^r: ^N ^ft:
n s 11
LXin. MAITRAYANI SANHITA 1. 5. 12.
i ?r rr ^n inWinR i rtr
15 iJ^M^rrH | d c(l ^PRflffff I
rhr: ^^R^H^RI i ?rrf:
LX1V. MAITRAYANI SANHITA I. 10. 13.
m: i
BRAHMANA. 93
I W MilMM^IUrt
rtff ftr
f 71 I 3f IJ^T ^flF 4 ^ iftFWT
LXV. MA1TRAYANI SANHITA II. 1. 12.
I if" "4l
r^
^m^T ^IM^Iri I
10 3 i
ff ^
I
LXYI. TAITTIRIYA SANHITA II. 6. 6.
f ^
Ft
i H fn^iNH i Ft si?:
i ?r
FT nHiH ^f?f i n^u^rw finrr fti^r wfiTfT i ^r-
f? I rfF^f^H I H^sM R ^TF "^^f 1^ Ft
94 BRAHMANA.
10
:iTftfv
LXVH. AITAREYA BRAHMANA III. 20.
i w^fir i rt f^^Ti ^H^I i
rTT
^rff
LXVHI. AITAREYA BRAHMANA III. 21.
S^fflfrf I K^n^%xr ^m^trt I rTWt
LXIX. QATAPATHA BRAHMANA II. 2. 2.
BRAHMANA. 95
t ivr
rT
LXX. QATAPATHA BRAHMANA II. 2. 2.
IT
Cs C\
nen
"^T ^
IROII
LXXI. QATAPATHA BRAHMANA X. 4. 3
15
3:
"TO
: f^wtfir i *rf l^Ttfif a s
ff T^T^T*15) <l -=1 WRTtJt S^rf T^fh I
96 BRAHMANA,
IR II
^f5 ^t S^^^KHMI^I^M! s*t
II II 7T
I H
rii*inn*iM(VX II 8 II W TvqfM r^fWt I
c>
10 r** I ?f?T ^ Hc||*riHHM(\fl II Mil TT
T II 9 II
Ml
15 ^fi? ^ ^far ^ uiHifn '
I ^ ? rPR TT ^i? ^V: I rT^t
^T'JfTT ^TF^* II b II *f *j
T
20 ^rr ^n?n nfci'iin^^ ^t TT^T *rprf nf^nftfff i ^ ft
^fff I
BRAHMANA.
f ^ HT f^rar
moil
LXXII. QATAPATHA BRAHMANA XII. 7. 3.
*)
fen
10 ^i ftrt^fJr i
i
"fe^T
fw ftR
Cs
LXXIII. NIRUKTA II. 16.
15 ^ Id T1M 1*1 M N^J^lV^THl Mirqt?q I KHU*I
: i
7
98 SUTRA.
*' I
i H <f
LXXIV. AgVALAYANA'S GRIHYASUTRA I. 5, 7, 8.
Trffffis'rii i
10
Hll(rfl(d
g*lrft
II Mil
rrNt ^rT IT-
n i **
: i i
15
C\
20
T?
SUTRA. 99
*TT r* 5RT
"feRT
MdHi<<ii) Sffcrfrre ^rRrrf: II
^TrTT ^Tff^T ^TT
10
ifirt R^rrrf RTTTW: ^=11^1 n
Wffft * RftlTfTrT: I w \
Rt f^ft?
7*
100 SUTRA.
: 11
irfT IT
sip
inr rrr 1^1 11^9 n
THTRT
lH ^
131 ifN
rf* U^Tt IR^TT
20
^fif ^T:
FTTrTT
SUTRA. 101
4HJftiT Hl lib II
LXXY. AgVALAYANA'S GRIHYASUTRA IV. 16.
Tftt ^Mrt^rH i^l l^iHH<iRin 1*11
HI ^t*f n *TOT
l*m*rTl
c
10 ?T Hl
HI
f f^ftj ^f^^FT^TFTT "^T
rr
i ^ i
w \**\
HI
1 T TTK Hi
^l^chl^^PTi 1^1 ^H^Jl S*iirqi
20
102 SUTRA.
^fa ft ^
l fn^nfn I ^ I
is
20
10 rr rnr^T ^iwit 1^1 IR n
SUTRA. 103
*TT f^f
5 fij *HJ|fU*uft ^f^T^ cJl^l^ M l^fri 1^1 II 9 II
10 131
: 1^1 4'iHi>n
I M I rf ^TRT^TT^R^ Wf Sf?
coln^nVf?T f f^^R^ I ^ I
15 ^llH+ll^ HH ^l^|cfc||*| ^ft M I ^ 1
fliHI 1 *!'
20
104 SUTRA.
10
15
: I M
n M a
20 ^TT : shMl^r IT Wf c^H 1^1 r *^-
rr f^:
1 H
15
20
SUTRA. 105
t^rf
v3
V ^
10
^ff ^VrTT
106 SUTRA.
GEBRUDER UNGER, BERLIN, SW-
PART E.
SANSKRIT-ENGLISH VOOABULAET.
[.For Explanations and Abbreviations, see pages 289-294.]
[111]
[agni
1 a, pron. root, see idam and 502.
2 a , negative prefix, see an.
anga, m. (that which one gets, i.e.) one's
portion ; and so, generalized, portion, part.
[Vlag, 'get.']
angii, m. juicy internodium or shoot of the
Soma-plant ; and so, shooting ray (of
light).
ahQumant, a. rich in beams, radiant ; as
m. the sun, 16*. [angii, 1235b.]
a n s a , m. shoulder, [perhaps, ' the strong '
(part), Vam, 1197a: cf. 3>/j.-os, Lat. um-erus,
Goth, amsa, 'shoulder.']
a-kasmat, adv. without any "wherefore ";
without apparent cause ; unexpectedly ;
accidentally.
akasmad-agantu, m. an accidental ar-
rival, a chance comer.
a-kara, m. the sound or letter a. [Whit-
ney, 18.]
a-karana, n. lack of cause; -am, adv.
causelessly.
a-kirti,/. non-fame, disgrace.
akirti-kara, a. causing disgrace, dis-
graceful.
a-krta, a. not done; uncooked.
aktii, m. I. ointment; 2. light, beam
of light; -3. night, [for 2, cf. cutris,
' beam.']
a - k r i y a m a n a , a. not being accomplished.
[Vlkr, 'do,' 770c.]
a-krura, a. not harsh.
1 aksa, n. for aksan at end ofcpds [1315a].
2 aksa, m. a die for playing, [named,
perhaps, from its 'eyes' (1 aksa) or
' spots.']
aksa, m. axle. [cf. &tav, Lat. axis, AS.
eax, Eng. axe (i.e. 'axle'), and axle.']
a-ksata, a. unhurt, uninjured; unbroken-,
as m. pi. unbroken or unhusked grains,
esp. of barley,
aksata-kesara, a. having an uninjured
mane,
aksata-deha, a. having an unhurt or
perfect body,
aksan [431], n. eye. [cf. uir-unr-a, 'have
seen,' dty, ' eye ' ; otrcre, *bic-je, ' eyes ' ; Lat.
oc-ulus, 'eye'; the kinship of AS. edge,
Eng. eye, remains to be proved : cf. Viks.]
aksa-priya, a. beloved of the dice, i.e.
lucky at gaming.
a-ksama, a. not equal to a thing ; unable,
w. inf.
a-ksaya, a. imperishable.
aksayatva,n. imperishability, [aksaya.]
a-ksara, a. imperishable; as n. word;
syllable; the sacred syllable, om, GO 14 ;
sound, letter, 61 4 .
aksara-nyasa, m. the commitment to
letters, the writing.
a-ksara, a. not pungent.
aksaralavana, n. that which is not pun-
gent and not salt, [alavana : 1253b.]
aksaralavanagin, a. eating that which
is not pungent and not salt, abstaining
from seasoned and salted food, [agin.]
aksi [431], n. eye; see aksan.
aksauhini,/ a complete army.
aksauhinl-pati, m. master of an army;
general.
a-khila, a. without a gap, entire ; all.
a - g a d a , a. not having disease, well, healthy,
whole ; wholesome ; as m. medicine.
a gar a, m. n. house,
agni, m. fire; esp. a sacred fire; the god
of fire, Agni, mediator between men and
agnikunda]
[112]
gods, messenger who carries the sacrifice
to them, protector from the terrors and
spirits of darkness, and keeper of house
and hearth, [perhaps, ' the quickly mov-
ing or agile one,' V aj, 1158 : cf . Lat. ignis,
' fire/ agilis, ' agile '; akin, poss., is aty\ri,
' flashing light.']
agni-kunda, n. round hole hi the ground
for the sacred fire.
agni-vela,^ fire-hour, time for kindling
the sacred fire ; afternoon.
agni-hotra, n. fire-sacrifice (a burnt-
offering of fresh milk).
agnihotra-havani, /. fire-sacrifice
ladle.
agny-adh6ya, n. placing or setting up
of the sacred fire, [acct, 1272.]
agr a, n. 1. front ; agre, in front, before,
in presence of, w. gen.; 2. beginning;
agre, in the beginning, in the first place,
first; 3. tip, end. [perhaps, 'that
which goes before, leader,' V aj : cf . &yu,
'lead,' ffTpar-rryos, 'army-leader.']
agratas, adv. in front [1098c 3 ]; before
(one's self) ; w. kr, place in front, cause
to lead, [agra, 1098b.]
agrya, a. foremost, best, [agra, 1212c.]
agha, a. distressful, harmful ; as n. harm,
trouble, evil; sin; sorrow, [like anhii,
' narrow,' and anhas, ' distress,' from
v- angh or anh, ' straiten ' : cf . KX OS > ' dis-
tress ' ; &yx.a>, Lat. ango, ' strangle ' ; AS.
ange, ' anxious,' Ger. enge, ' narrow,' Angst,
' distress ' : for connection of mgs, cf . Eng.
straiten, ' to narrow ' and ' to distress.']
V agha y a (aghayati). harm; plan mis-
chief, [agha, 1059b.]
a-ghoracaksus, a. not evil-eyed.
d-ghnya, m. bull (the animal that is
' hard to overcome,' or more exactly, ' not
to be slain').
& g h n y a , f. cow. [formed as a pendant
to aghnya.]
anka, m. 1. the bend at the groin made
by taking a sitting position, lap; 2. the
bend just above the hip (where babes, sit-
ting astride, are carried by Hindu women
see aroha) ; 3. hook; 4. (like Eng.
pot-hook) mark, sign. [Vane: for 1, cf.
v, 'bend in arm or wall or shore'; for
3, cf . oyxos, Lat. uncus, AS. ongel, ' hook ' ;
cf. Eng. angle, not a borrowed word.]
V ankhaya (ankhayati [1056, 1067]).
hook on, grapple, [from anka, ' hook,'
despite the aspiration.]
+ pari, clasp, embrace.
V ang. move, in derivs.
a n g a , asseverative particle, yad anga, just
when ; te anga, they only.
anga, n. limb, member; by synecdoche,
body, person, form. [Vang: for mg, cf.
angiili, angiistha.]
a n g a n a , n. court, [orig., perhaps, ' gang-
way,' ^ang.]
ang ana, f. a (fair) form, i.e. a woman,
[anga.]
angara, m. coal.
angiras,7n. 1. orig., probably, messenger ;
esp. messenger between gods and men ; 6^
eminence, Agni; 2. as pi. Angirases, a
name applied by the Hindus to a certain race
among their forefathers (perhaps because
their intercourse with the gods was con-
ceived as very intimate), these forefathers
being regarded as half divine ; 3. as s.
the (mythical) ancestor of the Angirases.
angiili, f. finger. [Vang, 1191: for mg,
cf. anga.]
angustha, m. thumb, [for mg, cf. anga.]
V ac or a no (acati, aiicati ; akna, ancita ;
-acya). bend. [cf. anka and vbl anc.]
+ a. bend.
a -car a, a. not moving; as subst. plant (as
distinguished from animals).
a-cala, a. immovable; as m. mountain.
a-cit, a. not knowing; unwise; foolish.
a-citti, f. unwisdom; folly.
a-citva, grd. without piling. [Vlci.]
a-cintya, a. incomprehensible.
accha, vbl prefix, to, unto; hither; w. VV
2 nag, ya, vah, vrt ; often accha, 248a.
V aj fajati, -te). drive. [orig. 'put in
motion ' : cf . Lat. ago, ' lead, drive ' ; &y<a,
'lead': cf. also agra, ajira, aji.]
+ ud, drive out.
a j a , m. he-goat, [prob. ' the agile one,'
V aj : cf . af, ' goat.']
a-jara, a. not aging; ageless.
aj aramaravat, adv. as if ageless and
immortal, [ajara-amara, 1107, 1257.]
[113]
[atra
a-jasra, a. not dying out; perpetual
(of fire).
aja,/. she-goat, [see aja.]
a-jata, a. unborn.
ajina, m. goat-skin; pelt, [aja: cf . alyls,
' goat-skin, Aegis,' w. aff , ' goat.']
ajira, a. agile, swift. [Vaj, 1188e: cf.
Lat. agilis, ' agile.']
V ajiraya (ajirayate). be swift; press
swiftly onward, [ajira, 1059b.]
a-jna, a. not knowing, ignorant; foolish;
as m. fool.
a - j L at a , a. unknown. [Vjna : cf . &-yv<aros,
Lat. i-gnotus, Eng. un-couth, ' unknown.']
ajnata-kulagila, a. whose family and
character are unknown.
a-jnatva, grd. without knowing.
a-jnana, n. ignorance; -at and -atas,
out of ignorance.
V anc, see Vac.
anc, as vbl at end of cpds [see 407-9],
turning, directed ; e.g. ud-anc, directed
upward. [for ing, cf. Eng. -ward (in
to-ward, etc.), which is akin w. Vvrt,
' turn.']
V arij or aj (anakti, ankte; anaiija, anaje
[788]; anjit; akta; aktva; -anjya, -ajya).
1. smear; anoint; 2. adorn, [cf. aktu:
cf . Lat. ungo, ' anoint.']
+ a , anoint.
+ v i , 1. anoint ; 2. adorn ; and so, bring
to notice ; vyakta : adorned, fair ; mani-
fest ; caws, make clear or manifest.
+ s a m , 1. anoint; 2. adorn; 3. unite
by anointing, 89 19 ; 4. generalized, unite
with, take to one's self (e.g. food), 88 10 .
an j all, m. the two hollowed and open
hands placed side by side ; the hands so
placed and raised to the forehead, i.e. a
gesture of reverent salutation; a double
handful (as measure).
aiijas, adv. quickly, suddenly, [prob. adv.
ace. or instr. of an obsolete subst. anjas,
' a slippery way or a gliding motion,' V anj .]
V at (atati, -te ; atisyati; atita ; atitva).
wander about, [cf. Vat.]
at an I, f. the notched end of a bow.
a t a v I , / forest, [perhaps, ' roaming-place,'
Vat.]
anda, n. egg.
anda-ja, a. egg-born; as m. bird.
V at (atati, -te; atita). wander about, [cf.
Vat.]
a-tandrita, a. unwearied.
atas, adv. 1. (as abl. ofpron. root a [1098],
and synonymous w. asmat) from it; .so 22 9 ,
sc. pankat ; ato ' nya, other than it, 68 12 ;
-2. from this (place), 83 15 ; -3. from this
(time), 96 21 ; cf. iirdhvam; then, 40 16 ; -4.
from this (cause), 35 10 ; therefore, 27 3 , etc.;
w. correl. yatas, 36 8 ; hence ; and so, 39 4 ,
42 21 ; so then, 73 12 . [pron. root a, 502.]
dti, adv. across, beyond, past, over, as vbl
prefix; in cpds, to excess, excessive, see
1289b ; as prep, beyond, over. [cf . K-n,
' further, besides ' ; Lat. et, ' besides, and.']
atikrama, m. act of overstepping or over-
coming. [Vkram + ati.]
atithi, m. guest, ['wanderer,' Vat.]
ati-durvrtta, a. excessively wicked.
ati-dura, a. very far or distant; as n.
great distance.
ati-bhara, m. excessive burden.
ati-laulya, n. excessive greediness.
ati-vrsti,yi excessive rain.
a-tisthant, a. not standing; restless.
[Vstha.]
ati-samcaya,m. excessive accumulation.
ati-samnidhana, n. excessive nearness.
atlndriya, a. transcending the senses ; as
n. soul, spirit, [ati + indriya, 1310a.]
ativa, adv. exceedingly; very, [ati + iva.]
a-tyajya, a. not to be abandoned.
aty-ugra, a. extraordinary. ['exces-
sively strong.']
atyugra-punyapapa, a. extraordinar-
ily good and bad ; as n. pi. extraordinarily
good and bad deeds.
atra (atra, 248a), adv. 1. (asloc.ofpron.
root a [1099 4 ], and synonymous w. asmin)
substantively : in it, 97 10 ; in this case, 31 5 ;
in that case, 18 n ; on this point, 29 2 ;
adjectiv ely : w. antare: in this interim,
meantime, 24 19 , 45 2 , 50 22 , 55 4 ; on this
occasion, at this juncture, 19 n ; atra
sarasi, in this pool ; 2. in this or that
(place); here, 25 16 ; there, 33 5 , 89*; in
that world (opp. to 'in this world'),
87 !' 7 ' 9 ; -3. in that (time), then, 56.
[pron. root a, 502.]
atri]
[114]
Atri, m. Atri, name of a famous Rishi.
atha (atha, 248a), adv. expresses a sequence,
temporal or resultant : then ; so ; so then ;
accordingly; thereupon; 1. temporal:
e.g. ati drava, atha upehi, run past, and
then go unto , 83 18 ; in apodosis after
yada, 84 5 ' 6 - 7 , 96 22 ; 2. resultant: e.g. ma-
rudbhih sakhyam te astu, atha jayasi,
make friends with the Maruts, and then
(if thou dost) thou shalt conquer, 82 2 N. ;
3. very frequent as a simple continuative :
now; so; then; usually at beginning of sen-
tence (e.g. 20 1 ) or cloka (e.g. 2 6 ); sometimes
within the cloka (e.g. 3 14 ); exceptionally at
the end, 13 9 ; at beginning of section or book,
now, 98 16 ; here beginneth (cf. Hi), I 1 ;
sometimes much attenuated in meaning ; often
almost equivalent to a capital letter, to mark
the beginning of a new clause, e.g. 94 18 ; con-
necting parts of sentence, 4 n ; 4. pleonas-
tically w. tatas, 13 9 ; mere verse-filler, 10 19 ;
5. atho, i.e. atha u, and also, 90 16 ; 6.
serving as a point d'appui for an enclitic,
which may thus precede its word : e.g. devo,
' tha va yaksas, a god or a Yaksha, instead
of devo, yakso va, 8 18 ; so 2 12 ; in this use,
va : atha va : : que : atque ; cf. 27 21 ; cf.
va; 7. atha va, or rather, 26 7 N. [pron.
root a, 1101, 502; later form of adha
(which is more common in the Veda) : cf.
Lat. at, ' then, further, but.']
V ad (atti; atsyati; attum). eat; consume,
[cf . 8eo, Lat. edo, AS. etan, Eng. eat : cf .
anna.]
ad, vbl. eating, consuming, in cpds.
a d a , a. eating, in cpds. [vf ad.]
a-danstrin, a. without tusks or large
teeth.
a-datta, a. not given.
a-dantajata, a. not having teethed,
['not having grown teeth,' for a-jata-
danta.]
adds [501], pron. yon, yonder, that, that
there, in opposition to the one here or just
mentioned.- e.g. asau, 22 7 , that one (the
traveller last mentioned at 20 19 ) ; so 31 10 ;
asav amutra, ayam asmin, that one in
that world, this one in this, 103 7 ; that one
(correl. ya), 7 6 , 37 n ; as designation of per-
sons not to be named, so-and-so, N. or M. ;
asav aliam. I am so-and-so, 61 14 ; 60 21 ;
103 5 ; follows at a distance the word to
which it refers, thus emphasizing it, 23 1 .
[see 501 and 503.]
aditi, a. without bond or limit; infinite; as
f. infinity, the endless heaven, 79 19 ; infin-
ity, personified as a goddess, Aditi, 75 8 .
[apparently a -f *diti, acct, 1304a 2 : diti,
'bond,' would be a reg. deriv. of \/3da,
'bind,' but does not occur as such,
although there is a word diti, q.v., of
quite different rug and origin.]
a -din a, a. not depressed.
adinatman, a. with cheerful spirit, un-
daunted, [atman.]
a-durmangala,/. -I, a. bringing no bad
luck. [for declension, cf. sumangala,
-gali, and 355b.]
a-dfsta, a. unseen, unnoticed. [Vdrg.]
adrsta-kama, m. love for one not yet
seen.
a-deva, m. non-god, who is no god. [1288a 4 .]
adbhis, see 393.
adbhuta, a. wonderful; as n. wonder,
[despite anatidbhuta, prob. from at(i)-
bhuta, ' transcending what has existed/
1310a : cf. ambara.]
adbhuta-rupa, a. having wonderful
beauty.
adya, adv. to-day; adya nii, in this night
(just past), 61 8 ; now; adya yavat, until
now ; adya^arabhya, from now on. [per-
haps from *a-dyavi, ' on this day,' 1122f,
see dyu : cf . Lat. ho-die, ' to-day.']
a-dravya, n. non-thing, unworthy object.
adri, m. rock; stone; esp. Soma-stone (for
bruising the Soma) ; missile stone.
adrivant, a. having or armed with the
hurling-stone.
adha (adha, 248a), Vedic adv. expressing a
sequence : then, so, 79 8 ; so then, 89 18 ;
adha yad, just then when, 76 14 ; (then,
i.e. besides, i.e.) and, 77 18 , 78 6 . [1104 8 :
cf. atha.]
a-dhanya, a. not rich; poor.
adhama [525], a. lowest; worst, [cf. adhas
and 474 : cf . Lat. infimus, ' lowest.']
adhara [525], a. lower, [cf. adhas and
474: cf. Lat. inferus, 'lower'; Eng. under.']
a-dharma, m. unrighteousness.
[115]
[anamayitnu
adhah-gayin, a. lying low, i.e. sleeping
on the ground.
ad has, adv. below; down.
adhastat, adv. below; as prep., iv. gen.
[1130], under, [adhas, HOOb.j
ad hi, adv. over, besides, in addition, 96 16 ;
as prep, above, over, on; w. instr. (of snii
only), away over, 79 u ; w. abl. from, out
of, 103*; w. loc.: over, 90 7 ; on, 70 13 ,92 n .
adhika, a. (like Eng. over in adj. uses) ad-
ditional ; surpassing the usual measure,
superior, extraordinary; as n. surplus,
[adhi, 1222a.]
adhika-rupavant, a. surpassingly or
most beautiful.
adhikanuraga, m. superior affection or
most affection, [anuraga.]
adhikara, m. authority; office; duties of
office. [\f 1 kr + adhi, ' put over or in
office.']
adhij ya, a. having the bow-string up or on,
i.e. strung. [2jya, 1305.]
adhi -pa, m. lord; ruler, ['over-keeper,'
1289a : cf. 354.]
adhi-pati, m. over-lord; sovereign.
[1289a.]
adhi-pa [352], m. lord, ['over-keeper,'
1289a.]
adhisthana, n. standing-place; (of the
soul) a dwelling-place or manifestation.
[\lstha + adhi.]
adhuna, adv. now.
adho-nivita, a. having the sacred cord
(worn) low. [adhas.]
adhyayana, n. reading; study, esp. of the
Veda. [Vi + adhi, 1150. la.]
adhyaya, m. reading; study, esp. of the
Veda; (like Eng. lesson), lectio, chapter,
66 16 , 58 15 , etc. [\| i + adhi, 1 148. 2.]
adhvara, m. religious or liturgical ser-
vice ; sacrifice, esp. Soma-sacrifice.
V adhvarya (adhvaryati). perform sac-
rifice, [adhvara, 1059d.]
adhvaryii, m. priest, who did the actual
work of the sacrifice, and appears in the
oldest period as companion of the hotr
see rtvij. [V adhvarya, 1178h.]
an, before consonants a, negative prefix.
[1121a; acct, 1288a, 1304a: cf. w-, a-,
Lat. in-, Eng. un-.]
V an (aniti [631]; ana; anisus ; anisyati ;
anita; anitum; -anya). breathe, blow;
live, [cf . anila, &ve/*os, Lat. anima, ' cur-
rent of air ' ; Goth, an-an, ' breathe.']
+ p r a , breathe.
ana, pron. stem, see iclam.
an-agha, a. faultless.
an a (I v ah [404], m. bull, ['cart-drawing/
anas + vah.]
an-adhigata, a. un-studied.
an-anusthana, n. non-observance, neg-
lect.
an-antara, 1. a. having no interval;
immediately adjoining; -am, ado. imme-
diately afterwards, afterwards ; thereupon ;
2. as n. non-interval, in sam-.
an-amiva, a. without sickness or trouble,
well ; as n. weal, [amiva, 1304a.]
an-arghya, a. not to be priced, priceless.
anarghyatva, n. pricelessness. [1239.]
an-artha, m. non-advantage; disadvan-
tage.
anala, m. fire.
an-avadya, a. not un-praiseworthy ;
blameless, faultless.
anavadyanga,_/. -I, a. having a faultless
body, [anga.]
an-aveksa, a. without any looking
around ; -am, adv. without looking around,
[aveksa.]
an-aveksamana, a. not looking around.
[V Iks + ava.]
an-agru,a. without tears, [agru, 1304a.]
a-nasta, a. not lost. [\/lnag.]
anasta-pagu, a. who loses nothing from
his herd. [prop. ' having a not lost herd.']
anas, n. cart for heavy burden, [cf. Lat.
onus, 'burden.']
an-agata, a. not arrived; not (yet) come,
impending, future, [\lgarn. + a.]
anagatavant, a. having to do with the
future. [1233.]
anagata-vidhatr, m. arranger for the
future ; Forethought, name of a fish.
aii-agas, a. without sin. [acct, 1304a 2 ].
an-adhrsyd, a. un-approachable. [acct,
1285.]
an-amayA, a. without disease, healthy;
as n. health.
an-amayitnii, a. not sickening; healing.
anayudha]
[116]
an-ayudha, a. weaponless; defenceless.
[ayudha, 1304a.]
an-aruhya, yrd. without going into
( danger) . [V ruh + a.]
anil a, m. wind. [Van, 1189.]
a-nivigamana, a. not going to rest.
[acct, 1283.]
a-nivegana, a. having no resting-place,
unsettled, [nivegana, 1304a.]
an-ista, a. undesired; disagreeable; un-
approved, unlawful. [V 1 is.]
anista-cintana, n. the thinking about
something unlawful.
an-istva,<7rJ. without sacrificing. [Vyaj.]
anika, n. 1. face; 2. Jig. appearance;
3. of a hatchet (face, i.e.), sharp edge;
4. front, and so, by synecdoche, troop.
[so Lat. acies has mgs 3 and 4.]
a-nitijna, a. not knowing discreet con-
duct,
anu, prep, after, along, toward; w. ace.
along or over ; after, i.e. according to.
anugati,/. a going after. [V gam + anu.]
an u car a, a. going after; as m. attendant;
companion. [\l car + anu.]
anu- jivin, a. living upon, dependent; as
m. a dependent. [V jiv + anu.]
anu-tta, ppl. see VI da + anu.
a-nutta, a. un-moved, i.e. invincible.
[Vnud.]
anuttama, a. most highest; best, most
excellent; supreme. [lit. 'most best,'
formal superl. to anuttara, which is itself
logically a superl.]
an-uttara, a. not having a superior, i.e.
best, [for mg, cf. nihgreyasa.]
an-udita, a. not arisen. [Vi + ud.]
an-udyoga, m. non-exertion,
anunaya, m. conciliation. [Vni + anu.]
an-upakarin, a. not doing or unable to
do a friendly service.
anu-purva, a. following the one preced-
ing, one after another ; -am, adv. in regular
order. [1310a.]
anumati,/. approbation; favor (of gods
to the pious) ; personified, Grace. [Vman
+ anu.]
anumana, n. the forming of a conception.
[V 1 ma + anu, ' conceive.']
anur a ga, m. affection. [Vraj+anu.]
anurodha, m. regard. [V 1 rudh + anu.]
anurodhin, a. having (some) regard for.
[V 1 rudh + anu.]
an-ulbana, a. not lumpy; smooth or per-
fect (of a weft). [1288a 4 .]
anuvrtti, f. sequence, and so, continu-
ance. [V vrt + anu.]
anu-vrata, a. acting according to the
will or command (of another), obedient;
devoted to, w. ace. [272], 6 16 , 100 4 . [1310a :
cf. apavrata.]
anugaya, m. repentance, [perhaps 'that
which lies down after one or follows one
to his bed': Vgi +anu.]
anusthana, n. devotion to, observance.
[V stha + anu.]
anustheya, yrdv. to be accomplished,
[see Vstha + anu, and 963a.]
anusarana, n. a going after, a searching.
[V sr + anu.]
anustarana, a. strewing over, covering
over; f. anustaranl (sc. go), a cow,
slaughtered at the funeral ceremony, and
the pieces of which are used for covering
over the corpse, limb by limb. [V str +
anu.]
a n u can a, see 807 and 784.
an-rta, a. untrue; anrta, n. untruth;
wrong, [rta, 1288a.]
an-eka, a. not one, i.e. more than one;
many.
anekadha, adv. many times. [1104.]
anekagas, adv. in large numbers. [1106.]
a-nedya, a. not to be blamed; blame-
less, [acct, 1285a.]
an-enas, a. free from guilt. [enas,
1304a.]
an-omkrta, a. not having om uttered, i.e.
unaccompanied by om. [see omkrta.]
ant a, m. 1. vicinity, proximity; 2.
border; limit; end. [see anti: cf. Eng.
end.~\
antah-pura, n. inner stronghold or
citadel; inner apartment of the royal
citadel, gynaeceum, harem, 2 21 . [antar,
1289a.]
dntaka, m. ender (death). [anta,
1222a.]
anta-kara, a. end-making; as m. de-
stroyer.
[117]
[anvita
.4 u tarn a, a. nearest, very near; as m. in-
timate, companion, [see anta, mg 1, and
474 : cf . Lat. intumus, ' inmost.']
antar, adv. inward, inwardly, within;
prep., w. loc. : between, among, within ;
along with, 78 12 ; cf. Mi, gam, dha. [cf.
Lat. inter, 'between.']
1 antara, a. very near, only in V. and B.
[see anta, mg 1, and 474.]
2 antara, a. inner; as n. 1. the interior,
middle ; jala^antare, in the middle of the
water = in the water, 50 7 ; vana^antara-
samcarin, wandering in the forest, 49 13 ;
2. interval see atra; 3. distance be-
tween two things; the difference, 29 7 ;
4. difference, at end of cpds [1302c5]:
-antara, that which has a difference
of -, i.e. another -, 33 l , 38 12 - 23 , 43 6 ; -5.
occasion, juncture, 19 u . [antar: cf.
fVTfpa, ' inwards, guts.']
antar-atman, m. the in(-dwelling) soul;
heart. [1289.]
antari-ksa, n. the atmosphere, see 92 9 N.
[' lying or situate in the middle ' between
heaven and earth : antar + ksa : for mg,
cf. rb fj.effrjyv, as used of the aerial space
traversed by Iris.]
antariksa-ga, a. moving in the air ; as
m. bird, [for mg, cf. khaga.]
antariksa-loka, m. atmosphere-world
[1280b] ; the atmosphere, regarded as a
separate world.
antar-gata, a. gone within, i.e. being
within ; hidden.
antardhana, n. abiding; disappearance;
w. i, disappear. [V 1 dha + antar, q.v.]
a n t a r - 1 a j j a , /. inward shame. [1289. ]
antar-vedi, a. situate within the sacri-
ficial bed ; -di, adv. within the sacrificial
spot. [1310a.]
anti, adv. opposite, in front, before; near.
[see anta : cf . avrl, ' opposite,' &vra, ' face
to face'; Lat. ante, 'before'; antlcus,
'former, ancient'; AS. and-swaru, Eng.
an-swer.]
1 antika, n. neighborhood or presence;
used like samipa, q.v. [anti.]
2 antika, for anta at end of cpds, 1222,
1307 ; grahana^antika, having acquisition
as its conclusion.
antima, a. last. [anti, 474: for mg
(' endmost "? ), cf. anta 2, and antya.]
ante-vasfn, m. pupil, [lit. 'abiding in
the vicinity,' 1250c.]
antya, a. being at the end, last; lowest;
of lowest caste, [anta.]
antya-jati, a. having lowest birth.
antyajatita,yi condition of having low-
est birth. [1237.]
antya-stri, f. woman of lowest caste.
a iid. ha, a. blind; blinding (of darkness).
and has, n. darkness, [cf. andha.]
anna, n. food ; esp. rice, usually boiled, the
chief food of the Hindus; grain. [Vad,
1177a: cf. eJSap, Lat. esca, *ed-ca, 'food';
ador, ' spelt ' ; AS. dta, Eng. oat.~\
anna-pragana, n. rice-feeding, the first
feeding of an infant with rice.
anna-rasa, n. food and drink. [1253b.]
annavant, a. provided with food,
[anna.]
any a [523], pron. a. another, other, else;
anyac ca, and another thing, i.e. again,
see ca 3 ; other than, different from, w. abl.,
3 4 , 24 19 , 68 12 , 104 u ; otiose, 2 12 ; yad an-
yat kim cana, whatever else, 9 16 ; anya
or eka anya, the one the other, 90 13 ,
29 8 . [cf. evioi, 'some'; Goth. an-\>ar,
'other,' Eng. other, .]
anyatama, a. one of several, some one.
[anya, 525 3 .]
any at as, adv. from another direction
[1098b], otherwise; elsewhere [1098c 3 ],
to another place, [anya.]
any at ha, adv. otherwise, 18 9 ; w. bhu,
become otherwise, suffer change, 17 5 ;
otherwise than ,it really is, falsely, 35 20 ;
otherwise (i.e. if not), 48 8 . [anya.]
anya-hrada, m. another pool.
anye-dyus, adv. on the next day.
['altero die': 1250c.]
anyonya, pron. a. one the other, for
any 6 'nya [175a], the first part being a
crystallized nom. s. m. [1314c] ; w. value of
gen., anyonyam prati hrcchaya = anyas-
ya^anyam prati h., love of one towards
the other, 2 19 . [see paraspara.]
an vane [409c], a. directed after, following
after, being behind, [ami + anc.]
anvita, see Vi + anu.
ap]
[118]
ap [393], f. plurale tantum. water; waters.
[unrelated to Lat. aqua, 'water/ Goth.
ahva, ' stream.']
a p a , prep, away, forth, off ; opp. of lipa,
see VV i, kr. [cf . air6, Lat. a&, ' from ' ;
Eng. off", of.]
apakara, m. injury. [Vlkr + apa.]
apakarin, a. injuring, [do.]
apacara, m. going off; absence. [Vcar
+ apa.]
d-patighni, a. f. not husband-slaying.
[402 : acct, 1288a.]
apatya, n. offspring; child; young (of
animals), [apa, 'off,' 1245b.]
a -pad [391], a. footless. [cf. &iro5-es,
'halt': 1304a.]
a p a b h r a s t a , . fallen off ; deviating ( from
good grammar) ; provincial. [Vbhrang +
apa.]
ap a ra [525], pron. a. hinder, opp. o/purva ;
following a former one (purva), 86 13 ;
later ; westerly, opp. to purva cf. pranc ;
a following one, i.e. an other ; aparaih ca,
and another thing, and further, see ca 3 ;
apari [cf. 355b], f. pi. the future
(days), the future, [lit. 'remoter,' fr. apa,
474.]
a-paranmukha, a. not having an averted
face, i.e. not turning the back, 5 19 .
a-parajita, a. unconquered; w. dig, the
northeast quarter, 99 23 N. [Vji.]
aparadha, m. sin. [s radh apa.]
a-parijata, a. not completely grown (of
an embryo), i.e. prematurely born, still-
born, [see pari-jata and ref.]
a-pariniya, grd. without any leading
around. [VnL]
a-parimita, a. unmeasured, unlimited.
[v/lma.]
apa-vrata, a. disobedient; stubborn.
['away from command,' 1310a: cf. dnu-
vrata.]
apas, see ap.
a p a s , n. work, [perhaps from V *ap, ' reach,
take hold of see Vap: cf. Lat. opus,
' work.']
a pay a, m. a going away; what takes one
from the mark (cf. upaya) ; danger ;
disadvantage ; diminution. [Vi + apa,
1148. la : for mg, cf. Eng. untoward.]
a -par a, a. boundless, [para: acct, 1304a.]
dpi, indecl. unto, close upon or on; 1.
prep, to, w. Vgam; 2. adv. (thereto, be-
sides, i.e.) further, also; connecting clauses
(63 23 ) or words (65 11 ) ; connecting sentences,
api ca, and besides, 29 9 , see ca 3 ; api
api, both and, 54 23 ; % ca api,
and, 5 12 , 26 5 ; ca, capi, both and
also, 12 1 ;,' caiva, capi, 65 15 ; capi,
ca, 3 21 , 16"; capi, ca, ca, 16 6 ,
60 10 ; na , na_api % neither , nor ,
9 9 ; na , na capi, 22 v - ; na , na , api
ca, neither , nor , nor also , 2 12 ; ,
va, va^api, either , or , or even ,
62 2 ; 3. also, too, immediately following
the emphasized word, 6 12 , II 3 , 21 18 , 24 21 ;
mam api, me too, 41 20 ; 4. even, imme-
diately following the emphasized word, and
often marking a circumstance under which a
thing is true where this is not to be expected :
e.g. 2 13 , 28 7 - 18 , 33 19 ; tatha^api, so even, i.e.
nevertheless, 21 u ; concessively, although,
29 \ 21", 61 1 ' 6 ; w. na, not even, 19 15 ; w.
indefinites, kada cid api na, not ever at
all, 31 w , 32 s ; -5. but, immediately follow-
ing a new subject, after change of subject,
6 15 , 28 21 , 32 22 , 41 .; -6. at least,
28 9 ' U ; 7. converts an interr. into an indef.
[507]; so ka, 17 n , etc.; katham, 51 *.
[cf . M, ' on, upon ' ; perhaps Lat. op-, ob-,
'unto, on.']
a-pidayant, a. non-oppressing. [Vpid.]
a-purv4, a. having no predecessor; un-
precedented ; incomparable. [purva :
acct, 1304a.]
apeksa,/ regard; expectation. [Viks +
apa.]
a-praja, a. having no offspring, childless,
[praja, 367b.]
a-prajnata, a. undistinguished or not
clearly to be known. [Vjna.]
a-pratarkya, a. un-imaginable.
a-pratima, a. without match or equal;
unequalled, [pratima, 367b.]
a -prat it a, a. not gone against; not with-
stood; invincible. [Vi + prati.]
a-pratta, a. not given (in marriage).
[Vlda + pra, 1087e.]
a-prayucchant, a. not heedless; watch-
ful. [V2 yu + pra, q.v.]
[119]
[amimarisya
a-priya, a. not dear; disliked; disagree-
able.
apsaras,yi one of a class of semi-divine
beings, wires of the Gandharvas ; an Ap-
saras, 67 12 N. [1151. 2d.]
a-buddhimant, a. unwise; foolish.
abda, m. lit. water-giving; (then, perhaps,
rainy season, and so) year, [ap + da, but
w. irreg. acct, 1269 : for rag, see varsa.]
a-bhaksya, a. not to be eaten; as n.
that which ought not to be eaten.
a-bhaya, a. dangerless ; as n. safety;
feeling of safety; superl. greatest safety.
[bhaya: acct, 1304a 2 .]
a-bhava, m. non-existence; absence; lack.
a-bhavin, a. not about to be, not destined
to be.
abhi, adv. to, unto; against; frequent as
vbl prefix ; as prep, unto, w. ace. [cf . a/*4>/,
' around ' ; Lat. ambi-, amb-, ' on both sides,
around ' ; AS. ymbe, Ger. um, ' around ' ;
for mg, cf. abhitas.]
abhijna, a. knowing, acquainted with.
[Vjfia + abhi, 333.]
abhitas, adv. on both sides; on all sides,
101 10 ; around ; near, [abhi.]
abhidroha, m. offense. [Vdruh + abhi.]
abhidha,/. name ; cf. akhya. [V 1 dha +
abhi, q.v.]
abhidhana, n. name; designation, [do.]
abhidhyana, n. the thinking upon.
[Vdhya + abhi.]
abhinivega, m. inclination towards.
[Vvig + abhi-ni.]
abhibhasin, a. addressing. [\fbhas +
abhi, 1183 3 .]
abhibhuti,/. superiority; as a. [1157.2],
superior. [V bhu + abhi.]
abhibhuty-ojas, a. having superior
might.
abhimati,/! hostile plot; concrete, plot-
ter, foe. [Vman + abhi, 1157. Id : a
irreg.']
abhi-mukha, a. having the face towards ;
facing ; turned towards. [1305.]
abhivada, m. salutation; at 60 22 , signifi-
cation. [Vvad + abhi.]
abhivadana, n. salutation, [do.]
abhivadin, a. signifying, [do.]
abhivadya, grdv. to be saluted, [do.]
abhi-giras, a. having the head towards,
w. ace. [1305.]
a-bhita, a. fearless; -vat [1107], fear-
lessly,
abhipsu, a. desirous of obtaining, w. ace.
[s/ap + abhi, 1178f, 1038.]
abhy-adhika, a. additional; more,
abhy-antara, a. situated in the inside
[1310a]; as n. interior ; interval,
abhy-atma, a. directed towards one's
self [1310a] ; -am, adv. towards one's
self [ISlOd].
abhyasa, m. study. [V 2 as + abhi, q.v.]
abhra, n. rain-cloud, [cf. o/j.Bpos, 'rain';
Lat. imber, ' rain ' : cf . ambhas and ambu,
' water.']
abhravakagika, a. (having, i.e.) afford-
ing an opportunity for the rain, exposing
one's self to the rain, [abhra + avakaga,
1307.]
V am (amiti [634] ; ame; amayati). press
on violently; harm; cans. [1041 2 ], harm;
be sick. [cf. ansa.]
a ma, pron. this; he. [503*: cf. ama.l
a-mantii, a. without intention, [mantu:
1304a.]
a-mara, a. deathless; immortal; as m. an
immortal, a god; -vat [1107], adv. like a
god. [mara: 1304a !! end.]
amarottama, a. chief of gods. [uttama.J
amaropama, a. like a god. [upama,
367b.]
a-martya, a. immortal,
a-marsa, m. non-endurance; impatience;
anger.
a-mahatman, a. not high-minded,
a ma, adv. at home, chez soi; ama kr, keep
by one. [ama, 1112a and e.]
amatya, m. inmate of the same house,
relative, [ama, 1245b.]
a-maya,,/! no guile; sincerity,
ama-vasa, m. a dwelling (of the moon)
at home (i.e. with the sun).
amavasya, a. of amavasa ; f. -a, w. or
without ratri, the night of amavasa, i.e.
night of new moon. [1212d4.]
a-mithuna, a. not forming pairs (of both
sexes).
a-mimansya, a. not to be called in
question.
amiva]
[120]
am iv, a, n., but generally -a, f. plague, dis-
tress ; as m. tormenting spirit. [V am.]
amlva-catana, /. -I, a. driving away
disease. [1271.]
amiva-han [402], a. slaying the torment-
ing spirits.
a mil, pron. root, see adas. [503 2 .]
a m u t a s , adv. from there, opp. of itas ;
there, [amu.]
amiitra, adv. there; in the other world,
opp. of iha or asnxin (loke). [amii.]
amuya, adv. so. [amii, 1112a, e end.]
a-mfta, a. immortal; as subst. an immor-
tal; as n. immortality; the drink of im-
mortality, apfrpoffia. ['not dead,' mrta,
1284a : cf . &-fj.&poTos, ' immortal.']
amrtatva, n. immortality, [amrta.]
ambara, n. garment; sky. [prob. 'cover-
ing, envelope,' Vlvr + anu, for an(u)-
vara: cf. adbhuta.]
ambu, n. water, [see abhra.]
ambu-ja, a. water-born; as n. lotus.
ambhas, n. water, [see abhra.]
ay a, a. subst. going, a going. [Vi, 1148. lab.]
ay ana, n. a going; place of going, way;
course; esp. course (of the sun from one
solstice to the other), i.e. half-year. [Vi,
1150. la.]
ay as, n. metal; iron. [cf. Old Lat. ais,
gen. ais-is, Lat. aes, ' metal, bronze ' ; AS.
dr, 'bronze/ Eng. ore; perhaps AS. tsern,
iren, Eng. iron, ' f errum, f erreus.']
ayasmaya, a. iron, [see maya.]
a-yiij, a. not paired; in uneven numbers,
[cf. S-fv|, 'unyoked.']
a-yuj a, a. not paired, uneven, [cf. &-vyos,
'unpaired'; also vya t> &Cvya, the game
' even or odd.']
a-yuddha, n. no fight. [1288a.]
a-yoddhf.m. non-fighter, coward. [1288a 4 .]
ara, m. spoke, [vfr, caus. 'fit in.']
arana, a. distant, strange.
a r a n i , f. piece of wood for kindling fire
by attrition.
aranya, n. wilderness, forest, ['strange
land,' fr. arana.]
aranya-rajya, n. forest-sovereignty.
aranya-vasin, a. dwelling in the forest.
aranyani, / wilderness, [aranya, cf.
1223b.]
a -rap as, a. without infirmity; whole,
[rapaa, 1304a.]
aram, adv. so as to fit or suit, ready, at
hand, enough; w. kr, make ready, serve,
79 2 ; w. gam, attend upon. [adv. ace. of
ara, Vr, lllld: cf. alam.j
a-rati, f. non-favor; malignity; personi-
fied, pi., malign hags, [acct, 1288a.]
arf [343d], a. 1. eager, esp. in one's re-
lations to the gods, and so, pious; 2.
greedy; 3. hostile; as m. enemy. [\/r,
' go for ' : cf . arya.]
a-riata, a. unharmed. [Vris: acct, 1284.]
aristatati, f. unharmedness, health,
[ariata, 1238.]
aruna, a. ruddy; as m. Aruna, name of a
teacher, 95 u . [cf. aruaa.]
a-rundhatf,/ Arundhati, name of the
faint star Alkor in Ursa Major, conceived
as consort of the Seven Rishis. [ V rudh,
691 : acct, 1283a.]
aruaa,/. arual, a. ruddy, [see 362b 2 : cf.
aruna.]
are, word of address. Ah! [voc. of ari,
1135c : cf. re.]
a-roga, a. not having disease, diseaseless.
arka, m. the sun. [<Jrc, 21(3.1.]
argha, m. worth, price. [\/arh.]
arghya, a. of price or that may be priced,
[argha, 1212.]
\1 arc, see Vrc.
arcis, n. flame. [Vrc, 1153.]
V arj , see V2rj.
arjana, n. acquisition. [V2rj, 'get.']
arjuna, a. silver-white. [V3rj, q.v.]
art ha, m. 1. aim, object, purpose, er-
rand, sake; artham and arthe [1302c4],
for the sake of, on account of, for, esp.
frequent at end of cpds ; 2. (object, i.e.)
thing, matter, affair, cause, business ; 3.
(object, i.e.) advantage, profit (w. instr.),
wealth, property; 4. aim, intent, mean-
ing, 59 15 . ['that which one goes for,' Vr,
1163.]
artha-tattva, n. true state of the mat-
ter or case.
\f art hay a (arthayate, -ti). seek for an
object, [artha, 1067.]
a bhi, ask, entreat.
+ p r a , desire, sue for.
[121]
[avasana
artha rj ana, n. acquisition of an object,
[arjana.]
art hin, a. having an object, desiring,
seeking; (begging, i.e.) needy, [artha.]
arthya, a. wealthy, [artha.]
ardha, a. half; as m. the half.
ardharca, m. half -stanza, [ardha + rca.]
ardhika, a. amounting to half, [ardha.]
arpana, n. the sending, consignment, en-
trusting, [caus. of Vr.]
arbuda, n. a hundred millions.
arbuda-gikhara, m. Million-peaks,
name of a mountain.
arya, a. faithful; attached, kindly, 79 3 .
[' going eagerly to,' Vr : cf. arya.]
arya man [426a], m. bosom-friend, esp. a
bridegroom's friend, irapavvfj.<t>ios ; Arya-
man, name of an Aditya (invoked at the
wedding, and often with play upon the
appellative mg of the word), [arya.]
arvak-kalika, a. belonging to hither
or nearer time, posterior ; -ta, f. posteri-
ority, [arvanc (1249a) + kala, 1222c2.]
arvanc [409a], a. directed hitherwards;
w. kr, bring hither ; w. nud, thrust hither,
i.e. downwards.
V arh (arhati, -te; arhayati). deserve;
have a right to ; w. inf., be able ; w. inf.,
as a weak imperative, 7 17 ; caus. give a
right to, present with.
arha, a. deserving; worthy; fit. [Varh.]
a-laksana, a. without any characteristic
mark ; without special mark, i.e. plain,
unornamented. [laksana.]
a-laksita, a. unnoticed. [Vlaksaya.]
a-labhamana, a. not catching.
a 1 a m , adv. enough ; sometimes equiv, to an
adj., adequate, fitting, ready; w. instr.
enough with, have done with ; w. Rr,
make ready, adorn ; sv-alamkrta, well
adorned; sam-alamkrta, well (samz'ntens.,
1077b) adorned, [later form of aram.]
a-lavana, a. not salt.
a-lasa, a. not lively; without energy;
slothful; tired.
a-lobha, m. non-greed; absence of cu-
pidity.
alpa, a. small.
alpa-dhi, a. small-minded, of small in-
telligence.
alpagas, adv. to a small degree, [alpa.]
V av (avati ; ava; avit; avisyati; uta;
-avya). 1. set a-going; 2. further,
favor, wish well ; 3. refresh ; 4. have
pleasure in (ace.), [cf. Lat. avere, 'have
pleasure in,' ave, ' hail.']
+ p r a , show forth favor ; then, be atten-
tive or heedful (as, conversely, in Eng. at-
tention Aas come to mean ' act of kindness
or courtesy').
ava, vU prefix, down; off.
avaka, f. grassy swamp-plant, Blyxa
octandra Richard.
avakaga, m. 1. open place; 2. (place,
and so) opportunity. [Vka t- ava.]
avajna, f. contempt. [Vjfia I- ava : for
mg, cf . avamana.]
avatar a, m. descent, esp. of supernatural
beings to the earth ; an epiphany ; in-
carnation, Anglo-Indian avatar. [Vtr +
ava.]
avatta, see 1087e.
avadana, n. cutting off. [V2da + ava.]
a-vadya, a. un-praiseworthy ; as n. imper-
fection. [1285.]
V avadhiraya (avadhlrayati). despise;
reject.
a-vadhya, a. not to be harmed, inviola-
ble, [vadhya, 1285.]
avadhya-bhava, m. inviolability, 35 21 .
avanata-kaya, a. with bent down body,
34 17 . [Vnam.]
avamana, m. contempt; self-contempt,
50 u . [Vman + ava : for mg, cf. avajna.]
avalambitavya, grdv. to be held on to.
[V lamb + ava.]
a-vaga, a. not willing or submissive; un-
controlled, [vaga: acct, 1288a 4 .]
avagyam, adv. necessarily, surely, [fr.
an unused adj. a-vaya, 'unyielding.']
avas, n. furtherance ; grace. [\/av.]
avas, adv. downwards; w. abl. [1128], down
from. [cf. ava.]
a v a s a , n. refreshment, nourishment. [V av,
mg3.]
avasara, m. occasion. [Vsr + ava: for
mg, cf. Lat. casus, ' occasion,' w. cadcre,
' fall,' and Ger. Fall, ' case, instance,' w.
fallen, 'fall.']
avasana, n. place of rest. [^Jsa + ava.]
avastha]
[122]
avastha, f. state, condition. [V stha -
ava t for mg, cf. Lat. status w. stare.']
a-vahant, a. not flowing, standing.
[V vah, mg 4.]
a-vacya, a. not to be spoken to.
4 vane [409a], a. directed downwards; ace.
s. n. avak, adv. downwards, in depth.
avi, m. sheep; as f. ewe. [cf. 6is, *uFis,
Lat. ovis, ' sheep ' ; Eng. ewe.'}
a-vicchindant, a. not severing. [Vchid.]
a-vicchinna, a. not severed, continuous,
[do.]
a-vijnaya,gfrc?. without discerning. [Vjna.]
a-vijneya, a. unknowable, [do.]
a-vidasin, a. not drying up, perennial.
[Vdas.]
a-vidvans, a. unwise; as TO. fool, [acct,
1288a.]
a-vidhava, f. not widow, [vidhava:
acct, 1288a 4 .]
a-vidhanatas, adv. not according to
regulation.
a-vipluta, a. not dishonored; unsullied.
[Vplu + vi, q.v.]
a-viveka, a. without discrimination.
avivekata,/ lack of judgment. [1237.]
a-viganka, a. without hesitation, unhesi-
tating, [viganka, 334 2 , 1304a.]
a-visaya, m. a non-province; something
out of one's line or that one has no busi-
ness to do ; unlawful thing.
a-vrka, a. not harmful; -am, adv. harm-
lessly, lovingly, [vf ka : acct, 1288a *.]
aveksa, /. a looking around. [Viks +
ava, 1149 3 .]
a-vyakta, a. not manifest; as TO. The
All-soul, 67". [Vanj.]
a-vyaya, a. imperishable; not subject to
change; unbroken. [1288a.]
V lag, orig. ang (agn6ti, agnute ; ananca,
anag [788 4 ] ; asta ; asti ; agitum).
reach ; attain ; obtain, get. [cf . iroS-Tji/e/c-
fis, ' reaching to the feet ' ; tfy-ryK-a, ' car-
ried': see also the closely related V2nag.]
+ upa, attain to.
\f 2ag (agnati; aga; agit; agisyati; agi-
ta; agitum ; agitva ; -agya). partake of ;
taste ; eat. [a specialization of V 1 ag :
cf. &K-O\OS, 'bit': for mg, cf. bhaks.]
+ pra, partake of; cas. feed.
1 a-gaknuvant, a. not being able. [Vgak.]
a-gakya, a. impossible.
a-ganka, a. without hesitation, [ganka:
cf. aviganka.]
agana, n. food. [V2ag.]
a-guci, a. impure.
a-gabha, a. disagreeable.
a-geva, a. not dear; hostile. [geva:
acct, 1288a,]
a-gesa, a. without remainder, entire; -tas,
adv. entirely, without exception.
a g man, TO. 1. stone; 2. thunderbolt;
3. vault of heaven, 79 9 . [cf. aK^iav,
' anvil, thunderbolt ' ; kinship w. Eng.
hammer uncertain.]
agmanvant, a. stony, [agman.]
agru, n. tear.
a g v a , TO. horse ; agva, f. mare, steed, [cf .
TTTTTOS-, dialectic IKKOS, Lat. equus, Old Saxon
ehu, AS. eh, eoh, ' horse.']
agva-kovida, a. well skilled in horses.
agva-medha, TO. horse-sacrifice.
agvin, a. horsed; as dual m. the A9vins,
gods of the morning light, 85 15 N. [agva.]
agvya, a. consisting of horses ; of a horse,
[agva : cf. 'hnrios, ' of a horse.']
ast [483 3 ], num. eight, [cf. OKT<!>, Lat.
octo, AS. eahta, Eng. eight.]
a s t a md, a. eighth, [asta, 487 8 .]
asta-vidha, a. of eight sorts; eight-fold,
[vidha, 1302c 5.]
astanga, n. eight members. [anga,
1312.]
astanga-pata, TO. a fall on eight mem-
bers/ i.e. on hands, knees, feet, breast,
and face, i.e. a most profound obeisance.
asti,/^ attainment. [Vlag.]
V las (asti [636]; asa). -1. be, exist; be
present or on hand; take place, happen;
asti, asit, there is, there was, very frequent
at beg. of stories ; 2. be, w. predicate pos-
sessive gen., i.e. belong to; asti mama,
I have ; observe that Skt. has no verb for
' have ' ; 3. most frequent as simple copula ;
further, w. ppls: e.g. prapto 'si, art thou
come, didst thou come, 9 1 ; hantavyo ' smi,
occidendus sum, 3 2 ; gepano 'smi, I have
sworn, 97 7 ; redundantly [303b 4 end] : e.g.
tatha^anusthite sati, it being thus per-
formed, 35"; so 37 13 , 39 16 - M ; prahrstah
[123]
[ahata
san, being pleased, 48 12 ; 4. w. advs :
tusnim asit, kept silent; evam astu, so
be it ; w. pradus, see s.v. ; 5. become,
96 19 . [w. as-ti, s-anti, ' is, are,' cf . ftr-n,
' is, exists,' fieri, Doric tv-ri, *'ivTi, ' are,'
Lat. es-t, s-unt, AS. is, #is-t, s-ind, ' is, are,'
Eng. is ; cognate are a-m, ar-t, are.]
\1 2 as (asyati, -te ; asa ; asisyati ; asta;
asitum ; asitva ; -asya). throw, cast,
shoot ; throw aside, [cf . asf, ' the bran-
dished ' sword j Lat. ensis, ' sword ' ; dlea,
*aslea, 'die,' like Ger. Wiirfel, 'die,' fr.
werfen, ' throw.']
+ vy-ati, throw over, cross.
+ abhi, throw (one's self) upon, direct
(one's attention) to, study, [for rag, cf.
irpoaf^eiv without rbv vovv.~\
+ ni, throw down; deposit; commit.
+ pari-ni, throw down over, stretch
over.
+ nis, throw out; root out; destroy.
+ vi, 1. cast asunder; cast or throw
away ; 2. break in pieces, 70 14 .
+ s a m , cast or put together.
a-samhradayant, a. not causing to
rattle, [Vhrad.]
a-satyasamdha, a. unfaithful, treach-
erous.
a-sant, a. non-existing; as n. non-exist-
ence.
a-sapinda, a. related more distantly than
in the sixth generation, see sapinda.
a-samartha, a. unable.
a-sampatti,/. non-success.
a-sambaddha, a. un-connected, in-coher-
ent, w. same fig. mg as in Eng. [s/bandh.]
a-sambandha, a. not having relation-
ship.
a-sambhavya, a. unsupposable, impos-
sible.
a -sail a, a. impatient.
asu, m. vital spirit; vigorous life. [VI as.]
a-sutfp, a. insatiable. [1288a 4 .]
asu-tfp, a. life-robbing, [vbl of V2trp.]
asu-nlti, f. the leading or continuing of
life (in the other world); spirit-life; spirit-
world, [acct, 1274.]
a-sunva, a. not pressing (Soma), i.e.
indifferent to the gods, godless. [see
1148. 3b and 716.]
a sura, 1. a. spiritual (used of the gods,
and designating esp. the difference be-
tween celestial and mundane existence) ;
2. as m. a spirit of life, a god; asura
adeva, spirit that is no god, demon, 82 6 ;
3. later, demon (45 6 ), enemy of the
gods, an Asura, a not-god (as if the word
were a-sura whence, by popular ety-
mology, the pendant sura, 'god'), [asu-
ra, 1226 (cf. 1188f), and as-u fr. VI as,
1178b.]
asurya, a. godlike; as n. pi. godhead.
[asura, 1212d4.]
V asuya (asuyati). be impatient,
asuya,/. impatience. [Vasuya, 1149 6 .]
asrj [432], n. blood, 24 22 . [cf. Cyprian tap,
' blood.']
a sail, see 501 and adas.
asta, n. home; astam, w. i, gam, ya, go
home ; esp. of the sun [see 1092b], set.
[prob. V 1 as : for mg, cf . bhavana.]
asta-mauna, a. having thrown aside or
abandoned silence. [V2as.]
a,sii,f. being. [Vlas.]
asthan [431], n. bone. [cf. oareov, Lat
stem ossi-, *osti-, nom. os, ' bone.']
a-sthavara, a. not standing,
asthi, see asthan.
a-sprgant, a. not touching. [Vsprg.]
as ma [494], prow. stem, we, us. [cf. rjfj.f'is,
Lesbian &fj.fj.es, 'we.']
as mad, as stem in cpds [494], our; as pi.
majestaticus, my.
asmaka, a. of us; our. [asma, 516 4 .]
a-svapant, a. not sleeping. [Vsvap.]
a-svastha, a. not well, ill; not self-con-
tained, not master of one's self.
a-sveda, a. free from sweat.
V ah (attha, aha, ahathus, -tus, ahus
[801a]). say; call; ahus, they say. [cf.
Lat. aio, ' say,' ad-ag-ium, ' saw, proverb,'
nego, ' say no.']
+ pra, declare to be.
1 aha, assev. particle, certainly, of course;
namely, [pron. root a: cf. 1104 3 end.]
2 aha, for ahan in cpds. [1209a, 1315a.]
a-hata, a. 1. not beaten; 2. (since
Hindu washermen wet the clothes and
pound them with stones) unwashed, of a
garment, i.e. new. [Vhan.]
ahan]
[124]
ahan, ahar, ahas [430a], n. day (as opp.
to night), e.g. 92 16 ; day.
a ham [491], pron. I. [cf. ly&, Lat. ego,
AS. ic, Eng. /: see 491 and ma etc.]
ahar, see ahan.
ahar-niga, n. day and night, wx^rifj-fpov ;
-am, adv. constantly, [niqa : 1253b.]
ahaly a, / Ahalya, Gautama's wife.
ahas, see ahan.
a-hasta, a. handless. [hasta, 1304a.]
ahaha, excl. of joy or sorrow. [1135a.]
a-harya, a. not liable to be stolen.
aharyatva, n. non-liability to be stolen.
[1239.]
a hi, m. serpent; esp. the dragon of the sky,
often identified w. the demon Vritra. [see
under agha : cf . ex is > I>at. anguis, ' ser-
pent ' ; fjx f ^ vs > ^ a *' anguilla, ' eel.']
a-hinsa,/. non-injuring (any creature).
ahi-gopa [352], a. having the dragon as
their keeper. [1302 *.]
ahivat, adv. as a dragon. [1107.]
ahi-hatya, n. the slaying of the dragon;
the (victorious) fight with the dragon,
[acct, 1272a, 1213c.]
a-hrnana, a. not being angry. [V2hr.]
aho, excl. of astonishment, pleasant or un-
pleasant. [1135a : euphony, 138f.]
aho-ratra, n. day and night, vu
[ahas + ratri, 1253b : see ratra.]
a, adv. 1. hither, unto, as prefix w. verbs
of motion ; 2. conjunctively, thereto, be-
sides ; ca a, both and, 85 5 ; 3. as-
severatively, (up to, i.e.) quite, entirely,
73 *; 4. as prep., w. abl.: hither from,
all the way from ; ana* then [293c], all the
way to, until, 49 13 , 64", 103 M , 105 6 , 106 2 ;
as far as, 105 10 . [cf . Lat. a, ' from,' which
is not akin w. ab, 'from.']
akara, m. 1. accumulation, abundance ;
2. mine. [V3kr + a, q.v.]
V akarnaya (akarnayati ; akarnita ;
akarnya). listen; give ear to; hear,
[denom. fr. the possessive adj. *akarna,
' having the ear to, i.e. listening.']
akarsaka, a. attractive; f. -ika
[1222d], Pleasanton, as name of a town.
[Vkrs + a.]
akarsikakhya, a. having the name
akarsika. [akhya.]
akara, m. make ; shape ; appearance.
[V 1 kr + a : cf . akrti.]
akaravant, a. like the Eng. shapely.
[akara.]
akaga, m Veda, m.; later, n. free or open
space; sky. [prop, 'outlook, clearness,'
Vkag + a.]
akula, a. 1. bestrewn, covered, filled;
2. fig. confused ; agitated. [V3kr + a,
q.v.]
V akulaya (akulayati). confuse; aku-
lita, at one's wit's end. [akula.]
ak ut a, n. intention. [Vku + a.]
akrti, f. make ; shape ; appearance.
[V 1 kr + a, 1157. Id : cf. akara.]
akhu, m. mold-warp ; mouse, ['burrower,'
Vkha + a, 1178a end.]
akhya, f. name; at end ofcpds, having
as name. [Vkhya + a.]
akhyana, n. tale. [Vkhya + a, 1150.]
agantavya, grdv. seeVgam T a.
agantu, m. arrival; and so, as in Eng.,
person arriving. [V gam + a, 1161.]
a g a m a n a , n. a coming hither ; w. punar,
a returning. [V gam + a.]
a gas, n. sin. [orig., perhaps, 'a slip,'
V afij : cf . &yos, ' guilt ' : different is ayos,
aghrni, a. glowing, beaming. [V2ghr,
'glow/ -fa, 1158.]
angirasa, a. descended from Angiras.
[angiras, 1208a.]
acamana, n. the rmsing of the mouth.
[V cam -f a.]
acamaniya, m. dish for use in rinsing
the mouth, [acamana, 1215.]
a car a, m. walk and conversation; conduct;
usage ; observance. [V car + a.]
a car y a, m. teacher, esp. of the Veda.
[perhaps, ' the man of observances,' fr.
acara, 1212d 4.]
ajar as am, adv. to old age. [from the
phrase a jaras-am.]
ajarasaya, adv. to old age. [dat. (1113)
formed fr. the preceding, as if that were
ace. of ajarasa.]
aji, m. race; contest; battle. [Vaj, 1155.
cf. ay-wv, 'contest.']
[125]
[Vap
& j n a , /. order ; command. [V jna + a.]
ajya, n. clarified butter (for anointing,
etc.); cf. ghrta. [Vanj fa, see 100 20 :
for mg, cf . Eng. noun smear, ' ointment,'
and verb smear.]
ajya-gesa, m. n. rest of the clarified
butter,
ajyahuti,/. oblation of clarified butter.
[ahuti.]
anjana, n. ointment. [Vanj + a: cf. Lat.
unguen, ' ointment.']
adhya, a. wealthy; rich, [perhaps fr.
arthya.]
at, adv. thereupon; ad Id, then indeed.
[lit. 'from that,' abl. of a, 1114a.]
atithya, n. hospitality, [atithi, 'guest,'
1211.]
a t m a , for atman in cpds, 1249a 2 .
atmaka, for atman in mg 4 at end of cpds
[1222, 1307]; e.g. mara^atmaka, murder-
natured, murderous,
atman, m. 1. breath; 2. spirit; soul
(cf. 84 8 N.), as principle of life and feeling;
3. self ; very often so used as a simple
reflexive pron. [514] ; e.g., myself, 36 16 ;
thyself, 26 15 ; himself, 4 19 ; in genitive:
his, 17 16 ; her, 46 5 ; one's own, 21 18 , 58 22 ;
4. nature, character, peculiarity; esp.
at end of cpds, see atmaka ; 5. the
soul KO.T Qoxfy, the soul of the uni-
verse, 66 8 . [cf. a.vT/j.j)v, 'breath'; ar/j.6s,
' vapor ' ; AS. wj>m, seftm, ' breath ' : for
mg, cf. irvtvfia and Lat. anima, 'breath,
spirit.']
atma-paksa, m. one's own party.
atma-prabha, a. having his or their
own splendor, [prabha, 354.]
atma-bhava, m. the coming into exist-
ence of one's self.
atma-mansa, n. one's own flesh.
atmavat, adv. as one's self, [atma, i.e.
atman : 1107.]
atma-gakti, /. one's own power.
atma-gonita, n. one's own blood.
atma-samdeha, m. danger of one's self,
personal risk.
atma-hita, n. one's own welfare.
atmaupamya, n. likeness to one's self,
i.e. a putting one's self in another's place.
[aupamya.J
adara, m. respect, notice, care. [V2dr +
a, 'regard.']
a cl ah an a, n. burning-place, place of cre-
mation. [V dah + a.]
ad ana, n. receiving. [Vlda + a, 'take,'
1150.]
adi, m. 1. in-ception, beginning, 60 8 ;
adim adatte, he makes a beginning; adav
eva, just before, just now; 2. esp. at end
of adj. cpds [see 1302c 1] : -adi, having
as the beginning, i.e. and so forth ;
or, the qualified noun being omitted, and
the adj. cpd being used as subst., and
so forth. [undoubtedly f r. V 1 da + a,
'take,' 'a taking hold of, i.e. beginning,'
1155. 2e: for mg, cf. Lat. in-cipere, Ger.
an-fangen, ' take hold of, begin.']
adika, equiv. to adi in use 2. [1222, 1307.]
ad it y a, m. 1. son of Aditi, name ap-
plied to the gods of the heavenly light,
Varuna, Mitra, Aryaman, etc. ; 2. Adit-
ya, name of the sun-god, son of Aditi ;
the sun. [aditi, 1211.]
ad in, a. eating, devouring. [Vad, 1183 3 .]
adevana, n. gambling-place, 98 ' 3 . [VI diy ,
' play,' + a.]
adya, a. first; equiv. to adi in use 2. [adi,
1211.]
adhipatya, n. sovereignty, [adhipati,
1211 2 end.]
adhrsya, grdv. to be ventured against;
approachable. [Vdhrs + a, 963d.]
adheya, n. a placing, esp. of the sacred
fire. [V 1 dha + a, ' put,' 1213c.]
adhvaryava, n. service of sacrificing
priest, [adhvaryii, 1208c.]
anaduha, a. of a bull, taurine. [anaduh,
weak form of anadvah, 404 ; 1208a.]
anana, n. mouth; face. [prop, 'the
breather,' Van: cf. fyea-, 'face,' in irpoff-
i)vi)s and air-rivfjs, ' with face turned to-
wards,' ' with face averted ' : for mg, cf .
nay an a.]
V ap (apn6ti; apa ; apat ; apsyati ; apta ;
aptnm ; aptva ; -apya ; apyate ; ipsati
[1030]; apayati). reach; win; get;
bring upon one's self; apta: 1. having
reached ; extending over ; and so, ade-
quate, suitable, fit; 2. having reached,
i.e. being near or intimate, and so, as m.,
apana]
[126]
a friend; Ipsita, whom or what one
desires to obtain, sought for, desired.
[prob. for a-ap, 108g, see apas: cf. tfirtos,
' approachable, friendly ' ; Lat. ap-iscor,
'reach/ ap-ere, 'seize, fasten'; airrta (Va<
for air), 'fasten.']
abhi, reach to a thing, attain; desid.
strive to win ; cans, cause to reach the
mark, i.e. carry out fully, 96 n .
+ a v a , come upon, fall in with ; obtain,
acquire ; take upon one's self ; incur.
+ pra, reach; arrive; come upon; catch;
win, obtain, get ; incur; prapta: reached,
found, caught, obtained ; reached, arrived,
having come ; cans, cause to arrive at,
bring to, 53"; prapamya, to be brought
to, 53 1& .
+ vi, reach through, pervade, 66 9 .
apana, m. market. [Vpan + a.]
a p a d , f. misfortune, [lit. ' a getting into '
(trouble), V pad + a: for specialization of
mg, cf . arti, and Eng. ac-cident, lit. ' a hap-
pening' (of trouble).]
apas, see ap.
api, m. friend, ['one who has reached or
stands near another' (cf. apta), Vap: cf.
tfirtos, s.v. ap.]
apta-daksina,a. having or accompanied
by suitable presents, [daksina, 334 2 .]
abdika, a. annual; -abclika, -ennial,
lasting years, [abda.]
abharana, n. ornament (jewels, etc.).
[' what is worn,' V bhr + a : for mg, cf .
<t>apos, ' garment,' w. <pfpw, and Ger. Tracht,
' dress,' w. tragen, ' wear.']
am a, a. raw. [cf. wfj.6s, 'raw'; Lat. am-
drus, 'bitter.']
amay a, m. injury; disease, [caus. of v'am.]
amayitnu, a. sickening, [caus. of Vain,
1196b.]
amisa, n. flesh, [cf. ama and amis.]
amisagin, a. flesh-eating. [ain.]
amis, n. raw flesh ; flesh, [cf . ama.]
ara6da, a. gladdening; as m. fragrance.
[s mud + a.]
ayatana, n. foot-hold; resting-place; esp.
place of the sacred fire, fire-place. [Vyat
^ +.]
ayata-locana, a. having long eyes.
[Vyam + a.]
ayasa, a. metallic, of iron; as n. metal,
iron, [ayas, 1208a.]
ay am a, m. like Eng. extent, i.e. length.
[Vyam + a, 'extend.']
ayu, a. active, lively. [Vi, 1178a: prob.
akin are ^vs, tty'v-s, tvs, ' active, doughty,
mighty,' -, 'strongly,' e5, generalized,
'well': for mg of ayii, cf. the phrase
" full of go."]
ayudha, n. weapon. [Vyudh + a.]
ayusmant, a. having life or vitality;
long-lived; old. [ayus, 1235a.]
ayus, n. (activity, liveliness, and so) life;
vitality ; personified as a genius, Ayus, 85 18 ;
period or duration of life ; long life ; (like
Eng. life, i.e.) living creatures. [Vi, 1154,
cf . ay-ll : cf . al-wv, Lat. ae-vu-m, AS. sew,
&, ' life-time, time ' ; AS. dwa, d, Eng. aye,
' ever ' ; AS. sef-re, Eng. ev-er.~]
aranyaka, a. pertaining to the wilder-
ness; as n. forest-treatise (to be read in
the solitude of the wilderness Whitney,
p. xvi.). [aranya, 1222e.]
aradhana, n. the gratifying, propitiation,
service. [V radh + a, caus.]
arogya, n. lit. diseaseless-ness, i.e. health,
[aroga.]
aroha, m. the swelling hips or buttocks of
a woman, [prop. ' the seat ' on which a
child is carried astride by its mother,
Vmh + a, 'get upon, take one's seat
upon ' : see anka and cf . the words of an
ogress, MBh., aruha mama Qronim, nes-
yami tvam vihayasa, ' get upon my hip,
I will carry thee through the air.']
arta, a. visited, esp. by trouble ; afflicted;
stricken; distressed. [Vr + a, q.v. : for
mg, cf . American slang phrase gone for.]
arti,^ a visitation (of evil), i.e. trouble,
misfortune, see 93 15 N. [Vr + a: for mg.
cf. arta and apad.]
ardra, a. wet.
ardra-vasas, a. having wet garments.
arya, a. belonging to the faithful, i.e., as
m., man of one's own tribe, an Aryan, as
designation of a man of the Vedic Indian
tribes ; as aay. Aryan ; noble ; reverend
(used in respectful address), [arya, 1208f :
cf . Avestan airya, ' Aryan ' ; New Persian,
Iran, 'Persia'; Hdt. vii. 62, o M^Soi &co-
[127]
[Vi
\eovro W\ai 'Aptoi; Keltic nom. m'w, ace.
en'nn, name of Ireland ; Eng. Ir-ish : cf .
ari, arya.]
alasya, n. sloth, [alasa.]
alasya-vacana, n. sloth-dictum, as
designation for the ignava ratio or fatal-
ist's argument.
alapa, m. talk; conversation. [Vlap + a.]
alokana, n. the beholding. [Vlok + a.]
ava, pron. stem, 491.
avis, adv. forth to sight, in view; w. kr,
make visible. [1078.]
a vft,/. a turning, [\fvrt-fa.]
aga, TO. food. [ V 2 ag, ' eat.']
a gay a, m. lying-place; abode. [Vgi + a.]
a 9 a 8 , f. wish, hope, [gans + a .]
aga,/. hope, [younger form of agas.]
aga,y. region; quarter (of the sky), [spe-
cialized from 'place, objective point, that
which one reaches,' V 1 ag, ' reach.']
agavant, a. hopeful, [aga.]
agin, a. eating, in cpds. [\[2ag, 1183 3 .]
agis [392], f. wish or prayer, esp. for good.
[v/gas + a, 639, 225 2 : cf. pragis.]
aglr-vada, m. expression of a (good)
wish, i.e. a benediction, [agis, cf. 392.]
a g I r v a d a bhidhanavant, a. containing a
designation of a benediction. [agir-
vada + abhidhana, 1233.]
a g u , a. swift. [cf . UKV-S, ' swift ' ; Lat.
oc-ior, ' swifter.']
agcarya, n. wonder; prodigy.
a gram a, m. 1. (place of self-castiga-
tion, i.e.) hermitage; 2. stadium in a
Brahman's religious life (of which there
are four : that of the student or brahma-
carin, that of the householder or grha-
stha, that of the hermit or vanaprastha,
and that of the beggar or bhiksu), see
65 S N. [Vgram + a.]
agraya, m. that on which anything leans
or rests ; support ; refuge ; protection ;
authority. [V ri + a.]
agray a-bhuta, a. having become a pro-
tection, i.e., as m., protector. [1273c.]
a s , excl. of joy or of displeasure, ah !
V as (aste [628], aslna [619 s ]; asam cakre;
asista ; asisy ate ; asita ; asitum ; asitva ;
-asya). 1. sit; seat one's self; settle
down, 93 J ; -2. abide; dwell, 85 19 ; stay;
remain ; continue, 64 u ; 3. w. ppl.
[1075c], continue (doing anything), keep
on, 32 u - 18 . [cf . TJO--TOI, ' sits ' ; Lat. anus,
*ds-nu-s, ' seat, buttocks ' ; Old Lat. asa,
Lat. dra, ' family-seat, hearth, altar.']
+ a d h i , take one's place in, i.e. visit, 49 16 ;
get into (shoes), i.e. put on, 45 1T .
+ upa, sit by (in sign of readiness to
serve), wait upon (a command), 92 4 ; sit
by (expectantly), sit waiting for, 91 4 .
+ pary-upa, sit around, surround, 2 7 .
a sana, n. sitting, 4 12 ; seat. [Vas.]
asara, m. (like Eng. colloq. a pour, i.e.)
pouring rain. [Vsr +a, 'run.']
a sura, a. demonic; as m. demon, [asura,
1208f.]
as6cana, n. cavity (into which one pours).
[Vsic +a.]
asecanavantfCf. having a cavity, hollow,
[asecana.]
ahati,/. blow. [V ban + a, 1157 J and Id.]
a hands, a. swelling, fermenting, foaming.
ahavana, n. oblation. [Vhu + a.]
ahavaniya, a. of or for the oblation; ?r.
agni, oblation-fire ; as m., without agni,
oblation-fire (the one that receives the
oblation), see 102 2 N. [ahavana, 1215.]
ahara, m. the taking to one's self (of
food), eating; what one takes, i.e. food.
[Vhr + a.]
ahara-dana, n. giving of food.
ahara-parityaga, m. relinquishment
of food.
aharadi, n. food and so forth. [adi,
1302cl.]
ahararthin, a. seeking food, [arthin.]
ahitagni, a. having a set or established
fire ; as m. one who is keeping alive a
sacred fire, [ahita, \f 1 dha + a, ' set ' :
1299a.]
ahuti,/. oblation, offering (used both of
the act and of the thing offered) ; cf. the
later word homa. [\f hu + a : w. -huti, cf .
X'u-ffi-s, ' a pouring.']
ahvana, n. call ; invitation. [Vhu or
hva + a.]
i, pron. root, see idam ana" 502 3 .
V i (eti [612]; iyaya, iyiis [783b 2 ]; esyati;
itd; eturn ; itva ; -itya). 1. go; go
Vi]
[128]
to or towards ; come ; enter ; 2. move
on, 88 12 ; pass; 3. go to, i.e. attain (a
thing or condition) ; iyase [1021 2 ], goest
hither and thither, 90 15 ; -Imahe [1021 2 ],
(like Ger. an-gehen) we approach with
prayers, beseech, [w. i-mas, cf . f-/j.tv, Lat.
i-mus, ' we go ' ; Goth, i-ddja, AS. code,
'went'; radically akin, perhaps, is AS.
gdn (stem gd for *ga-i, ga- being the in-
separable prefix), Eng. go, Ger. gehen : see
also ayii, ayus.]
+ ati, go beyond or past or over; over-
whelm; transcend; leave behind, get rid
of, 68 9 ; escape.
+ adhi, come upon, notice; take notice,
87 18 ; middle adhite [612 note], go over
for one's self, repeat, learn, read ; ppl.
adhita : w. act. mg, learn-ed, 18 6 ; w. pass,
mg, learnt, 21 15 ; cans, adhyapayati
[1042e], cause to learn, teach.
+ upa^adh.i, in upadhyaya.
+ a n u , go along or after ; accompany ;
ppl. anvita, accompanied by, endowed or
filled or connected with.
sam-anu, the same.
+ an tar, go within; retire, withdraw.
+ a p a , go off ; slink away.
+ abhi, go unto; become embodied in.
+ ava, approach.
+ a , come near or unto or hither ; w.
the adv. punar, go back.
+ abhy-a, approach, go near.
+ u p a_a , come unto.
- s a m - a , come near to together ; as-
semble.
+ ud, go up, rise (of the sun).
+ ttpa, go unto; fall to the lot of;
ppl. upeta, gone unto, attended by, pro-
vided with.
+ sam-upa, come hither.
+ n i , go into or in ; cf. nyaya.
+ para, go away or forth; depart.
+ anu-para, go forth along (a path).
+ vi-para, go away separately.
+ pari, circumambulate; walk round
(the fire).
+ pra, 1. go forward or onward, 83 n ;
esp. go forth out of this world, and so (like
Eng. depart), die ; pretya, after dying, i.e.
in the other world (opp. of iha) ; preta,
dead; 2. come out, stick out, be prom-
inent.
+ prati, go against, withstand; go back
to; recognize, 98 16 ; pratita, recognized,
approved.
+ vi, go asunder; separate; disperse, 83 15 ;
spread one's self over, i.e. pervade, 72 2 ;
vita, at beg. of cpds, having departed ,
i.e. free from .
+ s am, come together ; assemble.
iccha,y; wish; desire; inclination. [VI is,
'seek': cf. AS. iesce, 'an asking.']
ij, vbl. sacrificing, in rtv-ij. [Vyaj, 252.]
ijy ,,_/! sacrifice. [Vyaj, 252.]
itara [523], pron. a. other; the other;
another ; other than, i.e. different from,
w. abl. [pron. root i, 502 3 : cf. Lat. iterum,
' another time.']
it as, adv. 1. used like the abl. of a pron.
[1098c 2 ], 24 18 ; -2. from this (place),
from here; here; from this (world), 5 8 ;
itas tatas, here and there ; 3. from this
(time), now, 41 8 . [pron. root i, 502 3 .]
iti, adv. see 1102a. 1. in this way, thus;
so; iti deva akurvan, thus the gods did,
96 9 ; 2. used w. all kinds of quotations
made verbis ipsissimis : tatha^ity uktva,
upon saying " Yes," 4 2 ; sa prstavan kau
yuvam iti, he asked, "Who are ye," 45 5 ;
evam astu iti tau dhavitau, with the
words, "So be it," the two ran off, 45 16 ;
so EV., 85 12 ; so MS., 92 15 ; ity akarnya,
on hearing (so, i.e.) the preceding clokas,
17 16 ; cf. 18 10 ; 2a. designating something
as that which was, or under the circumstances
might have been said or thought or intended
or known, sometimes (46 1S ) preceding it, but
usually following it : martavyam iti, at the
thought, "I must die," 29 9 ; gardabho
'yam iti jnatva, recognizing (the fact),
" This is an ass," 34 20 ; 2b. interr. in
place of the exact quotation : In'm iti ; alleg-
ing or intending what, under what pretext,
with what intention, 30 4 , 41 5 ; 2c. used
in giving an authority: iti dharana, so (is)
the rule, 62 "; ity eke, so some folks
(say), 101 9 ; 2d. used in citing a Vedic
verse by its first word (60 13 ) or words (98 20 ,
etc. ) ; 2e. at the end of a section or book
(cf. atha), here endeth, 4 4 ; 2f. w. verbs
[129]
[iras
of naming, considering, etc., the predicate,
marked by iti, is nom., sometimes ace.
both constructions at 61 22 ; damayanti^iti
vigruta, known as or named " D.," 6 3 ;
3. used to include under one head or as
in a list several separate objects, 2 1 7 , 100 8 ,
105 7 ; 4. evam superfluously added, 61 12 ;
iti doubled, 60 "; -5. iti ha = iti, 12 8 ,
61 18 . [pron. root i, 1102a: cf. Lat. iti-
dem, 'just so.']
itihasa, m. story, legend. [agglomera-
tion of iti ha asa, ' thus, indeed, it was ' :
1314b.]
ittha (V. only) and ittham, adv. in this
way ; so ; kim ta ittha, how does this
happen thee ? 73 8 . [adverbs made from
the ace. sing, neut., i-d, of the pron. root
i, see 1101 : cf. Lat. itd and item, 'so.']
ity-adi, at end of possessive adj. cpds used
substantively, that which has " " as its
beginning, i.e. " " and so forth, [see
1302c 1 end.]
id, V. pel. just; exactly; even; emphasizing
the preceding word and to be rendered by
laying emphasis on that word. [ace. of
pron. root i, lllla: cf. Lat. i-d, 'it.']
1 id am [501-2 forms made from four
stems, a and ana, i and ima, those from a
being often unaccented, see 74 9 N.], pron.
this, this here, rJSe, e.g. 20 9 , 86 10 , 87 8 ;
contrasted w. asau, ' that one,' 103 7 ; asmin
loke, in this world, 66 12 ; without loke and
contrasted w. amutra, 103 8 ; iclam vic,vam
bhuvanam, this whole world, 85 12 ; idam
sarvam, this entire (world), 63 21 ; so 66 19 ;
so idam, rb irav, 56 15> n ; iyam prthivi,
this earth, 10 10 ; iyam alone, this earth,
93 1 > 2 ; refers very often, like rdde, to some-
thing following (just as etad and TO.VTO. to
something preceding), e.g. 13 22 , 26 7 , 45 u ,
51 6 ; occasionally refers to something imme-
diately preceding, e.g. 10", 24 9 , 74 12 , 79*;
joined w. pronouns : ko ' yam ayati, who
comes here ? 27 12 ; yo ' yam drc,yate,
which is seen here, 46 17 ; mam imam, me
here, 76 16 ; nom. to be rendered here is or
are, 56 l , 4 21 ; imau vatas, blow hither,
90 12 . [cf. Lat. i-d, Goth, i-ta, Ger. es, ' it.']
2 idam, adv. now, 86 19 ; here, 80 9 , 96 9 .
[lllla: cf. 502.]
idanim, adv. now. [pron. root i, 1103b.]
V idh or indh (inddhe [694]; idhd [783b] ;
aindhista ; indhisyati ; iddha ; -idhya).
kindle, [cf . atO-ta, ' burn ' ; Lat. aed-e-s,
'fire-place, hearth, dwelling' (cf. stove and
Ger. Stube, ' room ') ; aestus, *aid-tu-s,
' heat ' ; AS. ad, ' funeral pile ' ; dst, Eng.
oast, ' kiln for drying hops or malt.']
+ sam, kindle, trans, and intrans.
idhma, m. fuel, [v/idh, 1166: for mg, cf.
Eng. kindlings.]
idhma-citi, /. fuel-pile.
V in (in-6-ti, prop. i-n6-ti [713]). drive;
force ; in enas. [cf . V inv.]
indra, m. Indra, name of a Vedic god; in
the later language, the best of its kind,
chief, prince, [none of the numerous
proposed derivations is satisfactory.]
indra-purogama, a. having Indra as
leader, preceded by Indra. [1302c2.]
indra-loka, m. Indra's world, heaven.
indra-gatru, a. having Indra as his
conqueror. [1302.]
indra-sena, f. Indra's missile weapon;
personified as his bride, RV. x. 102.2;
hence, name of a woman, see 16 n N. ; m.
-a, name of a man, formed as a mere pen-
dant to the fern, [indra + 1 sena.]
indragni, m. Indra and Agni. [indra +
agni : acct, 1255b.]
indra-brhaspati, m. Indra and Brihas-
pati. [acct, 1255a.]
indrayudha, n. Indra's weapon, the
rainbow, [ayudha. ]
indriya, a. belonging to Indra; as n.
1. the quality pertaining especially to
Indra, i.e. great might, power, 73 18 , 97 6 ;
2. in general, one of a man's powers, i.e.
a sense or organ of sense, [indra, 1214b.]
V indh, see idh.
V inv (invati). drive; send, [secondary
root from i, 749b, 716 : cf. in.]
ima, pron. stem, see idam.
iyacciram, adv. so long, [iyant (1249a)
+ ciram.]
iyant [451], a. so great; so much. [fr.
pron. root i, 502.]
iras, n. ill-will; anger; assumed as basis of
'the following denom. [V r, ' go for ' in hos-
tile sense : cf . Lat. Ira, ' anger.']
9
Virasya]
[130]
V irasya (irasyati). be evil disposed.
[iras, 1058.]
irasya, /. ill-will ; wrath. [Virasya,
1149 6 : cf. irsya.]
frina, n. a run or runlet; gulch; gullied
and so desert land. [Vr, 1177b: for mg,
cf . Provincial Eng. run, ' brook.']
iva, end. pel. 1. as; like; 2. used to
modify a strong expression, in a manner ;
so to speak, 56 16 ; as it were, I 10 ; perhaps;
almost, 34 13 ; 3. sometimes (like eva),
just, quite ; nacirad iva, right soon,
[pron. root i, 1102b.]
V lis (icchati [753]; iy6sa, isiis [783b] ;
aisit ; esisyati ; ista ; estum ; -isya).
seek ; desire ; esp. w. inf. [981 3 ] ; pass, be
desired; be approved or recognized, and
so pass for, 59 18 ; ista, desired, i.e. desir-
able, 1 *. [radical mg, ' go, go for,' V 2 is
being merely a causative of V 1 is : cf .
iptpos, *tfj./j.epos, ' desire ' ; w. iccha, ' desire,'
cf. AS. *dsce, 'petition,' whence dscian,
Ger. (h)eischen, Eng. ask: icchati for *is-
skati, cf. Vvanch.]
+ anu, seek after.
+ abhi, seek for; ppl. abhista, desired,
dear, 21 18 .
V 2 is (isayati [1042a 2 ]; also isyati [761c] ;
iyesa, isus [783b] ; isita ; isayitum ;
-isya). send; set in swift motion; im-
pel, 74 19 . [caus. of V 1 is, q-v.]
+ pra, 1. presayati: send forth; send,
e.g. 9 10 ; 2. pr6syati : drive forth, impel ;
start up (e.g. game) ; praisam [970a]
aicchan, sought to start up, 93 16 ; and so
3. presyati: call upon or summon (tech-
nical term used of the chief priest's calling
upon another to begin a text or action),
103 6 .
is,/, refreshment; strength; vigor; w. urj,
drink and food, like Ger. Kraft und Saft.
is A, 1. m. = is [399]; 2. as a. vigorous,
fruitful.
Isu, m. f. arrow. [V2is, 'send': cf. 16s,
*la6s, ' arrow.']
1 ista, see V 1 is, ' desire.'
2 ista, 1. offered; 2. as n. offering,
sacrifice, holy work. [Vyaj, 252.]
istaka, f. brick used in the sacred fire-
pile. [2 ista.]
ista-labha, m. acquisition of a desirable
object. [1 ista.]
ista-purtd, n. what is offered (to the
gods) and bestowed (upon them), i.e. what
a man offers to the gods for his benefit
after death, and so, by metonymy, such fruit
of these offerings as can come to him,
83 13 N. [2 ista, 247, 1253b.]
isti, f. sacrifice (simple offering of but-
ter, fruit, etc.), 101 6 . [Vyaj, 252,
1157. la.]
iha, adv. here, opp. of atra (87 l ) and
amutra (64 6 ) ; hither, 9 2 ; here on earth,
id has, 27 2 ; opp. o/pretya (Vi), 59 2 , 58 ";
in this book, 17 6 ; w. loc. [cf. 1099*], iha
samaye, in this case, 41 10 , 42 15 . [pron.
root i, llOOa.]
V Iks (iksate ; rksam cakre ; aiksista ;
iksisyate ; iksita ; iksitum ; iksitva ;
-iksya ; Iksyate). look; look at; see;
behold, [desid. of V*a, ' see,' contained in
ak-san, 'eye,' etc., 108g: see aksan.]
+ a p a , look off to (like Ger. es absehen
auf ) ; regard ; expect.
+ ava, look after; look after one's self,
i.e. look behind or around.
+ u p a , w. two mgs, like Eng. overlook :
1. look over, i.e. inspect; and 2. (more
commonly) look beyond, i.e. neglect.
+ nis, look out or after; contemplate.
+ pari, look about one; investigate;
consider.
+ vi, look; look on; viksita, beheld.
+ s am, look upon; behold; perceive,
iksaka, m. beholder; spectator. [Viks,
1181.]
iksana, n. a look; glance. [Viks.]
V inkh (inkhati, -te ; inkhayati, -te
[1041 2 ]). move unsteadily.
+ pr a, rock or pitch onward.
V id (lie, ilise, itte [628, 630] ; perf. ile ;
ilita). supplicate ; call upon ; praise.
[Whitney, 54.]
idya, grdv. to be praised. [Vid, 963 2 and
d : pronounced ilia, Whitney, 54.]
idfa, a. of this sort; such. [502 end,
and 518.]
[131]
[ujjayini
Ip sit a, a. desired to be obtained ; desired,
[desid. of Vap, 1030.]
im, end. 1. as ace. s. of pron. root i, him,
her, it ; him, 79 7 ; 2. indef., ya im,
quicunque, RV. x. 125. 4 ; 3. ka im, who
pray? 77 18 ; 4. to avoid hiatus: between
atha and enam, 84 5 ' 6 . [see lllla and
502 end.]
V ir (irte [628]; irna; irayati, -te; irita).
set one's self in motion; cans, set in
motion ; cause to go forth, i.e. : 1. bring
into existence; 2. utter (a sound), 14 23 .
[near akin w. V r.]
+ ud, rise up; cans, rouse; send out;
utter ; announce, 53 16 .
+ sam-ud, cans, utter, declare.
+ pra, cans, drive or steer onward (ship).
+ s am, cans, bring together, i.e. into shape
or being; create, 75 6 ; samerire", estab-
lished (as an ordinance), instituerunt, 88 5 N.
Irsya, f. ill-will; envy; jealousy, [con-
tracted fr. irasya, q.v. : cf . girs-an and
giras.]
V ig (ige [628]; igisyati). own, be master
of, w. gen. [cf . AS. dg-an, ' possess,' Eng.
owe, ' possess ' (so Shakespere often),
'possess another's property, be in debt';
thence the participial adj. dgen, Eng. adj.
own, ' proprius ' ; thence the denom. dgnian,
Eng. verb own; further, to ah, preterito-
present of dgan, is formed a secondary
past tense, dhte, 'possessed,' Eng. ought,
'possessed' (so Spenser), 'was under obli-
gation.']
iga, 7?i. master; lord, [Vig.]
i g v a r a , m. master ; lord ; prince ; rich
man, 22 2 . [Vig, 1171a.]
Vis (Isate ; ise; isita). hasten from, flee
before, w. abl. [if not desid. of Vi
end), perhaps akin w. VI is, orig. 'go.']
u , Vedic end. copula. 1. and ; also ; fur-
ther; used in one (oftenest the latter) of two
douses or sentences containing things alike
or slightly contrasted (e.g. 78 u , 79 9 ), esp. in
anaphora (e.g. 79 5 , 90 9 ) ; 2. now, straight-
way, w. verbs present and past and w. im-
peratives or imperative subjunctives, 71 10 ,
85 15 , 85 5 , 87 8 ; often followed by sii, right
soon; pragrhya [see 1122a 2 , 138c] when
combined with atha (90 16 ), lipa (78 u ), ma
(87 9 ) ; for 83 9 and 84", see notes ; -3. in
classical Skt. only w. (atha, kim, and) na,
and not, 2 1 14 , 27 n .
u-kara, m. the sound u. [Whitney, 18.]
ukta, see Vvac.
ukti, f. expression; declaration, 53 16 .
[Vvac, 1157. la.]
uktha, n. utterance, esp. of devotion;
praise ; hymn of praise ; invocation.
[Vvac, 1163a.]
uktha-vardhana, a. strengthening,^,
refreshing or delighting one's self with
hymns of praise, [acct, 1271.]
V uks [252] or vaks (uksati, -te ; atiksit;
uksisyati; uksita ; -liksya). sprinkle;
besprinkle ; drop, intrans., 75 7 . [secondary
form (108g end) of V *uj or ug: cf. vy-pos,
'wet'; Lat. uvens (*ugvens) caelum, 'the
dropping sky ' ; w. uksan, ' besprinkler,
impregnator, bull,' cf . Goth, auhsa, ' bull,'
Eng. ox, and for mg, Vvrs.]
+ p r a , sprinkle before one by way of
consecration.
ugra, a. mighty; exceedingly strong; ter-
rible. [Vvaj, 252, 1188; see 6jas.]
ugra-gasana, a. having a terrible way
of ruling ; as m. a, strict ruler. [1298a.]
V uc (licyati [only w. preps] ; uv6ca [783b],
ucivans [803]; ucita). be pleased; be
wonted ; ucitd : 1. with which one is
pleased ; proper ; suitable ; 2. accus-
tomed.
ucca, a. lofty; uccais, adv. [1112c], high;
of sound, loud. [fr. ucca, adv. instr.
(1112e) of lidanc.]
u c c a y a , m. heap, pile, collection. [V 1 ci +
ud, ' heap up.']
u c car a, m. evacuation ; excrement. [Vcar
+ ud.]
uccavaca, a. high and low; various;
diverse, [ud + ca w. ava + ca, 1314b.]
ucchista, ppl. left; as n. leavings, esp.
of a sacrifice or of food. [V gis + ud.]
ucchedin, a. destroying. [Vchid + ud.]
ujjayini, /. Oujein, name of a city,
Ptolemy's 'O^vrj. [fern, of ujjayin, 'vic-
torious,' Vji + ud, 1183 3 : of like mg are
NtKo-TroA.(j and Cairo.']
9*
Vunch]
[132]
V unch (linchati, unchati ; unchitum).
sweep together, glean, [for *unsk, *vansk,
orig. ' wipe, or whisk, i.e. sweep ' : cf . AS.
wascan, 'wash,' Eng. wash and whisk.~\
+ p r a , wash away ; wipe out, 23 2 .
tin gist a, same as ucchista.
uta, conj. and; also; even; connecting
words, clauses, and sentences ; repeated :
uta uta (uta), both and (and) ;
at beg. of verse, 78 12 ; uta va : or even,
87 20 ; or, 84 u (cf. atha, 6) ; apy uta, also.
utkarsa, m. elevation, [v/krs + ud.]
uttama, a. 1. up-most; highest; best,
esp. at end ofcpds; excellent; chief; 2.
(out-most, i.e.) ut-most; extreme; last (see
67 6 x. ) , 99 20 . [lid, ' up, out,' 473.]
uttamagandhadhya, a. rich in ex-
cellent odors, 15 19 . [uttama-gandha +
adhya.]
uttamadhama madhy ama, a . highest
and lowest and midmost ; best and worst
and middling. [uttama + adhama +
madhyama, 1257.]
uttara [525 2 ], a. upper; higher; 1. being
above, (opp. adhara) 70 18 ; having the
upper hand, victorious, 81 2l ; 2. north-
ern (on account of the Himalayas, cf.
udanc) ; a^uttarasmat, as far as the
north (side), 105 10 ; 3. the left (because
in prayer the face is turned eastward:
cf. daksina), 99 22 ; 4. (like Sffrepos) the
latter (opp. purva) ; later ; following,
99 22 ; -am, as adv. finally, last, 104 12 ; -5.
as neuter subst. the final element of a
phrase of salutation, 60 3 ; 6. answer,
retort, [ud, 473: cf. Sarrepos, 'latter';
Eng. comp. ut-ter, 'outer.']
uttaratas, adv. northward; to the north
of; w. gen. [1130], 105 13 . [uttara.]
uttara-dayaka, a. giving answer ; con-
tradicting.
uttara-pagcima, a. north-westerly.
uttara-purastat, adv. north-east of;
w. gen., 1130.
uttara-loman,a. having the hair above,
with the hairy side up.
uttara, adv. northerly, [uttara, 1112e,
330 4 .]
uttara-patha, n. the northerly way;
the north country.
uttar ena, adv. northerly; north of, w.
ace. [1129], 102 5 . [uttara, 1112c.]
uttarottara, 1. a. higher and higher
[1260]; -am, as adv. more and more, 24 3 ;
2. as n. answer to an answer [1264];
wordy talk, 24 9 . [uttara + uttara.]
uttha, see 233a.
utpala, n. a Nymphaea, i.e. water-lily or
lotus. [Vpat + ud.]
utpadana, n. procreation. [caus. of
V pad + ud.]
utphulla, a. wide open. [Vphal + ud,
958.]
utsava, m. 1. an undertaking, begin-
ning; 2. feast-day, festival, 25 4 , 49 16 .
[\/2su + ud, 'set a-going'; but the devel-
opment of 2 from 1 is not clear.]
li d , prefix, never used alone ; up, up forth,
out. [cf. AS. ut, Eng. out: see uttara,
uttama.]
N/ ud or und (unatti; unna, utta; -lidya).
1. spring; boil or bubble up; flow; 2.
wet, bathe, [cf . Lat. und-a, ' wave ' ; w.
ud-an, 'water,' cf. v8-cap, Eng. wat-er ; w.
ud-ra, 'otter,' cf. SS-pa, 'water-snake/
Eng. otter.']
-t-s am, flow together; wet.
uda, n. water. [Vud.]
udaka [432], n. water. [Vud.]
uda-kumbha, m. water-jar; jar with
water,
udag-ayana, n. north-course (of the
sun), or the half-year from the winter to
the summer solstice, [udanc.]
lidagdaga, a. having the seams upward.
[udanc + daa, ' fringe, border, seam.']
udan-mukha, a. having the face to the
north, [udanc, 1249a, 161.]
udanc [409b], a. directed upward; directed
northward (on account of the Himalayas),
cf. uttara), northerly ; in cpds, udak,
1249a. [ud + afic, 407.]
udaya, m. a going up; rising (of the sun).
[Vi (1148.1a)+ud.]
udara, n. belly, [orig., perhaps, 'rising,
swelling,' V r + ud : for mg, cf . the relation
of belly to AS. belgan, ' swell.']
udara, a. (like Eng. exalted, i.e.) noble,
excellent. [\'r + ud, 'rise.']
udara-carita, a. of noble behavior.
[133]
[upastha
u d i t A, , see V vad ; ud-ita, see V i.
lidici, see407 3 , 409b.
udumbala, a. brown.
u d d i 5 y a , at, towards, see V dig.
uddhata, see 163 and \ h.-ui.
lidbahuka, a. having the arms out or
extended, [ud + bahu, 1305, 1307.]
udya, grdv. to be spoken or pronounced.
[Vvad, 1213c end, cf. 963c.]
udyama, m. raising (of the hands to
work) ; exertion. [Vyam + ud.]
udyana, n. 1. a walking out; 2. (place
for walking out, i.e.) garden, park. [Vya
+ ud, 1150.]
udyoga, m. undertaking; exertion. [Vyuj
+ ud, 216. 1.]
udyogin, a. active ; energetic, [udyoga.]
udvigna-manas, a. having a terrified
mind, distressed. [Vvij.]
unmatta-dargana, a. having a frantic
look. [Vmad + ud.]
unmarga, m. by-way, evil way. [ud -f
marga.]
unmarga-gamin, a. going in evil
ways.
lip a, 1. vbl prefix, to, unto, toward; opp.
of apa ; 2. prep., w. ace., unto, 81 15 ;
iv. loc., in, 77 5 ; 3. in noun cpds [1289b],
denoting something near, accessory, or subor-
dinate, [cf . inr6, Lat. s-ub, ' under.']
upakanisthika (sc. anguli), a. f. next
to the little, i.e. the third (finger), [upa
(mg 3) + kanisthaka, 1222d.]
upakartr, m. one who does kindness;
benefactor. [V 1 kr + upa, q.v.]
u p a k a ra , m. friendly service ; kindness.
[V 1 kr + upa, q.v.]
upakaraka, a. doing friendly service.
[upakara.]
upakarin, a. the same ; as m. benefactor.
[Vlkr + upa, q.v.]
up a car a, m. a coming to or waiting up-
on ; pregnantly, (polite) attention ; (cor-
rect) procedure, i.e. duty. [V car + upa.]
upatya, a. lying under, [upa, 1245b : cf .
vir-Tio-s, ' lying under, supine.']
upatyaka,/. land lying at the foot (of a
mountain), [upatya.]
upadega, m. a pointing out to, a direc-
tion; instruction; advice. [V dig + upa.]
upadegin, a. giving (good) instruction.
[Vdig + upa.]
upadestavya, grdv. to be taught, [do.]
upanayaiia, n. investiture. [technical
term, see Vni-+upa.]
upapf c, a. clinging close to, w. gen. [Vprc
+ upa.]
upabhft, f. wooden cup (used in sacri-
fices), see sruc. [' td-bringer,' Vbhr (383b)
+ upa.]
upabhoga, m. enjoyment; eating. [V2
bhuj + upa, q.v.]
up am a, a. highest, [upa, 474.]
upama-gravas,a. having highest glory;
as m. Upama9ravas, a name like MeyuTro-
K\TJS or "T\j/i-K\rjs.
u p a m a , f. comparison, image ; and so like-
ness, resemblance; at end of cpds, having
likeness with , like . [VI ma + upa,
' compare.']
upamartha, m. purpose of an image;
-ena, figuratively, [artha.]
upayoga, m. ap-plication ; use; utility.
[Vyuj +upa.]
upari, adv. above; as prep., w. gen. [1130],
above; at end of cpd [1314f], upon, 39 16 .
[cf. vwfip, #vTTfpi, Lat. s-uper, ' over.']
li p a 1 a , f. upper mill-stone ; cf. drsad.
upavancana, n. a tottering unto, a fal-
tering approach, [vlvanc +upa.]
upavana, n. small forest, i.e. grove, [upa
(mg 3) + vana.]
lipavlta, ppl. wound about, esp. with the
sacred cord; as n. [1176a], the being sur-
rounded with the sacred cord ; the cord
itself. [V vya + upa, 954c.]
upavega, m. a sitting down. [Vvig +
upa.]
dpavegi, m. Upave9i, name of a man.
upagama, m. stopping; cessation. [V2gam
+ upa, ' stop.']
upasamgrahana, n. the clasping and
taking to one's self (the feet of another),
as sign of great respect. [Vgrah + upa-
sam.]
upaseva,/. a serving; a being devoted
to. [Vsev + upa.]
upasevin, a. serving; revering. [Vsev
+ upa.]
upastha, ///. lap, groin.
upakhyana]
[134]
upakhyana, n. subordinate tale ; episode,
I 1 , [upa (mg 3) + akhyana.]
up ad an a, n. the taking to one's self;
appropriation. [V 1 da + upa^a, ' take.']
npadhyaya,m. teacher. [Vi + upa^adhi.]
upanah, f. sandal; shoe, ['under-bond,'
Vnah + upa (247): for mg, cf. uW-Sr^a,
' sandal.']
up ant a, n. proximity to the end; edge;
immediate neighborhood, [upa (mg 3) +
anta.]
up ay a, m. approach; that by which one
reaches an aim ; means ; expedient, 39 * ;
stratagem ; advantage, 39 6 . [Vi + upa,
1148. la: for mg, cf. Eng. to-ward, as an
adj.]
upayana, n. approach. [Vi + upa,
1150. la.]
upara, m. transgression. [Vr + upa.]
upeksa, /. overlooking; neglect, [Vflts
-f upa.]
up o sit a, ppl. having abstained (i.e. from
food), having fasted; as n. [1176a], fast-
ing. [V3vas +upa, q.v.]
V ubh (ubhnati, umbhati [758]; ubdhd;
-ubhya). unite; couple, [cf. ubha.]
+ a p a , bind, fetter.
ubha, a. both. [cf. /*<&>, Lat. ambo, AS.
nom. fern. neut. bd, Goth. nom. neut. ba,
nom. masc. bai, w. dental extension, bajo\>s,
all meaning ' both,' Eng. bo-th : orig., per-
haps, 'couple,' and akin w. Vubh.]
ubhaya [525 *], a. of both sorts; both,
[ubha.]
ubhaya-kama, a. desirous of both.
ubhayatas, adv. from both sides; in
both cases, [ubhaya, acct !]
ubhayatah-sasya, n. having a crop
at both times, i.e. bearing two crops a
year.
ura-ga, m. serpent, ['breast-going,' ura
for uras : for mg, cf . khaga.]
liras, n. breast, [perhaps, 'a cover/ from
VI vr, 'cover,' 1151. Ib, w. a specialization
like that in Eng. chest, ' thorax.']
urii, f. urvi, a. (prop, encompassing, and
so, like Eng. capacious) extensive, wide,
great; as n. (like Ger. das Weite) the dis-
tance. [Vlvr, 'encompass,' 1178a: cf.
tvpv-!, 'wide.']
uru-vyacas, a. having wide embrace,
wide extending, [acct, 1298b.]
V urusya (urusyati). to distance, i.e.
escape ; put another in the distance, i.e.
save, [urti, 'the distance,' 1061 2 .]
uru-nasa, n. having broad snouts, [uni
(247) + nas, 193, 1315c : acct, 1298b.]
ulukhala, n. a mortar.
ulba ana* lilva, n. enveloping membrane
of an embryo, [for *ur-va, V 1 vr, ' en-
close,' 1190- cf. Lat. vol-va, 'covering,
womb.']
ulbana, a. lumpy, knotty, thick, massy,
[ulba, for *urva, hence n, 189.]
V us (6sati ; uv6sa; auslt ; usta). burn,
[for cognates, see the collateral form
V 1 vas, ' light up,' also usas, usra, etc. :
cf . fva>, ' singe ' ; ouo>, ' kindle ' ; Lat. ur-o,
'burn,' and ustus = usta-s ; AS. ys-le,
'glowing ashes.']
usas [415b], f. morning-red ; dawn ; per-
sonified, Dawn. [V 1 vas, ' light up, dawn,'
252 : cf. i)<as, Aeolic aScas, Lat. aurora,
*ausos-a, 'dawn'; radically cognate also
is Eng. eas-t, ' the point where day breaks':
see us and usra.]
ustra, m. camel.
usna, a. hot. [Vus, 1177a.]
usra, a. bright; of or pertaining to the
dawn ; as /., usra, dawn. [V 1 vas, ' light
up/. 252, 1188, 181a : w. us-ra, cf. Old
Germanic Aus-t-ro, a goddess of the (year-
dawn, i.e.) spring-light, and AS. Eos-t-ra,
the name of whose festival, caster, 'Easter-
day/ occurring in April, was transferred
to the Christian festival that replaced it ;
for t between s and r, see under svasr:
see us and usas.]
utl,y. furtherance, help, blessing; refresh-
ment, food. [Vav, 1157.]
udhan, udhar, udhas [430b], n. udder,
[cf. oJflap, Lat. iiber, AS. uder, Eng.
udder.~\
tin a, a. lacking, [cf. ffivis, 'bereft'; AS.
wan, ' lacking/ wanian, ' decrease/ Eng.
wane.]
urti, m. thigh, [prob. 'the thick' of the
leg, from urii.]
[135]
[rna
u r j , f. sap ; strength ; vigor ; nourishment.
[\[*varj, 'swell with, be full of: cf. opydca,
'swell with, abound'; Lat. virga, 'swelling
twig.']
urn a, n., and wcna,,f. wool, ['cover,' Vlvr,
'cover' (cf. 712): cf. tlpos, tt-Fp-os, Lat.
vellus, Goth, vulla, Eng. woo/.]
urna-mradas, a. having the softness of
wool, soft as wool.
urna-stuka,y! braid or plait of wool.
V urnu, see 712, and Vlvr.
urdhva, a. tending upwards; upright;
elevated ; -am, as adv., upwards ; over ;
beyond; after, w. abl, [1128]; ata urdh-
vam, from now on. [cf. Lat. arduus,
' lofty.']
urdhva-drsti, a. having an upward
gaze. [1298.]
urmi, m. wave. [lit. 'roller, rolling bil-
low,' V*VT, ' roll, turn hither and thither ' :
cf. ZAAco, *FI-F\-O>, Lat. volvo, ' roll ' ; Ger.
Welle, ' wave.']
V luh (uhati; auhlt; udha, uhita ; uhi-
tum ; -uhya). remove.
V 2uh (6hate [745a]; uh6; aiihit, aiihista;
uhitum; -uhya). notice.
+ a p i , grasp ; understand, 88 10 .
V r (iyarti [643c] ; rn6ti ; rcchati [753
end, 608] ; ara [783a 2 ] ; arat; arisyati ;
rta ; rtva ; -ftya ; arpayati [1042d]).
move, as trans, and as intrans. ; 1. rise,
73 10 ; come upon or unto, reach, attain ;
2. raise (e.g. dust); cans, send; put;
fasten ; fit in. [w. r-n6-ti, cf . up-vvcn,
' rouses ' ; cf . Lat. or-ior, ' rise,' or-tus,
' risen ' ; S>p-ro, ' rose,' = ar-ta, 3d sing.
aor. mid. ; w. r-ccha-ti, cf. fy-xe-rcu,
' goes,' also i\-8e?p, ' go ' ; w. caus., cf .
ap-api(TK<a, ' fit,' Lat. ar-tu-s, ' well-fitted,
close, narrow ' ; see also rta.]
+ a, 1. get into (trouble), 93 15 x.; 2.
(like the American go for, 'treat harshly
by word or deed ') visit with trouble ; ppl.
arta, visited by trouble, distressed.
+ ud, rise ; raise.
+ u p a , go against, transgress, [for mg,
cf. rna.]
+ nis, (go forth, i.e.) dissolve connection
with.
+ sam, come together, meet; go along
with, 73 9 ; caus. send; deliver to; con-
sign, entrust.
rkti, /. praise, in su-v-rkti. [Vrc.J
rg-veda, TO. the Rigveda (each stanza of
which is called an re in distinction from
a yajus and a saman).
V re (arcati; anarca, anrce [788]; arcis-
yati ; arcita ; arcitum ; arcitva ; -arcya ;
arcayati). 1. beam; 2. praise; sing
(praise); sing (of the winds); honor;
caus. [1041 2 ], salute, [cf. arka.]
fc, /. 1. hymn of praise; esp. a stanza
that is spoken, as distinguished from one
that is sung (saman) or from a sacrificial
formula (yajus); 2. stanza or text to
which a certain rite or explanation has
reference, 98 5 ; 3. the collection of re's,
the Rigveda, 57 ", 63 3 . [V re.]
rca, for re, at end ofcpds [1209a, 1315c].
v/ Irj or rnj (rnjati, -te ; fjyati, -te).
reach out, esp. in a straight direction
(and so, the opp. of Vvrj, 'bend, turn,' q.v.
and see rju), stretch out, intrans. ; press
on; with this root, compare the root raj,
mg 1. [cf . opey-co, ' reach out ' ; Lat.
reg-ere, ' direct ' ; Eng. right, ' straight, not
wrong.']
V 2rj (arjati; arjayati [1041 2 ]; arjita).
reach, and so, get or obtain, [the same
as Vlrj, but w. another conjugation and
w. trans, mg : for mg, cf . Eng. reach, in-
trans., w. reach, trans., and Ger. langen
and erlangen.]
V3rj, in rj-rd, 'ruddy,' arj-una, 'silver-
white ' ; see also the root raj and root raj,
mg 2. [cf . apy-6s, ' bright ' ; Lat. arguo,
' make clear ' ; w. rajata, ' silver,' cf .
apyvpos, Lat. argentum, ' silver.']
rjisa, a. on-rushing. [Vlrj, 1197b.]
rjisin, a. on-rushing, [rjisa, 1230a.]
rjii, a. straight, right, opp. of vrjina,
' crooked, wrong.' [Vlrj, 1178a.]
sf rnj, see Vlrj.
rna, a. (having gone against or trans-
gressed, and so) guilty; as n. [1176a and
1177], guilt; debt, 25 2 . [Vr: cf. Lat.
reus, 'guilty' : for mg, cf. upara.]
rta]
[136]
rta, a. fit, right; true; as w. [1176a], 1.
established order; esp. eternal or divine
order; 2. order in sacred things, sacred
custom, pious work, 69 15 , 74 9 ; rtasya
yoni or sadana, central place of sacred
work or belief : in this world, the altar,
89 8 ; in the other world, the holy of holies,
75 7 ; -3. truth, 98 8 - 9 ; -rtena, rightly,
[prop, 'fitted, made firm,' Vr: for form
and mg, cf . Lat. ra-tu-s, ' settled.']
rta-sap [387a], a. following after right,
righteous.
rta van, f. -vari, a. true to established
order (of regularly recurring natural phe-
nomena, e.g. dawn), 75 17 ; true to sacred
law, pious (Manes), 91 10 ; holy, sacred
(god), 75 8 . [rta, 247 : for fern., 435,
1171 2 .]
rta-vfdh, a. rejoicing in right, holy
(Manes), [rta, 247.]
r t u , m. 1. a fixed and settled time ; esp.
time for sacrificing; 2. time of year,
i.e. season; 3. the menses. [Vr, 1161a:
cf . aprv-oa, ' fit together, prepare ' ; Lat.
artu-s, 'joint.']
rt6, prep, without ; except. [1128 end, 1129
end.]
rtv-ij, a. offering at the appointed time;
as m. priest ; in the ritual, pi., priests, of
whom there are four, h6tr, adhvaryti,
brahman, and udgatf. [rtii + ij.]
fddhi, f. welfare; blessedness. [Vrdh,
1157.]
V rdh (rdhn6ti; anardha, anrdhe [788];
ardhiayate ; rddha ; rdhyate). thrive;
succeed ; prosper, both as intrans. and as
trans, [cf . M edh, radh : cf . &\6ofj.a.i, ' get
well.']
sani , pass, be prospered, i.e. fulfilled.
V Irs (araati; anarsa [788]). flow; glide,
[cf . &ty-oppos, ' flowing back,' tra.\iv-op<Tos,
' darting back.']
V 2ra (rsati; rata). push; thrust.
fai, m. 1. singer of sacred songs, poet;
priestly singer ; regarded by later genera-
tions as a patriarchal saint or sage of the
olden time and as occupying a position
given in other lands to the heroes and
patriarchs; one of those inspired poets
who "saw" the Vedas, which were "re-
vealed " to them ; 2. sapta^rsayas :
the many Rishis ; later, the seven stars of
the Great Bear; 3. a Rishi, i.e. a person
renowned for piety and wisdom, 100";
see note to 1 u .
r a t i , f. spear. [V 2 rs.]
rsva, a. lofty.
e, pron. root in eka, eta, ena, eva, evam.
eka [482a], num. 1. one; only; alone
(by one's self) ; alone (excluding every
one else); sole; single; solitary; advly
in cpds, solely; 2. one (of two or more) ;
the one, followed by anya, dvitiya, para ;
eke eke, some others ; eke, some
folks, some ; 3. later, a certain, quidam ;
or almost as an indef. article [482a 3 ], a or
an, 20 8 . [pron. root e.]
eka-tatpara, a. solely intent on, 45*.
ekatra, adv. in one place, [eka, 1099.]
eka da, adv. at one time, simultaneously,
at 37 9 ; elsewhere, at a certain time, i.e.
once upon a time, [eka, 1103.]
eka-dega, m. a certain place, and so, a
place or spot or part.
eka-nakaatra, n. lunar mansion con-
sisting of a single star or one whose name
occurs but once, see 104 8 N. [naksatra,
1312.]
eka-patni, f. wife of only one man,
faithful wife, [acct, 1267a.]
eka-pada, f. -I, a. having (i.e, taking)
one step,
eka-bhaksa, m. sole food; at end of
cpds [1298], having as sole food, eating
alone.
eka-mati, a. having one mind, unanimous .
eka-varna, a. having one color, not
brindled.
ekakin, a. solitary, [eka.]
ekanjali, m. one handful, [anjali.]
ekadaga, num. eleven. [eka + daga,
476 2 .]
ekadaga, a. eleventh, [ekadaga, 487 7 .]
ekanta, m. an end; a retired or secret
spot, [anta.]
ekapaya, m. diminution by one. [apaya.]
ekartha, m. one purpose, i.e. one and
the same purpose, [artha.]
ekaha, m. one day. [2 aha.]
[137]
[aikamatya
ekaika, a. one by itself; one singly;
each one singly ; every single one. [eka
+ eka.]
ekaikagas, adv. one by one; severally,
[ekaika, 1106.]
ekona, a. lacking one. [una, 477a.]
eta, see etad and cf. 499b with 497.
6ta, a. rushing; darting; as m. deer. [Vi,
1176c.]
etat-sama, a. equal to this. [1265.]
etat-samlpa, n. presence of this one.
[12(54.]
etad [499b], pron. this here, prop, referring
to something near the speaker (e.g. 18 8 , 19 u ,
51 19 ) ; this ; refers almost always to what
precedes (e.g. 6 9 , 19 3 , 51 18 , 68 5 ), has just
happened (e.g. 20 n , 25 12>13 ), or has just
been mentioned (e.g. 7 5 , 25 18 , 28 n ), as being
nearer the speaker; very seldom 28 6 , 92 19 ,
96 5 to what follows ; joined with other
pronouns: w. yad, 94 15 ; w. tad, 45 9 , 95 6 ;
w. aham to be supplied, 52 9 . [pron. root
e, 499b : in usage, etad : idam : : Tav-
ra : ra5e.]
etad-artham, adv. for this purpose ;
therefore. [499b 2 , 1302c 4 .]
e tar hi, adv. nowadays, [eta, 1103c.]
eta-drg, a. such; etadrk, ace. s. n., such
as I have, 82 ". [518.]
eta-drga, a. such ; et. yat, such
that. [518.]
etavant, a. thus much, 12 9 ; etavan
yena, so great that, 21 10 . [eta, 517.]
V e d h ( 6dhate ; edham cakre ; aidhista ;
edhita ; dhitum). thrive; prosper,
[ident. w. v'rdh, q.v. : cf. geha w.
grha.]
en a [500], end. pron. used only substantive-
ly ; unemphatic him, her, it, them. [pron.
root e.]
en as, n. sin. [perhaps, ' deed of violence,'
Vin.]
enasvant, a. sinful, [enas.]
en a, adv. in this way; here; para ena:
beyond here ; beyond, w. instr., RV. x.
125. 8 ; there ; yatra ena, whither
thither, [pron. root a, see idam, and cf.
502 2 andlll2a.]
eranda, m. Ricinus communis, i.e. castor-
oil plant or Palma Christi.
eva, adv. 1. in this way; so; in this sig-
nification Vedic only, its place being supplied
in post-Vedic l>y evam ; yatha eva, as
so, 86 13 ; eva^id, in very truth, 74 6 ;
2. just, exactly, etc., emphasizing the
preceding word; in this sense Vedic (69 5 ,
85 J , 87 1 , 91 5 ) and post-Vedic; requires the
most various translations sometimes mere
stress of voice : precisely; no more nor less
than ; nothing short of ; no other than ;
merely ; quite ; without exception ; andha
eva, blind outright; vasudha^eva, the
whole earth ; mrtyur eva, sure deatli ;
musika eva krtas, was changed back to a
simple mouse ; cintayann eva, just while
he was thinking; uktam eva maya, just
what I told thee ; lokaih kimcid vak-
tavyam eva, folks will be sure to say
something ; eka eva, entirely alone ; pu-
mansa eva, only males ; in connection w.
pronouns and adverbs: etad eva, this very;
tatha^eva, all so, i.e. also ; na^eva, by no
means ; w. very attenuated mg in ca^eva,
and also, and eva ca, and also, the latter at
end of a cloka, 58 15 . [pron. root e, 1102b :
sometimes eva, 248a.]
evam-vld,a. knowing so or such, i.e. well
instructed, knowing what's what.
evamvidha, a. of such sort, such, [evam
(1306) +vidha, 1302c 5.]
evam, adv. in this way ; so ; post-Vedic, and
supplying the place of eva in my 1 ; used
first w. V vid : ya evam vidiis, who know
thus, have this knowledge, 97 1>3 ; yatha
evam, as so ; very frequent w. uktva
or grutva, upon saying or hearing this ;
evam ukta, thus addressed ; w. impers.
used ppl., 7 8 , 39 22 ; evam astu, so be it ;
ma^evam, not so ! yady evam, if that's
the case, 48 n ; evam, in that case, II 4 ;
evam, likewise, 103 7 ; refers back (e.g. 28 21 ,
52 8 ), or forward (e.g. 31 5 , 37 8 , 50 6 ) ; used
superfluously w. iti, 61 12 ; as eguiv. to evam-
vidha, 15*. [pron. root e, 1102b.]
evam-bhuta, a. such, [see 1273c.]
eso, a Prakrit form for esas, 49 8
aikamatya, n. unanimity. [ekamati,
1211.]
aitihasika]
[138]
aitihasika, m. teller of old legends, [iti-
hasa, 1222e 2.]
aindr abarhaspatya, a. belonging to
Indra and Brihaspati. [indrabfhaspati,
1204c.]
6kas, n. wonted place; home. [Vuc.]
om-krta, a. having an uttered om, accom-
panied by om. [the natural order would
require krtaum: order inverted to avoid
such an undeclinable stem.]
6jas, n. strength; power. [Vvaj oruj, 252,
cf. ug-ram 6j-as, 78 6 : cf. Lat. augus-tus,
' mighty, i.e. august.']
o jo-da [352], a. strength-giving.
o d a n a , m. n. grain boiled with milk ; por-
ridge. [Vud: for mg, cf. Eng. broth and
brew."]
opaga, m. top-knot; plume, [perhaps for
*ava-pac.a, V2pa.]
6m, a word of solemn asseveration and rev-
erent acknowledgment, somewhat like &/j.-fii>;
a sacred mystic syllable, uttered at the beg.
and end of Veda-reading ; cf. pranava.
[origin uncertain.]
6sadhi, later 6sadhi, /. herb; plant; a
simple.
aupamya, n. similitude; likeness, [upa-
ma, 1211.]
aupavegi, m. patronymic of Aruna. [lipa-
vegi (or upavega?) : cf. 1221.]
a u sad ha, a. consisting of herbs; as n.
herbs collectively ; simples ; medicine.
[6sadhi, 1208d.]'
I ka [504], pron. 1. interrogative, who,
what; used as subst. (7 6 - 7 ) or as adj.
(18 17 ); kim w. instr.: e.g. kim yuddhena,
what (is there) with fighting, what's the
use of fighting, 45 14 ; so 17 19 , 24 9 ; so ko
'rthas, 17 18 ; kim w. instr. and gen. : e.g.
nirujah kim ausaclhais, what has a well
man (to do) with medicines, 22 3 ; so 32 21 ,
61 z ~* ; ka w. particles : ko nama, who in-
deed ; ko nu, who pray ; ko va, who pos-
sibly, 18 1;
2. indefinite, both adj. and subst., chiefly
in negative clauses and w. the particles [see
507] ca, cana, cid, api; 2 a. w. ma: ma
kasmai dhatam abhy amitrine nas, de-
liver us not over to any foe ; 2b. ka ca,
some, any, adj. or subst. ; kim ca, any-
thing; w. relative, yag (ca) kag ca, (and)
what soever, 68 10 ; 2c. w. ca na and
cana : ka ca na, also or even not any ;
esp. after a negative : na tarn gaknuvanti
vyahartum api, kim ca na, can not even
speak to him, not even anything, i.e. can
not even speak anything to him, 8 19 ; so
96 21 ; and so (the feeling for the negation in
cana in such collocations becoming lost), ka
cana means any, anything, cf. cana ; w.
relative, soever ; yat kimcana, whatsoever,
9 16 ; 2d. very often ka cid: any body or
thing; certain, 18 u ; often w. negative: e.g.
99. 2411 (twice with, twice without) ; kimcit
kimcid, each a little, 27 9 ; w. relative, ya
ka cid, whosoever, whatsoever, any soever,
21 n ; kani kani cid, any soever, 82 15 ;
2e. ka api, something, somebody, 17 n ;
some, a or an, a certain, 21 2 ; na ka api:
nothing, 39 21 ; no, no one", 20 10 ;
3. derivs of ka, see 505 ; 4. exclam-
atory, at beg. of cpds : cf., e.g., ka-purusa,
kim-prabhu, ku-drsti, ko-vida, and see
506, 1121e ; 5. for kim as adv., see kim.
[for the stem-forms ka, ki, ku, see 505 :
cf. Ionic /co-, Attic TO-, in K6-Qev, KUS, etc.,
'whence, how'; ri-s, rl, Lat. qui-s, qui-d,
AS. hwa, hwas-t, Eng. who, wha-t ; w. ka-
tara, 'which of twain,' cf. it6-Tepo-s, Lat.
uter, AS. hwce-^er, Eng. whe-ther, ' which of
twain ' ; w. ka as indef ., cf . n-s, ' any one.']
2 ka, m. Who, as name of a god, 94 15 - 16 N.
kansa, m. metallic vessel; as collective,
metallic implements.
kaksa,/. 1. region of the girth; 2.
girdle, cincture ; 3. (like French ceinture)
circular wall ; and so the enclosed court,
[cf. kankana : cf. Lat. cinc-tus, 'girded';
for 1, cf. coxa, 'hip'; for 3, cf. canc-er,
' fence.']
kankana, n. ring-shaped ornament, brace-
let, [cf. kaksa.]
kankala, m. n. skeleton.
kaccid, see kad.
kaccha, m. border; shore; marsh-land ;.
the district Cutch.
[139]
[2kara
kaccha-pa, m. tortoise, ['keeping, i.e.
inhabiting the marsh/ vbl 2 pa.]
kataka, m. n. dale.
kana, m. a small grain (as of dust or rice),
[cf. kanistha.]
kantaka, m. thorn.
kantaki-ksirin, m. pi. thorn-plants and
milk-plants.
kantakin, a. thorny; as m. thorn-plant,
[kantaka.]
k at ham, Vedic katha, interr. adv. how?
in what way ? katham etat, how's that ?
kathaih nu, how indeed ? katham cana,
in any wise soever (emphasizing a preced-
ing negation) ; katham api, somehow, [ka,
1101.]
\l kathaya (kathayati). tell ; talk about ;
pass, be called, pass for. [lit. ' tell the
how,' 'rb oiroas \tyeiv' : denom. fr. katham,
1058.]
1 katha, see katham.
2 katha,/. 1. story, tale, fable ; discus-
sion; 2. personified, Story, 56. [prop.
' the how, TO oirtas,' 1 katha.]
katha-chala, n. cover or guise of a
fable.
katha-pitha,n. pedestal of Katha, name
of the first book of the Katha-sarit-sagara.
[2 katha, mg 2.]
kathavatara, m. incarnation of Katha.
[2 katha (mg 2) -j- avatara.]
katha-sarit-sagara, m. Story-stream-
ocean, title of Soma-deva's collection.
kad, interr. pel. nonne, num; w. cid, nonne,
num ; kaccid drsta, was she seen ? [crys-
tallized ace. s. n. of ka, lllla.]
kad a, adv. when? na kada cana, not at
any time soever, never ; kada cid, once on
a time, one day ; kada cid api na, never.
[ka, 1103.]
kadru, a. brown; kadru [355c], f. brown
Soma-vessel.
V kan or ka (cake; akanit). be glad. [cf.
v'kam and Vcan.]
kanaka, n. gold.
kanaka-sutra, n. gold cord or chain.
kanaka-stambha-r ucira, a. shining
with gold columns.
kanistha, a. smallest ; youngest, [cf . the
following words and kana and kanya.]
kanisthaka, a. smallest; f. -ika [1222d],
sc. anguli, the little finger, [kanistha.]
kanistha-prathama, a. having the
youngest as the first.
kanlyans, a. smaller; younger. [cf.
kanistha and 467 2 .]
kandara, n. cave, [perhaps 'great cleft/
kain (see ka4) + dara.]
kandarpa, m. the god of love, [perhaps
'of great wantonness/ kam (see ka4) +
darpa.]
kanyaka,/ girl, [kanya, 1222b.]
kanya, f. girl; maiden; daughter, [cf.
kanistha.]
kanya-ratna, n. girl-jewel, excellent
maiden.
kapata, m. n. fraud.
kapata-prabandha, m. continued se-
ries of frauds; machination, plot.
kaparda, m. small shell used as a coin,
80 = 1 paua; -aka, m. the same.
kapala, n. 1. cup or dish, 102 13 ; 2.
cover or lid, 104 16 ; 3. cranium, [for
mg, cf . Lat. testa, ' earthen pot/ w. French
tete, 'head.']
kap6ta, m. dove.
kam, pel. 1. emphasizing the preceding
word, 79 ; -2. interr. pel., 88 10 . [ka,
lllla : cf. kad, kim.]
V kam (cakame; kamisyate; kanta [955a] ;
kamayate, -ti [1041 2 ]). wish; will; de-
sire; love. [cf. v'kan and Vcan.]
kamandalu, m. water-jar.
V kamp (kampate ; cakampe ; kampita;
kampitum; -kampya). tremble or shake.
kambala, m. woolen cloth.
kambu, m. shell.
kambu-griva, m. Shell-neck (i.e. having
folds in the neck like a spiral shell), name
of a tortoise, [griva.]
1 kara, 1. a. doing; making or causing
or producing, at end of many cpds ; 2. as
m. the hand (lit. the busy one) ; 3. as m.
nomen actionis, the doing, performance, in
duskara, sukara. [V 1 kr : cf . Lat. cerus,
' creator.']
2 kara, m. ray, beam. [prob. same as
1 kara 2 : the rays of the heavenly bodies
are conceived as their hands and feet, cf.
pada 4.]
karavarij
[140]
kara-vari, n. water from the hand,
karuna, a. mournful, pitiable; -a, f. pity,
karuna-para, a. compassionate. [1302b.]
karkata, m. crab; -aka, the same.
karna, m. ear.
karta, m. (earth-) cut, ditch. [Vkrt: see
garta.]
k a r t f , m. doer ; accomplisher ; officiating
priest, 101 . [Vlkr.]
kartavya, grdv. to be done or made, w.
the various mgs of \f 1 kr. [V 1 kr.]
k a r t a v y a t a , /. the to-be-done-ness ; -tarn
bruhi, tell me what I must do. [1237.]
karpura, m. n. camphor,
karpura-pata, m. Camphor-cloth, name
of a certain washerman,
karpura-vilasa, m. Camphor-joy (lit.
having pleasure in camphor), name of a
washerman.
karma, for karman in cpds, 1249a 2 .
karma-ccsta,/". deed-performance; ac-
tion,
karma-ja, a. deed-born, resulting from
the actions of a life.
karma-dosa, m. deed-sin, sinful deed,
karman, n. deed, work, action ; sacred
work (as sacrifice, ablution); rite, 59 l .
[Vlkr.]
kar hi, adv. when? karhi cid, at any time.
[ka, llOSc.]
V kal (kalayati). drive, [cf. Kf\f rat, ' urges
on ' ; &ov-ic6\os, ' cattle driver ' ; Lat. celer,
(like colloq. driving, i.e. ' hurrying ') ' swift.']
- anu-sam, lead along after,
kal a, a. dumb; indistinct; -am, adv. gen-
tly, and so pleasantly (of humming),
kal ah a, m. strife, contention,
kal a, f. a small part, esp. a sixteenth,
kalpa, m. ordinance, precept; manner,
way ; etena kalpena, in this way.
kalmasa, n. spot, stain; Jig., as in Eng.,
sin.
kalmasa-dhvansa-karin, a. sin-de-
struction-causing, preventing the commis-
sion of crime,
k a 1 y a , a. well, healthy, [cf . ica\6s, ' fair ' :
prob. not akin are AS. hdl, Eng. hale,
whole.'}
kal y an a, /. -ani [355b], a. fair, lovely.
[kaly'a.]
kalyana-kataka, m.n. Fair-dale, name
of a place.
kavi, a. wise, possessed of insight (of gods,
esp. Agni) ; as m. wise man, seer, sage ;
poet; pi. wise men of eld (whose spirits
hover about the sun), 91 12 . [prop, 'seer,'
Vkii, 'see,' for *sku: cf. BuoaKdos, *-<TKOFO-S,
' inspecting the sacrifice ' ; Lat. cav-ere,
' look out, be cautious ' ; Ger. schauen, AS.
scedwian, 'look,' Eng. show, 'cause to look
at.']
kavi-kratu, a. having the power or in-
sight (kratu) of a wise one ; intelligent.
[1296.]
V kas (kasati; kasta ; kasayati). move.
+ vi, move asunder; open; bloom; caus.
pass, be made to bloom.
kas mat, adv. why? wherefore? [ka,
kansya, a. brazen; as n. brass, [kansa.]
kaka, m. crow; f- kaki, crow-hen; cf.
vayasa, 'crow.'
V kanks (kanksati, -te ; cakanksa ;
kanksita). desire, long for. [desid. of
\ kam, but reduplicated somewhat like an
intens. (1002), *kam-ka(m)-s.]
kaca, m. glass.
kaca-mani, m. rock-crystal, quartz, [lit.
' glass-jewel.']
kancana, n. gold.
kana, a. one-eyed; perforated (of the
eye), blind.
kana-bhuti, m. Kanabhuti, name of a
Yaksha, see 53 3 N. [lit. ' Blind-luck.']
kanda, m. n. section; joint of a stalk
from one knot to another ; arrow.
kantara, m. n. great or primeval forest.
kanti, f. loveliness. [Vkam, 1157, cf.
955a.]
ka-purusa, m. miserable man, coward.
[see Ika4, and 506.]
kam a, m. wish, desire, longing; love; at
end of possessive cpds [1296], having desire
for , desirous of ; kaniain, see s.v.
[V kam.]
kama-duh (-dhuk, -duham, -dhugbhis,
etc. [155]), 1. a. yielding wishes, grant-
ing every wish ; 2. as f., sc. dhenu, the
fabulous Wonder-cow.' [for 2, cf. the
horn of Amalthea.]
[141]
[Vkirtaya
k jtm am, adv. at will; if you please;
kamam tu na tu, if she please, , but
by no means , 64 12 . [kama, llllb.]
kamin, a. subst. affectionate (spouse).
[kama. ]
kamini-sakha, a. in the company of
his wives, [see sakha.]
kaya, m. body. [Vlci, 'build,' Whitney
43 : for mg, cf . 5e'/*as, ' body, form/ and
Sffjica, ' build,' and Eng. noun build, as used
of ' a man's figure.']
kayika, a. corporeal; performed by the
body, [kaya.]
kara, a. making; as m. maker; deed,
action; sound, [\llkr.]
k a r a n a , n. that which makes or occasions ;
cause, 57 7 ; occasion; reason; sake, 10 1 ;
ground for a judgment, 22 n . [Vlkr.]
karin, a. causing, [do.]
karii, m. praiser, poet, singer. [V2kr,
' mention with praise.']
karttikeya, m. metronymic of Skanda,
god of war (so called because he was
nourished by the Pleiads, krttikas) : cf.
kumara and svamikumara. [ krttika.
1216.]
karya, grdv. to be done, faciendus, w. the
various shades of mg belonging to V 1 kr ;
requiring to be instituted, 4 19 ; requiring
to be shown; as n. what is to be done;
business ; work ; matter, 4 n ; affair ; duty ;
emergency. [V 1 kr, 963b.]
karya-kala, m. time for action,
karya-hantr, m. business-destroyer,
mar-plot,
karyaksama, a. unequal to or unfit for
work, [aksama.]
kala, m. 1. the right or proper or ap-
pointed time ; 2. time in general ; 3.
Time, as the destroyer, i.e. Death,
kala-paga, m. snare of Death,
kavya, n. poetry; poem, [kavi.]
kavyagastra-vinoda, m. entertainment
with poetry and science, [kavya-gastra,
1252.]
V kag (karate; cakag ; kagita ; -kagya).
be visible ; shine.
+ ava, be visible, lie open.
+ a , look on.
+ pra, shine out; become clear.
kaga, m. visibility, in sakaga. [Vkag.]
kastha, n. stick of wood; log.
kastha-ccheda, m. dearth of wood.
[227.]
kastha-bharika, m. wood-carrier,
kastha, / race-course; course; track of
the winds and clouds in the sky.
kasthika, m. woodman, [kastha.]
ki, cf. Ika 4, ana* 504.
kim-suhrd, m. a bad friend, [see 1 ka 4,
and 506.]
kit ava, m. gambler; f. -vi, as a., addicted
to gaming, [poss. kim + tava, ' what of
thee ? ' ' what is thy stake ? ']
kim, 1. as nom.acc.s.n. to kd, see Ika;
-2. as interr. adv. [lllla], how? 73 8 -
why? 18 10 ; 3. as interr. pel.: num; kim
aham ajnas, am I a fool? 39 21 ; an, 78 13 ,
4. in connection w. other pels: kim ca,
moreover, see ca 3 ; kim tu, however, 20 12 ;
kim cana, somewhat, 46 9 ; kim punar,
how much more (or less)? 17 15 . [see
under 1 ka.]
kim- art ha, a. having what as object;
kimartham, as adv. why ? [1302c4.]
kim-prabhu, m. a bad master, [see
Ika 4, and 506.]
kim-bhrtya, m. a bad servant, [do.]
kiyad-dura, n. small distance; -re, as
adv. [1116], a little way. [kiyant.]
kiyant [451], pron. a. 1. how great?
how much? what sort of a? 45 10 ; 2.
(how great, in a derogatory sense, i.e.) not
great ; small, 46 l . [1 ka or ki, 505,
1172 2 .]
kiyambu, n. water-lily, perhaps, [cf.ambu.]
kila, kila [248a], adv. indeed, emphasizing
the foregoing word.
kis, interr. pel. so at 88 10 . [Ika, 504 2 :
see 1117: cf. nakis.]
kit a, m. worm; caterpillar,
kidrg-vyapara, m. what business.
[kidrg, 145.]
kidrgvyaparavant, a. having what
business. [1233.]
kidfg, a. of what sort? [see 518.]
klri, m. praiser. [V2kr.]
V kirtaya (kirtayati [1056, 1067]; pass.
kirtyate). 1. make mention of; tell;
-2. repeat; call, [kirti, 1061 '.]
kirti]
[142]
+ pari, tell around, announce.
+ s am, announce,
kirti,/. mention; esp. good report, fame.
[V2kr.]
ku, see Ika4, and 504.
kukkura, m. dog. [younger form of
the onomatopoetic kurkura.]
kutumba, n. household; family; -aka,
the same.
kuttani,/. bawd.
k uncla, n. round vessel; round hole in
the ground (for water or sacred fire),
kundala, n. ring, esp. ear-ring. [cf.
kunda and 1227.]
kiitas, adv. from what place? whence?
wherefore? why? how? 19 ". [Ika or
ku, 505.]
kutuhala, n. 1. interest felt in some-
thing extraordinary ; eagerness ; -at, as
adv. [1114b], eagerly; 2. interest caused
by something remarkable, 56 u .
kiitra, adv. where 1 ? whither? [Ika or
ku, 505.]
ku-drsti, f. a bad or false view; hete-
rodox philosophy. [see 1 kd, 4, and
506.]
kunti,/ Kunti, one of the two wives of
Pandu.
V kup (kupyati ; cuk6pa; kupita). 1.
become moved or agitated ; boil ; and so
2. Jig., as in Eng., be angry ; boil with
rage.
+ p r a , the same.
kumara, m. 1. new-born child; boy;
youth, 51 10 ; -2. The Youth, epithet of
Skanda, the eternally youthful god of
war see karttikeya ; f. -ri, girl. [cf.
sukumara.]
kumara-datta, m. name of a man.
[' given by the god Kumara.']
kumbha, m. jar; pot; urn. [cf. Ki5/xr?,
' vessel.']
kumbha-kara, m. pot-maker, potter,
kumbhika,/ pitcher, [kumbha.]
kuru, m. as pi. the Kurus, a people of
India ; as sing. Kuru, the ancestor of that
people,
kuru-gravana, m. name of a prince.
[lit. ' glory of the Kurus,' like nv6o-K\rjs :
acct, 1271.]
kill a, n. 1. herd or large number or
swarm (of quadrupeds, birds, insects) ;
2. race ; family ; and so, as in Eng.,
good family, noble stock. [V3kr, q.v. :
cf. akula.J
kula-gila, n. family and character.
[1253b.]
kiilala, m. potter.
kii-liga, m. axe. [perhaps ' cutting
well,' see Ika 4, and 506.]
kulina, a. of good family, [kula, 1223d.]
kulira, m. crab.
kugd, m. grass; esp. the sacred grass, Poa
cynosuroides, with long stalks and numer-
ous pointed leaves.
kuga-pifij ula, n. tuft or bunch of Ku?a.
k u a la, 1. a. in good condition; equal
to or fit for a task ; able ; clever, 46 18 ;
2. as n. welfare, well-being ; kugalam
te, hail to thee.
kugalin,a. well; prosperous. [kuala 2.J
kuga-hasta, a. having Ku9a in the
hand. [1303.]
V ku (kuvate). found only w. a, and per-
haps meaning see, look. [prob. for #sku,
see under kavi.]
+ a , look forward to, i.e. intend, [see
akuta.]
kuta, 1. n. horn; 2. m. n. peak, [for
mg 2, cf. the Swiss peak-names, Schreck-
horn, Wetter-horn, etc.]
kup a, m. cave, hole; well. [cf. KUTTTJ,
' cave, hut/ Lat. cupa, ' vat,' ' niche for
the dead,' borrowed Eng. coop, ' vat/
whence cooper.^
kurma, m. tortoise.
V Ikr (Vedic, krn6ti, krnute [715]; later,
kar6ti, kurute [714]; cakara, cakre; V.
akar, akrta [831, 834a]; later, akarsit;
karisyati ; krta ; kartum ; krtva ; -kftya ;
kriyate ; cikirsati; karayati, -te). do,
make, in the various meanings and uses of
these words; thus,
1. perform, 59 21 ; accomplish; cause;
effect ; prepare, 83 15 ; undertake, 52 2 ;
commit, 29 12 ; show: e.g. honor, 5 6 ; fami-
liarity, 9 n ; compassion, 21 19 ; love, 42 18 ;
favor, 52 21 ; contempt, 54 16 ; attend to :
an affair, II 4 ; engage in: trade, 46 n ; a
quarrel, 42 19 ; 2. do something (good or
[143]
Lkrta
bad) for a person (yen.), 3 2 , 9 15 ; -3.
make or procure for another, 82 4 ; grant ;
middle: get for one's self; assume:
human voice, 3 u ; take on : form or shape,
48 3 , 49 6 ; 4. execute; follow: advice,
40 7 ; 5. work over, prepare : food, 68 3 ;
6. accomplish; be good for, 18 5 ; 7.
make : a sound, 26 n ; utter : the syllable
om, 60 8 ' 9 ;
8. (like Eng. do in don, doff) put in
or on; w. loc., 81 >, 43 6 ; set, 105 U ; w.
adverbs : see agratas, ama, avis, tiras,
puras, bahis ; 9. make a person (ace.)
to be something (ace.), 79 12 ; transform
into, 40 13 ff . ; render, w. factitive predicate
ace., 18 8 ; w. the predicate in composition
[1094]: e.g. sajji-kr, make ready, 34 17 ;
10. w. adv. in -dha, divide in parts,
57 10 ; 11. do, go to work, proceed, 37 8 ;
pass, impers., 30 16 ; 12. do, esp. sacred
work ; with karma, 97 2 ; without karma
(like pefciv Off and facere), to sacrifice,
93 12 _ see also krta.
desid. desire to perform; ppl. [1037],
cikirsita, that which is sought to be done,
intention.
cans, cause to do or make or be done
or made ; see to it that a thing takes
place, 16 1 ; pass, tena sa pranamam
karitas, by him he was caused to make
obeisance, 36 7 ; caws, equiv. to simple verb,
265.
[cf. ai>To-Kpd-T<ap, ' self-actor, indepen-
dent ' ; Kp6-vos, an old harvest-god, ' Per-
ficus, the Completer, Ilipener ' ; Lat. cer-us,
' creator ' ; Kpaivu, ' accomplish ' ; Lat.
credre, ' create ' : see kratu : orig. root-
form, perhaps, skr, 1087d.]
+ ad hi, put over; put in office.
+ a p a , put off ; injure, opp. of upakr.
+ a ram or alam, see these words.
+ a , bring hither, 74 10 ; prepare, fashion,
make.
+ v y - a , separate, analyse.
+ up a, bring something to some one; do
a service, act as an auxiliary, opp. of
apakr. [w. the use of upa, cf. that of sub
in subvenire, ' aid.']
+ pari, (poss. surround, deck, and so)
make ready ; adorn.
+ pra, 1. carry forward, accomplish;
effectuate, cause ; 2. mid. set before ;
put before one, i.e. make the subject of
discussion or treatment ; w, buddhim, put
a plan before one's self, i.e. decide.
+ prati, work against, counteract.
+ sam, 1. put together; conficere,
prepare ; 2. treat according to the
sacred usages, administer a sacrament
to, see samskara; consecrate, 106 3 ; 3.
adorn.
V 2kr (akarit; intens. carkarti). mention
with praise.
V 3kr (kirati [242]; cakara, cakre; akarit;
karisyati; kirnd [957b] ; -kirya). pour
out or scatter abundantly (e.g. hail-stones) ;
cast forth (missiles); strew; cover or fill
with. [cf. kula, ' swarm.']
+ vy-ati, pass, be scattered in various
directions; be brought to confusion, [cf.
vyatikara, 'disaster.']
+ ava, strew (loose earth); throw in.
+ a, scatter abundantly ; cover over, fill ;
aklrna, bestrown, covered, [cf. akara,
'abundance, mine/ akula, 'full.']
+ sam-a, bestrew; cover.
krcchra, a. distressful; troublesome; as
n. trouble.
krcchra-karman, n. hard work; drudg-
ery.
V krt (krntati, -te [758] ; cakarta ; akrtat;
kartisyati, kartsyati ; krtta ; -kftya ;
krtyate). cut; cut off. [cf. kata (for
karta, 'cut, depression in the head,' i.e.),
'temple,' and Kpdr-cupos, 'temple'; Lat.
curt-us, 'docked, short.']
+ ud, cut out or off; cut up, butcher.
1 krt, vbl in cpds. making; doing; caus-
ing; as m. maker. [Vlkr, 1147c.]
2 krt, a time, in sa-krt. [perhaps fr.
Vlkr, 'a doing, a time': cf. kftu, 'a
time.']
krta, a. 1. made; done; 2. prepared;
3. attained, 4. well done, and so,
good; 5. as n. deed; 6. (perhaps
made, i.e. won) and so, the side of the
die marked with four spots, the lucky
or winning one ; 7. the golden age,
name of the first yuga, see 58 2 N.
[Vlkr.]
krtakrtya]
[144]
krta-krtya, a. having one's duty done
or end attained,
krtakrtyata, f. condition of having
performed one's duty. [1237.]
krta-buddhi, a. having a made-up
mind, of resolute character.
krta-mauna, a. having a kept silence,
silent,
krta-samketa, a. having an agreement
made, agreed upon as a rendezvous,
krtanjali, a. having a made gesture of
reverence, with reverent gesture, [anjali.]
krtanna, n. prepared or cooked food.
[anna.]
krtavajna, a. having contempt (done,
i.e.) shown to one, disdained, [avajna.]
kfti, f. 1. the doing, the production;
2. a production, literary work, [v'lkr.]
kftu, a doing, a time; only in ace. pi.
-krtvas, and that at the end of cpds.
[Vlkr, 1105 .]
krte, as prep, on account of, for the sake
of, for, w. gen. [1130] or in composition.
[loc. of krta, lit. 'in the matter of (cf.
mg 5), 1116.]
kftti, f. pelt, hide. [Vkrt: for mg, cf.
Sfp/j.a, ' hide/ and Seipw, ' flay.']
kfttika, f. pi. the Pleiads, [cf. krtti :
perhaps the constellation was conceived
as having the shape of a pelt.]
krtya, grdv. to be done; as n. that which
ought to be done or is to be done, and so,
duty, purpose, end; f. -a, action, deed.
[v'lkr, 963beni]
krtvas, adv. times; see krtu.
krtsnd, a. whole; entire.
V krp (kfpate [745b]). mourn, lament,
krpa,/. pity, compassion. [Vkrp.]
kfmi, m. worm.
V kr (kfgyati [761a] ; cakarga; krgita).
grow lean. [cf. KO\OK-O.VOS, 'long lank
person/ /co\ooWs, #KO\OK-JOS, ' colossus ' ;
Old Lat. crac-entes, Lat. grac-iles, 'lean,
slender.']
krc_a, a. lean, haggard. [Vkrg, 958.]
V krs (karsati; krsati; cakarsa ; akrk-
sat; karaisyati; kraksyati, -te; krsta;
krastum ; krstva ; -kfsya). 1. kars-
ati : tug, draw, pull; 2. krsati: draw
furrows ; plough.
+ a, draw on, attract; draw from (a
source).
+ u d , pull up, elevate.
+ pra, draw forward, place in front.
krsti, /. pi. people, folk. [Vkrs, mg 2:
orig. ' tillages, tilled lands/ then ' settle-
ment, community.']
krsna, a. black, dark; w. paksa, the dark
half of the lunar month, from full to new
moon; as m., sc. paksa, the dark lunar
fortnight.
kfsna, m. the black antelope.
krsna-paksa, m. the dark lunar fort-
night.
krsna-sarpa, m. a very poisonous black
Cobra, Coluber Xaga.
krsnajina, n. skin of the black antelope,
[ajina.]
',' krsnaya(krsnayate). blacken, [krsna,
1059b.]
v' kip (kalpate; caklp6 [786]; kalpsyate ;
klpta ; kalpayati, -te). be in order; be
suitable or serviceable to ; help ; klpta,
in order, fixed, settled; caus. put in
order; ordain; arrange; dispose; fix (in
the manifold applications of this word as
used colloquially). [prob. not akin are
Goth, hilpan, Eng. help.~\
+ upa, caus. prepare; furnish; provide.
+ sam, caws, arrange together; deter-
mine ; will ; purpose.
klpta-ke^anakhagmagru, a. having hair
and nails and beard in order, i.e. trimmed.
[kea-nakha-gmacru, 1252.]
klptanta, having its end prescribed;
limited, [anta.]
k6ta, m. intention; desire; will, [v'cit,
' look, be intent upon.']
ketu, m. brightness; pi. beams. [Vcit,
' look, appear, shine ' : cf . Goth, haidu-s,
('appearance, manner/ i.e.) 'way/ AS.
had, ' way, manner, condition/ Eng. -hood,
-head (as in maidenhood, godhead), Ger.
-heit : cf. under maya.]
k 6 v a 1 a , a. exclusive ; excluding all else ;
alone ; -am, adv. only.
ke"qa, m. hair (of the head); mane, [see
kesara.]
kega-paksa, m. du. the two sides of
the hair of the head ; the temples.
[Uo]
[Vkri
k e g a - gmagru-loma-nakha, n. pi. hair of
the head, beard, hair of the body, and
nails. [1253a.]
keg ant a, m. hair-end; long hair hanging
down ; locks.
kegfn, a. maned, with flowing mane,
[kega.]
kesara, m. hair; mane. [written also
kegara, cf . kega : cf . Lat. caesaries, ' hair,
mane/ but not Eng. hair.']
kesaragra, n. ends of a mane, [agra.]
kaivarta, m. fisher.
kotara, n. hollow of a tree.
kotta, m. fort.
ko-danda, in. bow (of an archer), ['good-
stick,' see Ika4, and 506.]
kodandatani, f. the notched end of a
bow. [atani.]
kopa, m. anger; -at, adv. [1114b], angrily.
[Vkup.]
kopakula, a. full of anger, [akula.]
kolahala, m. n. uproar, confused cry.
[onomatopoetic.]
ko-vida, a. well knowing or skilled, [see
Ika4, and 506.]
kautuka, n. curiosity, eagerness; -at,
adv. [1114b], eagerly.
kaunteya, m. son of Kunti, i.e. king
Yudhishthira. [metronymic, 1216.]
kauravya, m. descendant of Kuru, i.e.
Yudhishthira. [patronymic, 1211 : cf.
1208c.]
kaulala, n. pottery, [kiilala.]
kaugala, n. cleverness; ability, [kugala.]
kratu, m. power, whether of body or of
mind or of both: 1. might, 73 n ; 2.
will, 75 ' 2 ; understanding, 80 5 cf. daksa ;
inspiration, insight, esp. for sacred songs
and acts; 3. sacred deed, sacrifice, 16 7 ;
ceremony, cf. yajnakratu. [Vlkr, 'do,
effect,' 1161 : orig. sense of word in mgs 1
and 2 was prob. ' an effecting, a power to
do or carry out': for mg 3, see \flkrl2 :
cf . uparvs, ' mighty,' AS. heard, ' strong,
hard,' Eng. hard.~]
\! kram (kramati [745d], kramate ; ca-
krama, cakram6 ; akramit ; kramisyati,
-te, kransyate ; kranta [955a] ; krami-
tum, krantum ; kramitva, krantva ;
-kramya ; kramyate ; kramdyati, kram-
ayati [1042c 2 mid.]), step; go; go to-
wards.
+ ati, step beyond; excel; overcome.
4 sam-ati, excel, [sam intens., 1077b
end.]
+ a, step near to; come upon; attack;
overpower.
+ ud, go out; depart (of the vital spirit);
cans, cause to disembark.
+ abhy-ud, caws, cause to step out.
+ up a, step unto; approach, 3 10 .
+ nis, go out.
+ para, step forth; advance boldly;
and so, show one's strength or courage.
[hence parakrama, ' valor ' : cf . kram +
vi.]
+ pari, go around, circumambulate.
+ pra, step forward; set out; start
from.
+ vi, move away or on; proceed; attack
boldly ; and so, show one's courage.
[hence vikrama, ' valor ' : cf . kram +
para.]
-fsam, come together; approach; enter
(a zodiacal sign, said of the sun).
krama, m. 1. step; regular progress or
order; -ena, -at, gradatim, cf. yathakra-
mam; 2. procedure; method; way, 36 21 .
[V kram.]
kramagas, adv. step by step; gradually;
in order. [1106.]
kravya, n. raw flesh; corpse; carrion.
[v'*kru, which perhaps means 'coagulate,
become stiff ' : w. kravis, ' raw flesh,' cf .
Kpeas, *KpeFas, ' flesh ' ; w. kru-ra, ' bloody,
raw,' cf . Lat. cru-dus, ' bloody, raw,' cruor,
' blood ' ; cf . AS. hrdw, ' corpse ' ; Eng. raw,
Ger. roh, 'raw.']
kravy a- vahana, a. carrying off the
corpses.
kravyad, a. consuming corpses, [ad.]
kravyada, a. the same, [ada.]
k r i y a , f. action ; performance ; doings ;
labor, pains. [V 1 kr, 1213d.]
\/ kri (krmati, krmlte; kresyati; krita;
kretum; kritva; -kriya). buy, ic. instr.
[281b] of price, [perhaps akin w. Vlkr,
and so meaning ' do business, trade.']
~ u p a , buy.
vi, sell; sell for (instr.).
10
Vkrid]
[146]
V krid (kridati, -te; cikrida, cikride;
kridisyati; kridita; kriditum; -kridya).
play, sport.
kr Id a, /. play, sport. [Vkrid.]
kritotpanna, a. bought or on hand (of
food), [utpanna, Vpad.]
V krudh (krudhyati, -te[761]; cukr6dha;
akrudhat ; kruddha ; kr6ddhum ; krud-
dhva). be angry.
krudh, /. anger.
krudhmi or krudhmin, a. wrathful.
[V krudh: cf. 1167 and 1231: paroxytone.]
V krug (kr6gati ; cukr6ga ; akruksat ;
krusta; kr6stum ; -kriigya). cry out;
call ; howl, [cf . Kpav-rf, ' cr y/ f r *KpavK-r) :
for y in place of K, cf '. r-fiyavov, ' crucible,'
w. rtj/cw, ' melt.']
krura, a. bloody; raw; fig. harsh, [see
under kravya.]
kroda, m. 1. breast, bosom; 2. in-
terior, [for mg 2, cf. garbha2.]
kr6dha, m. anger. [V krudh.]
kr6ga, m. call; calling distance; Anglo-
Indian a Kos. [Vkrng.]
kr ogamatr avasthita, a. stationed at
the distance of a Kos. [kroga-matra -f
avasthita.]
V klig (kligyate, -ti ; ciklega ; klista ;
klestum; -kligya). be distressed.
klega, m. pain; trouble. [Vklig.]
kv&, V. kua, adv. 1. where? whither?
kua babhuvus, what has become of ? 2.
kva cid : anywhere ; in any case, ever,
27 20 ; w. na, never. [ Ika, 505.]
k s a , as collateral form of V 1 ksi in ksa-tra,
and as vbl of the same, w. the mg ' abiding,
situate,' in antari-ksa.
ksana, m. instant; moment; -ena, -at.
as advs [1112b, 1114b], instantly, [prob.
' the time of a glance,' a shortened form
of Iks-ana, ' glance ' : for mg, cf . Eng.
"in the twinkling of an eye," and Ger.
Augen-blick, ' glance of an eye, i.e. mo-
ment.']
ksanika,/. -I, a. momentary, [ksana.]
k s a t , ppl. of V ksan.
ksatra, n. 1. rule, dominion, power,
86 M ; 2. later, the temporal power, im-
perium (as distinguished from the spirit-
ual power, brahman, 'sacerdotium') ; the
second or princely caste or a member of
it. [from ksa = v 1 ksi 2 : cf . ksatra-pa,
' governor of a dominion, satrap,' and the
borrowed ffarpd-injs.l
ksatra-bandhu, m. one who belongs to
the ksatra or second caste.
ksatriya, m. 1. ruler, 75 l ; 2. one
who belongs to the ksatra or princely
caste, a Kshatriya, 57 16 N. [ksatra, 1214a.]
V ksan (ksan6ti, ksanut< ; aksanista ;
ksata). harm ; hurt ; break, [closely
akin w. V 2 ksi, q.v.]
ksantavya, grdv. to be put up with or
pardoned. [Vksam, 212.]
ksa pa, /. night. [cf. oW, 'cover,'
<//e'4>os, ' darkness ' : for ^, cf . V ksar.]
ksapaha, n. a night and day, wxd-fi/J-fpov.
[2 aha, 1253b.]
v' ksam (ksamate, -ti; caksame; ksam-
isyate, ksansyate ; ksanta [955a] ; ksan-
tum ; ksamyate). 1. be patient; en-
dure ; put up with ; ksanta, patient ; 2.
forgive ; pardon.
ksa ma, a. patient; bearing or enduring;
ana" so, equal to a thing, able, [v'ksam.]
ksama,y. patience; long-suffering, [do.]
1 ksaya, m. dwelling-place. [VI ksi.]
2 ksaya, m. destruction; decay. [\'2ksi.]
V ksar (ksarati, -te ; caksara ; aksar
[890]; ksaritd). -1. flow; -2. liquefy;
melt away ; and so, perish, [for *skar :
cf. tyeipca (tffireipw) = <p6eip<a, ' destroy,'
4-<p0dp-r), ' perished ' : for i^, cf . ksapa,
ksiti: foT<p0, cf. 2 ksi.]
ksar a, a. perishable. [Vksar.]
V ksa (ksayati [761dl]; ksana). burn,
ksara, a. pungent; saline. [v'ksa: cf.
i)p6-s, 'dry': for mg, cf. Eng. caustic, lit.
' burning,' fig. ' pungent.']
V Ik si, with two meanings, 'dwell,' and
' rule,' attaching themselves to the steins ksi
and ksaya respectively ; thus,
1. kse-ti, 3d pi. ksi-y-anti : abide or
while or dwell, esp. in quiet and safety,
79 18 ; inhabit, [cf. ksiti, 1 ksaya, ksetra,
ksema 1, ' dwelling-place ' ; a^(pi-Kri-ovts,
'dwelling around,' Kri-ai-s, 'settlement.']
+ up a, rest on, be dependent on.
2. ksaya-ti : pos-sess , be-sitzen ; be
master of; rule, 71 9 . [cf. ksema 2, 'pos-
[147]
[khala
session ' ; K'-/cTrj-yuai, ' am master of,' KTO-
ofiai, 'get.']
[cf. the collateral form ksa : for con-
nection of 1 and 2, cf. the relation of Lat.
sedere, ' sit,' and pos-sidere, ' be master of,'
and of Ger. sitzen, ' sit,' and be-sitsen, ' be
master of.']
l/ 2k si (ksinati, later ksin6ti; aksesta;
ksita, ksind ; -ksiya ; kslyate ; ksapa-
yati [1042e]). destroy; make an end of;
exhaust ; pass, wane ; ksina, ruined,
lost ; caus. weaken, [cf . <pOtvw, *<t>Qwvia,
' perish, wane,' <t>6l-pei>os, ' dead ' : for <f>0,
cf. ksar : w. the secondary ksa-n, cf.
KTa.-fj.evos, 'slain,' Kreivu, *Krev-jta, 'slay.']
+ apa, pass, be afflicted, suffer loss.
k s i t , i-bl. inhabiter or ruler, at end of cpds.
[v'lksi 1 and 2: see 1147c.]
ksitf, f. dwelling, abode, 79 18 ; piece of
ground or land; the earth, the ground.
[V 1 ksi 1 : cf . Krl-ffi-s, ' settlement.']
ksiti, f. destruction. [V2ksi: cf. tyi-ai-s
= <f>diffts, ' decay ' : for fy, cf. ksar.]
V ksip (ksipati, -te ; ciksepa, ciksipe ;
ksepsyati, -te; ksipta; kseptum; ksip-
tva ; -ksipya; ksepayati). dart; cast;
throw , caus. cause to fly or burst, 84 4 .
+ a, 1. throw at; 2. fig. (like Eng.
fling, make flings at), deride, put to shame,
8 10 ; 3. draw towards one's self, call out
(a person to vindicate himself), 55 6 .
+ ni, throw down (one's self, one's body).
+ vi-ni, lay down separately or orderly.
+ sam, dash together in a heap; de-
stroy.
ksipta-laguda, a. having the cudgel
thrown.
ksipra, a. darting ; quick ; -am, adv.
quickly. [Vksip.]
ksira, n, milk. [prob. Vksar.]
ksirin, a. milky ; as m. milk-plant,
[ksira.]
ksirodaka, n. milk and water, [udaka:
1253b.]
V ksud (ks6dati, -te ; cuks6da; ksunna;
-ksudya). shatter; stamp upon; grind
small.
ksudra, a. small, [\lksud.]
ksudra-buddhi, m. Small-wit, name of
a jackal. [1298.]
ksud-vyadhi, m. hunger and disease.
[ksudh: 1253a.]
V ksudh (ksddhyati ; ksudhita). be
hungry ; ksudhita, hungry.
ksudh,/. hunger. [ V ksudh, 383a.]
k s u d h a , f. hunger. [V ksudh.]
ksudharta, a. distressed with hunger,
[ksudha + arta.]
ksetra, n. dwelling-place, 87 n ; piece of
ground; field. [Vlksil.]
ksetra-pati, m. master of a field;
farmer.
ks6ma, m. 1. abode; place of rest;
security; well-being, 61 8 ; 2. possession;
kseme yoge, in possession in acquisi-
tion, i.e. in the enjoyment of what we
have got and in the getting of more,
[v/lksil and 2: for *ske-ma, 1166: cf.
Goth, haim-s, ' village ' ; A.S. ham, Eng.
home, and -ham in place-names; perhaps
also Ktafj.il (if for K^JUTJ"?), 'village.']
kha, n. 1. hole; hollow; 2. opening;
3. hole in the hub of a wheel ; 4. void
space; the sky. [Vkhan, cf. 333.]
kha-ga, 1. a. moving in the sky, flying;
2. as m. bird, [for mg 2, cf. antariksa-
ga and kha-gama, 'bird,' ura-ga and
bhujam-gama, ' snake,' and turam-ga,
' horse.']
kha-gama, the same.
khanda, a. broken; as m. a break, sec-
tion, piece ; khandaka, m. lump-sugar.
[hence, prob., through the Persian, Arabic,
Italian, and French, the Eng. candy. ,]
V khandaya (khandayati). break;
khandita, broken (of a command).
[khanda, 1055.]
V khan or kha (khanati, -te ; cakhana,
cakhnus ; akhan [890] ; khanisyati ;
khata ; khanitum ; khanitva, khatva ;
-khaya; khanyate, khayate ; khanayati).
dig ; caus. cause to be dug. [if for *skan,
cf . Lat. can-alls, ' ditch, canal.']
+ a , dig, burrow, in akhu.
khara, a. harsh; as m. ass (so called from
his harsh bray), 67 19 .
khala, m. 1. threshing-floor; 2. a
mean, low-lived fellow. [the tertium
10*
khalu]
[148]
comparationis for 1 and 2 is perhaps
' dirt.']
khalu, pel. 1. now (confirmative) ; atha
khalu, now; 2. indeed (emphasizing the
preceding word), 55 s ; 3. to be sure (con-
cessive), 98 3 .
V kha, see khan.
V khad (khadati; cakhada; khadisyate ;
khadita ; khaditum ; khaditva ; khad-
yate; khadayati). chew; bite; eat, esp.
of animals; feed on, 24 16 ; devour, 2 1 11 ;
khadita, eaten, 23 3 , etc. [if for *skand
or sknd, cf. Kvifa, V/cvtS, 'bite, sting,'
Ki/i5ij, ' nettle,' but not Eng. nettle.']
khaditavya, grdv. edendus. [vkhad.]
V khid (khidati; khinna; -khidya). de-
press, but only fig.
+ u d , pull out.
khila, 1. . piece of waste land between
cultivated fields ; a bare spot ; 2. a
gap.
khu, a Prakrit form for khalu.
khe-cara, a. moving in the sky. [kha,
1250c.]
khecaratva, n. power of flying (by
magic). [1239.]
kheda, m. depression, sorrow. [Vkhid.]
kheda-vaga, a. having depression as
one's controlling influence, under the do-
minion of sorrow.
V khya (khyati; cakhyau; akhyat [847];
khyasyati ; khyata ; khyatum ; -khyaya ;
khyayate ; khyapayati, -te [1042d]).
simple verb only in pass, and caus. pass.
be well known ; be talked of ; caus.
make known, [orig. mg, perhaps, 'shine,
appear or look (intrans.), see (trans.)'.]
+ abhi, look at; behold, 78 13 .
-fa, 1. show, tell; narrate, 55 19 ; 2.
designate, name ; caus. : act. tell ; mid.
have told to one's self, 105 7 .
+ praty-a, (lit. show back, i.e.) turn
away, repulse, reject, 9 20 ; refuse, [the
Ger. zuriick-weisen has just the same
mgs.]
+ v y - a , show to discriminately, i.e. ex-
plain.
+ s a m , tell together, i.e. reckon up.
-pari-sam, reckon up completely,
khyati, f. the being well known; fame;
khyatim gam, become famous. [Vkhya.]
g a , vbl. going, in many cpds ; situate, e.g.
in madhyaga ; as m. nomen actionis, the
going, in durga, suga. [v'gam, cf. 333.]
gagana, n. sky.
gang a, f. the Ganges. [fr. \'gam^=ga,
w. intens. reduplication, 1002b.]
g a j a , m. elephant.
gaja-yutha, m. herd of elephants.
gajendra, m. a great elephant. [see
indra.]
gana, m. 1. troop, (of Maruts) 90 18 ;
crowd, (of friends) 3 9 ; host (of stars) ;
flock, (of birds) 3 8 ; 2. pi. troop-deities,
inferior deities which regularly appear not
singly, but in troops, 67 n ; esp. those that
compose the retinue of Qiva ; then, as sing.,
a single one of Qiva's attendants, a Gana,
55 20 ; 3. a number.
ganana, /. a numbering, calculation, tak-
ing into account, ['' ganaya.]
v' ganaya (ganayati). number, calculate,
[gana, 1055.]
ganita, ppl. calculated; as n. [1176a],
calculation, arithmetic, [v ganaya.]
gata, ppl. 1. gone, 2 21 ; departed; ?<-. inf.
snatum gata, gone to bathe, 44 2 ; so 41 2 ;
2. often at beg. of cpds, see these ; 3.
gone to: w. ace. 5, 15 20 ; w. prati ana"
ace., 23 15 ; 4. (having arrived at, i.e.)
situated in : w. ace., 62 15 ; w. loc., 5 u ; in
cpd, e.g. svahasta-gata, situated on my
own hand; 5. gone to a condition, see
Vgam4; attained to, (fame) 56 12 ; -con-
ditioned, in durgata, sugata. [v'gam,
954d.]
gata-prana, a. whose breath is gone,
dead.
gata-samkalpa, a. whose purpose or
will for the moment is gone, purposeless.
[1299.]
gatanugati, f. the going after him who
has gone (before), the following in the
old ruts, [anugati.]
gatanugatika, a. addicted to following
in the old ruts, [gatanugati, 1222a.]
g a t a s u , a. whose life is gone, [asu.]
[149]
[garbha
gati, /. 1. a going, way of going, ability
to go; 2. progress, 18 18 ; eventus, issue,
20 13 ; 3. way of escape, refuge, 52 15 ;
4. the way or course esp. of the soul
through different bodies, metempsychosis ;
and so, a condition of the soul during thesL
transmigrations, a man's lot or fate, 53 lv ,
65 10 ,G6 6 ,66 21 ff. [Vgam, 1157: cf. ySo-o-i-:.
'going, power to go.']
V gad (gadati; jagada; gadisyate; gad-
ita; gaditum; -gadya). speak.
+ n i , say.
gad a, m. disease.
gantavya, grdv. eundum, used impers.
[Vgam.]
g and ha, m. smell ; pi., w. gubha, per-
fumes.
gandharva, ?. 1. orig., perhaps, the
deity of the moon, the Gandharva; 2.
in Epos, pi. Gandharvas, heavenly singers
belonging to Indra's court ; as sing, one of
these, a Gandharva.
gabhira ( V., later) gambhira, a. deep.
V gam (gacchati, -te [747, G08] ; jagama,
jagme ; V. agan [833], later agamat ;
gamisyati, -te ; gata ; gantum ; gatva ;
-gatya, -gamy a ; gamy ate ; jfgamisati ;
gamayati, -te). 1. go, move; go to,
3 6 ; go towards ; go away, 28 n , 36 6 ; come ;
w. pratipam, go wrong ; 2. go by, pass
(intrans.): of time, 20 3 ; of days, 29 13 ;
3. come unto, i.e. arrive at, w. ace., 3 7 ,
84 7 ; reach, w. loc., 69 8 ; come into, w. loc.,
71 6 ; get at, 95 19 ; 4. go to a state or
condition : w. pancatvam, go to dissolu-
tion, i.e. die, 32 21 , etc. ; so to destruction,
29 6 ; despondency, 44 18 ; w. nijaiii gatim,
(went) to his own proper condition, i.e.
became a Yaksha once more, 53 12 ; 5.
manasa gam, (go with the mind, i.e.) per-
ceive, 15 10 .
[cf. fialvca (*0avjw, *yFf/jj<a), 'go'; Lat.
vSnio, #gv&mio, 'come'; AS. cum-an, Eng.
come ; for the kw which is to be expected
in Germanic as answering to the old gv,
cf . Ger. be-quem, Old Eng. cweme, ' con-ve-
nient, fit, pleasant': cf. gaccha and &daK,
'go thou'; gata-s, 'gone,' and PUTO-S,
'(gone over, i.e.) passable'; gati-3 and
jScuri-?, 'a going': see also v'ga.]
+ adhi, 1. go to; attain; 2. get at,
learn, study, read cf. Vi + adhi.
+ anu, go after, follow.
-i- antar, go within, enter.
i- a pi, go unto, join, 91 5 ff.
+ abhi, go unto, 1 u ; go.
+ a ram, see s.v.
lava, come down.
-i-a, 1. go to, 6 10 ; come to; come
hither, 5 2 ' 2 , 10 2S ; 2. return (52 22 ), ?<SM-
allij w. punar, 4 3 , etc. ; agata : 1. ar-
rived, come, 7 9 ; w. inf. c,rotum agata,
come to hear, 28 5 ; so 27 10 ; arrived (as
guest), 28 7 ; -2. returned, 24 17 ; -3.
having gone to a condition, e.g. death,
46 3 ; agantavyam, grdv., as impers.
pass. w. anena, this one will come hither ;
-=- desid. desire to return, 101 5 .
+ abhy-a, come unto, visit; abhyagata,
as subst. guest.
+ upa_a, approach.
+ sam-upa_a, go to together.
+ sam-a, assemble; meet, 61 8 .
+ u d , go out, proceed from.
+ u p a , go unto, approach.
+ nis, proceed from (abl.), 51 n ; nirgata,
departed.
+ prati, come back, return.
+ vi, go asunder; vigata, gone, vanished.
+ s a m , mid. come together, meet ; unite
one's self with; and so, come to enjoy;
cans, assemble, as trans.
gam a, a. going, at end ofcpds. [v'gam.]
gambhira, a. deep; cf. gabhira.
garut, n. wing.
garutmant, a. winged; as m. bird, [for
mg, cf. paksin.]
v g ar J (garjati; jagarja; garjita ; garj-
itva; -garjya). roar.
garj ana, n. roar.
garta, m. (earth-) cut, ditch. [younger
form of karta, q.v.]
gardabha, m. ass; -i,/. she-ass. [1199.]
garbha, m. 1. uterus concipiens, the
conceiving womb ; abde garbhad eka-
dage, in the eleventh year from (the
womb, i.e.) conception; 2. (as in Mil-
ton's Earth's inmost womb) the interior,
inside, 34 5 , 43 2 , cf. kroda ; at end of cpds,
having in the interior, containing , cf.
garbhavant]
[150]
padmagarbha; 3. conceptum, fruit of
the womb; garbham dadhanas, conceiv-
ing fruit, 92 12 ; embryo, 46 5 , 93 7 ; scion;
and so 4. a new-born child. [Vgrabh,
' concipere ' : with garbha in mg 1, cf .
Sf\<(>vs and 8o\<pds, 'womb,' a-Se\<(>6s and
a.-Se\<f>e-i6-s (= sa-garbh-ya-s), 'of the
same womb, i.e. brother'; in mg 3, cf.
PpeQos, ' embryo,' and Eng. calf in moon-
calf: in mg 4, cf. Goth. Icalbo, Eng. calf.'}
garbhavant, a., in fern, only, pregnant.
[garbha 3: see 1233.]
garbha-stha, a. being in the womb, un-
born.
V garb, (garhate ; jagarhe ; garhita;
garhitum; -garhya). blame, reproach;
garhita, despised.
V gal (galati; galita). -1. drip; -2. fall;
galita, fallen out, gone (claws, teeth,
eyes), [hence Jala, 'water': cf. V/3a\ in
interns, mg, e.g. norap.'bs els a\a /SaAAcop,
'river flowing into the sea'; Ger. quellen,
'flow, spring,' Quelle, 'fountain.']
gava, equiv. of go, 'bull, cow, beeve,' in
cpds. [see 1209a.]
gavyuti,/. pasture-land ; generalized, ter-
ritory, abiding-place, [lit. 'having food
for cattle,' g6 + utf , see go 4: the y is
euphonic, cf. 258.]
V ga (jigati ; agat). go; come, [collat-
eral form of gam, q.v. : w. jfgati, cf . La-
conic &ifidri, 'strides'; w. agat, cf. &ri,
' went.']
+ a b h i , go unto ; w. gramam, become
weary.
gatu, m. 1. motion, movement, course;
2. progress ; equiv. to the Eng. -fare in
wel-fare (for mg, cf. verb fare, ' get on,
go') see sugatuya; 3. (place of re-
course, i.e.) refuge, abiding-place, 83 9 .
[Vga, 'go,' 1161.]
ga.tr a, n. 1. (means of moving, i.e.) a
limb of the body ; 2. by synecdoche, the
body. [Vga, 'move,' 1185a.]
gamin, a. going, going upon, going to.
[Vgam, 1183 3 .]
garbha, a. relating to the embryo or to
pregnancy (of sacrifices), [garbha, 1208f.]
garbhika, a. relating to the womb, pre-
natal, [garbha, 1222e2.]
garhapatya, 1. a. pertaining to the
householder; as m., sc. agni, the house-
holder's fire, 102 2 N. ; 2. as n. the being
head of the house, 89 6 ; the housekeeping,
89 17 . [grhapati, 1211.]
gir [392], / 1. invocation, praise, 74 12 ;
2. sing, and pi. speech, words, 87 16 , 49 9 ;
- 3. voice, 3 ". [V 1 gr, 242 ' 3 .]
giri, m. mountain, 55 8 .
V gu (intens. j6guve [1007 3 ]). cause to
sound, proclaim, [cf . y6os, /3o-fi, ' cry ' ;
Lat. bovare, ' howl.']
gun a, m. 1. a single thread of a cord;
a string ; esp. bow-string ; 2. quality ;
adscititious quality, as distinguished from
the real nature (svabhava, 'ingenium'),
22 20 ; 3. as philosophical technical term,
one of the three pervading qualities of all
nature, to wit, sattva, 'goodness,' rajas,
' passion,' and tamas, ' darkness,' 66 8 ff . ;
4. as specialization ofmg 2, a good qual-
ity, virtue, 1 4> 12 , etc. ; excellence, [for
play on ings 1 and 4, see nirguna and
18 5 .]
guna-deva, m. Gunadeva, a pupil of
Gunadhya. [lit. 'having virtue as his
god,' 1302.]
gunavant, a. virtuous, 18*; excellent,
3 22 . [1233.]
gunagalin, a. possessing virtues, excel-
lent, [see galin.]
gunadhya, m. Gunadhya, see 53 3 N. [lit.
' rich in virtue,' adhya.]
gunanvita, a. endowed with excellence ;
(of an asterism) lucky, [anvita, Vi.]
gunin, a. virtuous, excellent, [guna.]
V gup (jug6pa; gopsyati; gupita, gupta ;
g6pitum, g6ptum; gupyate; jugupsate,
-ti). keep; guard; desid. seek to keep
one's self from, i.e. shun, detest ; ppl.
jugupsita, detested, inspiring aversion,
59 12 . [prob. a secondary root, originating
in the denom. verb-stem gopaya : see this
and go-pa.]
guru, a. 1. heavy; and so 2. fig. (like
Eng. weighty), important; 3. worthy of
honor, 28 13 ; 4. as m. the one to be
honored /car' f^o-^v, the teacher or Guru,
60 4 ff. ; loc. gurau: in the house of the
Guru, 61 23 ; in case of a Guru, 104 4 . [cf.
[151]
[gopa
the comp. garlyans : cf. ftapvs, Lat. gravis,
*garu-i-s, Goth, kaurus, ' heavy.']
v' guh (guhati [745c] ; juguha [793f],
juguhe ; aghuksat [910, 155] ; gudha
[222 3 ]; guhitum; -giihya). hide; gulha,
hidden, 76 15 .
+ apa, hide (trans.) away from, w. abl.,
85 u ; put away, get rid of, 77 1 .
giih, /. hiding-place; instr. guha: used as
ach-. guha [1112e], in secret. [Vguh.]
giiha,/. hiding-place; cavern, [do.]
giihya, grdv. cclandus ; secret, hidden,
[do.]
guhyaka, m. one of a class of demigods,
who, like the Yakshas, wait on Kubera,
god of wealth, and, dwelling in mountain
caverns (guha), keep his treasures, [so
named from their living in caverns or
hidden places : 1222.]
V Igr (grnati, grmte; jagara; garisyati;
girna[957b]; -glrya). 1. invoke, call;
2. salute, praise; 3. speak out, say.
[cf . gir, ' speech, voice ' ; yypvs, ' speech,
voice ' ; Doric yapvev, ' speak ' ; Lat. garrio,
' talk ' ; Eng. call.']
+ sam, chime in with, agree.
V 2gr (girati ; jagara; agaiit ; girnd
[957b] ; -girya). swallow. [cf. &opd,
' food,' j3i-/3p(a-(rK<i>, ' eat/ Sy/jio-fidp-o-s,
' folk-devouring ' ; Lat. carni-vffr-us, ' flesh-
eating,' de-vordre, ' swallow down, de-
vour.']
+ ni, swallow down; devour (the sun in
an eclipse), 76 16 see Vgras.
V 3gr (nor. ajigar [867]; intens. jagarti
[1006]; caws, jagarayati). 1. intens. be
awake; wake, intrans.; jagrhi [1011], be
thou watchful, have a care for, w. dat.,
89 n ; wake up, intrans., 30 16 ; 2. caws,
wake, trans., 30 5 . [for the history of the
word, see 1020 : for 1, cf . t-yp-f)-yop-a, ' am
awake,' e-yp-ero, 'awoke' (intrans.); for
2, cf. tyflpca, 'wake' (trans.).]
gftsa, a. clever; wise.
V grdh (gfdhyati; jagardha ; agrdhat ;
gardhisyati ; grddha; grddhva). 1.
take long strides ; 2. be eager or greedy
for. [for *ghrdh : cf. Eng. greedy.]
gfdhra, 1. a. greedy; 2. m. vulture.
[\/grdh, 1188a: the Ger. offers an exact
parallel : Geier, ' vulture,' is prop. ' the
greedy (bird),' from Gier, 'greediness.']
grdhra-kuta, m. Vulture-peak, a moun-
tain in Magadha.
grha, in V., m. ; later, m. in pi. ; otherwise,
n. house, 28 7 , 79 15 ; w. mrnmaya, house
of earth, the grave ; grham gam, go home,
52 10 ; so 40 3 , 68 n ; as pi. the house as con-
sisting of various rooms and buildings,
89 12 ; mansions, 87 7 . ['that which re-
ceives one,' V grah : cf . geha.]
grha-pati, m. master of the house, [acct,
1267a.]
grha-patni, f. mistress of the house,
'[do.]
grha-stha, a. abiding in a house; as m.
householder or Brahman in the second
stage of his religious life, see agrama.
grhagrama, m. house-stage, second stage
in a Brahman's life, see a^rama.
geha, n. house, [ident. w. grha: cf. the
ident. Wrdh and edh.]
g6 [361c], m.f. 1. a beef in its old sense
of bull or cow ; pi. beeves, kine, cattle ;
the Vedic type or symbol of all welfare
and blessing and riches (e.g. 80 IB ), like
" milk and honey " with the Hebrews ; 2.
beef in the derived and now usual sense oj
flesh; pi. pieces of flesh, 84 16 ; -3. (the
milch cow of kings, i.e.) the earth, 63 7 ;
4. observe that gavyiiti, gotra, gopa,
gopati, gomaya, and many other cpds of
go lose their special reference to cattle and
take a more general mg. [cf. /3ovs, stem
OF, ' a beef, ox, cow ' ; Lat. 6os, stem bov,
'ox, cow'; AS. cu, Eng. cow.]
go-ghna, a. kine-killing ; as m. co.w-
slaycr.
g6tama, m. Gotama, a Vedic seer of the
tribe of Angiras.
gotra, n. 1. cow-stall, cattle-pen; 2.
perhaps, pen of cattle, and so 3. group
in general (see go4) ; 4. esp. family, 19 16 ;
5. family name, 103 19 , see naman2.
[from go : mgs 2 and 3 are not authenti-
cated by the literature.]
gotra-ja, a. born in the family; as m. a
relative,
go-pa, m. 1. cow-keeper, cow-herd; 2.
keeper in general (see go 4). [2 pa.]
gopati]
[152]
g6-pati, m. 1. lord of kine; 2. lord
in general (see go 4). [acct, 1267a.]
V gopaya (gopayati, -te). be keeper,
keep, [gopa, 1055.]
go -pa [351], m. 1. cow-keeper; 2.
keeper in general (see go 4), 85 16 ; protec-
tor, 69 15 . [2 pa.]
V gopaya (gopayati, -te). be keeper;
keep, 91 12 . [gopa, 1055.]
gomaya, 1. a. bovine; as n. 2. cow-
dung, 103 22 ; 3. dung in general (see
go 4) ; w. anaduha, dung of a steer,
105 3 - 20 . [see maya.]
go - y u k t a , a. yoked with cattle ; w . cakra,
wagon drawn by cattle. [Vyuj.]
go-raksaka, m. cattle-keeper, cow-herd.
g6-sakhi [343a], a. having cattle as com-
panions, rich in cattle, [sakhi, 186.]
go-stha, m. cow-stall, byre, [stha, 186.]
gaunika, f. -I, a. standing in relation to
the three guna's, see guna 3. [guna,
1222e2.]
gautama, m. patronymic from Gotama;
Gautama, name of various men. [g6tama,
1208f.]
V grath or granth (grathnati; granthi-
syati; grathita; -grathya). 1. string
together, connect; 2. put together, i.e.
corn-pose (a literary work), [for mgs, cf.
Lat. com-ponere, ' put together, compose ' ;
also serere, 'connect, entwine/ w. sermo,
' discourse.']
granth a, m. 1. (a string of words, i.e.)
verse or couplet, 53 6 , etc ; 2. a corn-posi-
tion, book, work, 17 8 . [V granth : for mgs,
see under grath, and for 1, cf. Lat. serere
w. series, 'row, string.']
granthfn, a. subst. having books, bookish,
book-reader, [grantha.]
V grabh, in Rigveda; later, grah.
from grabh : grbhnati, grbhnite ;
jagrabha, jagrbh6; agrabhlt, agrabblsta
[900]; grbhita; grbhltva; -gfbhya.
from grah: grhnati; jagrahajagrhe;
agrahit, agrahista [900]; grahisyati, -te;
grhlt& ; grahitum ; grhitva ; -gf hya ;
grhyate ; grahayati, -te.
1. grasp ; seize with the hand ; hold ;
take ; w. hastam or panim, take the hand
(of the bride at the v.-edding), 89 5 ; take
hold on (loc.), 14 18 ; grhita ke^esu, seized
by the hair ; used of a rabbit taking, i.e.
leading with him a lion, 33*; 2. take
possession of, take, 46 22 ; get, 44 5 ; 3.
receive, accept, 20 10 , 56 1 ; 4. of fluids,
take in the ladle, 94 1 ; 5. of names, take
upon the lips, mention, 64 13 , 103 19 ; 6.
fig., as in Eng., grasp, i.e. perceive, know ;
7. get, learn; caus. cause to learn.
[see under garbha: connection w. Eng.
gripe, Ger. greifen, exceedingly doubtful.]
+ pari, 1. hold on both sides; and so
2. become master of ; master, overcome,
surpass.
+ prati, take hold of, 59 23 ; accept.
+ vi, 1. hold asunder; separate ; make
a division; and so 2. quarrel; fight.
+ s am, hold together, clasp.
+ upa-sam, clasp with the hands.
V gras (grasate ; jagrase ; agrasit; gras-
isyate ; grasta ; grasitva ; grasyate ;
grasayati). 1. swallow; devour, 10 10 ;
2. of the demon Rahu, who swallows,
i.e. eclipses sun and moon, 23 *. [perhaps
akin w. V 2 gr, ' swallow.']
V grah, see grabh.
graha, m. seizure (with a claw, i.e.), bite.
[Vgrah.]
grab, an a, n. the grasping, i.e. acquisition.
[Vgrah 6, 7.]
grabh a, a. subst. grasping, grasper.
[v 1 grabh.]
grama, m. 1. inhabited place, hamlet,
village, see 98 16 N. ; 2. the inhabitants,
community,
grama-kama, a. having desire for the
village, fond of abiding in the village.
gravan, m. stone; esp. stone for pressing
the Soma.
g r a h a , a. subst . grasping, grasper, in cpds.
[Vgrah.]
grahya, grdv. to be grasped; perceivable.
[do.]
griva, /. nape of the neck; neck, [for
#ga e rva : cf. Aeolic Seppa, #5epFa, Epic
Sfipil, 'throat, neck.']
gnsnia, m. summer.
g h a , form of ghan, i.e. han, in cpds. [1143c,
333.]
[153]
[caksus
ghat a, m. a jar.
g liana, m. 1. slayer; 2. slaughter;
3. a compacted mass, lump ; 4. cloud.
[\( ghan, i.e. ban : cf . <p6vo-s, ' slaughter.']
g bar ma, m. warmth, heat. [\/2ghr: cf.
6ipfjLo-s, for #(j)opij.6s, li&t.formus, 'warm.']
V gnus (gh6sati, -te ; jugh6sa ; ghusta ;
-ghusya ; ghosayati). sound ; make a
noise.
V Ighi (jigharti; ghrta; gharayati). be-
sprinkle; be-drop; drip (trans.); ghrta,
see s.v.
+ praty-abhi, cans, sprinkle over re-
peatedly.
+ vy-a, sprinkle here and there.
V 2ghr, glow, be warm, in a-ghrni, 'glow-
ing,' and gharma, tj.v.
ghrta, H. 1. butter, clarified and then
hardened, Anglo-Indian ghee, much used
for culinary (cf. 68 *) and religious (cf.
88 ") purposes : cf. ajya, 'butter in a
melted state ' ; 2. butter or fat in general,
also as symbol of fruitfulness and abun-
dance. [Vlghr, 'drip,' 1176a: for mg, cf.
Eng. dripping, 'fat which falls in drops
from meat in roasting.']
ghrta-pagu, m. sacrificial beast made
of ghee.
ghrta-gciit, a. dripping with (ghee, i.e.)
fatness.
ghor&, a. awful; dreadful; horrid.
ghor a- caksus, a. having an evil eye.
ghorakrti, a. having an awful form,
[akrtij
gh6sa, m. noise. [Vghus.]
ghna, a. killing; destroying; removing.
[\f ghan, i.e. han : see 21(3. 9.]
ghnya, grdv. to be slain, in aghnya. [do.]
V ghra (jighrati [749a]; jaghraii; ghrata;
-ghraya; ghrayate; ghrapayati [1042d]).
smell ; snuff at.
c a , end. con/, and, also, re, que ; 1 a. is
found, esp. in the older literature, with both
parts to be connected (e.g. 71 5 ' 7 , 97 7 ' 11 ; so
13 5 , 16 12 , 17 3 , 19 10 , 38 7 , 9 2 ); or only ivith
the latter, as is oftenest the case in the later
language (e.g. 2 1 - 7 , 3 8 , 8 8 ; 82 8 , 84 16 ; 98 16 ) ;
1 b. in case of three or more parts to be
connected, ca occurs: with the last only (e.g.
three parts, 13 2 , 17 2 , 31 , 44 ; 71 8 , 72 10 ,
83 15 ; 106 5 ; /our parts, 2 2 , 17 7 , 28 10 ; Jive
parts, 2 5 , 21 5 , 25 3 ) ; with the last two (7 6 - 7 ,
22 5 , 37 15 , 45 7 ; 77 12 ) ; sometimes after each,
(29 S> *); very rarely after the jirst of a scries
(26 6 ; 21 22 ); various irregulcf combinations
on page 67 passim ; see a/so 21 20 N. ;
2. variously combined : w. eva (e.g.
13 21 ; 9 16 , II 9 , 14 15 ; 5 9 , 12 5 , 14 2 - 8 - 20 , 15 16 ,
25 4 ; 30 u ), and w. api (see examples under
api) ; ca, tatha, ca, both , like-
wise , and, 10 8 ' 9 ; ca, a, both ,
and , 85 5 ; sa ca, often at beg. of clause
(e.g. 24 23 ; so 34 1S ; 41 7 ); -3. anyac ca,
api ca, kim ca, tatha ca, joining two prov-
erbs of like drift, moreover, further, like-
wise ;
4. otiose, 6 9 ; 5. connecting things
contrasted: but, 8 16 , 17 20 , 18 '- :1 , 19 2 ; and
yet, I 12 , 3 20 ; 6. (even, concessively, i.e.)
though, 26 12 ; 7. (like Eng. and or an,
and Icelandic encla, 'moreover,' 'if') if
see ced ; 8. iv. interrogatives, rendering
them indef., see ka, kim.
[cf. re, 'and'; Lat. que, 'and'; Goth, -h
and Ger. -ch in ni-h and no-ch, the exact
equivalents of Lat. ne-que, 'and not, nor':
for ca8, cf. -re and -Ka in TTO-TE and Doric
TTO-KU, ' at any time ' ; Lat. quis-nue, ' any,
each.']
cakra, n. 1. wheel; chariot-wheel, wagon-
wheel; 2. by synecdoche, wagon, in pitha-
cakra. [prob. reduplicated form, ca-kra,
fr. \/*kr or *kl, 'roll,' cf. KU\LW, 'roll': w.
ca-kra, cf. KV-K\OS, #KF6-/cAos, AS. hweohl,
hwedl, Eng. wheel. ]
V caks (caste [628]; cacakse; castum;
-caksya). 1. appear; 2. look upon,
behold; 3. (cause to appear, i.e.) an-
nounce, tell, [reduplicated form of v'ka,
see 675 and lOSg 1 end.]
+ a, 1. look on; 2. show, tell, 63 l .
+ vi, appear far and wide, shine.
+ sam, look upon, consider.
caksas, 1. perhaps adj. beholding, see
1296 3 end; -2. n. look; eye. [Vcaks.]
caksuh-plda, f. eye-ache.
cdksusmant, a. possessing eyes. [1235.]
cdksus, n. eye. [Vcaks. 1154.1
cancala]
[154]
cancala, a. moving to and fro; trembling,
[v/cal, 1148.4, w. in tens, reduplication, cf.
1002b : cf . Kiy-Ka\-os, ' wag-tail ' ; Lat.
quer-quer-us, ' shaking with fever chills.']
c a n c u , f. beak, bill.
canaka, m. chick-pea.
canda, a. impetuous; wrathful.
candala, m. a Chandala or man of the
most despised class of society (born of
C, udra father and Brahman mother), [cf.
canda.]
V cat (catant; catta; caus. catayati). get
off ; hide ; caus. drive away.
catasr, fern, to catur.
catur [482d], num. four. [w. catvaras, cf.
rerrapes, Lat. quattuor, Goth, fidvor, AS.
feower, ~Eng.four.~]
catur-aksa, a. four-eyed, [see 1300b.]
caturtha, /. -i, a. fourth; -am, adv. the
fourth time, [catur, 487 5 .]
catur-yuga, n. the four ages. [1312.]
catur-varga, m. group of four.
catur-vidha,a. of four kinds; four-fold,
[vidha, 1302c5.]
catustaya, a. of four; as n. a collection
of four, a quaternion, [catur, 178 : 1245a.]
catus-patha, m. n. place where four
ways meet, quadrivium. [catur, 178, 187 :
1312.]
cat us-pad, a. quadruped; as n. s. collec-
tively, the four-footed beasts, [catur, 178 :
1300.]
catus-pada, f. -I, a. having (taken) four
steps.
catvara, m. n. quadrivium. [catiir.]
catvar, strong form of catur, q.v.
V can (acanit). be glad in ; gladden, [col-
lateral form of Vkan: cf. v'kan, kama,
caru.]
can a, adv., immediately following the em-
phasized word. 1. not even; svapna
cana, not even sleep, 79 * ; 2. w. pre-
ceding negation, even ; na devanam ati
vratam, gatatma cana, jivati, not beyond
the decree of the gods, (not) even if hun-
dred-lived, does one live, 88 *; hence, the
feeling for the negation in cana in such col-
locations becoming faint, 3. even, at all,
w. interrogatives, emphasizing their indefinite
sense ; na kim cana, not any thing even
or at all, 8 19 ; see esp. 1 ka 2c, also katham,
kada, and kim. [cf. Lat. -quam and -can-
in quisquam, quicunque, ' any one ' ; Goth.
-hun in ni hvas-hun, ' not any one.']
candra, a. shining, shimmering; as m. the
moon ; the moon-god, [for c_candra, q.v.]
candramas, m. the moon; the moon-god,
[orig. a descriptive cpd, stem candra-mas
(383d 6), nom. candra-mas, and so with
long a throughout, but transferred to the
as-declension (cf. 418).]
candra-varna, a. of shining hue. .
V cam, sip, only with a.
+ a (acamati [745d]; acacama; acanta
[955a] ; acamya ; acamayati). sip (water),
i.e. rinse the mouth.
camasa, m. beaker; cup, made of wood,
square, and with handle. [Vcam, cf
1197.]
campaka, m. Michelia Champaka, a tree
with strong-smelling yellow blossom.
campakavant, a. abounding in Cham-
paka trees ; as f. Champakavati, name of
a forest. [1233.]
V car (carati, -te; cacara, cerus, cere;
acarit, acarista ; carisyati ; carita ; car-
itum; caritva; -carya; caryate ; cara-
yati, -te). 1. move, 77 12 ; go; wander;
wander about ; used of men, beasts, waters,
heavenly bodies; 2. (like Eng. proceed
cf. Lat. pro-cedere, ' go on ') act ; w. ppl.
[1075b], go on, i.e. keep on (doing a thing),
96 u ; 3. (like Eng. go about, i.e.) under-
take, set about; bhaiksam car, go beg-
ging, beg; undergo (troubles), 88 12 ; per-
form (a vow, duty) ; observe (silence) ;
commit (offense or injustice), 80 9 , 63 7 ;
sasyam car, feed on corn, 34 16 ; carita,
see s.v. [cf. vfpi-Te\-\o/LLfv<ai/ tviavriav, ' as
years go round,' and Trfpi--ir\-o/^fi/uv eVzv-
TUV, ' as years went round,' with T before
a palatal and ir before a non-palatal ; also
ird\-os, Milton's ' turning sphere ' : see
also car + ud, and the younger collateral
form cal, and under cancala : akin is also
Vkal.]
-f a n u move along after, follow.
+ a p a , go off, be absent.
+ abhi, go against, trespass against; esp
be unfaithful (of a wife).
[155]
[Vcit
+ a, 1. move unto, approach, 86 3 ; 2.
go to (an undertaking), set about; and so,
do, 10 6 , 64 ", 66 u ; practice (virtue); per-
form (vow); follow (rule); 3. proceed,
conduct one's self, cf. acara, ' conduct.'
+ ucl-a, rise up out of (abl.), 77 14 , of the
moon.
+ sam-a, proceed; do; perpetrate.
+ ud, go up, rise, of the sun; cans, cause
to go out, evacuate, cf. uccara, ' evacua-
tion.' [cf. suryam uc-carantam w. tf\iov
ava-Tf '\\ovra, ' the rising sun.']
+ upa, 1. come to; 2. come to, esp.
in order to serve, and so, attend, wait upon
politely; 3. proceed with, undertake.
+ p a r a , move away from, 86 3 .
+ vi, move in different directions, spread
over; of waters, overwhelm ; wander about;
caws, cause to go hither and thither in
thought, balance, ponder.
+ s am, go, walk, wander.
car a, . moving; as subst. animal (as dis-
tinguished from plant). [Vcar.]
car ana, 1. m. n. foot; 2. as n. a wan-
dering. [V car : for 1, cf . nayana.]
carita, 1. ppl. done; 2. as n. sing.
[1176a], (like Ger. Wandel and Enrj. walk)
behavior; proceedings; deeds. [Vcar.]
carita-vrata, a. having his (marital)
duty performed.
care a, f. a going over, repetition (of a
word in a school-boy's Veda-recitation) ;
a troubling one's self about, [perhaps fr.
V car.]
carman, n. skin; pelt.
carya, grdv.io be accomplished; f. -a,
(like Eng. walk) way of life; a perform-
ing, busying one's self with. [V car.]
V carv (carvita, curna; carvitum). chew,
crush with the teeth.
carsani, a. active, busy; as f. pi. busy
mortals, men, folk. [Vcar, 1159b end.]
V cal (calati ; cacala, celiis ; calisyati ;
calitA ; calitum). move ; start off.
[younger form of Vcar, q.v. : cf. Kf\-eu6os,
Lat. cal-lis, 'path.']
cal a, a. moving. [Veal.]
candala, m. a Chandala. [see candala
and 1208f.]
catana, a. driving away. [Vcat, caus.]
caturmasya, n. a sacrifice to be made
every four months, i.e. at the beginning
of each of the three seasons, [catur +
masa, 1211.]
candrayana, n. with or without vrata,
the Chandrayana observance or lunar
penance, 65 6 N. [lit. 'connected o?- ac-
cording with the moon's course,' candra
+ ay ana.]
carana, m. wanderer; csp. wandering
player or singer, [carana.]
car in, a. moving; observing; busying one's
self with. [ J car.]
caru, a. gladsome; dear; pleasant; fair.
[Vcan, q.v., 1192: cf. Lat. cd-rus, 'dear.']
caru-hasin, a. sweetly laughing.
V lei (cin6ti, cinute ; cikye' [787]; acet ;
cesyati, -te ; cita ; cetum ; citva ; -citya ;
ciyate). 1. arrange in order; pile up;
build ; construct, esp. the sacrificial altar ;
active, if the priest builds for others,- middle,
if the sacrijicer builds for himself; 2.
gather together, collect ; get possession
of.
+ ud, heap up, collect.
+ sam, gather together, collect; accumu-
late.
V 2ci (cayati, -te). 1. hate; 2. avenge,
take vengeance on, punish, [cf. Arcadian
airv-reita, Attic O.TTO-TLVUI, ' pay off,' cnrorivo-
/nai, ' get paid to myself, take vengeance,
punish,' -iroiv-fi, 'penalty.']
V 3ci (ciketi; cikaya, cikyiis [~$~]; acet;
cesyati; cetum; -citya; ciyate). 1
notice, observe; 2. look, investigate,
[cf. Vcit.]
+ nis, (search out, i.e.) ascertain; deter-
mine ; consider as certain or settled.
+ vi-nis, (look out this way and that,
i.e.) ponder, consider, 13 19 .
+ pari, investigate thoroughly, find out.
cikitii, prob. f. understanding. [Vcit,
1178c.]
cikitvit, adv. with understanding, [ci-
kitii, 1109.]
V cit (cetati, -te ; ciketa, cikite; acait ;
citta ; cetayati, -te). 1. look at, notice ;
observe ; consider ; 2. be intent upon,
intend; 3. understand, know; perfect,
ciketa, has understood, knows ; cikitvans,
cit]
[156]
wise ; caus. make to know, instruct,
[extension of V3ci: the Vcit shows an
intrans. aspect, 'be noticeable or bright,'
in ketu : cf . V cint.]
+ pr a , know.
cit, vbl. knowing. [V cit, 383a.]
citi,/pile. [VI ci.]
citta, n. notice; thought; mind. [lit.
'noticed,' Vcit, see 1176a.]
citta-pramathin, a. disturbing the
mind.
citti, f. understanding; wisdom. [Vcit.]
citra, a. 1. noticeable, excellent; 2.
clear; bright; bright-colored; of sounds,
clear, i.e. loud ; 3. variegated, 10 8 ;
varied ; 4. as n. a bright-colored thing,
a picture. [V cit, 1188.]
citra-gravas, a. whose praise is loud or
whose fame is excellent.
citra-stha, a, being in a picture ;
painted.
citranga, m. Dapple-coat, name of a deer.
[' having a variegated or mottled body ' :
anga.]
cid, end. pel. 1. emphasizes, sometimes
very gently, the preceding word : even,
78W.15. j ust> 74 2 ? 794. yg cid, what
very ones, 70 16 ; at least, 79 M ; 2. gen-
eralizes a pron. : y6 cid tang cid, what-
soever , unto all those, 91 10 ; so far
Vedic ; 3. in classical Skt., very common
w. an interr., rendering it indef. : kag cid,
a certain; na ka cid, not any; see ka,
kad, kada, karhi, kva. [ace. s. n. of
pron. root ka, ki (505), w. palatalization:
lllla.]
V cint (cintayati, -te ; cintayam asa ;
cintayisyati ; cintita ; cintayitva ; -cint-
ya). 1. think, reflect, have a certain
thought; 2. set one's thoughts upon,
think upon or of, consider, turn one's at-
tention to ; 3. call attention to ; make
an observation, 35 9 . [younger form of
Vcit: cf. 255 and 240.]
+ vi, reflect.
+ s a m , think to one's self.
cintana, n. a thinking upon. [Vcint.]
cint a, f. 1. thought; 2. esp. (like
ft.epip.va), anxious or sad thought; sorrow;
-3. plans, 43 s . [Vcint.]
cinta-para, a. having sad thought as
one's chief thing, sunk in sad thought.
[1302b.]
cintavisa-ghna,a. destroying the poi-
son of sorrow.
cintitopasthita, a. which approached
as soon as thought of. [lit. ' thought of
and (immediately) at hand,' cintita +
upasthita, 1257.]
cintya, grdv. to be thought of, compre-
hensible. [V cint.]
cir, a. long, of time; -am, -at, as adverbs
[llllc, 1114c], long, for a long time.
cira-mitra, n. an old friend.
clt-kara, m. the sound cit, i.e. the bray-
ing of an ass. [cit, onomatopoetic.]
cira, n. strip of bark or cloth; rag.
V cud (c6dati, -te ; acodit ; codayati,
-te). drive on; speed; excite; caus. the
same.
+ pra, caus. drive on; further; inspire.
V cur (corayati). steal.
cur a,/ theft. [Vcur.]
cud a, f. tuft of hair left on the crown
of a child's head after the ceremony of
tonsure.
cuda-karman, n. ceremony of tonsure,
59 19 .
curna, m. n. meal, powder, [v'carv: for
mg, cf. pista.]
V curnaya (curnayati). powder, crush
fine ; crush ; smash, [curna, 1055.]
V crt (crtati; cacarta ; crtta ; -cftya).
fasten together.
+ pra, loosen, untie.
cetana, a. noticing; cetana, f. conscious-
ness; mind. [Vcit.]
c6tas, n. consciousness; mind; heart.
[Vcit.]
c e d , adv. never at beg. of sentence, claiise,
or half-verse, if ; apodosis, if it follows,
marked by tad (37 4 ), tatas (52 5 ), or not
marked (32 21 , etc.), or marked by -na, if
negative (18 9 ); na ced, if not, 52 8 ; no ced,
forms a shortened but complete clause, and if
not, 27 ". [ca + id, 1133 5 : see ca 7.]
V cest (cestati, -te ; cic&sta ; cestita ;
cestitum; cestitva). move the limbs;
bestir one's self ; be active ; act.
c e s t a , f. activity ; performance. [V cest.]
[157]
[Vjan
cestita, ppl. performed; as n. s. [1176a],
deeds. [V cest.]
c6dana, n. an impelling; order; precept.
[Vend.]
cauda, n. ceremony of tonsure, [cuda.]
caura, m. thief, [cura.]
V cyu (cyavati, -te ; cucyuve; acyosta ;
cyosyate; cyuta; cyavitum; cyavayati).
1. move, bestir one's self; 2. go off,
disappear ; 3. come to nought, 68 12 ;
4. fall (from, all.), 51 9 ; 5. set agoing,
undertake, moliri, 74 3 . [akin, perhaps,
are f-trcreva, ' impelled/ and Sopv-acroos,
' lance-brandishing.']
+ pra, cans, move or lead onward.
V Ichad (channa; chadayati; chadayam
cakre; chadita; chadayitva ; -chadya).
cover ; cover over.
+ a , cover over ; conceal, 25 10 .
+ pari, envelope, cover over.
+ pra, cover; clothe one's self with
(instr.).
V 2 chad or chand (chantti; cacchanda ;
acchan [890 2 ] ; chadayati [mgs 1, 2];
chandayati [mg 31 ; chandayam asa ;
chandita). 1. appear, seem; 2. seem
good to, please; 3. (please a person,
ace., with a thing, instr., i.e.) offer a per-
son, ace., a thing, instr. [prob. ident. w.
\[ gcand.]
chand a, m. pleasure; will. [V 2 chad.]
chala, m. n. (perhaps cover, i.e.) guise,
disguise ; pretence, deceit, [perhaps fr.
VI chad.]
chaga, m. goat. [for *skaga: cf. Ger-
manic skepo-, for #skeqo-, Ger. Schaf, AS.
scedp, Eng. sheep.~]
chaya, f. shade ; shadow ; image, [cf.
ffKid, ' shadow.']
chaya-dvitiya, a. having one's shadow
as second, accompanied by one's shadow.
[1302b.]
C chid (chinatti; ciccheda; acchaitsit ;
chetsyati ; chinnA ; chettum ; chittva ;
-chidya ; chidyate). 1. cut off; hew
down ; sever ; cut in two ; nibble ; 2.
divide. [cf. o-x''^! Vo-xiS, 'split'; Lat.
scindo, scidi, 'cut'; AS. sceddan, 'divide,'
Eng. water-sAec?, ' the divide between two
valleys.']
+ ud, 1. cutout; 2. destroy ; pass.
be cut off, fail, be lacking.
+ vi, cut asunder; sever.
chidra, n. hole ; defect ; weak spot.
[v'chid.]
chucchundari, m. musk-rat,
cheda, m. cut; cutting off; failure, dearth
[\lchid.]
ja, i'bl. born; born from; occasioned or
produced by; only in cpds. [vjan, 333:
cf. ja, the older form, 354.]
jagat [450d], a. movable; as n. all that
moves, men and beasts, [v'gam: cf. 383b 3
end.]
jaghana, m. n. the hinder parts, the but-
tocks,
jaghanya, a. hindermost ; last; lowest
or worst, [jaghana, 1212d -4.]
jangama, a. movable; as subst. all that
moves, equiv. to the ancient jagat. [Vgam,
1148.4, cf. 1002b.]
j a n g h a , f. lower half of the leg, from
knee to ankle ; shin. [prob. fr. v' 1 ha,
'move/ 1148.4, cf. 1002b.]
j at a, f. matted hair ; tangled locks.
jathara, n. belly; womb. [akin are
Goth. ~kil\>ei, 'womb/ AS. did, Eng.
child.-]
V jan (jayate [772]; jajana, jajne[794d];
ajanista ; janisyati, -te ; jata ; janayati,
-te ; ajljanat). see 761b end, and 772.
1. transitive, janayati and active forms :
beget ; bring forth ; generate or produce ;
2. intransitive, jayate and middle forms :
be born ; be produced ; come into being ;
be born again, 18 1 ; be, 86 2 ; jajne, natus
est, ortus est ; jajnanas, children ; for
jata, see s.v. [cf. ye-yov-ws, 'born/ e-yev-
ero, 'became'; Lat. genui, 'begat'; AS.
cennan, ' beget, bring forth ' ; AS. cy/m,
Eng. kin, ' race, family ' ; AS. c//n-iny,
Eng. king, 'the man of (noble) kin' for
mg, cf. kulina w. kula2: cf. also jana
and jani.]
+ abhi, pass, be born unto, be destined
unto from birth.
janaj
[158]
+ a, caus. cause to be born for some one,
w. dot.
+ upa, mid. be born, arise.
+ pra, mid. be born; ca us. procreate.
+ 8 am, mid. be produced; samjata, hav-
ing arisen.
jana, m. creature; man; person; in pi.
(e.g. 40 16 ), and collectively in sing. (e.g.
77 u ), folks; a people or race or tribe;
daivya jana, heavenly race, the gods.
[Vjan : cf. ytvos, Lat. genus, Eng. kin,
' race.']
jana-pada, m. ( tribe-place, i.e. ) district ;
community.
jani [343c], f. woman; wife. [Vjan: cf.
yw-fi, Eng. quean, 'woman': for mg, cf.
jaya.]
janitra, n. origin. [Vjan, 1185d.]
janitva, n. wifehood. [jani.]
janiman, n. production, creation. [Vjan,
1168.2a.]
jani,^ same as jani.
j a n u s , n. origin ; ingenium, nature ; crea-
tion. [Vjan, 1154 2 .]
jantu, m. creature; man. [Vjan.]
janman, n. birth; production; creature,
72 . [Vjan.]
V jap (japati; jajapa; ajapit; japisyati ;
japita, japta; japitum ; japitva, japtva).
say in under-tone ; mutter.
jamad-agni, m. Jamadagni, a Rishi,
friend of Vi9vamitra, and foe of Vasish-
tha. [jamant, unclear : see 1309 4 .]
jambuka, m. jackal.
j a r a , a. growing old, aging. [V jr.]
jarad-asti, a. long-lived, [jarant, see
1299b end.]
jarad-gava, m. Old-bull, name of a vul-
ture, [jarant.]
j*ar ad-das a, m. old slave or servant,
[jarant.]
jarant, ppl. aging ; old. [V jr : cf . ytpovr-a,
' old man.']
j a r a s , f. the growing old ; old age. [Vjr :
cf . "fftpas, ' old age.']
jaritf, m. invoker; singer.
jala, n. water, [see V gal.]
jala-dhara, m. rain-cloud, [lit. 'water-
holder.']
j a 1 a 9 a y a , ?. water-abode ; lake. [ac,aya.]
V jas (jasyati; jajasa ; jasayati). be ex-
hausted or tired to death ; caus. exhaust ;
quench.
jasra, a. dying out. [Vjas.]
ja [352], vbl. born, at end ofcpds. [Vjan or
ja : cf. ja, later form of ja.]
V j a g r , same as \ 3 gr, see 1020.
j a t a , ppl. born ; grown ; come into being,
present ; at beg. of cpds : arisen, existing,
manifest ; produced, aroused ; as n. a liv-
ing being ; birth. [Vjan, 955b.]
jata-karman, n. birth-ceremony.
jata-rupa, a. having native beauty;
splendid ; -pa, n. gold.
jata-vivasa, a. having arisen confi-
dence, inspired with confidence.
jata-vedas, m. Jatavedas, epithet of
Agni. [perhaps, 'having knowledge of
all beings, i.e. of gods and men,' or, better,
'having all beings or things as his pos-
session.']
jata-samkalpa, a. having a purpose or
desire arisen, feeling a passion for another.
jatamarsa, a. having anger aroused,
vexed, [amarsa.]
jatavamana, a. having arisen contempt,
filled with self-contempt, [avamana.]
jati, f. birth; position or rank. [Vjan,
1157 '.]
jati-matra, M. mere rank, [see matra2,
and 1302c3.]
j atu, adv. at all, ever; na jatu, not at all.
[Vjan, lllld: development of mg unclear.]
jatersya, a. having jealousy aroused,
jealous, [irsya.]
janu, n. knee. [cf. y6w, Lat. genu, Eng.
knee, whence kneel. ~\
jamadagnya, a. of Jamadagni ; as subst.
descendant of J. [Jamadagni, 1211.]
jaya,^ wife. [Vjan: for mg, cf. jani.]
jar a, m. paramour.
jala, n. net.
V Iji (jay ati > -te; jigaya, jigy6 [787];
ajaisit, ajesta; jayisyati, -te ; jesyati, -te ;
jita; j6tum; jitva; -jitya). overpower;
conquer; win (battles); win by conquest
[cf. t'o, 'force,' &iaw, 'to force'; Lat. rir.
*gvis, ' force ' : cf . V jya.]
+ u d , conquer ; be victorious.
+ para, jxzss. be conquered.
[159]
[Vjna
+ vi, mid, be victor; conquer (con-
quests) ; subdue.
V2ji (jin6ti). enliven; quicken; hence
[716], v'jinv. [for *gvi: cf. &ios, 'life':
see also Vjiv.]
j i j n a s a , f. investigation. [' effort to find
out/ fr. desid. of Vjna, 1149 4 .]
jitapsaras, a. having the Apsarases
conquered, surpassing the Apsarases.
[apsaras.]
jitendriya, a. having the senses con-
quered, having the passions subdued.
[indriya.]
V jinv (jinvati; jijinva; jinvisyati ; jin-
vita). be lively, hasten; trans, quicken ;
speed onward, [secondary root fr. V2ji,
see 716.]
jivri, a. old. [for jirvi, Vjr, 1193 2 .]
jihva, f. tongue.
jihvagra, n. tip of the tongue, [agra.]
jimuta, in. thunder-cloud.
jlra, a. quick, [\f2ji, 1188: cf. Vjya.]
jira-danu, a. having swift drops, swift
dripping, i.e. well watered.
Vjiv (jivati, -te; jijlva, jijiv6 ; ajivit ;
jivisyati, -te ; jivita ; jivitum ; jivitva ;
-jivya ; jivayati). live; be alive; caus.
make alive, [see V2ji: cf. Lat. viv-ere,
' live ' ; AS. cwicu, ' alive/ Eng. quick,
' alive, lively.']
+ anu, live after, be dependent on, live
upon.
jiva, a. living; as m. the principle of life,
the individual soul, 66 4 . [Vjiv: cf. Lat.
vlvus, 'alive.']
jivana, n. existence. [Vjiv.]
jivana-hetu, m. cause of existence, i.e.
means of subsistence.
jiva-pati or -patni, a. f. having one's
husband yet alive,
jiva-praja, a. having one's children yet
alive, [praja.]
jiva-loka, m. the world of the living (as
distinguished from that of the Manes),
86 18 , 23".
jivita, ppl. alive; as n. [1176a], life. [Vjiv.]
jivitavya, grdv. vivendum ; as n. impers.,
see 999. [Vjiv.]
jivita^a,/. the wish for life, hope to save
one's life, [aga.]
jlvin, a. living. [Vjiv.]
V jus (jusate, -ti; juj6sa, jujus6; ajosista;
justa). taste, esp. with pleasure; relish;
take pleasure in or accept graciously, [cf.
yevo/*a.i, t ' taste'; Lat. gits-tits, 'taste'; AS.
ceosan, Eng. choose.]
j list a, a. acceptable. [ppl. of Vjus, w.
accent altered as in dhurta.]
juhu [356], f. sacrificial ladle for pouring
the melted butter into the fire, cf. sriic.
[Vhu, 1147b-.]
V ju (junati [728]; jujava [786 4 ]; jutd).
speed, intrans. and trans.; incite, inspire;
further, assist to. [cf. V2ji.]
Vjr ( F. jarati ; later, jiryati, -te ; jajara ;
ajarit ; jirna [957b]). decay; grow frail
or worn out or old. [cf . jarant, ' old/ and
ytpovr-a, 'old man'; jaraa and yrjpas,
'old age.']
J6gii [352], a. loudly singing; praising,
[fr. intens. of Vgu, 1147b a , 1002a.]
J6sas, n. pleasure. [Vjus.]
jna, vbl. knowing, at end of cpds. [Vjfia,
333.]
V jna (janati, jamte [730]; jajnau, jajne ;
ajnasit [911], ajnasta; jnasyati, -te ;
jnatA ; jnatum ; jnatva ; -jfiaya ; jna-
yate ; jiiapayati, -te, jnapayati, -te
[1042d 2 ]; jnapta). know; have knowl-
edge of a person or thing ; recognize ; be-
come aware of ; learn ; notice, [cf . 6-7^01,
Lat. co-gnovit, 'knew'; AS. cann, 'have
learned, i.e. know, am able/ Eng. can;
AS. ge-cndican, Eng. know."]
+ sam-anu, wholly acquiesce in ; ap-
prove ; give leave ; dismiss.
+ abhi, recognize; know.
+ praty-abhi, recognize.
+ ava, look down upon ; despise.
+ a, attend to, notice; caus. command.
+ p a r i , carefully observe ; find out.
+ pra, know; esp. know one's way or
bearings or how to go to work; prajnata,
clearly to be known, well known.
+ p r a t i , recognize, allow ; promise ;
affirm.
+ vi, distinguish; understand; know;
recognize; consider as; observe; find out;
pass, vijnayate, in stating a dogma, is
well known or recognized (by good author-
jnati]
[160]
ities) ; caus. make any one know or un-
derstand ; make a representation to, with
a request or question or proposal ; memo-
rialize ; interrogate.
jnati, m. kinsman; relative. [Vjan: cf.
Kaffi-ymriTos, ' brother-born.']
jnana, n. knowledge; wisdom; esp. knowl-
edge of the higher truths of religion and
philosophy. [Vjna, 1150.]
jnanin, a. wise; possessing jnana ; under-
standing (what one reads), 68 15 . [jnana.]
j n e y a , grdv. to be known or considered as.
[jfia-]
V jya or ji or jl (jinati; jijyau [785];
ajyasit; jyasyati; jita). <; over-
power, [cf. 1 jya, 'power/ and Vlji,
' overpower.']
1 jya,/. superior power ; ftia. ; force. [ V jya :
cf . j8/a, ' force.']
2 jya,/. bow-string, [cf. &i6s, 'bow.']
jyayans, a. stronger or superior; older.
[comp. of jya, ' being strong or superior,'
thevblof Vjya, 470 2 - 3 .]
V jyut (jytttsAi; -jydtya). light, [fr.
Vdyut.]
j y e s t h a , later jyestha, a. best ; principal ;
first; oldest, [superl. of jya, the vbl of
V jya, 470 3 - see jyayans.]
jyestha-prathama, a. having the old-
est as the first.
jyotis-kft, a. light-making. [jyotis:
187.]
jy6tismant, a. full of light; light.
[jyotis: 184b.]
jy6tis, n. light (of sun, dawn, etc.); as pi.
the heavenly bodies ; stars. [V jynt.]
jy6tsna,/. moonlight, [jyotis: cf. 1195.]
j ray a s, n. stretch; expanse. [Vjri.]
Vjri (jrayati). perhaps, go, stride; used
only w. upa, stretch out to.
V jval (jvalati, -te ; jajvala ; ajvalit ;
jvalisyati ; jvalita ; -jvalya ; jvalayati,
jvalayati, -te). burn bright; flame; caus.
kindle, make to fiame.
+ pra, caus. kindle.
jhat-iti, adv. with a jhat, as quick as one
could say " boo." [jhat, onomatopoetic :
seell02a 2 mid.]
jhalla, m. a cudgel-fighting athlete (de-
scended from outcast Kshatriyas).
thio, a Prakrit form for sthito.
V dhauk (dhaukate; dudhaukS ; dhauk-
itd; dhaukayati). approach; caws, bring
near.
+ u p a , bring to ; provide.
t a [495], pron. he, she, it, they ; that, those ;
both subst. and adj., I 15 , 3 8 - 9 ; 1. correl.
of ya, which usually precedes [512], 3 14 ,
9 18 , 10 5 , 22 5 , 29 15 , 32 10 , 70 16 , 77 13 ; but sa
ya, 17 22 , 33 16 , 73 9 ; otiose, 18 M , 20 u ;
2. in connection w. a pron. of the 1st or 2d
pers. : e.g. tarn tva Imahe, thee, who
art such a one (as aforesaid), we beseech,
i.e. therefore we beseech thee, 76 13 ; cf.
82 9 ; tebhyo nas bruhi, to us, who are
these (unsuccessful ones just described),
tell thou, i.e. do thou tell us then, 96 13 ;
similarly, w. a verb in the 1st or 2d pers.,
whose subject is not expressed, 69 n , 73 2 ,
76 12 - 17 , 83 l , 95 13 , 99*, 100*; -3. w. other
pronouns: tasya etasya, of this, 95 6 ;
yat tad tad, what (was) that , that,
57 7 ; ya ta, whoever, anybody, 18*; ya
ya ' ta ta, whoever that, 13 12 ; cf. 45 13 ;
4. attenuated in mg (like the Greek 6) to a
simple article: te devas, the gods, 92 u ;
sa bhimas, Bhima, 1 15 . [w. sa, sa, tad,
cf. 6, 7], TO, Goth, sa, so, />ata, AS. se, seo,
^cet, 'he, she, it,' Eng. that; cf. also Lat.
is-tud, 'that.']
V taks (taksati; tataksa, tatakse; ataka-
It; tasta; -taksya). hew; work (wood);
make (of wood or other material) ; fashion.
[cf . taks-an and TCKT-WV, ' carpenter ' ;
f-TfK-ov, 'produced'; Lat. tignum, 'log':
cf. Vtvaks and toka.]
taj-jivana, n. his subsistence, [tad.]
V tad (tadayati ; tadayam asa; tadita ;
-tadya). beat.
+ p a r i , strike ; pelt,
tata, m. father. [cf. Terra, Lat. tata,
'papa': Eng. dad, though of similar
make, has of course no direct connection.]
[161]
[tadvacana
tatas, adv. 1. (as abl. of pron. root ta
[1098], and synonymous w. tasmat) out of
it, 36 13 ; -2. from that (place), from
there, 103 15 ; thence ; there ; itas tatas,
here and there, hither and thither, 25 n ,
2915,17. _3 f rom t h at (time), thereupon,
2 22 ; then, very often, e.g. II 11 , 20 u , 56 17 ;
correl. w. yad, 92 13 ; w. yada, 37 9 ; w. ced,
52 5 ; tatah prabhrti, from then on, 4 7 ,
32 "; 4. therefore; 5. otiose, 47 n ;
5 2 ' 11 , II 16 ; then, w. otiose tada, 3 1 , 4 8 .
[pron. root ta, 497, 1098.]
tat-ksana, m. that moment; -am, adv.
in that moment, straightway, [tad.]
tat-tira, n. its bank, [tad.]
tattva, n. (that-ness, i.e.) essence, real
condition or state of a thing, [tad.]
tattva -jna, a. knowing the essence or
the truth or what's what.
tat-para, a. having that as highest ob-
ject ; given over to, intent upon, [tad.]
tat-pargva, n. his side, [tad.]
tat-prahrsta, a. pleased with that.
[tad.]
tzitra, adv. 1. (as synonymous w. loc. of
tad in all numbers and genders) in or among
or on this or these or them, 13 7 , 21 8 , 38 n ,
57 '"; in this matter, 37 8 ; herein, 98 2 ;
-2. there, often, e.g. 2 8 , 5 6 ; thither, 6 6 ,
II 14 , etc.; correl. w. yatra, 24 4 ; 3. on
that occasion, in that case, then, 4 1 , 14 22 ,
40 1 . [pron. root ta, 497, 1099.]
tatra-stha, a. abiding there.
tat-samnidhana, n. his presence,
[tad.]
tat-sapatni,/. her co-wife, [tad.]
tat-samipe, adv. near him. [tad: see
samlpa.]
tat-sahacarin, a. accompanying him.
[tad.]
tatha, adv. 1. so, thus, II 4 , 24 16 ; in
this way, 99 20 ; w. yatha, yatha regularly
preceding: yatha tatha: as so, 21 1B ,
61 6 , 77"; in order that thus, 30 16 , 37 7 ;
but tatha yatha, so as, 22 13 , 43 20 ;
yatha yatha tatha tatha, to what
degree to that degree, the more
the more, 48 14 ; yatha tatha, in one way
or another, 62 9 ; 2. particle of assent, so
be it, yes,4 2 , 8 6 , 48 12 , 94 5 ; that is so, 52 16 ;
3. so, in like manner, 19 8 ; or, simply
conjunctive, also, likewise, 10 8 , 12 13 , etc.;
tatha^eva, just so (cf. Middle Eng. al so,
i.e.), likewise, also, I 11 , 7 10 ; tatha ca, 18 20 ,
see ca 3 ; 4. tatha^api, so even, even
under those circumstances, nevertheless,
21 . [pron. root ta, 497, 1101.]
t&tha-vidha, a. of such sort, in such
condition, [tatha ( 1306 ) + vidha, 1302c 5.]
tad, 1. as nom. ace. s. n. to ta, see ta ; used
also in cpds and derivatives, see 497 ; 2.
as adv. there ; yatra tad, where there,
103 18 ; -3. then, in that case, 27", 36 5 ;
ced tad, if then, 37 5 ; so yadi tad,
37 12 ; tad yad, then when, 71 2 ; sim-
ply continuative : tat ko vrtras, who then
is V., 97 19 ; so 24 2 ; 4. in this way, i.e.
therefore, accordingly, 18 8 , 19 13 - 22 , 27 u ,
etc.; yad tad, since therefore, 17 6 ;
so yatas tad, 37 7 . [cf . 495.]
tad-anga, n. his person.
tad-anantara, a. immediately adjoin-
ing that; -am, adv. [1311], immediately
after that ; thereupon.
tad-abhimukha, a. turned towards
him; -am, adv. [1311], towards him.
tad-abhivadin, a. signifying that.
tad-ardhika, a. amounting to or lasting
half of that.
tada, adv. at that time; then, 2 20 ; in that
case ; often otiose in Epos, 3 7 ; so after
tatas, 3 1 , 4 9 ; yada tada, when then,
26 n ; yada yada tada tada, whenso-
ever then, 31 u ; yadi tada, if then,
25 9 . [pron. root ta, 497, 1103.]
tad-akrti, a. having the appearance of
them (i.e. of Picachas).
tad-ajna,y! his (the moon-god's) com-
mand.
tadahara-vartman, n. the way of that
food, [tad-ahara.]
tad-ipsita, a. desired by those two.
tadlya, a. pertaining to him, her, it, of
them; such, [tad, 497.]
tad-upadea, m. his advice.
tad-grha, n. his house.
tad-bhaya, m. fear of it or them.
tad-bhasa,/ that language.
tad-rasa, m. the essence of it.
tad-vacana, n. his words.
11
tadvat]
[162]
tad -vat, adv. in this way, so; likewise,
[tad: 1107.]
tad-vid, a. knowing that; as m. connois-
seur or judge.
tad-vrksa, m. that tree.
tad-vrddhi,/. the interest of them.
V Itan (tan6ti, tanute ; tatana, tene
[794e] ; atanit ; tansyate ; tata ; tantum ;
tatva ; -tatya ; tayate [772]). 1.
stretch, trans, and intrans. ; extend, reach ;
spread over ; 2. continue, endure, 79 13 ;
3. stretch (a weft or a line); continue
(the line of a family) ; 4. metaphorically,
of sacrifice and supplication (which are
compared with a weft), perform, make,
[cf . rdvufuu, ' stretch ' ; Lat. tenere, ' hold,'
tendere, ' stretch ' ; AS. \>enian, Ger. dehnen,
' stretch ' : see also tanu.]
+ a, spread over; overspread (esp. with
light), beshine; stretch (a bow).
+ pari, stretch around; surround; en-
velope.
+ v i , stretch out ; spread out, cover ;
vitata, stretched, hung, dependent, 92".
+ s am, hold together, intrans.; bind to-
gether ; make continuous ; samtata, (just
like Lat. con-tinens) uninterrupted.
V 2 tan (tanyati). resound. [cf. r6i>os,
' tone ' ; Lat. tonare, ' thunder ' ; AS. noun
\>unor, ' thunder/ whence denom. verb
\ninrian, Eng. thunder; AS. \>unres dceg,
Eng. Thurs-day, 'day sacred to the Old
Germanic god of the thunder-storm, >onar
or Thor ' : see tanyatd, ' thunder.']
tanu, f. [344 2 ] tanu, tanu, tanvi, a. thin,
tenuis, slender; tanu or tanu [decl. 356],
as subst. f. body, 56 3 , 89 18 ; person ; one's
own person, self, used like atman [514] as
reflexive pron., 73 12 , 78 12 ; outward form
or manifestation, 84 u . [prop, 'stretched
out, thin/ VI tan: cf. raw-, 'extended,
long/ in cpds ; Lat. tenuis, Eng. thin, Ger.
dtinn, 'thin.']
tanu-trana, n. body-cover, 34 1T .
tanu-madhya, a. having a slender mid-
dle, i.e. slender-waisted.
tanu-tyaj, a. abandoning the body, risk-
ing life, brave.
tanti, f. cord; esp. a long line to which
calves are tethered by means of short
ropes ; tanti, the same. [V 1 tan.]
tantu, m. thread, 89 *; metaphorically, of
the thread, i.e. course, of a sacrifice.
[VI tan.]
tantra, n. thread; warp of a web; Jig.
fundamental doctrine ; division of a work.
[VI tan.]
V tand (tandate). relax, grow weary.
tandra,/ fatigue. [Vtand, 1188c.]
tandrita, a. wearied, only w. a-, [tand-
ra, 1176b.]
tannimittam, -ena, see nimitta. [tad.]
tanyatii, m. thunder. [v2tan.]
V tap (tapati, -te ; tatapa, tepe [794e] ;
atapsit ; tapsyati ; tapta ; taptum ; tap-
tva; -tapya; tapyate, tapyate [7Glb^).
1. be warm ; burn, intrans. ; 2. heat ;
make glowing; burn, trans.; 3. Jig. (like
Vuc), distress, pain ; 4. pass, suffer;
suffer voluntarily, castigate one's self, do
penance, [cf. Lat. tepere, AS. \>ejian, ' be
warm.']
+ upa, heat; become sick; sicken, used
impers., w. ace. of the person, 101 s .
- sam, heat ; pain.
tapah-prabhava, m. efficacy of devo-
tion.
tapas, n. 1. heat, fire; 2. voluntary
suffering (see tap 3, 4), self-castigation,
self-torture (64 21 ), mortification, asceti-
cism, devotion. [Vtap.]
tapasvant, a. full of devotion; pious.
[1233a.]
tapasvin, a. the same. [1232.]
tapo-ja, a. asceticism-born, whose ele-
ment is asceticism, [tapas.]
V tarn (tamyati, -te [763]; tatama; atam-
at; tant [955a]). become darkened, of
the eye ; become powerless, deadened,
stupefied, numb, or inactive, [orig. mg,
prob., 'be dark/ see tamas: cf. tamisra,
' darkness/ Lat. tenebrae, ttemsrue, ' dark-
ness/ Old High Ger. dinstar, ' dark ' ; Old
High Ger. demar, 'dusk/ Ger. ddmmern,
' become twilight/ but not Eng. dim.']
tamas, n. 1. darkness; 2. spiritual
darkness, infatuation ; 3. darkness as
one of the three pervading qualities of all
' existence, see gunaS. [Vtam.]
tamo-nistha, a. resting or founded on
darkness.
[163]
[tiryaktva
tamo-nuda, a. darkness-dispelling.
tamo-bhiita, a. dark, enveloped in dark-
ness, [lit. ' become darkness,' tamas :
1273c.]
tar a, m. crossing, passage. [Vtr.]
taram-ga, m. wave; wave as subdivision
of a work entitled " ocean," 56 13 , cf. 45 ' x.
[lit. ' which goes crossing the water ' :
taram, grd of V tr, 995, cf . 1250a.]
tarani, a. pressing onward. [Vtr, 1159b.]
taru, m. tree. [prob. a modern form of
daru, q.v.]
taru-kotara, n. tree-hollow.
taruna, a. young; tender; -ka, n. sprout,
[cf . Tspriv, ' tender, fine.']
taru-tale, under the tree, see tala.
V tark (tarkayati [1041 2 ] ; tarkayam
asa ; tarkayisyati ; tarkita ; tarkayitum ;
tarkayitva; -tarkya). 1. think over,
13 16 ; reflect, 13 13 ; -2. form an idea of.
[orig. mg, 'turn,' and so (like Lat. volvere
animo), 'turn over or revolve in one's
mind ' : cf . tarku, ' spindle ' ; rpeTr-co, Lat.
torqueo, ' turn ' ; Old High Ger. drahsil,
' turner,' Ger. drechseln, ' turn.']
+ p r a , form a conception of.
tar hi, adv. at that time; then; yadi
tarhi, if then. [pron. root ta, 497, 1103c.]
tala, m. n. 1. surface; -tale, at end of
cpd, eouiv. simply to on, 6 17 , 46 n ; 2. the
surface or place under an object, e.g. a
tree ; -tale, at end of cpd, equiv. simply to
under, 34 l , 43 8 ; 3. sometimes otiose in
cpds, e.g. nabhas-tala, sky-surface, i.e. sky.
talpa, m. couch; bed. [for *star-pa, Vstr,
1201 * end : for mg, see under str.]
talpa-givan,/ -vari, a. lying on beds.
[1169.2*.]
tavisa, a. powerful. [Vtu, 1197b.]
taskara, m. robber.
t asm at, adv. from this (cause), hence;
therefore ; yad tasmat, since there-
fore. [pr6n. root ta, 1114a.]
tat a, m. used in voc. s., to a father, but gen-
erally to a junior or an inferior, my dear.
[cf. tata.]
t a d i t n a , rtV then, [perhaps instr. ( 1 1 12d )
of *taditna, and this f r. *tadi-tna, ' of that
time,' and this fr. *tadi (1245e), correl. of
yadi.]
tadfg, a. such, [see 518: for declension,
see dfg.]
t a elf 5 a, a. such, [see 518.]
tap asa, m. ascetic, [tapas.]
tamaaa, a. dark; pertaining to darkness
or the guna called tamas. [tamas.]
tayii, m. thief, [cf. stayii.]
tar a,/, star, [form of transition to the
a-declension (399) from tf, see under
stf.]
t a v a c - c h a t a , f. -I, a. having 07- embrac-
ing so many hundreds, [tavant (1249a)
r ata.]
tavat-krtvas, a dr. so many times,
[tavant, 1249a.]
tavant [457], 1. adj. so great; so much;
so many, 105 * ; extending so far, 101 9 ;
lasting so long, 58 9 ; correl. w. yavant,
101 9 , 105 4 ; 2. tavat, as adv. so much;
so far ; to such an extent, 95 u ; so long ;
for a while, 19 l ; yavat tavat : as long
as so long, 15 6 , 32 :i , 40 18 ; when then,
44 15 ; just as then, 22 7 ; tavat yavat,
so long as, 19 2 , 42 3 ; 3. at once; now,
24 20 , 34 6 , 53 17 ; -3a. w. 1st per s. pres. ind.,
first, before doing any thing else, at once,
20 18 , 23 8 , 38"; - 3b. w. imperative: at
once, 24 23 ; tavat tatas or pagcat, first
then or afterwards, 27 18 , 38 4 ; 4. con-
cessively, iha samaye, tavat, in this case,
one must admit, 41 10 ; 5. emphasizing,
like eva, what precedes, 30 4 , 25 T . [pron.
root ta, 517.]
tigma, a. sharp. [Vtij, 216.5.]
V tij (tejayati; tejayam asa ; tejita). be
sharp, [orig. *stig : cf. arifa, ' prick/
ffrly-fta., ' prick ' ; Lat. in-stlgdre, ' prick on ' ;
Eng. stick, 'to pierce.']
tithi, m.f. a lunar day (of which there are
15 in a half-lunation).
tiras, 1. prep, through; across; 2. as
adv. crossways, sideways; aside; w. kr
[171 3 , 1078*], put aside, treat disrespect-
fully, scold. [V tr, ' cross ' : cf . Lat. trans,
' across.']
tiras-kara, . a scolding. [V kr + tiras :
171 :i .]
tiryaktva, n. condition of a beast,
[tiryak, middle stem of tiryanc, 1249a:
1239.]
11*
tiryanc]
[164]
tiryanc [409d], 1. a. directed across;
horizontal; 2. as subst. m. n. beast (going
horizontally, as opposed to man, who walks
upright urdhva) ; 3. ace. s. n. tiryak,
as adv. across, [tiras or tir, w. ane, 409d :
tir, like tiras, is akin w. Vtr.]
til a, m. I. the sesame plant, Sesamum
indicum; 2. its seed, which is eaten,
and furnishes good oil.
tisr, fern, to tri, see 482c.
tir a, n. shore or bank. [prop, 'place of
crossing or going into the water,' Vtr.]
V tu (taviti [633]; tutava [786*]). have
power ; be strong, [orig. ' swell, grow ' :
cf. rv-\i], 'swelling, lump,' Corcyraean
rv-/j.o-s, ' mound ' ; AS. \>uma, ' the big
(finger),' Eng. thumb; further, tiim-ra,
' fat, strong ' ; Lat. tum-ulus, ' mound,'
tum-or, 'swelling.']
td., pel. never at beg. of sentence. 1. w.
imperative, pray; 2. in sooth, 78 10 ; 3.
but, 8 12 , 26 13 , 34 10 , etc. ; on the other hand,
20 * ; tu tu, on the one hand on the
other, 2 16 ' " ; so % tu, tu, 60 3 ; na tv
eva tu, but by no means, 63 10 , 64 3 ; ka-
mam tu na tu, see kamam ; kirn tu,
nevertheless, 39 5 ; 4. used loosely: as
equiv. to ca, 58 l ; often as a mere expletive
[1122a], e.^.4 9 , 64 13b .
tu, pron. root of2ndpers , see tvad.
tuc, / progeny, [cf. toka.]
V tud (tudati; tut6da; tunna). strike;
push, [cf . TiiSfvs, ' The Hammer, Martel ' ;
Lat. tundo, tu-tud-i, ' strike, struck ' ; Goth.
stautan, Ger. stossen, ' strike.']
+ a, strike at, pick at.
V tur (turati, -te). press onward swiftly
[subsidiary form of Vtr (242) and allied
w. Vtvar.]
1 turd, a. 1. swift, esp. of horses; -am,
as adv. swiftly, in turaihga ; 2. quick,
ready, willing, 78". [Vtur.]
2 tur a, a. strong, mighty, 78 9 . [Vtu,
1188.]
turamga, m. horse. ['swiftly going,'
turam + ga, see 1 tura : for mg, cf.
khaga.]
turiya, a. fourth, [for *ktur-ia : catiir,
487 5 , 1215.]
V tul (tolayati; tola yam asa ; tolayisyati;
tolita; -t61ya). 1. raise up; 2. esp.
raise up a thing so as to find its weight;
weigh ; 3. counterpoise ; 4. equal,
[orig. mg, ' bear, i.e. hold up ' : in the cog-
nates, the mg ' bear, i.e. endure ' appears :
cf. Lat. tul-i, ' endured ' ; Goth. \>u/-an,
Eng. thole, 'endure'; Ger. Ge-dul-d, 'en-
durance ' ; also e-rA.Tj-j', ' bore,' iroAu-rAd-s,
' much enduring ' ; Lat. Idtus, *tla-tus,
' borne.']
t u 1 a , f. balance ; weight; equality. [Vtul:
cf. Anglo-Indian tola, about 180 grains
troy : cf . rd\avrov, ' balance, weight.']
tulya, a. keeping the balance with ; equal
to; like, [tula, 1212d4 end.]
tulyakrti, a. having like appearance;
alike, [akrti.]
tuvl, a. in cpds. mighty; much; many.
[Vtu, 1155.]
tuvi-badha, a. distressing many (ene-
mies) or besetting (them) sore.
tdvismant, a. mighty, [tuvis.]
tuvis, n. in derivs. might. [Vtu, 1153.]
V tus (tiisyati, -te; tut6sa; tusta; t6s-
tum; -tiisya; tosayati). become quiet;
be satisfied or pleased ; cans, satisfy ;
gratify.
+ sam, caus. satisfy.
tusti.y^ satisfaction. [Vtus.]
tusnim, adv. silently, in silence, [prob.
fr. an obsolete *tusna, 'silent,' Vtus,
HIM.]
V tr (tarati, -te; tirati, -te; tatara, teriis
[794e] ; atarit ; tarisyati, -te ; tirna ; tar-
tum ; tirtva ; -tirya ; tarayati). 1. cross
over (a water, the sky); 2. get across or
to the end ; get through, escape ; survive,
[cf. rtpfjiuv, Lat. terminus, ' boundary ' :
see Vtra and tiras : for treatment of root-
vowel, see 242.]
-fava, descend, esp. from heaven to
earth ; come down, esp. of divine beings
who become incarnate as men ; alight ; be-
take one's self to ; caus. take down or off.
+ u d , come up out of the water.
+ abhy-ud, come out of the water unto,
cross the water unto, 89*.
+ pra, take to the water; start on.
-t-vi, cross through ; traverse.
tr, m. star, see sir.
[165]
[trikala
t r c d , m. n. strophe of three stanzas, [tri +
're, 243, 1315c.]
trna , n. grass, [of. (6p6va = ) rp6va, 'flowers,
herbs ' ; Eng. thorn ; Ger. Dorn, ' thorn.']
trtiya, a. third, [fr. tri, through trita,
243, 487 4 : cf. rpi-ros, Lat. ter-tius, Eng.
thir-d, Ger. dri-tte, ' third.']
V t r d (trnatti, trntt6 ; tatarda, tatrde' ;
trnna; -tfdya). split; bore; open.
+ anu, bore after (waters), release, make
flow.
V Itrp (tfpyati, -te [761a]; tatarpa; atrp-
at; trapsyati; trpta; -tfpya; tarpayati).
be satisfied; become content; cans, sat-
isfy, please ; nourish, [cf . repTrw, ' satisfy,
please,' rpe'^w, 'nourish.']
+ a , become content or glad.
V 2trp, steal, not actually occurring in vbl
forms, but rendered probable by the deriv.
trpu, ' thief,' the cpds asu- and pagu-trp,
and by the Avestan Vtrf, 'steal.'
V trs (tfsyati; tatarsa ; atrsat; trsita;
tarsayati). be thirsty. [cf. repa-opai,
'become dry'; Lat. torret, *tors-et, 'grows
dry, scorches ' ; Eng. noun thirs-t ; Ger.
dorr-et, ' grows dry ' ; also Lat. terra, *ters-a,
'the dry (land).']
trsa,/. thirst, [v'trs.]
tfsna,/. thirst. [Vtrs, 1177a.]
tejas, n. 1. sharpness, edge; 2. tip of
flame or ray ; gleaming splendor, 1 6 ; fire ;
3. (splendor, i.e.) beauty of person, 8 10 ff.;
4. (like Eng. fire, i.e.) energy, vigor,power;
5. moral or magic power, 11 23 ; influence,
dignity, 95 8 ; majesty, I 6 , 2 4 . [Vtij: ob-
serve that a.K/j.-f) has mgs 1 and 4.]
t&na, adv. in that way, 47 1T ; so; therefore,
18 7 , etc.; yatas or yad or yena tena,
for the reason that , therefore, 30 8 , 57 6 ,
64 9 . [pron. root ta, 1112a : of like deriva-
tion and mg is r<p.]
tail a, n. sesame oil. [tila, 1208fi end.]
toka, n. creation, progeny, [cf. Vtaks and
Vtvaks, and tiic.]
t o r a n a , n. arched portal ; arch. [' passage,'
Vtur, subsidiary form of Vtr, 'cross, pass.']
tya [499a], pron. that; that well-known (like
Lat. ille).
tyakta-jivita, a. having life set aside,
risking one's life, brave.
tyaktajivita-yodhin, a. bravely fight-
ing. [1279.]
\f tyaj (tyajati, -te ; tatyaja, tatyaj6 ;
atyaksit; tyaksyati, -te; tyakt; tyak-
tum; tyaktva; -tyajya; tyajyate; tyaj-
ayati). 1. withdraw from ; leave in the
lurch ; abandon (dove, goat, tree) ; 2. re-
nounce (passions, use of a language) ;
relinquish (exertion) ; lay aside (a certain
form, an earthly body) ; set aside, i.e. risk
(life), [cf. <re&onai, 'shrink back from in
awe, revere.']
+ pari, leave to one's fate (a jackal);
abandon; leave (one's party); relinquish
or give up (play, food, affairs) ; pari-
tyakta, (abandoned by, i.e.) separated
from, 66 3 .
tyaj, vbl. abandoning, w. tanu-. [Vtyaj.]
tyajya, grdv. to be abandoned. [Vtyaj,
963c.]
tray a, a. triple, threefold, 57 13 ; as n. triad,
triplet, rpias. [tri, 489 *.]
V tras (trasati; tatrasa, tatrasiis, tresiia
[794e 2 ] ; atrasit ; trasisyati ; trasta).
tremble ; fear, [cf . rpew, TpeV-tre, ' tremble,
trembled '; Lat. terreo, ' affright '; a-trastas
and &-rpe<TTos, ' unterrified.']
trasadasyu, m. Trasadasyu, a generous
prince, the favorite of the gods, and de-
scended from Purukutsa. [perhaps for
trasad-dasyu, ' affrighting the evil beings,'
see 1309 4 - v'tras.]
v' tra (trati, trate [628]; trayate [761c] ;
tatr6 ; atrasta ; trasyate ; trat& ; tra-
tum; tratva). protect; rescue; rescue
from, w. abl. [collateral form of Vtr
('get through or across'), w. a caus. mg,
'bring through or across (trouble).']
tratr, m. protector, saviour. [Vtra.]
trasa, m. terror. [Vtras.]
trasadasyava, m. descendant of Trasa-
dasyu, 87 12 . [trasadasyu, 1208c.]
tri [482c], num. three, [cf. rpris, rpia, Lat.
tres, tria, Eng. three, Ger. drei, ' three.']
tringat [485], /. thirty, [cf. tri.]
trikadruka, m. pi. perhaps designation
of certain Soma-vessels, three in number,
[cf . tri and kadru.]
tri-kala, n. the three times, present, past
and future, [kala, masc. : 1312.]
trikalajna]
[166]
trikala-jna, a. knowing present, past,
and future ; omniscient,
tri-daga [declined like kama, 330], m. pi.
the three times ten, the thirty, a name in
round numbers for the 33 deities ( 12 Adit-
yas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, 2 A9vins), i.e. the
gods, [tri + daga, 477c : cf . tringat.]
tridagegvara, m. pi. lords of the gods,
i.e. the four chief gods, Indra, Agni, Va-
runa, and Yama. [Igvara.]
tri-diva,n. the triple or third i.e. highest
heaven, [div, 1315c : 1312 3 .]
tri-dhatu, a. having three parts, tri-par-
tite, threefold, [acct, 1300c.]
tri-pada, / -I, a. having (taken) three
steps.
tri-ratra, n. space of three nights, tri-
noctium. [ratri, 1316b, 1312 3 - 4 : cf. the
Eng. usage in sen-night, fort-night.]
tri-vidya,y. the three sciences, i.e. Vedas.
[1312 3 .]
tri-vidha, a. of three sorts, threefold.
[vidha, 1302c 5 : acct, 1300c.]
tri-vft, a. threefold, tri-partite. ['turn-
ing thrice, with three turns.']
tri-veda, in cpds and derivs. the three
Vedas. [1312 3 .]
tri-aavana, a. pertaining to the three
Soma-pressings ; -am, adv. at morning,
noon, and evening, [savana.]
tris, adv. thrice, [see tri: cf. rpis, I^nt.ter,
*ters, ' thrice ' : Eng. thrice is a gen. form,
cognate in root only.]
traividya, n. study of the three Vedas.
[trividya.]
traivedika, a. relating to the three
Vedas. [triveda, 1222e2.]
try-adhiathana, a. having three mani-
festations.
tva, pron. stem qf2dpers., see tvad.
V tvaks, work, principally in derivs., and
ident. w. taka.
tvac, /. skin.
t v a j - j a r a , m. thy paramour, [tvad, 494.]
tvat, abl. of tva, and used in place of tva
in cpds : by Hindus written tvad, q.v.
[494.]
tvat-krte, for the sake of thee. [1314f,
1130 : tvat represents the stem tva, and
in gen. relation.]
tvad [491], so-called stem [494] of 2d pers.
pron. thou ; see tvat. [w. the real root tu,
cf. Doric TV, Lat. tu, AS. "Sii, Eng. thou,
Ger. du, ' thou.']
V tvar (tvarate; tatvare; turna [cf. 957b],
tvarita; tvarayati). hasten; tvarita,
having hastened, in haste, [see Wtur, tr.]
tvara,/. haste. [Vtvar.]
tvastr, m. 1. wright, workman, 75 6 ;
2. Twashtar, the artificer of the gods
(70 s ), former of fruit of the womb, giver
of growth and long life (86 15 ), father of
Saranyu (85 12 ). [V tvaks, 221.]
tvavant, a. like thee. [tva, 517.]
tvastr a, m. descendant of Twashtar.
[tvastr.]
d a , vbl giving, in cpds. [V 1 da, 333, 354.]
V dang or dag (dagati [746]; dadanga ;
dagisyati ; dasta ; danstva ; -dagya).
bite. [cf. SaKvca, 'bite'; Goth, tahjan,
' rend, tear.']
danga, m. gad-fly. [Vdang.]
danatra, m. large tooth; tusk; fang.
[Vdang, 1185b.]
danstrin, a. having tusks or large teeth,
[danstra.]
V daks (dakaati, -te ; dadakae; dakaia-
yate). act. suit; mid. be able or dexterous
or strong, [cf. daksa and daksina.]
daksa, a. able, dexterous, strong; as m.
ability, faculty, strength, power; esp. spir-
itual power, will; daksa and kratu, will
and understanding (as faculties of the
manas, ' soul '). [V daks : cf . Sei6s, ' clever,
right,' and daksina.]
dakaina, a. 1. clever, able; and so
2. (as opp. to awkward, gauche), right,
of the hand, hasta, e.g. 102 n ; so pani,
60 5 ; foot, pada, 60 5 ; side, pargva, 102 12 ;
3. southern (because in prayer the face
is turned eastward: cf. uttara3), 105 8 ;
sc. agni, southern fire, 102 3 N. ; 4. as f.,
daksina, sc. go, the able, i.e. fruitful cow,
milch cow; milch cow as the customary
reward for conducting a sacrifice ; then,
5. in general, any reward or present for
the sacrificing priest, see 106 5 ; so 95 2> 3 ;
see also adv. daksina. [Vdaka: cf.
, Lat. dexter, ' clever, right ' ; Goth.
[167]
[Vday
taihsva, ' right hand ' : from daksina in
mg 3, comes Deccan, name of the country
south of Hindustan, lit. ' the South.']
daksina-pacjcima, a. southwesterly.
daksina-purva [525*], a. southeasterly.
daksina, adv. southerly ; toward the
south, [daksina: acct, 1112e.]
daksinagni, m. the southern fire, 103 ' 2 ,
cf. 102 2 N.
daksinapara [525 2 ], a. southwesterly,
[daksina + apara.]
daksina-pravana, a. sloping to the
south, [daksina, adv.]
daksinabhimukha,a. facing southerly,
[daksina (adv.) + abhimukha.]
daksinayana, n. south-course (of the
sun), or the half-year from the summer to
the winter solstice, [daksina -f ayana.]
daksinaranya, . the southern forest
(a forest in the Deccan). [daksina +
aranya.]
daksinavant, a. abounding in gifts to
the priests, i.e. (from the point of view of
the priests) pious, [daksina: see dak-
sina 5.]
dagdha, a. 1. burned; 2. pained, tor-
tured ; 3. wretched, good-for-nothing,
cursed, damned, [ppl. of V dah : for mg 2,
cf. Vcuc.]
dagdhodara, n. one's cursed belly,
[dagdha + udara.]
danda, m. stick; staff (of Brahman), 59 M ;
mace, 97 8 ; rod as symbol of dominion
and punishment, [cf . SevSpoy, ' tree.']
danda-bhaya, m. fear of the rod.
<l and in, a. bearing a staff; as m. warder,
[danda.]
datta, a. given; as m. (a son) given (by
his parents to others for adoption) ; com-
mon at end of proper names, esp. of Vaiqyas.
[ppl. of Vlda, 955c.]
dadrh, a. firm; dadhfk, ace. s. n., as adv.
firmly. [Vdrh.]
dadhan [431], n. sour milk; curds, [orig.,
perhaps, ' milk,' f r. V 2 dha.]
d a d h i , supplementary stem to dadhan.
dadhi-karna, m. Curd-ear, name of a
cat. ['having curd-ears, i.e. ears as white
as curds.']
dadhfk, see dadrh.
dant [396], m. tooth. [cf. bUvra, Lat
dentem, Goth. tun\>us, AS. toft, Eng. tooth,
Old High Ger. zand, Ger. Zahn, 'tooth.']
dant a, m. tooth, [dant, 399.]
V dabh or dambh (dabhati ; dadabha,
dadambha, debhus ; adabhat ; dabdha ;
dabdhum). harm with guile ; hurt ; deceive.
dabh a, m. deception. [Vdabh.]
Vdam (damyati [763] ; danta [955a] ;
damitva; -damya ; damayati). 1. be
tame ; 2. tame ; conquer ; become mas-
ter ; control. [cf . 8a/j.d(a, Lat. domdre,
' tame ' ; Eng. tame, Ger. zahm, ' tame.']
dam, n. house. [cf. 8, 'house': see
under dama.]
da ma, m. n. house, home. [cf. S6fj.os, Lat.
domus, ' house, home ' : it is not certain
whether dama comes from Vdam and so
means lit. 'the place where one is mas-
ter, one's Gebiet,' or whether it is to be
connected w. Sf/j.<a, 'build': in the latter
case, it would mean lit., like Ger. Ban, ' a
building,' and should be connected w. AS.
timber, *tem-ra, 'building-material, a build-
ing,' Eng. timber, 'building-material,' Ger.
Zimmer, 'building-material, a building, a
room.']
dama, 1. a. conquering, at end ofcpds;
as m. 2. Dama, i.e. Victor, name of a
son of Bhima; 3. self-control. [Vdam:
cf. 'l-7nr6-Sa/j.os, 'Horse-tamer,' etc.]
da man a, 1. a. conquering, at end of
cpds ; 2. as m. Damaua, i.e. Vincent, name
of a priestly sage, and of a son of Bhima.
[Vdam: cf. Lat. dominus, 'master.']
damayanti, f. Damayanti, i.e. Victoria,
name of Bhima's daughter. [' conquering
(men),'fr. Vdam, 1043.5.]
dam-pati, m. master of the house; as
dual, master and mistress, man and wife;
pair, [acct, 1267a.]
dambha, m. deception. [Vdabh.]
V day (day ate ; day am asa ; dayita).
1. part; allot; 2. take part in; sym-
pathize with ; have tender feeling for ;
love ; dayita, loved, dear ; as f., -ta,
wife. [for 1, cf. Kpta Saiero, 'parted,
carved the meat'; for 2, cf. Salerat faop,
'heart is divided or takes part in (?), i.e
sympathizes.']
daya]
[168]
daya,/ sympathy ; compassion. [V day .] .
d a y a 1 u , a. compassionate, [daya, 1227 3 . ]
dayavant.a. compassionate, [daya.]
day it a, see Vday.
dara, m. cleft, hole. [VI dr.]
daridra, a. wandering about; mendicant;
poor ; as m. poor man. [fr. intens. of
Vldra, 'run about,' 1147b 2 : for mg, cf.
Eng. tramp, in its American sense of
' vagrant beggar.']
d a r p a , m. . vvildness ; wantonness ; impu-
dence; pride. [Vdrp.]
darbha, m. grass-tuft; grass used at sacri-
ficial ceremonies, esp. Ku9a-grass, Poa
cynosuroides. [Vdrbh.]
darga, m. sight; the moon when just be-
coming visible ; the new moon ; the day
or festival of new moon. [Vdrg.]
dargaka, a. 1. seeing; 2. (fr. caus.)
showing, making clear. [drg.]
dargata, a. to be seen; visible. [Vdrg,
1176e.]
dare, an a, a. seeing; as n. the beholding,
sight; the becoming visible, 103 20 ; ap-
pearance, 4 10 . [V drg.]
darga-purna-masa, dual in. new and
full moon ; the days and the festivals of
new and full moon.
d a g a [483 4 ], num. ten. [cf . Se'/ca, Lat. decem,
Goth, taihun, Eng. ten, Ger. zehn, 'ten';
Eng. -teen in six-teen, etc.]
dagama, f. -i, a. tenth; dagaml, sc. tithi,
tenth day of a lunar half-month. [daga,
487 .]
daga-gata, n. ten hundred ; a thousand.
dagagakha, a. having ten branches, i.e.
fingers, [daga + gakha : acct, 1300a.]
daga, f. the threads projecting at the end
of a weft, fringe ; lamp-wick ; fig. wick of
life, course of life ; time of life.
dagaha, m. space of ten days, [daga +
2 aha, 1312 4 .]
V das (dasyati; dadasa ; adasat ; dasta ;
Hasayati). suffer lack, [cf . V das, dasyu :
also 8eo>, 'lack.']
+ vi, become exhausted.
dasyu, m. demon, foe of gods and men.
[cf. Vdas, dasa.]
V dah (dahati, -te ; dadaha, dehe; adhak
sit ; dhaksyati ; dagdha ; dagdhum ;
dagdhva ; -dahya; dahyate). 1. burn
with fire; burn; 2. pass.: be burned;
be pained or tortured; 3. dagdha, see
s.v. [for *dhagh : cf . Goth, dags, AS. dceg,
Eng. day, Old High Ger. tak, ' day.']
+ a , in adahana.
+ vi, injure by burning, 84 17 .
+ sam, consume.
V Ida (dadati, dadati [668]; dadau, dad6;
adat, ddita [884] ; dasyati, -te ; datta
[955c], -tta [1087e] ; datum ; dattva ;
-daya ; diyate [770b] ; ditsati [1030] ;
dapayati). give ; bestow ; grant ; impart ;
w. ace. of thing and dat. or gen., later also
loc., of person, 1 n , 23 20 , 21 n ; varam da,
grant a wish; gapaih da, (give, i.e.) pro-
nounce a curse ; saubhagyam da, (give,
i.e.) wish conjugal felicity; da, (give, i.e.)
sell, w. instr. of price, 47 4 ; uttaram da,
make answer ; graddham da, perform a
graddha, 44 3 , 104 n ; punar da, give back ;
desid. desire or be ready to give. [cf.
Si'SoiyUj, Lat. da-re, 'give.']
+ anu, (like Ger. nach-geben, 'yield,' and
so) grant, admit; ppl. anutta [1087e], ad-
mitted.
+ a, take (opp. of give), 28 n ; grasp, 70 6 ;
adaya, having taken, equiv. to with.
+ u p a_a, receive, appropriate.
-f p a r i , deliver over ; commit; entrust.
+ pra, give; grant; impart (sciences);
ppl. f. pratta [1087e], given in marriage,
married.
V 2 da (dyati [761d3]; dad6; adat, adita
[884] ; dina [957a], -tta [1087e] ; -daya ;
dlyate). cut. [cf. Vday, daya.]
+ ava, cut off, esp. a part of the sacri-
ficial cake ; ppl. avatta [1087e], as subst.
that which is cut off.
-f-sam-ava, cut in pieces and collect
them ; ppl. samavatta, as subst. gathered
pieces.
V 3 da (dyati[761d3]; dita[954c]; -daya;
diyate). bind. [cf. Sew, Si'Srjyui, 'bind.']
da, vbl. giving, in cpds. [VI da.]
datavya, grdv. dandus. [Vlda.]
datr, m. giver; as a. [375 3 ], generous, 21 4 ,
48*. [Vlda.]
dan a, n. giving, imparting; gift. [Vlda,
1150: cf. Lat. donum, 'gift.']
[169]
dana-dharma, m. the virtuous practice
of alms-giving.
danava, m. child of Danu, a Danava, one
of a class of demons, foes of the gods ;
Titan. [Idanu, 1208c.]
1 danu, /. Danu, name of a demon, 70 18 .
2 danu, n. dripping fluid, drop, dew.
danta, a. tamed, mild; subdued (as to
one's passions) ; as subst. Danta, name of
a son of Bhlma. [ppl. of v dam, 955a.]
1 daman, n. a giving, gift. [\/lda, 1168.]
2 daman, n. bond. [V3da, 1168.]
dambhika, a. subst. deceitful, deceiver.
[dambha.]
1 day a, a. giving. [VI da.]
2 day a, m. portion, inheritance. [V2da:
cf. Scis, 'portion, meal.']
d a y a k a , a. giving. [1 daya.]
dara[264 2 ], m. pi. wife.
daridrya, n. poverty, [daridra.]
daru, n. wood; log or billet of wood; stick.
[see the equiv. drii and taru : cf. 56pv,
' wood, beam, shaft ' ; Spvs, ' tree, oak ' ;
Goth, triu, ' wood, tree ' ; Eng. tree, ' wood '
(so Wyclif), ' a large woody plant' (usual
mg), 'a wooden bar' (in whiffle-free).]
da r una, a. hard; dreadful.
V dag (dagati; dadaga, dagvans [790b]).
grant, offer ; esp. serve or honor a god
with offerings ; dagvans, as subst. a pious
servant of a god, 69 u . [w. dadaga, cf.
SfSwKa, ' granted, gave ' ; e-Sco/c-a is an im-
perfect indicative without thematic vowel,
corresponding to #a-dag-am ; but both
Greek forms became connected in the
popular mind with 5i'5ayu, 'give.']
V das (only with abhi, abhidasati). bear
ill-will to ; try to harm, [cf . V das, dasyu,
dasa.]
das a, m. 1. foe; esp. supernatural foe,
evil demon; 2. (in opp. to arya) foe of
.the gods, infidel ; used like Caffre and
Giaour; 3. (subdued foe, i.e.) servant,
slave, 79 2 ; dasi,/. female slave. [V das :
cf. \Jdas, dasyu.]
dasa-patni, a.f. having the demon for
their master, [acct, 1251b, 1295.]
diti, f. Diti, name of a deity without defi-
nite character, a mere pendant to aditi as
sura to asura, and formed by popular
etymology as sura from asura. [see
aditi and daitya.]
didfksu, a. desirous to see. [fr. desid.
of Vdrg, 1178f: acct!]
didyu, HI. missile, [see Vldivordyu, and
1147b 2 .]
didhisu,a. desirous to win; as m. suitor;
husband; esp. second husband, [fr. desid.
of Vldha, 1178f, 1028d.]
din a, 1. perhaps adj. clear, in su-dina;
2. as n. day. [perhaps ppl. of Vdi or
di, 'shine,' w. shifted acct.]
dina-traya,n. day-triad, triduum, space
of three days.
V div: there is no verbal root div in Sanskrit:
cf. noun div and W 1 and 2 div or diii.
div [361d], 7/1. 1. sky, heaven, e.g. 72 ' 2 ;
la. Heaven, personified as Father, e.g.
KV.vi. 51.5; Ib. duhita divas, of the
Dawn, daughter of the sky or of Heaven,
75 16 ; -2. day, e.g. 70 8 , 79 13 ; -3. observe
that div is sometimes fern, in Veda, so 92 1>s ,
RV. x. 125. 7.
[w. gen. div-as, cf. the genitives Ai6s,
*AtF-6s, Lat. JSv-is, and AS. Tiw-cs in
Tiwes dozg, Eng. Tues-day : (Tiiv corre-
sponds to the old Germanic Tin, no longer
a god of the sky or bright day, but rather
a god of battle or fighting, the chief occu-
pation of our early forefathers:) w. nom.
dyaiis, cf. Zeus, *Aj-r)vs : w. voc. dyaus
pitar, cf. Zev Trdrtp, Lat Ju-piter, ' Heaven
Father ' : w. duhitar divas, cf . Ovyartp
Aids, &fj.&por' 'A.6dva, Oedipus Rex 159 : cf.
also 87os, ' heavenly ' ; Lat. nom. Diovi-s,
'god of heaven,' Jdv-em, 'Jove'; sub dio,
1 under the sky ' ; Eng. Tewes-ley, ' Tiw's
lea,' a place in Surrey.]
diva, n. heaven; day, in dive-dive, day by
day. [div, 1209a.]
diva, adv. by day. [f r. the instr. div-a, w.
shifted acct, 1112e.]
divaukas, m. caelicola, god. ['having
heaven as a dwelling ' : diva + okas.]
d ivy a, a. heavenly ; divine, [div.]
V dig (digati ; didega ; adiksat, adista
[883] ; deksyati ; dista ; ddstum ; -digya ;
digyate; degayati). point ; direct ; show,
[cf. Se'iKWfj.1, 'show'; Lat. dico, 'show,
tell'; AS. tdh, Ger. zieh, 'pointed out (as
dig]
[170]
guilty), accused'; Ger. zeigen, 'show';
also AS. tdh-te, ti&h-te, Eng. taught, ' showed,
instructed ' ; AS. tdcn, Eng. token.']
-f apa, show; make a false show of.
+ vy-apa, make a false show of.
+ a , point out to, give a direction to,
direct.
+ sam-a, point out to, direct; com-
mand.
+ u d , point out ; aim towards ; uddicjya,
tr. ace., with an aiming towards, equiv. to
the prep, at, 26 22 .
+ upa, show to, teach, instruct; give ad-
vice to, advise.
+ pra, point out, designate; direct.
dig, f. just like Eng. point, i.e. cardinal
point, quarter of the heaven (N., E., S.,
W.) ; astau digas, eight regions (N., E.,
S., W., and NE., SB., SW., NW.), 57 .
[Vdic,, 'to point.']
V dih (degdhi ; didihe ; digdha ; -dihya).
1. stroke, touch lightly ; 2. smear ;
3. besmear, pollute, [for *dhigh: cf.
ZOiyov, ' touched ' ; Lat. Jingo, ' form, fash-
ion, esp. with the hand in soft material ' ;
Goth, daigs, ' moulded mass of clay or
bread-paste'; Old Eng. dag, Eng. dough.]
+ s am, pass, (be plastered together, be
indistinct, and so) be uncertain, doubtful.
V di (dideti [676] ; didaya [786 3 ], didi-
vans). shine, glance, gleam.
V diks (diksate; didiksa, didikse ; adiks-
ista ; diksisyate ; diksita ; diksitva ;
-diksya). consecrate one's self, esp. for
performing the Soma-sacrifice. [perhaps
desid. of V daks, ' make one's self suitable
or ready ' : 108g.]
d 1 1 i , f. glance, flame, actually occurring only
in su-diti. [vdi, 1157. la.]
dldivi, a. shining. [Vdi, 1193.]
din a, a. scanty; cast down, sad; wretched,
dinata, f. scantiness; smallness. [dina.]
dinar a, m. denarius, name of a certain
gold coin, [borrowed fr. Lat. denarius, a
silver coin worth ten asses."]
J dip (dipyate ; didipe ; dipta ; -dipya ;
dedipti ; dipayati, -te). blaze; flame;
caws, kindle ; intens. blaze brightly ; fig. be
radiant, [cf. Vdi.]
+ ud, blaze up ; caws, cause to blaze up.
dirgha, a. long, in space and in time;
-am, as adv. ; comp. draghiyans, superl.
draghistha. [v ; dragh : cf . SoAixo's, ' long.']
dirgha-karna, m. Long-ear, name of a
cat.
dirgha-rava, m. Long-yell or Far-howl,
name of a jackal. (Their howling is both
long-continued and far-reaching.)
dirgha-var na, m. a long vowel,
dirghavarnanta, a. having a long
vowel as final, [anta.]
V Idiv (dlvyati; dideva [240 3 ]; adevit ;
devisyati ; dyutd ; devitum ; -divya).
dice; play. [prop, diu, see 765 1 and 2 :
orig., perhaps, 'throw,' cf. didyu.]
+ a , in adevana.
V 2div (devati [240 3 ] ; dyunA [957a] ;
devitum; devayati, -te). lament, [prop.
diu, see 765 l and 2 .]
+ pari, moan, bemoan ; caus. the same.
duhkha, a. miserable; as n. misery, pain,
sorrow, [cf. sukha.]
duhkhita, a. pained, [duhkha, 1176b.]
ducchiina, f. calamity; harm, [dus +
Quna, 'mis-fortune, ill-luck,' 168 3 .]
V ducchunaya (ducchunayate). seek to
harm, [ducchuna, 1058.]
dur-, the form taken by dus before sonants.
dur-atikrama, a. hard to overcome.
[' having a hard conquest,' cf . 1304b.]
dur-atman, a. evil-minded; bad.
dur-ga, a. whose going is hard, hard to
go through or to, impassable; as n. diffi-
cult place ; danger.
dur-gata, a. ill-conditioned ; unfortunate.
dur-jana, m. evil person; scoundrel.
dur-danta, a. overcome with difficulty;
as m. Hard-to-tame (AUO-M'KTJTOJ), name of
a lion.
dur-nivara,a. whose warding-off is hard ;
hard to get rid of.
dur-bala,a. of (poor, i.e.) little strength;
feeble,
durbuddhi, a. of (bad, i.e.) small wit;
foolish.
dur-bhaga, a. ill-portioned, ill-favored;
-a, f. ugly woman, [acct, 1304b.]
dur-bhiksa, a. (time) having its alms-
getting hard, i.e. in which alms-getting is
hard ; as n. famine, [bhiksa.]
[171]
[Vdrc
dur-mangala, a. of bad luck, bringing
bad luck.
dur-mati,/. ill-will.
dur-mada,a. badly intoxicated ; drunken,
[acct, 1304b.]
dur-vijneya, a. hard to distinguish.
dur-vipaka, m. evil issue (of one's des-
tiny).
dur-vrtta, a. of evil life, wicked.
V dul (dolayati ; dolita). heave upwards ;
swing, [cf. Vtul.]
diivas, n. gift ; oblation ; worship.
[V 1 du.j
d vivas, n. perhaps same as dtivas, but see
74 10 x.
V duvasya (duvasyati). reward with a
gift; honor or worship (a god) with an
offering, [diivas.]
+ a. perhaps bring or entice hither by
worship, but see 74 10 N.
V dus (diisyati; adosit; dusta; dusayati
[1042a 2 ]). spoil, [see dus.]
dus-kara, a. whose performance is hard,
hard to be performed, [dus.]
dus-krta, n. evil deed ; sin. [dus.]
dust a, a. spoiled; bad, morally; cross,
[ppl. of V dus.]
dus, inseparable prefix, characterizing a thing
as evil, bad, hard ; forming w. action-nouns
cpds w. the same mg as if compounded w. a
future pass, ppl., e.g. dus-kara, ' having its
doing hard, i.e. difficult to be done.' [cf.
\ dus: also Svs-, 'mis-', see 225 2 .]
dus-tara, a. having its crossing hard,
hard to cross.
V duh (d6gdhi, dugdhe ; dud6ha, dudub.6;
adhuksat, -ata [918] ; dhoksyate ; dug-
dha ; d6gdhum ; dugdhva; dohayati).
1. milk; then, generalized 2. get the
goodoutof a thing; 3. extract; 4. give
milk ; 5. in general, give or yield any
good thing, 80 16 ; cans., like simple, milk,
extract. [for mg 2, cf. a^f\yeaQal nva,
'milk a person dry.']
+ nis , milk out of; extract from.
duh, rbl. yielding, in kama-duh. [v'duh.]
duhitf [373 3 ], f. daughter, [derivation
uncertain, 1182d: cf. Ouydrrip, Goth, dauh-
tar, Eng. daughter, Ger. Tochter, ' daugh-
ter.']
V 1 d u , subsidiary form of^l da, in diivas,
duvasya. [cf. Wstha and ga w. their
equiv. collateral forms sthu and gu.]
V 2 du, go to a distance, in duta and dura,
[cf . $fvo/j.ai, ' am at a distance from some-
thing, fall short of.']
dudabha, a. hard to deceive, ['whose
deceiving is hard ' : for duzdabha, i.e.
dus + dabha, 199b 3 .]
duta, m. messenger ; ambassador, envoy,
[V2dii, 1176a.]
dura, a. far; as n. the distance; case-
forms as adverbs: -am, to a distance, far
away ; -e, in the distance, afar ; at or from
a distance; -at, from afar. [v2du, 1188.]
duri-kr (durikaroti). put far away;
send off. [dura, 1094.]
durva,_/. millet-grass, Panicum Dactylon.
dulabha, same as dudabha, Whitney 54.
V Idr (drnati ; dadara, dadre ; adarsit ;
dirna; -dirya; diryate; dardarti [1002b] ;
darayati, darayati). burst, trans, and
intrans. ; cans, and intens.: split; tear,
w. gen. [cf . Sepca, Sfipw, ' flay ' ; AS. teran,
Eng. tear, Ger. zerren, ' tear, rend,']
V 2dr (driyate ; adrta ; drta ; -drtya).
used only w. a, see 773. [cf. V5eA in Sfv-
Si\\o>, ' glance at ' ; AS. tilian, ' be intent
upon, attend to, esp. the earth, i.e. till (the
soil),' Eng. till; Ger. zielen, 'aim at'; AS.
eorlS-tilia, ' earth-tiller.']
+ a, (look at, i.e.] regard; pass, be re-
garded, i.e. respected.
drdha, see Vdrh and 224a.
drti, m. bag of leather; bellows, [v'ldr:
for mg, cf . Sfp/j.a, ' skin bag or bottle.']
V drp (drpyati; adrpat; darpisyati, drap-
syati ; drpta ; darpayati). be crazed,
wild, proud, insolent, or arrogant.
V drbh (drbhati ; drbdhd). make into
tufts.
V drg (dadirga, dadrge; adraksit, adrsta;
draksyati, -te ; drsta ; drastum ; drstva ;
-dfgya; drgyate; didrksate; dargayati).
see ; behold ; pass, be seen ; be or become
visible; appear; caus. cause (a person,
ace., 33 3 ) to see (a thing, ace., 33 6 , 35 7 ,
36 7 ); show (w. gen. 63 2 ); w. atmanam,
show one's self, appear, pretend to be (e.g.
frightened, 41 4 ). [present forms supplied
[172]
by \f 1 pa, q.v. : w. dadarga, cf .
' saw ' : cf . Goth, ga-tarh-jan, ' make a show
of.']
+ prati, pass, appear over against one
or before one's eyes.
-f v i , pass, be seen far and wide.
+ s am, behold; caws, show; w. atmanam,
show one's self, appear, pretend to be (e.g.
dead).
df [218 3 , drk, dram, drgbhyam], 1. vbl.
seeing, looking ; 2. as f. the seeing ;
drgfi, as inf. [970a], for beholding ; 3. in
cpds [518], look, appearance. [Vdr.]
drga, m. the seeing; in cpds [518], look,
appearance, [do.]
drgi.y. the seeing; drc_aye, as inf. [970f],
for beholding, [do.]
dfgya, grdv. to be seen; worthy to be
seen, splendid. [Vdrg, 963d.]
d r s a d , f. stone ; esp. nether mill-stone,
drsad-upala, dual f. the nether and the
upper mill-stone. [1253a, 1258.]
drsta, ppl. o/Vdrg, q.v.
drsta-purva, a. seen previously, [equiv.
to purvam drsta, see 1291.]
df sti, /. 1. seeing; 2. sense of sight;
3. glance, look; 4. view. [Vdrg: cf.
8e'p|is, ' sense of sight.']
Vdrh (dfnhati, -te [mg 1, cf. 758] ; dfhyati,
-te [mg2, see 767] ; adrnhit ; drdha [224a] ;
drnhayati). 1. act. make firm or steady
or enduring ; establish ; mid. be firm ;
drdha [1176a], firm; -2. be firm; -3.
caus. make stable, [cf . Old Lat. forc-tis,
~La.t.fortis, 'strong.']
drib. a, same as drdha, Vdrh, Whitney 54.
d e y a , grdv. to be given or granted. [V da,
963a.]
deva,/. devi, 1. a. heavenly, 74 14> 16> 18 ,
92 T ; as subst. 2. god, goddess; 2a. pi.
the gods (in later times reckoned as 33, cf.
tridaca ) ; 2b. vfgve devas, all the gods ;
also all-gods (a term comprehending into
a class all the separate gods, cf. All-saints,
and see vigvadeva) ; 2c. devi, The God-
dess, i.e. (Diva's wife, Durga ; 2d. -deva,
at end of Brahman-names, having as god,
so, e.g., gunadeva ; 3. m. manusya-deva,
god among men, i.e. a Brahman, see 95 x ;
similarly, -4. m. king, 19 12 , 50 4 , 51*- 7 -";
so used of a lion {32 15 ) or even of a jackal
(36 21 ); / queen, [perhaps fr. the noun
div (1209i): cf. Lat. deus, 'god': the al-
leged root div, 'shine,' has no existence.]
deva-kama, a. having love for the gods,
[acct, 1293 *, 1295.]
devata, f. godhead or divinity, both as
abstract and as concrete ; devata, instr.,
with divinity (collective), i.e. among deities,
73 [1237.]
devat va, n. divinity, abstract only. [1239.]
deva-duta,m. messenger of the gods.
deva-daivatya, a. having the gods as
divinity, (of hymns) addressed to the
gods.
deva-pati, m. lord of the gods, i.e. Indra.
deva-pana, a. serving the gods for
drinking, [lit. ' god-drenching, i.e. gott-
trankend': acct, 1271, 1251c.]
deva-yana, n. path of the gods, on which
the intercourse between gods and men
takes place, [acct, 1271, 1251c.]
devara, m. husband's brother, [devf,
1209a.]
deva -raj a, m. king of the gods, i.e. Indra.
[rajan, 1315a.]
deva-linga, n. god-characteristic, mark
by which a god may be distinguished from
a man.
deva-garman, m. Deva9arman or God's-
joy, name of a certain Brahman, [of like
mg is f6-xapis.~\
deva-samnidhi, m. presence of the gods.
deva-huti, f. invocation of the gods,
[acct, 1274.]
devi, see deva.
devi-krta, a. made by Durga.
devi-kotta, m. Goddess-fort, name of a
town.
devi-vinirmita, a. laid out by Durga.
[v'lma.]
devf [369 2 ], m. husband's brother, [cf.
Sa-np, Lat. levir, ' husband's brother.']
dea, TO. 1. (point, i.e.) place, 41 18 ;
2. country, 24 5 , see 98 16 N. ; 3. place,
pregnantly, as in Eng., i.e. proper place,
22 5 ; 4. as in Eng., place or region of
the body, see muska-, skandha-.
' point.']
dialect of the country.
[173]
[drugdha
destr, m. pointer, guide, instructor; /.
ddstri, Instructress, as a deity, 90 9 . [Vdi,
1182: cf. +SfiKTrip in SeiKr-fipios, 'pertain-
ing to one who shows.']
deha, m.n. body; mentioned w. manas and
vac, 65 9 . [v'dih, 'stroke lightly so as to
mould or form/ and so, prob. ' the figure,
form, shape,' like the Lat. figura, ' shape,
form,' from the cognate ^Jig, Jingo : see
v/dih.]
dehin, a. connected with the body, 65 n ;
as m. a living being, man. [deha, 1230.]
daitya, m. descendant of Diti, q.v. ; a
Daitya or demon, [diti, 1211.]
d a i t y a - danava-mardana, m. Daitya-and-
Danava-crusher, epithet of Indra.
daiva, a. of the gods, 57 21 ; coming from
the gods ; divine ; as n. divine appoint-
ment, i.e. fate, 18 1Z , etc. [deva, 1208f.]
daivata, a. pertaining to a divinity; as n.
1. a divinity or, collectively, the divini-
ties, esp. that or those celebrated in any
Vedic hymn; -2. idol, 62 18 . [devata,
1208e.]
daivatya, at end of cpds, having as
divinity, addressed to , 63 5 . [devata,
1211.]
daivika, a. of the gods; divine, [deva,
1222e.]
daivya, a. of the gods; divine, [deva,
1211.]
dola, m. a swinging; f. dola, a dooly
(Anglo-Indian term), a little bamboo chair
slung on four men's shoulders, [V dul.]
V dolaya (dolayate). swing like a dooly ;
waver, [dola.]
dolayamana- mati, a. having a wavering
mind. [V dolaya.]
1 dosa, m. 1. fault, defect; bad con-
dition, 55 5 ; 2. sin, transgression, fault,
II 8 , 18 n , 65 21 ; dosam avap, incur a
transgression, 68 4 ; 3. harm; evil con-
sequence ; dosena, dosat, by or as a bad
consequence of, by, faute de, 23 21 , 35 2 .
[Vdus.]
2 dosa, m. evening, dark ; f. dosa, evening,
dark.
dosa-vastr, m. illuminer of the dark-
ness; or, as adj. [cf. 375 3 ], lighting up in
the dark.
dautya, n. message, [duta, 1211.]
dyava-prthivi, dual f. heaven and
earth, [div + prthivi, 1255 and a 2 .]
dyu, same as div, 361d.
V dyut (dy6tate ; didyut6 ; adyutat ;
dyotisyati ; dyutta ; -dyiitya). gleam;
lighten ; shine, [akin w. noun div, q.v. :
cf. also V jyut.]
+ vi, lighten,
dyuti, /. sheen, 19 7 ; lustre; dignity.
[Vdyut.]
dyumant, a. heavenly, bright, splendid.
[fyd.]
dyuta, n. gambling. [VI div, 1176a.]
dy6, sa/e as div, 361d.
dravina, n. movable property (as opp. to
house and field), wealth. [Vdru, 1177b.]
dravya, n. 1. property; 2. in general,
thing, object ; 3. esp. worthy object.
[Vdru: see dravina.]
drastavya, grdv. to be seen. [Vdrg.]
V Idra (drati; dadraii ; adrasit; intens.
[1002c, 1024 2 ] daridrati). run ; intens.
run about, run hither and thither, [cf.
Si-Spd-ffK<a, ' run ' : see Vdru.]
+ a p a , run off. [cf . cwro-Spaj/at, ' run
off.']
V 2 d r a (drati ; dray ate ; dadraii ; adrasit ;
drasyati; drana). sleep, [cf. tSpaBov,
' slept ' ; Lat. dormlre, ' sleep.']
+ ni, go to sleep; sleep.
V dragh, only in derivs. drag, draw; draw
out ; extend ; lengthen, [poss. for #dhragh
(cf. Vdhraj), and akin w. Eng. drag: but
see dirgha.]
draghiyans, a. longer, as comp. to dirgha.
[V dragh, 467.]
V dru (dravati, -te ; dudrava, dudruv6 ;
adudruvat [868] ; drosyati ; druta ; dr<5-
tum ; drutva ; -driitya). hasten; run ;
run away, flee, 94 7 . [ident. w. Vdram,
' run,' and w. V 1 dra, q.v. : cf . eSpd/ie and
fSpd, 'ran.']
+ ati, run past or by ; escape.
+ a , run unto, make an attack, charge,
94 5,6.
+ u p a , run unto.
+ sam-upa, run unto, rush at, 3 12 .
drii, m.n. wood, [see daru.]
drugdha, see V druh.
druta]
[174]
druta, ppl. having hastened [952 2 ]; -am,
as adv. hastily, rapidly; quickly; imme-
diately. [Vdru.]
drum a, m. tree, [drti: cf. Spvfj.6s, 'a wood.']
V d r u m a y a ( drumayate) . pass for a tree.
[drama, 1058, 1059b.]
V druh (dnihyati ; dudr6ha ; adruhat ;
dhroksyati ; drugdha ; dr6gdhum ; -druh-
ya). hurt (by deceit, wile, magic); strive
to harm ; ppl. drugdha : as m. one who
has striven to harm, hurtful foe ; as n.
misdeed, [if for *dhrugh, cf. Old High
Ger. triukan, Ger. be-trugen, ' deceive so as
to harm.']
abhi, offend against.
dvd [482b], num. two. [cf. Svo, Lat. duo,
Eng. two.~\
dvamdva, n. pair; quarrel, [dvam-dvam
is the repeated nom. s. n. of dva : cf .
1252 *.]
dvaya, a. twofold; of two sorts; as n.
couple, pair, [dva : cf . 8oi6s, ' double.']
dvadaga [483*], cardinal, twelve, [dva
ilaca. 476 3 : cf. SudtSeica., Lat. duodecim,
' twelve.']
dvadaga, /. -i, ordinal, twelfth, dva-
dagi (sc. tithi), twelfth day of a lunar
half month, 59 9 . [dvadaga, 487 7 .]
dvadaga-ratra, n. space of twelve
nights, [dvadaga + ratri, 1315b, 1312 3 - *.]
dvadaga-sahasra, cardinal, n. twelve
thousand. [481.]
dvadagasahasra,. consisting of twelve
thousand, [dvadaga-sahasra, 1204c.]
dvar [388c], /. door, [perhaps 'the clos-
ure,' f r. V dvr, ' close,' for #dhvr : cf . 6vpa,
'door'; lot. for is, nom. s., 'door'; Eng.
door.~\
dvar a, n. door, [dvar, q.v. . 399.]
d vara-paksa, m. side of the door.
dvi, form o/dva in composition and deriva-
tion. [475 .]
dvi-ja, a. twice-born; as m. member of
one of the three upper castes, re-born by
virtue of investiture (see Vni + upa), 60 2 ,
68 2, 59 *, 62 7 ; in a narrower sense, a Brah-
man, 21 ", 43*, 55 , 64 16 .
dvi-janman, a. having double birth ; as
m. same as dvija ; man of one of the three
upper castes, 59 l . [acct, 1300c.]
dvi-jati, a. ana* as m. same as dvijan-
man ; man of one of the three upper
castes, 59 19 .
dvijottama, m. the highest of the twice-
born, i.e. a Brahman, [dvija + uttama.]
dvita, a. second, [dvi.]
dvita, adv. just so ; so also; equally.
dvitiya, a. second, [dvita, 487 4 , 1215d.]
dvidha, adv. in two parts,in twain. [1104.]
dvi-pad [391], a. having two feet; as m.
the two-footed one, man, 16 2 ; as n. sing.
that which is two-footed, collectively, men,
90 1 - 3 , 92 3 . [cf. SiTroSa, Lat. bipedem, 'bi-
ped.']
dvi-pada, f. -i, a. having (taken) two
steps.
dvi-pravrajin, f. -ni, a. in f. going
after two (men), unchaste, 98 14 .
V dvis (dvesti, dviste; didv^sa; adviksat,
-ata; dvista ; dvestum). hate; show
hatred ; be hostile, [cf . o-Sva-avro, ' be-
came wroth,' w. prothetic o.]
dvis, vbl. hating, in cpds; asf. hate; as m.
concrete, hater, foe. [Vdvis.]
dvis, adv. twice, [see dvi, dva: cf. Si's,
Lat. bis, *dvis, ' twice ' : the radically cog-
nate Eng. twice is a gen. form.]
dvipa, m. island.
dvipi-carman, n. tiger-skin, [dvipin.]
dvipin, a. having islands or island-like
spots ; as m. leopard ; tiger, [dvipa.]
V dvr, cover, close, in derivs. [see dvar.]
dvedha, adv. in two, in two kinds, [for
*dvayadha, fr. dvaya, 1104 2 .]
dvesa, m. hatred. [Vdvis.]
dvesas, n. hatred ; concrete, hater, foe.
[Vdvis.]
dha, vbl. bestowing, granting, in vasu-dha
[Vldha,333.]
V dhan (dadhanti). set in motion, [cf
V dhanv.]
dhana, n. 1. the prize of the contest;
not only the reward put up for the victor.
but also the booty taken from the foe
Vedic; so w. Vji, win booty by conquest,
81 2 ; then, 2. in general, wealth, riches,
property, money. [V dha, ' put ' : cf . fo^o,
' thing put up as a prize,' and for the mg
also Ger. Ein-satz, 'stakes.']
[175]
[V 1 dha
dhanu, m. bow. [fr. dhanus, a transfer
to the u-declension.j
dhanus-kanda, n. bow and arrow,
[dhanus : see 1253b.]
dhanus, n. bow. [Vdhan, 1154.]
dhanya, a. wealthy; fortunate, [dhana.]
\f dhanv (dhanvati; dadhanve ; adhan-
vit). set in motion ; run. [secondary
form of v'dhan.]
dhanvan, n. bow. [Vdhan, 1169. la.]
dhanvin, a. subst. having a bow, bow-
man, [dhanvan, 1230b.]
V dh amor dhma(dhamati [750] ;dadhmau;
adhmaslt ; dhamisyati ; dhamita, dhma-
ta; -dhmaya). blow, breathe out; blow
(pipe, shell, bag-pipe, bellows), [see 108g
and 750.]
+ a , blow up ; adhmata, fig. puffed up.
dhara, a. holding; bearing; keeping;
wearing. [Vdhr.]
d harm a, m. 1. custom, 98 18 ; usage,
99 u ; right; duty, 28 6 ; virtue, 21 7 , 10,
15 17 , 29 1 ; (virtue, i.e.) good works, 29 5 ,
63 n ; correct course of conduct, II 3 ;
dharme, in a question of right, 21 u ;
la. dharmena, adv. : as was right, 14 17 ;
dutifully, 16 5 ; 2. law; prescription,
rule; the law (as a system), 28 5 , 58 16 ' 19 ;
-3. personified, Virtue, 67 n , 48*.
[a post-Vedic word, taking the place of
V. dharman: dharma is fr. v'dhr (1166b),
perhaps in mg 6, and thus designating
ancient custom or right as 'that which
holds its own, which persists or endures ' ;
but it may come fr. Vdhr in mg 1, so that
dharma is 'that which is established or
settled'; in the latter case, cf., for the
mg, 0(/j.is, ' that which is established as
custom or law,' w. riOrifu, ' set, establish/
and Ger. Ge-setz, ' law,' w. setzen, ' set.']
dharma-j iia, a. knowing the law or one's
duty or what is right.
dharma-j naiia, n. knowledge of the
law.
dharmatas, adv. in a way which starts
from dharma, i.e. in accordance with good
usage, 59 19 ; by rights, 61 16 . [dharma,
1098c 3 .]
dharman, n. established ordinance; stead-
fast decree (e.g. of a god), 80 10 ; dhar-
mana, according to the established order
of things, in a way that accords with
nature, 84 8 . [Vdhr, 1168. Ic: see under
dharma.]
dharma-mula, n. the root or foundation
of the law.
dharma-vid [391], a. knowing the law
or one's duty, 1 15 ; acquainted with good
usage, 61 10 .
dharma-gastra, n. authoritative or ca-
nonical compend of dharma, 58 18 ; law-
book; law-shaster.
dharmatman, a. having virtue or right
as one's nature ; just, [atman.]
v' dhav (dhavate). run. [see under Vdhu,
and cf. dew, \10eF, 'run.']
dhavala, a. dazzlingly white. [V 2 dhav,
'rinse,' 1189, 1188.]
\/ Idha (dadhati, dhatt6 [668]; dadhaii,
dadhe; adhat, adhita [884]; dhasyati,
-te; r. -dhita, later hita[954cl; dhatum;
dhitva ; -dhaya ; dhiyate ; dfdhisati,
dhitsati; dhapayati ' L 1042dl).
-1. put, 86 10 ; set; lay, 39 u ; -2. put
in a place, bring to, u\ tatra, 85 19 ; w. loc.,
89 s , 95 5 ; w. dat.,83 1 ; -3. put upon, di-
rect towards ; dharme dha manas, set the
heart on virtue, 66 7 ; 4. put something
for a person (dat.), i.e. bestow upon him,
grant him, 84 1 , RV.x. 125.2; 5. put in
a position, i.e. appoint, constitute, w. double
ace., 88 12 ; 6. make, cause, produce ;
7. hold, keep, 86 6 ' 9 ; 8. mid. take to
one's self, receive, obtain, win ; esp. gar-
bham dha, conceive fruit in the womb,
92 12 ; 9. mid. assume, 19 7 ; maintain ;
10. hita, see s.v. ; 11. desid. act. desire
to grant; mid. desire to win.
[The original meaning of the root is
'put'; but, from the proethnic period, a
secondary development in the line ('set,'
' establish,' and so) 'make,' ' do,' is clear.
The secondary mg has even won the more
prominent place in Germanic and Slavic.
For the primary mg, cf . rieri/j.i, ' put '
(the parallelism of its mgs is remarkable
dfo-av KiOov, ' they set a stone ' ; OfaOai
v!6v, 'conceive a son,' etc., etc.) ; Lat. ab-
de-re, 'put off or away,' and con-de-re, 'put
together, construct, establish ' ; Eng. do,
Vidha]
[176]
'put,' in the contract forms doff, don, dup ;
Ger. weg-thun, ' do away or put away.'
For the secondary mg, cf . 9tivai TWO. &a-
trjAe'o, 'make one a king'; AS. don hine
to cyninge, ' make him a king ' ; Lat. flo,
' am made ' ; Eng. do, deed ; Ger. thun,
' do ' ; Slavic de-/o, ' deed ' : observe that
ff-eri, ' become,' is to f&-c-ere, ' make,' as
i-re (V/a), ' go/ is to ja-c-ere, ' make to
go, throw.']
+ antar, 1. put into the interior of
a thing ; and so 2. hide, conceal.
+ a pi, put close upon; cover (a jar with
its lid); apihita, closed up. [cf. ewiriOrifu,
'put upon.']
-f abhi, put on; put a name upon, desig-
nate; address; speak to, 43 10 ; say, 42 20 ;
abhihitam, (it was) said, 38 13 .
4-ava, put down in; esp. duck (trans.)
into the water; avahita, fallen into the
water ; cans, cause to be laid in.
+ a , 1. put or lay or set in or on, w. loc.,
77 \ 79 12 , 88 15 , 90 5 , 102 ; -2. put on
(wood on the fire), 82 15 ; 3. mid. set for
one's self on (the hearth a sacred fire),
95 12 ; _ 4. mid. put on one's self, take on,
74 6 ; _5. take, i.e. take away, 87 10 .
-t-vy-a, pass, be separated; be uncom-
fortable or sick.
+ s a m - a , put upon ; w. manas, concen-
trate the mind upon one thing ; samahita,
intent, eager, 1 13 .
-fupa-sam-a, set together (wood) unto
(an already burning fire), put (fuel) on,
100 16 , 105 10 .
+ u p a , put on (esp. a brick or stone
on the sacred fire-altar or enclosure),
96" ff.
+ ni, lay down, 87 8 ; set down (sacred
fire), 85 6 ; w. kriyam, put labor upon
(loc.), take pains with, 19 u ; nihita, put
down, lying low, 70 19 .
+ sam-ni, lay down together; put to-
gether ; pass, be near together ; samni-
Mta, near, impending, 25 15 .
+ pari, put around; esp. put (part of a
sacrificial fence) around (an altar), 105 13 ;
put around one's self, put on, (garments)
103 19 , (shoes) 45 u ; clothe.
4-puras, see s.v.
+ p r a , set forward, [cf . pradhana, pra-
dhana.]
+ vi, 1. part, mete out, distribute;
- 2. spread abroad, RV. x. 125. 3 ; - 3. (like
Lat. dis-pdnere) arrange, determine; pre-
scribe, 59 7 ; vihita, ordained, 14 4 ; 4. lay
out, make, build; prepare, 54 18 ; 5. ac-
complish, 56 12 ; make, do (in a great
variety of applications) ; vadham vidha,
do slaughter, slay, 32 u ; pujam vidha, do
or show honor, 28 13 ; pravrttim vidha,
make an advance into, w. loc., expose one's
self to, 20 12 ; upayam vidha, employ an
expedient, 39 2 ; kim vidheyam, what's to
be done, 31 6 ; tatha vidhiyatam, so let
it be done, II 4 ; yatha , tan maya vi-
dheyam, I must take such a course, that ,
37 6 ; cf. 38 22 .
+ grad, see grad.
-t-sam, put together, unite; embroil in,
w.loc., 73 ".
V 2dha(dhayati[761d2]; dadhaii ; adhat ;
dhasyati ; dhita ; dhatum ; -dhiya ; dhi-
tva). suck; drink, 63 1 . [cf. dadhi, dhenu:
also 0-fiffaTo, ' sucked ' ; ya\a-0rji'6s, ' milk-
sucking ' ; 0ri-\-ti, ' breast ' ; Lat. fe-lare,
'suck'; Goth, dadd-jan, 'give suck.']
1 dha, in cpds. as vbl. bestowing, grant-
ing ; as subst. place. [V 1 dha, ' place,
grant.']
2 dha, in cpds. as subst. drink. [V2dha,
'drink.']
dhatu, m. layer, as part of a composite
whole. [V 1 dha, ' put, lay.']
clhatf, m. establisher; creator; Dhatar, as
name of a deity, 90 9 N. [VI dha.]
dhana, a. holding, containing, [v/ldha,
1150.]
dhana, f. pi. corns, i.e. grain.
dhanya, a. cereal (adj.); as n. cereal
(noun), grain, [dhana.]
dharana, a. holding; as n. a holding,
keeping ; wearing, 14 u ; -a, f. established
ordinance ; rule, 62 ". [Vdhr.]
dhara, / stream, jet. [v/ldhav, 'run,
pour.']
dharasara, m. pi. stream-pourings, vio-
lent pourings, [asara.]
dharin, a. holding; possessing, 22 23 ; re-
taining, 68 u . [vdhr.]
[177]
[Vdhr
dharmik a, a. righteous; virtuous, [dhar-
ma.]
V Idhav (dhavati, -te; adhavit; dhavis-
yati; dhavita; dhavitva; -dhavya). run
(of fluids), stream, pour; run (of animate
beings), [see under Vdhu.]
+ anu, run after.
+ upa, run unto,
-f sam-upa, run on unto, 3 13 .
+ pra, run forth, flow; run.
V 2dhav (dhavati, -te; dadhave; adhav-
ista; dhauta; dhautva; -dhavya). rinse.
dhi, vbl. containing, granting, in cpds.
[Vldha, 1155. 2e.]
dhik, excl. fie! w. ace.
V dhi (didheti [676] ; didhaya [786 3 ] ;
dhitd). think, [see v/dhya.]
+ anu, think over.
dhi [351], /. -1. thought; dhiya-dhiya,
with each thought, every time it occurs to
one; 2. (like Ger. An-dacht, lit. 'think-
ing upon,' and then 'devotion') religious
thought, devotion, 69 13 , 74 19 , 82 " ; observe
that mati, manas, manisa, mantra, and
manman show this same specialization of
mgi prayer, 74 15 ; 3. intelligence, in-
sight, mind, 89 l ; understanding, skill.
[VdhL]
1 dhiti, f. perhaps draught, see 82 7 x.
[V2dha, 'drink,' 1157. la.]
2 dhiti, / 1. thought; 2. devotion;
-3. skill. [Vdhi: for 2, cf. dhi 2.]
dhimant, a. gifted with understanding,
wise, [dhi.]
1 dhira, a. wise, 78 3 - 10 . [Vdhi, 1188a.]
2 dhira, a. firm; resolute, 48 2 . [Jdhr :
cf . Lat. Jir-mus, ' firm.']
dhlvara, m. 1. a very clever or skilful
man; -2. a fisher, [dhi, 1171.]
dhiini, a. shaking, stormily moved, bois-
terous, wild. [f r. quasi-root dhun of
dhun6ti, sfdhii.]
V dhu (dhun6ti, -nut6; later, dhun6ti,
-nut6 [see 711] ; dudhava, dudhuve ;
adhusta [887a] ; dhavisyati ; dhuta, later
dhuta; dhutva; -dhuya). 1. move
quickly hither and thither ; shake ; 2. fan
(a fire) ; 3. shake off.
[orig. ' move violently, agitate ' : cf . 6vu,
6vvw, 'rush on'; Ovpos, 'agitation, anger,
passion, spirit': 0i5a>, 'sacrifice,' is poss
akin w. V dhu as a generalization of mg 2 :
closely akin w. V dhu is V 1 dhav, ' run,'
and also Vdhav, 'run' (cf. 0eo>, V0F, 'run'):
see also under dhuma.]
+ ava, shake down; mid. shake off from
one's self.
dhuma, m. smoke; vapor. [cf. Lat.
fumus, ' smoke ' : smoke has no such " swift
eddying motion" as to make it easy to
connect these names for it w. \ldhu, q.v. ;
but on this connection their identification
w. 6v/j.6s should seem to depend : more
prob. is the explanation of dhumi as ' the
enveloping or blackening,' fr. s/ldhvan,
as vama fr. Vvan.]
dhumaka, m. smoke, at end of cpds [1307]
for dhuma; / -ika [1222d], the same.
dhurta, a. subst. shrewd, sly, cunning;
rogue, [ppl. of Vdhvr, 'harm by deceit'
(cf. 957b 2 ): according to the gramma-
rians, dhurta, w. acct altered as in jiista:
for a somewhat analogous development
of mg, cf. Middle Eng. schrewen, ' curse,'
whence schrew-ed, 'cursed, bad,' Eng.
shrewd, 'bad, artful.']
dhurta-traya, n. rogue-triad, trio of
swindlers.
dhusara, a. dusted over, dusty, dust-
colored, gray. [Vdhvans, dhvas, 1188d:
cf. 181a.]
v' dhr (dadhara [786], dadhre ; adhrta ;
dharisyati, -te ; dhrtd ; dhartum ; dhr-
tva ; -dhf tya ; dharayati ; adidharat).
rngs of cans, forms ident. [1041 2 ] w. those of
simple forms; hold, in its various mgs,
trans, and intrans. ;
trans. 1. hold, bear, support, 33 n ,
39 3 , 75 s - 7 , 87 9 , 92 J; make firm, 92 10 ;
carry, 62 12 ; wear; -2. hold fast, 22 10 ,
33 : ; hold in check, bear, withstand, 2 20 ,
8 12 ; -3. keep (a cat), 31 9 ; -4. set or
lay or place in or on, w. loc., 33 12 , 41 21 ;
5. hold or make sure or ordain for some
one (dat.) ; mid. be ordained for some one
(dat.), belong of right to, 75 3 ;
intrans. 6. mid. hold, i.e. remain, con-
tinue; w. this mg, even in the active, 15 5 .
[cf. 6p&-vos, 'support, seat,' 6pa-vos,
'bench,' dp-fi-a-aa-Oai, 'sit'; Lat. fre-tus,
12
Vdhrs]
[178]
'held or supported by (hence iv. abl.),
relying on,' fre-num, 'holder, bridle.']
+ ava,cas. 1. set down, fix; 2. (like
Eng. hold) assume as certain, 44 u .
V dhrs (dhrsn6ti; dadharsa; adhrsat ;
dhrsita, dhrsta; -dhfsya; dharsayati).
be bold or courageous; dare; venture,
74 2 ; caus. venture on some one or
something; offend; overpower; dharsita,
overcome, [cf . Opcur-vs, ' bold ' ; Lat. fas-
tus, 'pride'; Goth, ga-dars, AS. dearr,
Eng. he dare (all 3d persons sing, of a
preterito-present) ; AS. dors-te, Eng.
durs-t.~\
+ a , venture against.
+ prati, hold out against, withstand,
82 5 .
dhrsnii, a. daring; courageous, doughty,
78 ?;' bold, 84". [v/dhrs, 1162.]
dhenii, f. milch cow; cow. [v'2dha,
'suck,' 1162.]
dheya, n, the giving. [v'ldha, mg 4,
' bestow, give ' : 1213c.]
dhairya, n. firmness; earnest or resolute
bearing. [2dMra, 1211.]
V dhma. see s dham.
V dhya (dhyati, dhyayati [761dl]; da-
dhyaii ; adhyasit [911] ; dhyasyati ;
dhyatd ; dhyatva ; -dhyaya) . think upon ;
meditate, [see Vdhi and 108g.]
+ abhi, set the mind on something;
sink one's self in thought, 57 l .
dhyana, n. meditation. [Vdhya, 1150.]
dhyana-para, a. having meditation as
highest object, absorbed in contempla-
tion. [1302b.]
V dhraj (dhrajati; adhrajit). draw on-
ward, advance, intrans. [see v'dragh, of
which this is poss. a collateral form.]
V dhru, collateral form of s'dhvr.
dhruti, /. a deceiving ; infatuation .
[Vdhru.]
dhruva, a. 1. holding or continuing,
i.e. remaining fixed in place ; as m.
the pole-star, 100 8 ; 2. of abodes
certain, safe, 79 18 . [Vdhr in mg 6: see
1190.]
dhruva, / sacrificial ladle, 102 13 , see
sriic. [lit. 'holder,' vfdhr in mg 1 : see
1190.]
V dhvans or dhvas (dhvansati, -te; da-
dhvansa, dadhvase ; adhvasat ; dhvasta ;
-dhvasya). 1. fall to dust, perish ;
dhvasta, exhausted, hurt, impaired; 2.
vanish, be off; 3. only in ppl. dhvasta,
bestrewn, covered over, esp. with dust,
[cf. Eng. dits-t ; prob. also AS. dw&s and
dysig, ' foolish,' Eng. dizzy, Old High Ger.
tuslc, ' foolish.']
dhvansa, m. the perishing; destruction.
[V dhvans.]
v' Idhvan (adhvamt; dhvanta; dhvan-
ayati). 1. cover one's self; dhvanta,
dark ; 2. become extinguished ; caus.
1. envelope, cover over; 2. blacken,
[perhaps akin w. V dhvans: see dhuma:
cf . AS. dunn, Eng. dun, ' dark, brownish-
black.']
V 2 d h v a n (dhvanati ; dadhvana ; dhvantd
[955a]). sound, resound, [cf. Old Eng.
dune, Eng. din.~\
dhvani, m. sound. [v'2dhvan.]
V dhvr (dhvarati). bend or make crooked ;
cause to fall; harm by deceit. [see
dhurta and dhruti : cf. AS. dwellan,
' lead astray, cause to delay,' Eng. dwell,
intrans., ' delay, linger, abide ' ; Eng. dwaul,
'wander, rave,' dwale, 'stupefying potion';
Dutch dwaal-licht, ' ignis f atuus ' ; Goth.
dvals, 'foolish'; Eng. dull, dol-t ; Ger.
toll, ' mad.']
na [491], end. pron. root of 1st person, see
aham. [w. nas, 'us,' cf. v&, 'we two,'
Lat. nos, 'us.']
na, adv. 1. not [1122b], 3 2 ; -la. in
connected sentences or clauses : repeated
simply: 97 8 , octies ; 62 u>15 , quinquies ;
63 13 - 14 , 71 4 , ter; 4 13 , 17 18 , 74 J , 80 ", bis;
with ca : na , na ca, na ca , 62 16 ;
na , na ca , na % 63 J ; with api : see
api2; with u, 21 u ; Ib. not repeated,
but replaced by api ca or va^api (see these),
2 12 , 63*; Ic. combinations: na ca, 8 16 ;
na ca, 13 7 , 62 16 ; naiva, 22 10 , 23 19 , 96 10 ;
na vai, 92 15 ; na va, 96 12 ; na tu, 64 13 ;
na tv eva tu, see tu ; na ha, 95 1T ; na_iva,
not exactly, 93 5 ; Id. tantamount to a-
in negative cpds [1122b 4 ], as nacira, na-
[179]
[Vnam
tidura, nadhita, etc. ; le. at beg. of
adversative clause: with adversative con/.,
34 10 ; without, 22 20 , 41 13 , 92 16 ; -If. in em-
phatic litotes, 21; Ig. substantive verb to
be supplied, 32 5 (asti); Ih. na precedes
ced, if it belongs to the protasis, 63 9 ; if it
immediately follows ced, it must be joined to
the apodosis, 18 9 ; li. for prohibitive nega-
tive, see ma; Ij. na, 'not,' coalesces met-
rically in Veda w. following initial vowel,
e.g. 70 12 , 71 4 , 83 9 ;
2. like [see 1122d and d 2 ], in this sense
Vedic only, 70 15 ' 18 , 71 7 ' 9 , etc.; na, 'like,'
does not coalesce metrically in Veda w. fol-
lowing initial vowel.
[cf. vr\-, Lat. n&-, negative prefix in
i/T)-/cep8es, 'gain-less,' nff-fas, 'not right,
wrong'; AS. and Old Eng. ne, 'not'; AS.
na (ne +d), 'not ever, never, no,' Eng. no;
Eng. na- in nathless, AS. na \>e Zees, ' not
the less ' ; Eng. n- in n-ever, n-aught, etc.]
nakis, indecl. subst. pron. 1. no one, 78 1 ,
73 M?. _. nothing, 73 '"I; -3. et-en as
ae?y. [see 1117], never, 75 n . [na + kis,
see 504 2 end.]
nakula, m. Viverra ichneumon, an animal
like the polecat, often domesticated, and
a bitter foe of serpents and mice.
nakta, n. night; -am [llllb], by night,
[cf. vvl-, stem VVKT, Lat. nox, stem nocti,
Eng. night.']
V naks (naksati, -te; nanaksa, nanakse).
attain unto; w. dyam, mount up to
heaven. [collateral form of V2na,
' attain.']
naksatra, n. 1. sidus, heavenly body,
in Veda, of sun as well as of stars ; star,
13 3 , 71 12 ; sing, collectively, 78 n ; constel-
lation; 2. asterism of the lunar zodiac,
59 10 . [perhaps the stars are they that
'mount up' to heaven, cf. Vnaks w.
dyam.]
nakha, m. n. nail (on fingers or toes);
claw; talon, [cf. uvv, stem o-wx, Lat.
unguis, ' nail, claw ' ; AS. ntEgel, Eng. nail.~\
nakhin, a. having claws; as m. beast with
claws, [nakha.]
nagara, n., and -ri,f. town, city.
nagaropanta, n. neighborhood of the
town, [upanta.]
na-cira, a. not long; -at, adv. [1114c],
soon. [1122b 4 .]
nata, m. dancer, mime, actor (these form
a very despised caste), [Vnrt.]
nada or nala, m. reed. [Whitney 54: cf.
2 nada and nala.]
V nad (nadati ; nanada, nede; nadita;
-nadya). sound ; roar ; bellow. [see
1 nada and nadf.]
1 nada, m. the bellower, i.e. bull. [Vnad.]
2 nada, m. reed, rush. [cf. nada.]
nadi,f. roaring stream ; river. [Vnad: cf.
Ne'Sa, Ne'Scoi/, names of streams.]
nanandr [3G9 2 ], f. husband's sister.
V nand (nandati, -te; nananda; nandis-
yate; nandita; -nandya). be glad,
-i- abhi, be glad in; greet joyfully.
nandana, a. gladdening; causing joy ; as
m. son, 21 n ; as n. Nandana, or Elysium,
the pleasure ground of the gods, esp. of
Indra, 49 18 . [caus. of Vnand.]
nandi, m. The Gladsome One, euphemis-
tic epithet of the dreadful god, Qiva-
Rudra. [Vnand: cf. giva.]
nandi-deva, m. Xandideva, name of a
Brahman, ['having (yiva as his god.']
nap at, naptr [370], m. 1. in Veda, de-
scendant in general; son; grandson, 87 18 ;
2. in Skt., grandson, 63 9 . [declension:
in Veda, napat, napatam, naptra, naptr-
bhis, etc. ; in Skt., napta, naptaram, nap-
tra, naptrbhis, etc. : see 1182d : cf . vt-rroSfs,
'young ones'; Lat. nepotem, 'grandson';
AS. nefa, ' son's son or brother's son '
supplanted by Old French neveu (Eng.
nephew], which in Old Eng. meant 'son's
son' as well as 'brother's son.']
napti [356], /. daughter, 72 6 ; grand-
daughter. [/. to napat : acct, 355b.]
V nabh (nabhate). burst; tear.
nabhas, n. 1. mist, clouds; 2. atmos-
phere, sky. [cf. vefyos, ve(j>f\T), ' cloud,
mist'; Lat. nubes, 'cloud,' nebula, 'mist';
AS. nifol, ' misty, gloomy ' ; Ger. Nebel,
'mist': for mg2, cf. Ger. Wolken and AS.
wolcnu, 'clouds,' w. Eng. welkin, 'sky.']
nabhas-tala, n. sky-surface, i.e. sky, see
tala.
V nam (namati, -te; nanama, neme [794e];
anansit; nansyati; nata [954d]; nami-
12*
namas]
[180]
turn, nantum ; natva ; -namya ; nama-
yati). bow (intrans.), bend one's self; aim
at a person (gen.) with (instr.), 73 15 ; nata,
bowed down, bending over, 68 19 K. ; cans.
cause to bow, subdue; namyate, is sub-
dued, 31 6 .
+ ava, bow down, 34 17 .
+ a , bow down to.
+ u d , raise one's self up, arise.
+ s a m - u d , rise.
+ nis, bend out; contort one's self.
+ pra, make obeisance before (ace.).
namas, n. bow, obeisance; adoration (by
gesture or word); reverence; used also
like the Lat. gloria in the Gloria patri.
[V nam.]
namas-kara, m. a making of namas;
adoration. [171 3 .]
namas -kr (see Vlkr). do homage, 9 U .
[171 3 , 1092a.]
V namasya( namasy ati ) . pay reverence.
[namas, 1063, 1058.]
namuci, m. Namuchi, name of a demon,
foe of Indra, 81 16 , 97 6 .
nay ana, n. eye. ['leader, organ of sense
that leads/ sfni, 1150. la : for mg, cf.
anana, gatra, car ana, netra.]
nara, m. man, 3 21 , etc.; at 57 5 , the primal
man or spirit. [transition-stem fr. nr,
1209a.]
nara-nari,y. man and woman. [1253a.]
nara-pati, m. lord of men ; king.
nara-vahana, a. subst. having men as
his team, drawn by men; epithet and
name of Kuvera, god of wealth; name
of a king, successor of Qalivahana.
naravahana-datta, m. Naravahanadat-
ta, name of a son of king Udayana.
naravahanadatta-carita, n. adven-
tures of X.
naravahanadattacaritamaya, f. -i, a.
containing the adventures of N. [1225 :
see maya.]
nara-vyaghra, m. man-tiger, i.e. brave
and noble man. [cf . naragardula : 1280b.]
nara-gardula, m. man-tiger, i.e. best
among men. [cf. naravyaghra : 1280b.]
nara-grestha, a. subst. best of men.
nara-sunu, /. daughter of the primal
man or spirit.
naradhipa, m. lord of men, i.e. king
prince, [adhipa.]
naregvara, m. lord of men, i.e. king,
prince. [Igvara.]
narottama, a. subst. best of men. [ut-
tama.]
narmada, a. granting or causing fun;
making gladness; f. -da, Xarmada (called
also Reva), the modern Nerbudda river.
[narman + da.]
narman, n. fun.
n a 1 a , m. reed ; Nala, name of a prince of
Nishadha. [cf. nada, Vedic nala.]
nalopakhyana, n. Nala-episode, I 1 .
[upakhyana.]
1 nava, a. new; of an earthen dish, (fresh,
i.e.) unburned. [prob. fr. mi, 'now/ q.v. :
cf. vfos, Lat. novus, Ger. neu, Eng. new."]
2 nava [483 *], num. nine. [cf. tvvta, Lat.
novem, Ger. neun, Eng. nine.']
n a v a t i [485], f. ninety. [2 nava.]
nava-nlta, n. fresh butter. [perhaps
' fresh-brought/ as we say ' bring the but-
ter, i.e. make it come/ in churning.]
navedas, a. perhaps well-knowing, cogni-
zant of (gen.), [apparently fr. an affirma-
tive particle na-, and vedas : see 1296 3
end.]
V Inag (nagyati ; nanaga, negus; anagat ;
nanksyati [936]; nasta; nagayati). be
missing ; get lost ; vanish ; perish, be
ruined, [cf . ven-pos, ' dead ' ; Lat. nex,
' death ' ; nocere, ' harm.']
+ vi, get lost; perish; caus. cause to dis-
appear; bring to nought, 81 20 .
V 2nag (nagati, -te; nanaga; anat [833]).
attain ; reach, come up to, 74 J ; w. accha,
draw hither, 76 u . [see V 1 ag, ' reach ' : cf .
Lat. nac-tus sum, ' am having reached ' ;
AS. nedh, comp. near, superl. nedhst, Eng.
nigh, near (as comp., Macbeth ii. 3. 146),
next ; AS. ge-neah, ' it reaches, es reicht, it
suffices'; ge-noh, Eng. e-nough.~\
+ pra, reach to, hit; fall upon, 78 8 .
nas [397], /. nose. [nom. dual, nasa: cf.
Lat. nas-turcium, ' nose-teaser, nasturtium ' ;
ndr-es, ' nostrils ' ; AS. nosu, Eng. nose ;
nos-tril, 'nose-thrill, nose-hole.']
nas [491], end. pron. form of \st pers. [cf.
v(>, ' we two ' ; Lat. nos, ' us.']
[181]
[Vnind
nasa, for nas in cpds [1315c].
V nah (nahyati [761c]; naddha [223 8 ];
-nahya). bind; join, [despite naddha (a
poss. false formation), and Avestan nazda
( Morphologische Untersuchungen, iii. 144),
probably for *nagh : cf. Lat. nec-t-ere,
'bind.']
+ u p a , tie on, lace.
nahi, adv. not, to be sure; nahf me asti,
to be sure, I have no . [na + hi, 1122a
and b 4 : acct of verb, 595d.]
nahusa, m. Nahusha, name of an ancient
king, [perhaps 'neighbor,' from nahus,
and in that case a transfer-form (1209b).]
nahus, m. neighbor. [Vnah.]
n iika, m. vault of heaven, firmament.
natidura, . not very far. [na + ati-
dura, 1122b 4 .]
V nath (nathate ; nathita ; nathitum;
-nathya). turn with supplication to.
nath a, n. a refuge; as m. protector;
lord, [v/nath.j
nadhita, a. un-learned. [na + adhita,
v'i: 1122b 4 .]
nabhi, f. 1. navel; 2. nave or hub.
[cf. ofj.cj>-a\6s, Lat. umb-ilicus, AS. naf-ela,
Eng. navel ; also AS. naf-u, Eng. nave.']
nabhi-vardhana, n. the cutting of the
navel (-string).
nama-dheya, n. the name-giving, nam-
ing, 59 9 ; name, 17 9 , GO 22 , [naman.]
Hainan, n. 1. distinguishing character-
istic; form; -2. name, 13 8 , 60 21b , 78 9 ,
61 9 ; nama grah, (take i.e.) mention the
name, 64 13 ; personal name (e.g. deva-
datta), as distinguished from the gotra
or ' family name ' (e.g. kagyapa, ' descen-
dant of Ka9yapa'), 103 19 N. ; at end of
cpds, having as name, named , so 11
times, e.g. 19 u ; 3. nama, adv. [llllb],
by name, so 19 times, e.g. I 3 , 60 2U , 94 16 ;
also munna, 56 5 ; w. interrogatives, pray,
54 16 . [origin unknown: cf. o-po/xa, Lat.
nomen, Eng. name.]
nara, 1. a. human; 2. as m. man;
narl, /. woman, I 9 , 86 18 , etc.; wife,
[nr, 1208b : for mg 2, cf . manava.]
nara da, m. Narada, name of an ancient
devarsi (see note to 1 u ), who often appears
on the earth to bring news from the gods,
and returns to heaven with reports from
men.
n a r a y a n a , m. Narayana, son of the pri-
mal man. [simply a patronymic of nara,
see 1219.]
nava,/. ship, [transfer-form (1209,399)
fr. nau, nav.]
nag a, m. loss; destruction, [v/nag, 'be
missing.']
nasa, dual f. the two nostrils, the nose,
[transfer-form (399) fr. nas, strong nas.]
nasika,/. nostril; dual, the two nostrils;
the nose, [nasa, 1222c 1.]
nastika, a. subst. atheist, infidel, not be-
lieving the Vedas and Puranas. [fr.
na + asti, ' there is not,' 1314b.]
nahusa, m. descendant of Xahusha, pa-
tronymic of Yayati. [nahusa, 1208 and f .]
ni, prep, down; in, into. [cf. tvi, 'in';
Eng. ne-ther, be-nea-th.']
nikata, a. near; as n. neighborhood;
presence. [1245g.]
nikhila, a. entire; all. [perhaps for
nih-khila, ' without a gap,' nis + khila :
1305 - end.]
nija, a. own; belonging to our party, 24 6 ;
nijo ripus, foe in one's own camp, 37 15 ;
often used as reflexive possessive pron., my
own, his own, our own, etc., or rather,
my (47 17 ), his (50 u , 53 12 , 56 4 ' 6 ), etc.
[perhaps 'in-born,' fr. ni +ja.]
ninya, a. inner; hidden, 70 20 ; as n. secret,
78 3 . [ni.]
nitya,a. 1. own (Vedic), 79 16 ; 2. con-
stant; eternal, 57 7 ; -am, adv. constantly,
always, 17 16 , 64 19 . [in mg 1, fr. ni, 'in,'
1245b, and so signifying 'inward, not
alien.']
nitya-kala, m. uninterrupted time ; -am,
adv. always, under all circumstances, 60 6 .
nitya-snayin, a. constantly making
sacred ablutions. [1279.]
V nid or nind (nindati; nininda ; anindlt;
nindita ; -nindya). blame ; reproach,
[cf. ovfiSos, ' reproach.']
n i d r a , /. sleep. [V 2 dra, ' sleep,' + ni.]
nidhana, ra. n. end; death, 5 19 . [perhaps
f r. V dha + ni, ' put down or out of the
way,' ' make an end of.']
v nind, see nid.
nindaka]
[182]
nindaka, a. subst. scoffer. [Vnid, nind.]
nibandhana, n. a binding, ligation, 59 3 ;
that on which a thing is fastened or
rests or depends, condition, means, 46 7 .
[Vbandh + ni.]
nibhrta, a. (borne down, lowered, i.e.)
hidden; -am, adv. secretly. [Vbhr + ni.]
nimajjana, n. bathing. [Vmajj +ni.]
nimitta, n. mark (for shooting at) ; sign,
token; occasion or cause; -am, -ena, ad-
verbially, because of; tannimittam, -ena,
because of this, on account of this.
nimesa, m. closing or winking of the eyes.
[Vmis -t-ni.]
n i y o g a , m. a fastening on ; injunction,
and so, commission ; business, 30 6 . [V yuj
+ ni: for mg, cf. alicui injungere labor em,
' fasten or impose a task on a person.']
nir , for nis before sonants [174] ; see nis.
nir-antara, a. without interval or free
space ; completely filled, 53 10 ; continuous ;
uninterrupted, 56 12 .
nir-apaya, a. without failure or danger;
infallible or safe.
nir-apeksa, a. without regard or expec-
tation ; regardless, 52 20 ; not expecting
anything from another, independent, 31 n .
[apeksa, 334 2 .]
nir-amisagin, a. not meat-eating, [see
nis 3.]
nir-ahara, a. without food, abstaining
from food.
nir-ukta, a. spoken out; loud; clear;
os n. explanation ; etymological interpre-
tation of a word ; esp. Nirukta, title of a
commentary to the nighantavas or Vedic
Glossary. [V vac + nis. ]
n i r - r t i ,/. dissolution ; destruction. [Vr +
nis, 1157. Id.]
nir-guna, a. without a string, 18 5 ; void
of good qualities, 18 5 ; worthless, bad.
nir-nama, m. contortion, sinuosity.
[V nam + nis.]
nir-dhana, a. without money.
nir-buddhi, a. without wit, stupid.
nir-bhara, a. 1. without measure,
much ; -am, adv. very ; -am prasupta,
fast asleep ; 2. full of.
nir-niala, a. without impurity; pure;
clear.
nir-laksya, a. not to be perceived,
avoiding notice, [see nis 3.]
nir-vanga, a. without family; alone in
the world.
nir-vata, a. windless; sheltered.
nir-vigesa,a. without distinction; undis-
tinguished; alike; like.
nirvigesakrti, a. having like appear-
ance, looking just alike, [akrti.]
nivara, m. the warding off. [Vlvr,
'cover,' + ni.]
nivita, ppl. hung, i.e. draped, with hang-
ings, esp. with the sacred cord ; as n.
[1176a], the wearing the sacred cord about
the neck ; the sacred cord itself. [V vya +
ni.]
nivrtta, ppl. 1. turned away; esp. of
an action which is turned away, i.e. not
directed (to any ulterior purpose or ob-
ject), free from hope of reward in this
world or the next, disinterested, opp. of
pravrtta, q.v.; 2. having turned away
from, and so abstaining from, 29 3 . [Vvrt
niv6gana, n. a going in and settling down
to rest ; resting-place ; sleeping-place, bed,
105 8 ; dwelling, 8 6 . Vvig + ni: for mg,
cf. bhavana.]
nig [397], /. night, [cf. nakta.]
n i g a , f. night, [cf . nig, nakta.]
nigcaya, m. (ascertainment, determina-
tion, i.e.) a fixed opinion or a firm resolve.
[poss. fr. v!3ci, 'notice, look,' + nis; but
better, perhaps, fr. V 1 ci + nis, and so,
' an un-piling, i.e. discrimination, determi-
nation.']
nigcala, a. not moving, [nis + cala : see
nis 3.]
nigcita, ppl. determined, decided; -am,
adv. decidedly, surely, [see under nig-
caya.]
nihgreyasa, a. without a superior, i.e.
best; as n. final beatitude, [nis + grey-
asa: acct, 1305 3 .]
nihgvasa, m. breathing out, expiration;
sigh. [V gvas + nis. ]
nihgvasa-parama, a. having sighs as
chief thing, much addicted to sighing.
[1302b.]
nisadha, m. pi. the Nishadhans, name of
[183]
[mlavarna
a people ; Nishadha, name of a country,
1 7 N., 4 3 .
nisadhadhipa, m. .ruler or king of the
Nishadhans. [adhjpa.]
nisudana, m. finisher (in its colloquial
sense), one who makes an end of, de-
stroyer. [V sud + ni.]
niseka, m. an injecting, esp. of semen,
impregnation; the ceremony performed
upon impregnation. [V sic + ni.]
nisevin, a. devoting one's self to; co-
habiting with, 67 22 . [Vsev + ni.]
niskramana, n. the stepping out; esp.
the first going out with a child. [Vkram
+ nis.]
nistha, a. resting upon. [Vstha + ni,
333.]
nisphala, a. fruitless, 63 10 ; vain, 68 ".
[nis + phala.]
nis, adv. prep. 1. out, forth; 2. in
cpds [1305 2 end], having away, with-
out , e.g. nirantara ; 3. in cpds, not,
e.g. nigcala.
V m (nayati, -te ; ninaya [800b], ninye ;
anaisit, anesta [882]; nesyati, -te; nita;
netum ; nitva ; -niya ; niyate ; naydyati
[1042b]). lead, 24 15 ; guide; conduct,
85 20 ; carry, 39 19 , etc.; carry off, 36 15 ,
43 17 ; vyaghratam ni, bring to tiger-ness,
change into a tiger ; vagam ni, bring into
one's power.
+ anu, (draw along toward one, i.e.)
try to win or conciliate by friendly words.
-f abhi, bring hither to.
+ a , bring to, 29 u ; bring, 31 9 ; bring
(one liquid) into (another, loc.), mix, 101 u ;
caus. cause to be fetched, 50 5 .
+ u d , bring up ; rescue (as a drowning
man from the water), 90 10 .
+ u p a , take unto one's self, of the
teacher who receives a youth of one of
the three free castes as pupil, and at the
same time invests him with the sacra-
mental cord, thus conferring spiritual re-
birth, and making him a full member of
his caste ; see upanayana ; upanita, in-
vested with the sacramental cord.
+ pari, lead around (a cow, steer), 91 u ,
105 M ; esp. lead a bride around the fire
(as wedding ceremony), page 99.
+ pra,l. bring forward ; 2. as litur-
gical terminus technicus, convey the sacri-
ficial fire and water to their places on and
near the altar; pranitas (sc. apas), holy
water; 3. bring forward (one's feelings),
i.e. come out with or manifest one's affec-
tion, 9 15 .
+ vi, lead; guide; train; discipline.
ni [352], vbl. bringing, in vaani. [Vni.]
nica, a. low, not high ; morally and
socially low. [inorganic transfer-form
(1209a) fr. nic-a, q.v.]
nica, adv. down, low. [adverbially ac-
cented instr. instead of nic-a, 1112e
fr. ny-anc.]
nica-vayas [418], a. whose strength is
low; exhausted. [1306.]
nida, Vedic nila, m. n. 1. (place for
settling down, i.e.) resting-place; 2. esp.
bird's nest, [for ni-zd-a, i.e. ni-s(a)d-a
198b 3 V sad + ni : cf . Lat. nidus,
Ger. Nest, Eng. nest: for 1, see Whitney
54.]
nida-garbha, m. nest-interior.
niti,/. 1. co'nduct, esp. right and saga-
cious conduct; the knowledge of all that
governs virtuous and discreet and states-
man-like behavior; political and social
ethics ; 2. leading. [V ni, ' conduct.']
niti-jna, a. knowing how to conduct
one's self discreetly.
niti-vidya, f. knowledge of niti or
political and social ethics, esp. as it con-
cerns princes.
niti-Qastra, n. doctrine or science of
political and social ethics.
nitha, m. a leading; nitha, n. (way, and
so, like the German Weise) a musical air,
song. [Vni, 1163a.]
nira, n. water.
nirasa, a. sapless, dried up; tasteless;
insipid, 54 ". [nis + rasa, 174, 179.]
niruj, a. without disease; healthy, 22 s .
[nis+riij, 174, 179.]
nila, a. dark-colored, esp. dark blue; as n.
indigo ; nfli, / indigo, [hence, through
the Arabic an-nil, for al-nil, 'the indigo-
plant,' come Eng. anil and aniline.']
nila-pata, m. dark garment.
nlla-varna, a. blue-colored.
nilasarhdhanabhanda]
[184]
nilasamdhana-bhanda, n. vat for the
mixing, i.e. preparing of indigo,
nillbhanda-svamin, m. indigo-vat-pro-
prietor.
nivara, m. wild rice; sing, the plant; pi.
the grains,
nil a, see mda.
> nn (navate; nunava: anusta; nuta;
-mitya). cry aloud; shout; exult; praise.
+ pra, murmur; hum; esp. utter the
sacred syllable om.
nu, adv. la. now, at once, temporal ; Ib.
now, confirmative ; adha nu, so now, 79 8 ;
Ic. now, introductory, 70 * ; Id. so
then, in encouraging or summoning; le.
now, pray, in questions, 5 21 , 7 18 , 51 20 , 74 8 ,
78 12 ; 2. asseverative : nakir nu, surely
no one or nothing, 73 20 ; ma nu, in order
that surely not, 86 10 ; 3. w. relatives :
ya nu, whatsoever, 74 2 ; yan nu, i.e. yat
nu, as long soever as, 79 13 . [in V. often
nu: cf. vv, vvv, Lat. nun-c, Ger. nu, nun,
AS. nu, nu, Eng. now: see also nava,
nutana, nunam.]
V nud (nudati, -te ; nun6da, nunud6 ;
anutta [881]; notsyati, -te; nutta, nun-
na; -nddya). push; thrust.
--par a, thrust away; move from its
place.
+ p r a , push forward ; set in motion.
4-vi, drive asunder or away ; turn away,
esp. from cares, like the Eng. di-vert;
amuse. [for mg, cf. also dis-port and
s-port.~\
n u d a , a. dispelling, in cpds. [V nud.]
nutana, a. of now ; recent ; young, [nu,
1245e.]
niinam, adv. now. [nu, 1109.]
nf [370, 371 5 - 9 - 10 ], m. man; hero; used
also of gods: of the Maruts, 74*, 77 18 .
[cf . arfip, stem avtp, ' man ' ; Old Lat. nero,
stem neron, 'manly, strong'; Lat. Nero.~\
nr-caksas, a. men-beholding. [1296 3 .]
V nrt (nftyati, -te ; nanarta ; anartit ;
nartisyati ; nrttd ; nartitum ; nart-
itva). dance.
nrti, /. dance. [Vnrt, 1155. 1.]
nr - p a , m. protector of men, i.e. prince, king,
nr-pati, m. lord of men, i.e. prince, king.
[acct, 1267a.]
nrmna, n. virtus, manliness, courage,
strength, [fr. nr (1224c), as virtus fr.
vir.~\
nr-Qansa, a. man-cursing; malicious.
netavya, grdv. to be carried. [Vni.]
netra, n. eye. ['leader,' Vni, 1185a: for
mg, cf. nayana.]
n 6 d , adv. lest, in order that not, w. accented
verb (595d) in the subjunctive (581c), 84 ".
n e d y a , grdv. to be blamed. [V nid, 963d.]
n e mi, / felly, rim. [nam, 1155.]
nairukta, a. pertaining to the Nirukta;
as m. an etymologist, [nirukta, 1208f .]
naisadha. a. pertaining to Nishadha ; as
m. prince of the Jsishadhans, i.e. Xala.
[nisadha, 1208f.]
n6, adv. and not, 21 u ; no ced, and if not,
see ced. [na + tu]
nau, see 491.
nau [361a], /. boat; ship. [cf. vavs, Lat.
navis, ' ship ' ; perhaps AS. naca, ' skiff ' :
perhaps 'the swimmer,' Vsnu, cf. Vsna.]
nyag-r6dha, m. Ficus indica, banyan
tree. [ ' downwards - growing ' : nyanc
(1249a) + rodha.]
nyanc [409b], a. directed downwards, [ni
+ anc, 407.]
nyayd, m. 1. (that to which a thing
goes back, i.e.) rule, norm; 2. (that in
which a thing goes, i.e.) way; 3. esp.
the right way, propriety. [Vi + ni,
1148.2.]
nyayya, a. regular, normal, right; -am,
adv. rightly; properly, [nyaya, 1211.]
nyasa, m. a putting down, commitment.
[V 2 as + ni, ' throw down.']
1 pa, vbl. drinking, in cpds. [VI pa, 333.]
2 pa, vbl. keeping, keeper, in cpds. [V2pa,
333.]
paksa, m. 1. wing, 93 2 ; 2. side, of a
door or of the hair of the head ; 3. half,
esp. of a lunar month, 27 1 , 57 19 , cf. krsna-.
gukla-; 4. side, i.e. party, 37 18 .
paksa-bala, n. strength of wing.
paksin, a. winged, 92 19 ; as m. bird, 2 M .
[paksa.]
[185]
[pati
paksimrgata, f. condition of bird or
of beast. [fr. paksin + mrga : 1237,
1252.]
paksi-c,avaka, m. young of a bird;
birdling. [paksin.]
pa iika, n. mud, mire.
panktf, f. set or series or row of five;
row in general, [panca, 1157.4.]
pankti-krama, m. order of a row;
-ena, in a row, 39 M .
V pac (pacati, -te; papaca, pec6 [794e];
apaksit; paksyati, -te; paktum; pak-
tva). cook, by baking or boiling or
roasting ; ripen. [cf . irfffcrw, ' cook ' ;
vfv-wv, 'ripe'; Lat. coquo, 'cook'; bor-
rowed AS. noun coc, Eng. cook.']
+ v i , cook thoroughly ; pass, be brought
to maturity; ripen (of an action), i.e.
come to its consequences or issue.
panca [483 3 ], num. five. [cf. ireVre, Aeolic
ire'yuire, Lat. quinque, Goth, fimf, AS. flf,
Eng. Jive.']
panca-tantra, n. Panchatantra, name
of a collection of fables, ['having five
divisions or books.']
panca-tapas, a. having five fires, of an
ascetic who sits between four fires, one at
each cardinal point, and with the burning
sun above.
pancatva, n. fiveness ; esp. dissolution
of the body into the five elements (earth,
water, fire, air, ether, see bhuta and 66 5 N.),
i.e. death; w. gam, die. [panca, 1239.]
panca-pada,/ -I, a. having (taken) five
steps, [acct, 1300.]
pancama, f. -i, a. fifth, [panca, 487 6 .]
panca-yama, a. having five courses,
[acct, 1300.]
panca-girsa, a. five-headed. [girsan,
1315a.]
V pat (patayati, etc.). split, slit.
+ ud, open out.
pat a, m. woven stuff ; cloth; garment.
patala, n. veil; cover, [cf. pata.]
p a t u , a. 1. sharp ; and so 2. Jig.
(nearly like Eng. sharp), clever.
V path (pathati; papatha; pathita; path-
itva; pathayati). read aloud, 54 23 , 55 9 ;
recite, 17 11 ; repeat to one's self, study,
22 u ; cans, teach to talk, 19 15 .
V pan (panati, -te; panita). 1. bargain;
buy; 2. bet, wage, stake, play. [prob.
for *paln : cf . irfpinj/^L and ir<a\f(a, ' sell ' ;
Ger.feil, 'for sale, venal.']
+ a, in apana, ' market.'
+ vi, sell.
pana, m. 1. bargain, stipulation, 45 u ;
2. wage, gage, prize; 3. a certain
coin, 47 16 . [Vpan.]
pani, m. 1. bargainer, who gives nought
without return ; chafferer, haggler, and so
2. niggard; esp. one who is stingy to-
wards the gods, an impious person ; 3. a
malicious demon. [Vpan.]
pandita, a. learned; as m. learned man,
Anglo-Indian pandit.
pandita-sabha, /. assembly of pandits.
panya, grdv. to be bargained for or bar-
tered ; as n. article of trade. [Vpan, 963.]
V pat (patati, -te; papata, petus [794e];
apaptat ; patisyati ; patita ; patitum ;
patitva ; -patya ; patayati, -te). 1. fly ;
move swiftly through the air; 2. de-
scend, let one's self down ; cast one's
self at, 26 8 ; 3. fall down, tumble down,
34 8 , 40 2 - 5 ; fall (morally), fall from one's
caste; fall down (dead); 4. fall upon,
be directed to, 13 6 ; 5. fall or get into,
22 s - 9 ; cans, cause to fly; hurl (a curse),
49". [cf. vfTOfuu, 'fly'; vl-vru, 'fall';
Lat. peto, ' fall upon, make for, seek ' : see
also pattra.]
+ a n u , fly after, pursue.
+ ud, fly up.
+ sam-ud, fly or spring up together,
3 6 , 8".
+ ni, fly down; light, 3 8 ; tumble into,
36 1S ; caws, cause to fall; kill, 32 n , 33 17 .
+ s a m - n i , fall together, 99 20 ; come
together; cans, bring together or convene,
9 19 .
+ para, fly off, 93 l .
patatra, n. wing. [Vpat, 1185d.]
patatrin,a. winged; as m. bird, [pata-
tra.]
pa tana, n. fall. [Vpat.]
pati [343b], m. 1. master, possessor;
lord; ruler, 4 2 ; 2. then (like Eng. lord),
husband, 9 7 , 89 5 , 86 19 , 64 ". [cf. w6 ff is,
'husband'; Lat. impos, stem irn-pot, 'not
patighni]
[186]
master of; Goth.fafrs in bru}>-fa\>-s, 'bride-
groom.']
pati-ghni, a. f. husband-slaying, [for-
mally a fern, to pati-han, 402.]
patitva, n. condition of spouse; wedlock.
[patL]
pati-loka, m. husband's place, abode of
the husband in the future life.
pati-sthana, n. husband's place.
pat isthaniya, a. belonging to or in
the husband's place ; as m. husband's
representative, [patisthana, 1215.]
pattra, n. 1. feather; wing; 2.
(plumage of a tree, i.e.) leaf for mg, cf.
parna ; 3. a leaf for writing on ; a
written leaf, 54 19 . [V pat : cf . irrep6v,
'wing'; Lat. penna and Old Lat. pesna
(for *petna), 'wing'; Ger. Fed-er, Eng.
feath-er.~\
pattra-aka, n. leaf -vegetable, a vege-
table consisting chiefly of leaves.
patni, / 1. mistress, lady; 2. then
(like Eng. lady), wife. [fern, to pati, just
as Trd-rvia., ' lady/ is to ir<J<m.]
patsutah-gi [352], a. lying at the feet.
patsutas, adv. at the feet. [fr. patsii,
loc. pi. of pad, 1098b.]
path [433], same as panthan.
patha, for path in cpds [1315c].
path! [433], same as panthan.
pathi-raksi, a. guarding the paths,
[panthan, 1249a : acct, 1276.]
pathya, a. (pertaining to the way, course,
or progress of a thing, and so) suitable,
wholesome ; pathya, f. pathway, [path,
1212d 1.]
V pad (padyate; papada, ped6 [794e];
apatta [882] ; patsyate, -ti ; panna
[957d] ; pat turn ; -padya ; padayati).
1. go, step, tread, only w. prepositions
and in derivatives; 2. fall, sink down
(from fatigue), perish, [connection be-
tween 1 and 2 not clear: uncompounded
verb very rare : see under pdd and
pada.]
+ a, come unto; get into (a condition);
esp. get in trouble.
-I- v y - a , fall away, perish ; cans, destroy ;
kill.
+ ud, go forth or out of; come into
existence ; be produced ; utpannam an-
nam, food (not cooked for the occasion,
but) already on hand, 104 l ; utpanne
karye, when the emergency has arisen,
38 u ; caws, engender, 23 8 ; produce ;
get, 42 17 .
-t-praty-ud, in ppl. pratyutpanna,
ready or on hand to meet an emergency.
+ upa, fall upon; happen, take place,
100 10 ; come to, get at, reach ; upapanna,
(having gotten at [952 2 ], i.e.) in posses-
sion of, endowed with, 1 *, 2 3 .
+ prati, 1. step to; enter upon, 66 18 ;
2. get into (a condition), 49 15 ; get at,
acquire, attain, 98 n ; get back again, 60 17 ;
3. go to meet, and so (like the Lat.
ac-cedere), accede, yield; say yes to; con-
sent, 48 12 .
+ vi, fall asunder, 93 9 ; come to nought,
get into trouble.
sam, 1. turn out well, succeed,
prosper; 2. become, 45 12 , 47 18 ; 3. fall
together, be united with; sampanna, en-
dowed with, 2 10 .
pad [391], m. foot. [V pad : cf . W5-o, Lat.
pffd-em, Eng.ybof.]
pada, n. -1. step, 17 21 , 99 s23 ; -2. foot-
step; 3. foot, 86 6 ; 4. standing-place,
stead, place; home, 56 4 ; station, position,
41 1 . [Vpad: cf. WSov, 'ground'; Lat.
op-pedum, op-pidum, 'town, (on or over the
field)'; peda, 'footprint'; AS. fozt, 'step,
going, journey,' whence fetian, 'go for,'
Eng. fetch.]
p a d m a , m. n. lotus, Nelumbium speciosum
(not the plant, but the flower, which closes
at evening).
padma-garbha, a. containing lotuses;
Lotus-filled, name of a lake, [see garbha
2-]
padma-raga, a. having the color of a
lotus ; as m. ruby. [1296.]
panthan [433], m. road, path, way. [cf.
TTOTOS, ' path ' ; Lat. pont-em, ' path, bridge ':
Eng. path and Ger. Pfad, if they belong
here at all, must be regarded as very early
borrowings, fr. the Greek irdros, or poss.
from the Scythian.]
pant ha [433 5 ], same as panthan.
pay as, n. milk.
[187]
[paridhi
payo-mukha, a. having milk on the
face or surface, [payas, 1303.]
para [525 4 ], a. 1. far, distant, more dis-
tant, further off, 86 4 ; -2. following,
later, future ; 3. being beyond, surpass-
ing, summus ; chief, 68 7 ; best, 36 10 ; ut-
most, 1 13 ; greatest, 44 17 ; highest, 103 u ;
at end of cpds [1302b], having as chief
thing, given over to , devoted to ;
4. a. and subst. other, 64 13 ; eka para,
the one the other, 53 19 ; another, 30 22 ;
strange, hostile ; stranger, 24 6 ; foe, 29 10 ,
37 19 . [V 2 pr, ' bring across ' ; cf . Wpd,
' beyond ' ; Lat. peren-die, ' the day after/
i.e. ' day after to-morrow ' ; Eng. far and
/ore.]
par a -d a r a, m. pi. another's wife,
para-dravya, n. pi. another's property.
para-pakaa, m. party of the foe.
para-patni,/. wife of a stranger.
par am, adv. beyond; w. abl. [1128], after,
60 2 \ [para, llllc.]
pa ram a [525 3 ], a. 1. farthest, extreme,
last ; of heaven, highest, 83 13 ; so 85 3 ;
2. chief est, 29 l ; supreme; most excel-
lent, 15 1T ; at end of cpds [1302b], having
as supreme object, devoted to ; 3.
advly in cpds, before an adj. [1279], highly,
exceedingly, [para, 474.]
parama-gobhana, a. exceedingly beau-
tiful.
paramangana,/. most excellent woman,
[angana.]
paramegvara, m. supreme lord. [15-
vara.]
parame-athin, a. standing in the high-
est place ; supreme, as epithet of Praja-
pati. [parame (1250c) i-sthin, 186.]
para-loka, m. the other or future
world.
paras, adv. far; in the distance; beyond;
w. advly used instr. [1127] ena, beyond
here, i.e. beyond, RV. x. 125. 8. [see
para.]
parastat, adv. beyond; afterwards, at
the end. [pards, HOOb.]
paras-para, one another; parasparam
and parasparatas, adv. with one another ;
mutually, [an agglomeration (1314c) of
paras (nom. s. m. of para) and para: the
syntactical forms sometimes correspond to
the logical relation of the two parts so,
e.g., in parasparam nindanti, ' they scold,
the one the other ' but have come to
be stereotyped and used often where the
logical relation would require other case-
forms : cf. anyonya.]
parasparadin.a. devouring one another,
[adin.]
para, adv. to a distance, away, forth, [cf.
irapd, w. gen., 'away from, from beside 'j
Lat. per- in per-lre and Ger. ver-in ver-ijehen,,
'pass away, perish '; Eng. for- in for-bear,,
'hold off from.']
parakrama, m. s. and pi. bold advance;
courage; strength, [v'kram + para.]
paran-mukha, a. having the face
averted; turning the back upon, avoiding.
[paranc, 1249a, 217, 161.]
paranc [409a], f. paraci, a. directed away ;
averted; turning the back, [para + anc,
407.]
parartha, m. the sake of others; -am,
-e, adv. for others, [artha, 1302c4.]
paravat,/. the distance, [para, 383d 1,
12451]
pari, adv. around; prep. w. abl.: from
around, 87 8 ; from, 75 15 . [cf . irepl,
' around.']
parigha, m. iron bar for locking a gate.
[Vhan + pari, 1143c, 333: for mg, cf. Ger.
Schlag, ' coach-door/ and schlagen, ' strike ' :
force of prep, unclear.]
parighopama, a. like iron bars, fupama,
334 2 .]
pari -j ana, m. the surrounding folk,
TrepiVoAoi , retinue. [1289a.]
p a r i - j a t a, a. completely grown. [1289a/J
parineya, grdv. to be led around. [Vni
+ pari.]
parityaga, m. relinquishment. [v'tyaj
+ pari.]
paridevita, n. lament. [V2div, 'lament,'
+ pari, 1176a.]
paridhi, m. (a put-around, i.e.) enclosure,
fence, protection, 86 10 ; in the language of
the sacrifice, the three green sticks laid
about the altar fire and supposed to hold
it together, 105 13 - 3 . [\fldha, ' put,' +
pari, 1155. 2e.]
paripanthin]
[188]
paripanthin, a. besetting the path; as
m. waylayer. [pari + panthan, 1310a
and c end.]
paribhu [352], a. being around, encom-
passing. [Vbhu + pari, 323.]
pari-vatsard, m. a full year. [1289.]
parivartin, a. turning round, circling,
constantly returning into itself. [V vrt +
pari.]
parivara, m. that which surrounds, i.e.
retinue. [V 1 vr, ' cover,' + pari.]
pari grit, f. (encloser, i.e.) one of the
little stones by which the sacrificial altar is
surrounded. [Vgri + pari, 'enclose': 383b.]
parisamkhya, f. complete tale or enu-
meration ; sum. [V khya + pari-sam.]
par us a, a. knotty, rough, harsh, [parus,
1209b.]
parus, n. knot ; joint, of a plant or of the
body, [perhaps ' a fullness,' V 1 pr, ' fill ' :
cf. parvan.]
par6ksa, a. beyond the eye, out of sight,
invisible ; -e, adv. [1116], behind one's
back, [for paro 'ksa, i.e. paras + aksa,
'eye': 1310a.]
paroksartha, m. invisible thing, the
invisible, [artha.]
parkati, f. waved-leaved fig-tree, Ficus
infectoria.
parna, n. 1. wing; plume, feather;
2. leaf for mg, cf. pattra. [v'*spr
(1177a), see under Vsphur: cf. Lithuanian
spdrna, ' wing ' ; Ger. Farn, Eng. fern, so
called (like irrepis, 'fern,' cf. irrepSv,
'feather,') from its feathery fronds.]
paryalocana, n. deliberation; -&,f. plan,
consilium. [Vloc + pary-a, 1150. 2a 2 .]
parvata, 1. a. consisting of knots or
ragged masses, used of a mountain, giri ;
as m. 2. mountain, 27 6 , 92 19 ; hill;
3. cloud-mountain, 70 2 ; 4. rock or
bowlder, 86 n ; 5. Parvata, name of a
Rishi, companion of Narada (q.v.), 5 9 . [fr.
parvan, cf. 1245c: cf. Tlappaffia (ttrapfarta),
sc. ir6\is, i.e. ' Hil-ton.']
parvata-kandara, n. mountain-cave,
parvata-gikhara, m. n. hill-top,
parvatopatyaka,/. mountain-lowland,
lowland by a mountain range, [upat-
yaka.]
parvan, n. knot, joint, ['fullness,' Vlpr,
'fill,' 1169. la: cf. parus. J
pargu,/ rib; sickle.
V palay (palay ate; palay am cakre ; apa-
layista ; palayisyati, -te ; palayita ;
palayitum; palayya). flee; depart, cease,
40 19 . [quasi-root f r. v' i, ' go,' + para,
' away,' see 1087c and c 2 : quite different
is V palaya, ' protect.']
palay ana, n. flight. [V palay.]
pavana, n. instrument for purifying;
winnowing-fan. [v'pu, 1150.]
V Ipag, orig. spag (p4gyati, -te; in Veda:
paspage ; dspasta [834c] ; spasta ; later :
dadarga, etc.). 1. see; 2. perceive;
behold; -3. look; -4. look on, 39 7 ;
gaze, 13 7 ; 5. (see, i.e.) experience, 20 1G ,
35 !; -6. look upon, 21 , 40 15 ; consider
as; 7. see with the spiritual eye (as
seers and poets), 94 9 . [for the initial s,
see the perfect and vi-spasta: cf. <rKr-
r-ofuu, ' look about ' ; Lat. specid, ' behold ' ;
Ger. spoken, ' spy,' Old High Ger. spehon,
whence, through Old French espier, the
Eng. espy, and shortened spy.']
anu, look along or spy out (e.g. a
path for some one, i.e.), disclose or show,
83 7 .
-f v i, see in places apart, distinguish, see
clearly ; vispasta, clear.
V 2pag, fasten, bind, in derivs, see pagii,
paga. [cf . irdffffa\os, #ira.K-ja\os, ' peg ' ;
Lat. pac-iscor, 'bind myself, agree'; pax,
'agreement, peace'; pang-ere, 'make fast/
pac-tum, 'agreed upon'; Goth, fah-an, AS.
Jon, tjoh-an, ' fasten on, take hold of ' ;
Eng. verbyan^, ' seize,' noun yam?, ' seizing-
tooth'; connection of fing-er ('grasper,
holder'?), doubtful: cf. also Goth, fagrs,
'fitting,' AS.fcegr, Eng./azV; AS.ge-feyan,
Eng. /ay, Ger.fuyen, ' fit together,' trans.,
and Eng. fudge, ' fit together or agree/
intrans.]
pagti, m. cattle, 90 2 a single head or a
herd; domestic animal (opp. to mrga,
'wild beast'), 67 2 ; esp. beast for sacrifice,
101 6 . [prop, 'tethered (beasts)/ V2pac,
'fasten': cf. Lat./jec-u, Ger. Vieh, ' cattle/
AS. feoh, 'cattle, property/ Eng. fee..
orig. 'property/ then 'payment.']
[189]
[pana
pagu-ghna, a. slaying cattle; as m.
cattle-slayer.
pagu-tfp, a. cattle-stealing. [vbl of
V2trp.j
pagu-bandha,?n. animal sacrifice, ['bind-
ing of beast' to sacrificial post.]
pagumant, a. rich in cattle. [pagu,
1235 and b.]
pacu-roman, n. a hair of an animal.
pagu-vadha, m. slaughter of animals.
page a, a. hinder; later; west; pagcat,
as adv. [1114c] : -1. behind ; after, 39 23 ;
-2. later, afterwards, 29 17 , 38 4 ; there-
upon, 36 13 , 39 17 , 40 12 ; pagcat, as prep. w.
gen. [1130]: -3. after, 51 2 ; -4. to the
west of, 98", 100 ", 105 11 . [pacca is an
inorganic transfer-stem (1209a) fr. pagca,
q.v.]
pagca, adv. behind; later; west, [adver-
bially accented instr. instead of pagc-a,
i.e. pas-(a)c-a, 1112e fr. *pas-anc (407) :
with pas cf . Lat. pos-terus, ' later,' etc.]
pagcat, see pagca.
pagcima, a. last, 52 16 ; westerly, [pagca:
cf. 1224a and b.]
V lp a (pibati, -te [671, 749]; papaii, pape;
apat ; pasyati, -te ; pita [954c] ; patum ;
pitva ; -paya, -pfya). drink, [cf. W-
TTU-KO., ' have drunk ' ; TlT-ffa, ' The Burn,
The Fountain ' ; Lat. po-tus, ' drunk ' ;
bibo, *pi-b-o, ' drink.']
V 2 pa (pati ; apasit; patum). protect;
keep ; for so-called cans., see palaya.
[cf . irf-ira.-p.cu, ' have kept, possess ' ; tru>-v,
' herd ' ; Lat. pa-sc-o, ' keep, pasture ' ; see
go-pa.]
+ p a r i , protect around.
1 pa, vbl. drinking, in cpds. [\/lpa.]
2 pa, vbl. keeping, keeper, in cpds. [V2pa.]
pansu, m. pi. dust.
paka, a. 1. of a calf, young; 2. sim-
ple, [lit. ' sucking,' V 1 pa, ' drink.']
paka-durva, f. young millet-grass.
[paka + durva : acct, 1280 2 .]
patala, a. pale red ; as m. Bignonia
suaveolens.
p a t a 1 i , f. Bignonia suaveolens or trumpet-
flower, [cf. patala.]
patali-putra, n. Pataliputra, capital of
Magadha, at the old confluence of the
Sone (gona) and Ganges, the Ila\t&oOpct
of Ptolemy, 17 9 N.
patava, n. sharpness; cleverness, [patu,
q.v.: 1208c.]
p a n i , m. hand. [prob. for *palni : cf .
TrctAci/uTj, Lat. palma, AS. folm, ' palm,
hand ' : radically akin is AS. fel-an, Eng.
fed^
pani-graha, m. hand-grasper, i.e. (see
89 5 N.) husband.
pandava, m. descendant of Pandu. [pan-
du, 1208c.]
panditya, n. learning, erudition, [pan-
ditk.]
pandu, a. whitish, pale; as m. Pandu,
name of a prince of the Lunar Race.
pandu-nandana, m. son of Pandu.
pandu-varna, a. pale-colored.
pata, m. fall. [Vpat.]
pataka, a. causing one to fall (from
caste); as n. crime, [fr. caus. of v/pat.]
patra, n. 1. instrument of drinking,
cup; vessel; 2. in general, utensil (cf.
bhanda), 102 n ; -3. Jig., as in Eng. (cf.
sthana5), a fit vessel or worthy person,
22 5 ; patri [364], /. sacrificial vessel.
[\/lpa, 'drink,' 1185a: cf. 362b 2 .]
pada, m. 1. foot; leg, 26 10 ; 2. limb
of a quadruped, i.e. quarter (as, conversely,
in Eng., quarter means ' fourth part of a
quadruped, including a leg') ; then quarter
(of anything); 3. esp. quarter of a
(four-versed) stanza, verse; then verse
(even of a three-versed stanza), 60 12 ;
4. (foot of a heavenly body, i.e.) ray,
beam see 2 kara. [transition-stem (399)
fr. pad, ace. pad-am, to which, as if it
were pada-m, is formed the nom. pada-s,
etc.]
pada-pa, m. plant, esp. tree. [lit. 'drink-
ing with its foot, i.e. root.']
pa da -raj as, n. foot-dust.
padika, a. amounting to or lasting one
fourth (of a time), [pada.]
paduka, f. shoe ; slipper. [cf. pad,
' foot.']
pana, 1. n. the drinking (esp. of strong
drink); 2. perhaps as vbl adj. drench-
ing, i.e. trankend. [V 1 pa, ' drink,'
1150.]
paniya]
[190]
paniya, grdv. to be drunk, for drinking ;
as n. drink; water. [VI pa, 'drink/ 965:
prop. fr. pana, 1215b.]
paniya- varsa, m. water-rain, down-
pour of water,
pantha, m. wayfarer; viator, [panthan,
1208a 2 end.]
papa, a. bad; evil; as m. bad fellow, 46 19 ;
as n. trouble; harm, 26 8 ; evil (deed),
27 2 .
papa-karman, a. of evil deeds; as m.
villain,
papa-gila, a. having evil as one's nature,
prone to evil,
papiyans, a. worse; very bad. [papa,
466.]
papman, m. evil; sin, 93 11 . [cf. papa.]
para, n . the further bank or bound. [V 2 pr,
' bring across.']
paramegvara, a. of the supreme lord
(Qiva). [paramegvara.]
parusya, n. harshness, esp. of speech.
[parusa.]
parthiva, a. of or belonging to the earth ;
as m. king, [prthivi, 1208d.]
parthiva-suta, /. king's daughter,
parthivendra, m. most excellent of
kings, [indra.]
pargva, n. 1. side; ana* so 2. as in
Eng., immediate neighborhood. [pargu,
' rib/ 1208c : so French c6te~, ' side or
ribbed part/ Medieval Lat. costatum, fr.
Lat. costa, 'rib.']
pal a, m. protector. [V2pa, 'protect/
1189.]
V pal ay a (palayati). be protector; pro-
tect; keep. [pala, 1042f: acct, 1067:
quite different is Vpalay, 'go away.']
+ pari, protect around,
pavaka, a. pure; clear; bright. [Vpu,
1181b and a : cf . gvapada.]
pavana, a. purifying; freeing from sin.
[Vpu, 1150b.]
paga, m. bond; snare; trap. [V2pag,
' fasten.']
V pi, same as pi.
ping a, a. reddish brown.
pin gal a, a. reddish brown. [pinga,
1227.]
pinjula, n. tuft of stalks ; grass.
pfnda, m. 1. lump; ball; lump (of
earth), 98 8 ; 2. esp. lump or cake of
meal offered to the Manes; 3. mouth-
ful, 65 5 ; pindi, f. meal-cake.
pitamaha, m. father's father, grand-
father ; great father, [pita (nom. s. of
pitr) + maha, 1314c and d.]
pitf [373], m. -1. father; -2. pi. father
and his brothers (cf. French parent, ' rela-
tive'), 61 n ; 3. pi. the fathers, spirits
of the forefathers, the Manes, 67 16 , 83 13 ,
etc. [origin unknown, see 1182d : cf.
irar-ftp, Lat. pater, Eng. father.]
p i t r t a s , adv. on the father's side, [pitr,
1098b.]
pitr-mitra, n. father's friend.
pitr-yajna, m. sacrifice to the Manes,
[yajna.]
pitrvya, m. father's brother, patruus.
[pitr, 1228c : cf . irdrptas, Lat. patruus, AS.
fsedera, ' father's brother.']
pi try a, a. of one's father; of (our)
fathers, 78 18 ; of or belonging to or sacred
to the Manes, [pitf, 1212b : cf. irdrpios,
Lat. patrius, ' of one's father.']
v' pin v (pinvati ; pipinva ; pinvita). cause
to swell or stream. [V pi or pi : 749, 749b,
716.]
pipasa, f. desire to drink, thirst, [fr.
desid. (1026) of VI pa, 'drink': 1149 4 .]
pipila, m. ant. [perhaps for *piplda,
' pressed in or constricted in the middle/
Vpid.]
V pig (pingati, -te [758]; pipega, pipig6;
pistd). adorn, [cf. irojKt'Aos, AS. fah,
' many-colored ' ; Lat. pic-tor, ' painter.']
piganga, a. reddish brown. [Vpig.]
p i g a c 4 , m. one of a class of demons (perhaps
personifications of the ignis fatuus); goblin.
piguna, a. backbiting, slanderous, [cf.
iriKpos, 'bitter.']
V pis (pinasti; pipe>a, pipisd; apisat
peksyati; pista; pestum; pistva; -pis-
ya). crush; grind, 47 5 ; mill. [cf. Lat.
pinsere, pisere, 'crush': of doubtful kin-
ship is mia-ffd}, ' pound, husk.']
+ sam, crush together or to pieces.
pista, ppl. milled; as n. meal. [Vpis: for
the mgs, cf. pis, pista, and molere, mola,
with mill, meal.']
[191]
[pura
pista-pagu, m. effigy of a sacrificial
beast made of meal.
V pi or pya (pyayate [761dl]; pipaya
[786 s ], pipyiis; apyasit; pita, pina).
swell; overflow, [hence pi-van, iri-onv,
fat.']
pit ha, n. 1. seat; 2. pedestal (of an
image of a god).
pitha-cakra, n. seat-wagon; wagon with
a seat.
\ piid (pidayati [1041 2 ]; pidayam asa;
pidita; pidayitum; pidayitva; -pidya).
press; oppress, pain, [for *pizd, *pisd,
198b 8 : cf. Vpis.]
+ a, press out, 103 20 .
pida, f. pain, ache. [Vpid, 1149 3 .]
pin a, a. thick, brawny. ['swollen,' ppl.
of Vpi, 957a.]
pivas, n. fat. [Vpi: cf. irlap, i.e. -itt-fap,
'fat.']
pums, same as pumans.
puta, m. n. fold; cavity; nose (of a bas-
ket), [for #plta : cf. -ir\affios, *ir\rjos, in
St-TrXafftos or Si-ira\TOs, Eng. two-fold.]
ptinya, a. prosperous; happy; lucky,
faustus, auspicious, 12 13 , 59 1>10 ; right,
good ; as n. good work ; sing, collectively,
good works, 28 n ; merit (from good
works), [perhaps fr. v'pus.]
piinya-gandha, a. of good or pleasant
smell.
punya-papa, n. pi. good and bad deeds.
[1253a.]
punya-loka, a. of good fame; as m.
Punya9loka, epithet of Nala.
puttika, f. white ant. ['the doll-like
insect ' : for putrika.]
putra, m. -1. son; child, 98 20 ; -2.
whelp; 3. shortened form for Putraka
as proper name.
putraka, /. 1. little son (as term of
endearment), boy; 2. Putraka, other-
wise Putra, name of the founder of Patali-
putra-pura, 45 2 ; -putrika, /. [1222d],
daughter; doll (of wood or lac), [putra.]
putra-dara, n. son and wife. [1253b.]
piinar, adv. 1. back; home; tv. a-gam,
go back, 4 3 , 41 18 ; so a_i, 83 14 ; w. vac,
reply, 19 19 ; -2. again, 8 8 , 40 21 ; anew;
punah punar, again and again, 2 17 ;
punar, equiv. to punah punar, 4 13 ; 3.
confirmative, again, further, 29 n ; more-
over, 16 8 , 57 21 ; besides or in turn, 10 10 ;
kim punas tu, but what besides, how
much more, a fortiori, 17 15 ; longer, 84 s ;
4. but, 46 2 - 10 ; on the other hand, 20 17 .
[cf. the similarly connected notions of
iteration and opposition shown by Trd\iv,
Eng. again and against, Ger. wieder and
wider.']
punar-garbhavati, a. f. again preg-
nant.
punar- janman, n. re-birth.
punah-sara, a. coming back (as a ghost
from the other world exactly like the
French revenant), and so ghostly, uncanny,
[punar, 178.]
pumans [394], m. man; a male, 59 7 ; opp.
o/stri, e.g. 104 9 ; pumansah putras, male
children, 98 2 \
1 pur,/, fullness, [vf Ipr, 'fill.']
2 pur [392], /. stronghold; castle; forti-
fied town, [cf . ir6\is, ' city.']
pura, n. stronghold; fortified town; city.
[2 pur, 399.]
puramdhi, 1. a. courageous, high-
spirited, exalted ; 2. as m. perhaps as
name of a god, Purandhi ; 3. asf. exal-
tation.
pur as, adv. in front, forward, before; at
first, 54 18 ; compounded [1078 6 ] esp. tv. kr
and dha : w. kr, put in front, appoint ; w .
dha, put in front or in charge, esp. of the
priestly duties. [see pra: cf. -rrdpos,
' before.']
puras-karya, grdv. to be appointed or
commissioned, praeficiendus. [see puras
+ kr: also963b and 171 3 .]
purastat, adv. 1. before; in the front,
85 18 ; -2. previously, afore, 98 6 ,101 ' 13 ;
3. before, i.e. (see pranc) eastward;
4. prep. w. gen. [1130], before, in the
presence of, 20 l . [puras, HOOb.]
purah-sara, a. going before; as m. fore-
runner; at end of cpds [1302c2], having
as forerunner, i.e. accompanied by ;
-purahsaram, adv. with or after .
pura, adv. formerly, 46 2 , 79 14 ; once upon
a time, 38 9 , 48 20 ; prep. w. all. [1128],
before, 95 17 , 104 19 . [see pra.]
purana]
[192]
purana, a. former, belonging to old
times ; as n. things of the past ; tale
of old times, \6yos and pvGos. [pura,
1245d.]
pur is a, n. crumbling earth, as opp. to
fluids; rubble; loose earth, ['fillings or
heaps,' fr. V 1 pr, in the sense ' fill, i.e.
heap': 1197b.]
puru, a. much, many. [Vlpr, 'fill,' q.v. :
cf. iro\v, AS.fela, 'much, many.']
purutra, adv. in many places, [puru,
1099.]
purusa, m. 1. man; 2. (as in Eng.,
man, i.e.) servant; 3. the personal and
life-giving principle in man and other
beings, soul, spirit ; then 4. personified
as The Supreme Spirit, Soul of the Uni-
verse, 57 8 .
purusa-kara, m. deed of a man, human
effort, as opp. to claiva, 'fate.'
purusa-sinha,m. man-lion, stout-hearted
man.
p u r u c i , a.f. many, abundant ; long, [for-
mally fern, to a stem *puru-ac, 'directed
or reaching in many ways, abundant ' : cf .
407.]
puro-gama, a. going before; as m.
leader; at end of cpds [1302c2], having
as leader, accompanied by . [puras.]
puro-gava, m. fore-bull, and so, general-
ized (see g64), leader; purogavi,/. leader,
[puras.]
pur6-hita, ppl. set before or in charge
(esp. of priestly service) ; as m. priest,
house-priest of a prince, [see puras with
dha.]
pulkasa, m. one of a despised mixed
caste.
V pus (pusyati, -te ; pup6sa ; apusat ;
pusta). 1. thrive; bloom; 2. trans.
cause to thrive ; develop ; unfold, display,
! 78*.
puska, bloom, a word assumed as probable
on account of puspa, 'bloom,' piiskara,
'lotus blossom,' and puskala. [Vpus,
1186 2 .]
puskala, a. abundant, [prob. 'blooming,'
fr. *puska, 1227.]
pusta, ppl. having thrived ; strong ; fat.
[Vpus, 955 2 .]
pustanga, a. fat-limbed, [anga.]
pusti, f. thrifty growth ; prosperity.
[V pus.]
p lisp a, n. bloom ; flower. [poss. for
*puska, q.v. : cf. 1201 2 end.]
puspa-danta,m. Pushpadanta or Flower-
tooth, name of an attendant of C,iva, see
53 3 N.
puspamoda, m. fragrance of flowers,
[amoda.]
p u s t a k a , m. n. manuscript ; book.
V pu (punati, punite ; pavate; pupava;
apavit; puta; -puya). 1. make clear
or bright ; purify ; KaQaipfiv ; puta, pure ;
2. mid. clear itself, flow clear, [cf . irv-p,
Eng. fire (rb irvp Ka.6a.ipfi): w. puta, cf.
Lat. putus, ' clear,' purus, ' pure.']
sam, purify, clean.
pu, vbl. purifying, in cpds.
puga, m. betel-palm, Areca Catechu; as
n. betel nut.
V puj (pujayati, -te; pujayisyati; pujita;
-pujya). honor.
+ abhi, do honor to.
piijaniya, grdv. to be honored. [Vpuj,
965.]
p u j a , f. honor.
pujya, grdv. to be honored. [Vpuj,
963d.]
purna, ppl. filled; full. [Vlpr, 'fill,'
957b: cf. Goth, fulls, Eng. full.']
purna-masa, m. full moon and the full-
moon sacrifice.
purta, ppl. filled; bestowed, fulfilled; as
n. [1176a], fulfilment; reward; merit.
[Vlpr, 'fill,' 242.]
purva [525*], a. being before in place or
time: 1. east (cf. prafic) ; 2. prior;
preceding, 86 13 ; purva uttara, former
latter, 21 8 ; ancient, 57 6 ; of old time,
69 8 , 83 10 ; first spoken, 60 2 ; w. past pass,
ppl. [1291]: drsta-purva, seen before;
purvam, adv. before; beforehand, 60 9 ;
previously, already, 7 21 , 25 n ; in former
times, 48 1 ; long ago, 46 3 ; first, 103 6 ;
purvam uttaram, first last, 104 12 ;
3. at end of cpds, (having as preced-
ing thing, i.e.) accompanied by , or
simply with , 8 21 . [connected w. puras
and pra.]
[193]
[paicunya
purvaka, f. [1222d] -ika, a. 1. preced-
ing ; 2. used like purva 3. [purva,
1222c and 1307.]
purva -janman, n. former birth, pre-
vious state of existence.
purvaksara,o. with the preceding letter,
[aksara.]
purvya, a. ancient, [purva, 1212c.]
pusan [426a], m. Pushan, a Vedic divinity,
keeper of flocks and herds, and bringer of
prosperity. [Vpus, 1160c.]
\f Ipr (prnati; puryate; purna [957b];
pass, puryate; purayati, -te; etc.). fill;
bestow abundantly ; sate ; puryate, be-
comes sated [see 761b]; cans. [1041 -}, fill;
make a thing (ace.) full of (gen.}, 102 18 .
[for treatment of root-vowel, see 242 : cf .
-jri'-7rA.7j-jut, Lat. plere, ' fill ' ; po-pul-us,
'folk'; Eng. fol-k (doubtful): see also
purna and Vpra.]
+ pra, intrans. prapuryate, becomes
sated.
+ sam, intrans. sampuryate, becomes
full ; sampurna, full.
V 2pr (piparti; parayati, -te; etc.). pass,
trans.; bring across, [cf. Trepctco, 'pass
over, cross ' ; Tropos, ' passage, i.e. ford,
ferry, bridge ' ; Lat. por-ta, ' gate ' ; Eng.
fare, ' get on ' ; ferry, for-d ; Avestan
peretu, ' bridge,' and E.v-<ppdrr]s, ' the well-
bridged (stream)'; also B6<T-iropos and
Ox-ford.']
+ a t i , bring across.
vl 3pr (prn6ti; prta; priyate; parayati).
be busy; only w. a, see 773.
+ a, in aprta, busied.
+ v y - a , in vyapriyate, is busied.
V prc (prnakti, prnkte; paparca ; aprak-
sit, aprkta [882] ; prkta; prcyate). fill;
mix ; put in connection with, [perhaps
connected w. V 1 pr, ' fill.']
+ up a, put one's self close to, be near.
pft,/. fight, battle.
p ft an a, f. battle, [cf. ptt.]
V prta nay a (prtanayati). fight; present
ppl. fighting; as subst. enemy, [prtana,
1060.]
V prtanya (prtanyati). fight; attack;
present ppl. fighting ; as subst. enemy,
[prtana, 1059d.]
V prth, collateral form of prath, in derivs.
prtha, m. the flat of the hand, irAon-eio.
[V prath, 241.]
prthak, adv. separately, 105 1G ; severally,
65 4 ; for one's self, 64 8 . [perhaps 'di-
rected widely (apart)': cf. prth and see
mid.]
prthivi, f. the earth as the wide and
broad, [fern, to prthu, 344 2 , and standing
for prthvi, as the metre shows it is to be
pronounced at 92 10 : for mg, cf . mah-i,
s.v. mah.]
prthivi-ksit, a. earth-ruling; as m.
prince.
prthivi-pati, m. lord of the earth, king.
prthivi-pala, m. keeper of the earth,
king.
prthii, f. prthvi, a. wide, broad, [v 1 prath,
241: cf. Tr\arvs, 'wide': akin are Old
Eng._/?aJ?e, Ger.Fladen, 'broad, thin cake,'
Old High Ger. ace. s. fladon, ' sacrificial
cake,' whence, through French flan, ' flat
cake,' comes the Eng. Jtawn, ' flat custard
or pie': V prath has no connection w. AS.
brad, Eng. broad.]
pfgni, a. speckled; dapple, esp. of kine;
as f. Pri^ni, mother of the Maruts. [cf.
irepKvds, 'dark colored'; Old High Ger.
farhana, whence Ger. Forelle, ' trout.']
prsad-ajya, n. speckled butter, ghee
clotted with curds, [pfsant.]
pfsant, a. speckled. [450c.]
prstha, n. 1. back, of an animal; 2.
the upper side, surface ; 3. top, of a hill
or palace, [cf. Ger. First, 'ridge of a
house ' ; AS. first-hrof, ' ridge-pole ' : ob-
serve that VWTOS has mgs 1, 2, and 3, that
Lat. tergum has mgs 1 and 2, and that
Eng. ridge has mgs 1 and 3.]
prsthatas, adv. a tergo, from behind;
with the back, with averted face, 30 17 .
[1098c 3 .]
prstha-mansa, n. back-flesh; w. khad,
in double sense, bite the back-flesh and
back-bite.
peya, n. a drinking. [VI pa, 'drink,'
1213c.]
paiQaca, f. -I, a. of the goblins, [picacd,
1208f.]
paigunya, n. slander, [piguna, 1208f.]
13
posa]
p6sa, in. thriving, development; welfare.
[Vpus.]
p a u m s y a , n. manliness ; manly deed,
[pums, 1211 2 .]
paurusa, n. manliness ; manly deed,
[purusa, 1208f.]
V pya (pyayate [761dl]; apyasit [882];
pyata). swell; overflow. [a collateral
form of Vpi, q-v.]
+ a, become full of or rich in.
pra, prep, forward, onward, forth, fore,
[cf. irp6, 'before'; Lat. prff, later pro,
' before ' ; Eng. fore : see also the follow-
ing articles, and puras, pura, and purva.]
prakarana, n. treatment ; discussion ;
subject of discussion, what's being talked
about. [V 1 kr, ' do, put,' + pra.]
prakarsa, m. (preference, advantage,
i.e.) superiority. [Vkrs, ' draw,' + pra:
for mg, cf. Eng. preference; also Ger.
Vor-zug, ' preference, advantage,' with
vor-ziehen, ' draw forward, prefer.']
prakaga, a. sliining out, clear; open;
-am, adv. openly, aloud. [Vkag + pra.]
prakrti, f. that which one pre-supposes
(voraus-setzt), i.e. the original or natural
form or condition ; nature. [V 1 kr, ' do,
set,' + pra.]
prakopa, m. a boiling with rage; anger,
[v'kup + pra.]
prage, adv. early in the morning.
pracrtta-gikha, a. with loosened
braids or flowing hair, [gikha.]
pracetas, a. knowing, wise. [Vcit +
pra, cf . 1151. 2b.]
V prach (prcchati, -te; papraccha [794c];
apraksit ; praksyati ; prsta ; prastum ;
prstva ; -pfcchya). ask; ask after, in-
quire about; ask some one (ace.) about
something (ace.), 61 7 . [true root-form
prag (see 220, 241, and Vvrgc), orig.
*prk : cf . Qfo-irpoTr-os, ' asking the gods ' ;
Lat. prec-es, ' prayers,' proc-us, ' suitor ' ;
Old High Ger. frdh-en, Ger. frag-en, ' ask ' :
prcchati is a sk-formation (*prk-sketi),
cf. Lat. poscit, *porc-scit, Old High Ger.
forskot, *forh-skot, ' asks for,' Ger. forscht,
'inquires into.']
-f- pari, ask.
+ vi, find out by inquiry.
a am, mid. consult with, converse or
talk with.
praja,^ 1. procreation; 2. offspring,
children, descendants ; 3. creatures,
57 1 ; esp. 4. folk, subjects, of a prince,
16 5 . [Vjan or ja -f pra, 1147.]
praja-kama, m. desire for offspring,
[praja -f- kama, 1264 : acct, 1267.]
praja-kama, a. possessing prajakama,
i.e. desirous of offspring, 93 c , I 1 -. [1296,
1295.]
praja-pati, m. 1. lord of creatures;
2. genius presiding over procreation,
89 19 ; 3. lord of creatures, i.e. creator
or Prajapati, 60 10 , see note. [acct,
1267a.]
prajarthe, adv. for the sake of offspring,
[artha, 1116, 1302c4.]
prajfia, f. understanding. [Vjna-pra.]
prajnata, ppl. well-known. [Vjna ~
pra.]
pranaya, m. manifestation of one's af-
fection. [V ni + pra : for n, see 192a.]
pranayana, n. 1. a fetching; 2.
means for fetching, vessel, [do.]
pranava, m. the sacred syllable om.
[Vnu 4^ pra, q.v.]
pra n am a, m. bow, reverent salutation,
[v'nam 4- pra.]
pranita, ppl. see Vni + pra; -as, f. pi.
holy water.
pranita-pranay ana, n. the fetching
of the holy water. [1250e.]
prataram, adv. further, longer, [pra,
473 2 , llllc: cf. Tfp6repov, 'before.']
prati, prep, hi reversed direction, back to,
back against, against, in return ; 1. to,
towards, w. ace., 2 19 , 23"; -2. with
reference to, in respect to, w. ace., 4 7 - 17 ,
13 2>) ; 3. over against, i.e. like ; 4. in
cpds [1313a] : before ; on, w. idea of con-
stant repetition ; at; (back-, i.e.) reflected;
see the following words, [cf. vporl, 'to';
Lat. par- (*port) in por-rigere, 'reach out
to.']
pr atij na, f. promise. [Vjna -f- prati.]
prati-dinam, adv. on (each) day, daily.
[1313a, 1310a and d : cf . pratyaham.]
pratipatti, /. the acquiring. [\fpad +
prati.]
[195]
[pradhana
prati-bimba, n. reflected disk (of sun
or moon in the water) ; image.
pratima, f. match ; image ; likeness.
[V 1 ma + prati, ' make (so as to be a
match) against ' : for mg, cf. Eng. counter-
feit, ' imitated/ fr. French contre-fait,
whose elements go back to Lat. contra
and facere.~]
pratimana, n. that which is made or
put over against, a match, equal. [V 1 ma
+ prati.]
pratistha,/. stead; standing-place; then
(like Eng. standing), position, i.e. celebrity.
[V stha + prati.]
pratisthana, n. stead; then (like Ger.
Stadt, 'place, town'), The Town, name of
a town on the Godavari, the Ha.lQa.va of
the Greeks. [V stha, + prati, 1150: cf.
H 'amp-stead. ,]
pratihastaka, m. proxy. ['person at
one's hand/ prati + hasta, 1310a, 1222c.]
pratikara, m. counter-action, remedy.
[V 1 kr, ' do, act/ -f prati, ' against ' :
1087b.']
praticina, a. backward ; being behind ;
following, i.e. future, [pratyanc, 1223d.j
pratlta, ppl. see \fi + prati.
pratipd, a. (against the stream, i.e.) con-
trary ; -am, adv. contrarily, frowardly.
[prati + ap, 1310a, ISloc, cf . samlpa :
for mgs, cf. Eng. contrary. .]
pratta, see 1087e.
pratyaksa, a. before the eyes, plainly
visible ; -e, adv. before one's face, [prati
+ aksa, 1310a.]
pratyaksa-dargana, . a seeing be-
fore one's eyes ; the ability to see any
one (e.g. a god) bodily, 15 13 .
pratyag-daksina, adv. (west-southerly,
i.e.) southwesterly, [pratyanc, 1249a.]
pratyan-mukha, a. having the face
westward, turned to the west, [pratyanc,
1249a, 161 : 1306.]
pratyinc [408], /. [410] pratici, a. -1.
(directed back, i.e.) turned backwards ;
moving in reverse direction or away, 87 n ;
2. turned westward (see pranc), west-
erly; 3. (being to-ward, i.e.) with the
face towards, w. ace., 71 18 . [prati + anc,
407 : see anc.]
praty-abhivadana, n. return-saluta-
tion, Gegen-gruss. [1289b.]
praty-aham, adv. on (each) day, daily.
[1313a, 1310a and d: 1315a: cf. pra-
tidinam.]
pratyakhyana, n. refusal. [Vkhya +
praty-a.]
pratyutthana, n. rising up to meet (a
person), respectful reception. [Vstha +
praty-ud, 233a.]
pratyutpanna-mati, a. having wits
ready to meet an emergency ; as m. Ready-
wit, name of a fish. [Vpad + praty-ud.]
pratyrcam, adv. at or with each stanza,
[prati + re, 1313a, 1310a and d : 1315c.]
V prath (prathate, -ti; paprathe; apra-
thista ; prathit& ; prathayati ; apapra-
that). broaden, intrans.; cans, broaden,
trans.; spread out, 78 n . [see under
prfchu.]
+ vi, cans, spread out wide, 75 8 .
prathamd, a. first; primal; -am, adv.
at first, [lit. ' fore-most/ for *pra-tama,
superl. of pra, 487 3 , 473 2 .]
prathama-ja [352], a. first-born. [1286.]
prada, a. giving; furnishing. [Vlda +
pra, 333.]
pra-daksina, 1. a. moving to the
right ; 2. -am, adv. to the right, so that
the right side is towards an object (a sign
of respect), 60 1 , 99 1 ; w. kr, put (an
object) to the right ; 3. adj. standing
on the right, 62 19 . [perhaps the use as
adv. (mg 2) is the primary one, lit. 'for-
ward to the right.']
pradana, n. a giving. [Vlda + pra.]
pra dig, f, intermediate region (between
the cardinal points see dig), [pra +
dig, 'fore-point.']
pradega, m. direction; and so, place.
[V die + pra.]
pradosa, m. evening, nightfall, ['fore-
dark/ pra + doaa.]
pradhana, n. prize of the contest; the
contest therefor ; battle. [V 1 dha + pra :
cf. dhana.]
pradhana, n. (that which is put forward)
the important or chief thing; at end of
cpds [1302], having as chief thing, de-
voted to . [VI dha + pra.]
13*
prapatha]
[196]
pra-patha, m. (forth-path, i.e.) onward
way, 85 18 ; journey in the distance or
distant journey, 86 2 .
prabandha, m. uninterrupted connec-
tion; continued series. [Vbandh + pra.]
prabhava, m. origin; atendofcpd [1302],
having as origin, originating with .
[Vbhu fpra.]
prabha, /. splendor; radiant beauty.
[v bha +pra.]
prabhata, ppl. begun to be light; as n.
[1176a], day-break, [s bha + pra.]
prabhava, m. superior might, of gods,
of ascetics, of asceticism. [Vbhu +
pra.]
prabhu, a. being before or superior to
others; as m. ruler; master; lord; hus-
band, 52 14 . [later form (354) for Vedic
prabhu : Vbhu + pra.]
prabhutva, n. lordship, power. [1239.]
prabhrti,/. 1. lit. a carrying forward
or on, i.e. continuance; used esp. at end
of cpds [1296], having continuance from
, i.e. continuing from ; 2. then in
such cpds used in ace. s. n. adverbially
[1311], continuing from , beginning
with , from ; 3. then as an adv.
uncompounded, prabhrti, w. abl., from
on ; tatah prabhrti, from then on.
[Vbhr + pra, 1157. Id.]
pramada, m. pleasure. [V mad + pra.]
pramada-vana, n. pleasure-grove (of a
prince).
pramada-vana, n. pleasure-grove (of
the wives of a prince), [a quasi feminine
to the preceding.]
pramana, n. measure, extent (57 w ),
scale, standard ; something by which to
judge, 54 11 ; norm, rule of action, 21 a ;
authority, 12 10 , 19 * 2 . [VI ma, 'measure,'
+ pra, 192a : hence, through the Persian
farmdn, the borrowed Eng. firman, 'an
authority or decree,' esp. of the Sublime
Porte.]
>/ pramana y a (pramanayati). regard
as an authority; take a person (ace.) as
authority in a matter (loc.). [pramana,
1058.]
pramanabhava, m. lack of anything to
judge by. [abhava.]
pramathin, a. stirring; agitating.
[V math -f pra, 1183 3 .]
pramrsta-mani, m. polished or bright
gem. [Jmrj-f-pra.]
pramr stamani-kundala, a. possess-
ing bright-gem ear-rings.
prayatna, TO. effort, pains ; -ena, -at,
adv. carefully. [Vyat + pra, 1177a.]
prayana, n. a going forth (from home),
journey. [Vya -f pra, 1150, 192e.]
prayotf, TO. remover. [V2yu, 'keep off,'
+ pra.]
pralaya, m. dissolution; esp. dissolution
of the universe, [v II -f pra.]
pra lap a, m. unintelligible or childish
or lamenting talk ; chatter. [V lap +
pra.]
pra van a, a. prone; sloping, [pra, 1170
(cf. 383d 1): cf. irpijvrjs, Doric irpavos, Lat.
pronus, 'inclined forward.']
p r a v a t , f. slope, of a mountain ; height,
83 7 . [pra, 383d 1.]
pra-vayas, a. having (forward, i.e.) ad-
vanced age; aged. [1305 2 .]
pravartaka, a. causing to roll onward
(as a wheel), setting in motion, promoting;
as m. promoter, prompter, [caus. of v'vrt
+ pra.]
pravada, m. a saying or an on dit. [Vvad
+ pra.]
pravibhaga, m. division. [Vbhaj +
pra-vi.]
pravina, a. clever.
pravinata, f. cleverness, [pravina.]
pravrtta, ppl. 1. having turned for-
ward; directed forward (to a specific
object), esp. of an act performed with a
view to the attainment of some advantage,
i.e. interested, opp. of nivrtta, q.v. ; 2.
engaged in. [V vrt + pra.]
pravrtti,/. a moving forward or taking
an active step, 20 15 ; advance into or ex-
posure of one's self to (danger, loc.), 20 12 .
[V vrt + pra.]
pravrddha, ppl. grown up, great.
[v'vrdh + pra.]
pravega, m. entrance. [Vvig + pra.]
Ipravrajin, a. going forth or after, in cpd
dvi-. [Vvraj + pra, 1183 3 : for mg, cf.
(71^) irfpiSpopos, ' lewd woman.']
[197]
[praptayauvana
prais [392], /. command. [V gas + pra,
639, 225 J ' 2 : cf. ais.j
praraya, m. respectful demeanor, ['an
inclining forward,' fr. Vgri + pra.]
pra-savya, a. moving to the left; -am,
adv. to the left cf. pradaksinam.
prasada, m. grace; favor; prasadam
kr, do favor, be gracious. [V sad + pra,
q.v.]
prasiti, f. continuation; extended path
(of life, for example). [V sa + pra, 250.]
prasiddhi,/. success; celebrity; a being
known ; ato me aaiika iti prasiddhis,
therefore I am known as "Q.", 36 8 ; cf.
prasiddha. [V 2 sidh, ' succeed,' + pra.]
prastara, m. 1. stramentum, straw;
2. rock, 33 10 . [V sir, ' strew,' + pra :
for mg 1, cf. Eng. straw w. strew: connec-
tion of mg 2 unclear.]
prastava, m. beginning, introduction.
[\lstu + pra, 1148.2.]
prastuta-yajna, a. having one's sac-
rifice begun ; as m. Prastutayajna, name
of a Brahman. [V stu + pra.]
prastha, m. n. table-land on a mountain,
['that which stands forth from the sur-
rounding country,' fr. Vstha (333) + pra.]
pra-svadas, a. (lit. having advanced
agreeableness, i.e.) highly pleasing.
[1305 2 .]
prahara, m. a stroke (on a gong, an-
nouncing the lapse of a watch), and so
a watch (of about three hours). [Vlhr +
pra.]
prahartavya, grdv. to be struck ; impers.
one must strike, [do.]
prahrsta-manas, a. having a delighted
heart, [v'hrs 4 pra.]
V pra (prati; papraii; apras [889]; pra-
ta). fill. [Vedic collateral form of \l 1 pr,
' fill,' q.v. : cf . ir\-t)-pr)s, Lat. ple-nus, ' full.']
+ a, fill.
prak, see pranc.
prakrta, a. natural; usual; common;
vulgar; as n. the vulgar (language), lan-
guage of the vulgus, the Prakrit, [pra-
krti, 1208d : for mg, cf . Ger. deutsch, Old
High Ger. diut-isk, '(language) of the
people (diot), i.e. German' (as contrasted
with the Latin of the Church and with
the neighboring Romance tongues) ; cf.
also f) Kotrf) (sc. StoAe/cTos), ' the Common
(dialect),' as opp. to Doric, etc.]
prag-griva, a. having the neck directed
eastward, [pranc (1249a) + griva.]
prag-daksina, adv. east-southerly,
south-easterly, [pranc, 1249a.]
prangana, n. fore-court, Vor-hof ; court-
yard, [pra + angana, 1289a, 193.]
p r a n - m u k h a , /. -1,0. having the face di-
rected eastward, [pranc, 1249a, 149, 161.]
prajna, a. wise; as m. wise man. [pra-
jna, 1208e.]
pranc [408], /. praci, a. I. directed for-
wards ; w. verb of motion, onward, 86 9 ;
2. east, eastern (since the Hindus, in
naming the cardinal points, began with
the east, as we do with the north, and
conceived it as before them, as we do the
north) ; praci dig, the eastern quarter,
101 3 ; 3. prak, ace. s. n. as adv. before:
(in place) before one's face, 26 8 ; (in time)
formerly, 20 21 , 51 7 ; (in order) before, w.
abl. [1128], 59 7 . [pra + afic, 407.]
pranjali, a. having an anjali (q.v.) before
one, i.e. in a posture of reverent saluta-
tion, [pra + anjali, 1305.]
prana, m. breath; vital breath, 60 16 ;
vital spirit, 63 21 ; then (like Eng. breath),
life; esp. in pi. pranas, life, 15 5 , 2 1 18 ,
29 8 . [Van + pra, 192b.]
pranin, a. having life; as m. living being,
[prana, 1230.]
pratar, adv. 1. early in the morning;
then 2. (like the Ger. morgen and Eng.
morrow) on the next morning, on the
morrow, to-morrow, [pra, 1109: cf. irpoo-i,
Ger. frtih, ' early.']
pradiis, adv. forth to view; w. as [1078 6 ],
be visible, appear, reveal one's self.
prantara, n. a long and lonely road.
[' an advanced interval or long distance,'
pra + antara, 1289.]
prapaniya, grdv. to be brought to.
[caus. of V ap + pra, 965, 192e.]
prapta-kala, m. arrived time, favorable
moment. [\' ap + pra.]
prapta-yauvana, a. possessing at-
tained adolescence, having reached a
marriageable age. [see 1308.]
praptavya]
[198]
praptavya, grdv. to be obtained, about
to be got. [Vap + pra, 964.]
prapti,/. a reaching, arriving at. [Vap
+ pra.]
pray a, m. 1. a going forth or out;
2. that which sticks out or is prominent ;
the principal part of a thing; the most
part; at end of cpds [1302], having for
the most part, having for its predomi-
nant characteristic, like , 22 16 . [V i +
pra, 1148. la.]
prayagas, adv. for the most part,
[praya, 1106.]
pray as, adv. for the most part, almost,
50 22 . [prop. ace. s. n. (lllld) of a neuter
noun *prayas, 'that which is predomi-
nant' (see praya), Vi + pra, 1151. 1.]
pravi, a. attentive, heedful, zealous.
[Vav + pra, 1156 3 , 355b end.]
pra 5 a n a, n. 1. the eating; 2. the
giving of food, feeding, [in mg 1, fr.
V2ag, ' eat,' + pra; in mg 2, fr. caus. of
the same.]
pragitf, m. eater. [V2ag, ' eat,' + pra,
1182a.j
pragitra, n. the portion of ghee to be
eaten by a Brahman at a sacrifice,
['that which belongs to the pragitr,'
1208b.]
pragitra-harana, n. vessel for hold-
ing the pragitra. [' pragitra-holding,'
1271.]
prasada, m. lofty seat; building on high
foundations, palace, 20 l . [V sad + pra,
perhaps in the sense ' sit forward or in a
conspicuous place ' : see 1087b.]
priya, a. la. dear, 79 16 ; beloved of,
w. gen. (296b), 84 18 ; -Ib. priya,/. the
beloved, the wife, 32 6 , 33 10 ; -2a. desired,
pleasant ; agreeable, 58 <22 ; priyam kr,
do a favor, 3 2 ; 2b. as n. that which is
desired, one's wish, 89 1T ; 3. (like Ho-
meric <]>l\osl to which one is attached or
wonted, 76 8 , 86 8 ; own, 78 9 ; wonted;
4a. loving, devoted to; 4b. as m.
friend. [Vpri, q.v., 1148.3: cf. irpaos,
' gentle ' ; Goth, freis, ace. s. m. frijana,
AS. fri, Ger. fret, Eng. free : although the
modem mg ' free ' is common also to the
Goth, and AS. words, yet the orig. mg
must have been 'loving or loved, kindly
treated, spared' (and so 'free'), as is
shown by the Goth, abstract frija-\>va,
AS. fredd, ' love ' : for mg Ib, cf . AS.
free, ' woman ' : cf . also Old High Ger.
Frla, ' The Loving One,' in frld tag, Eng.
Fri-day, ' dies Veneris.']
priya-vadin, a. saying pleasant things.
priyapriya, n. comfort and discomfort,
[apriya: 1253b.]
V p r I (prlnati, prinit6 ; priyate ; pipraya,
pipriy6; apraisit; prita; pritva). la.
prlnati, gladden, show favor to, propi-
tiate ; Ib. prinati, have pleasure in ;
Ic. prinlt6, be glad or content ; 2.
priyate, be glad or content ; have pleasure
in ; love, be favorably inclined to ; 3.
prit : glad, pleased, satisfied ; loved,
dear, [cf . Goth, frijon, ' love ' ; frijonds,
AS. freond, ' loving, i.e. friend,' Eng.
friend; also AS. freo-\>o, 'a sparing or
indulgence, favor, grace, peace,' Ger.
Friede, 'peace'; Goth. Frtya-reiks, Eng.
Frede-rick, ' grace-ruler, gracious prince ' :
see also under priya.]
priti, /. 1. pleasure; pritya, with pleas-
ure, gladly; 2. friendship. [Vpri.]
priti-vacas, n. friendship-talk, friendly
words.
prenkha, a. rocking, pitching; as m. n.
unsteady boat, skiff. [Vinkh +pra.]
pr6ta, ppl. gone onward, i.e. departed,
dead; as m. 1. dead man; 2. ghost.
[Vi + pra.]
pr6tya, grd. after dying, i.e. in the other
world (opp. to ilia). [Vi + pra, 992.]
prestha, a. very pleasant. [Vpri, 470 4 :
serves as superl. to priya.]
presya, grdv. to be sent; as m. servant.
[V 2 is, ' send,' + pra.]
praisya, n. servitude, [presya, 1208f.]
pr6stha, m. bench or couch.
prosthe-gaya, a. lying on a couch.
[1250c, 1270.]
plava, a. swimming; as m. swimmer,
name of a kind of duck. [Vplu: cf.
ir\6os, *7rAoFos, ' a sailing.']
Vplu (plavate, -ti; puplava, pupluve ;
aplosta ; plosyati, -te ; plutA ; -phitya,
-pluya). float through water or air:
[199]
[bandha
1. swim; 2. bathe; 3. sail; 4.
hover ; fly ; 5. fly off ; hasten away ;
6. spring ; pluta, floating, and so (see
Whitney 78), protracted, of a vowel.
[cf. ir\fw, *7rA.eFo>, ' float, sail ' ; Lat.
pluere, ' rain ' : for mg of pluere, cf. the
Eng. intrans. float, ' swim,' w. trans, float,
' cover with water,' and the intrans. bathe
w. trans, bathe :
closely connected w. Vplu is the ex-
tended form plud as seen in Lithuanian
plud-iti, ' swim, float ' : w. this, cf. AS.
fleot-an, ' swim or float about,' Eng. verb
fleet, 'float, sail, hasten,' Ger. fliessen,
sometimes ' swim,' but usually ' flow ' ;
further, AS. fleot, ' raft, ship, fleet,' Eng.
fleet, ' ships ' ; also AS. flota, ' ship,' Eng.
float, ' a thing that swims on the surface
of a fluid, e.g. a raft' (verb float is a
denom. of this), Ger. Floss, 'raft'; finally
Eng. fleet, ' streamlet or bay,' whence The
Fleet, as name of a small affluent of the
Thames at London and of a famous prison
thereon, and Fleet Street, which crossed
The Fleet.]
+ a , bathe, intrans.
+ sam-a, 1. bathe, Intrans.; 2.
bathe, trans. ; inundate ; suffuse, 10 19 .
+ u d , spring up.
+ upa, hover unto.
+ vi, float asunder; drift in different
directions ; be dispersed ; be lost ; be
ruined or dishonored.
V phal (phalati ; paphala ; phalita ;
phulla [958]). burst, split, intrans. [prob.
for *spal, of which Vsphat (i.e. *sphalt),
' split, break,' is an extension : cf . Ger.
spalten, Eng. split. ,]
4-ud, burst out or open; utphulla [958],
expanded, wide open.
V phala (phalati). bear fruit ; fruit ;
phalitam, impersonally, it is fruited, fruit
is borne (by a thing, instr.), 24 2 ~>. [denom.
of phala, 1054.]
phala, n. 1. fruit; 2. then (like Eng,
fruit), the good or evil consequences ol
human deeds ; result ; reward or punish-
ment, [perhaps ' the ripe and bursting
fruit,' fr. Vphal.]
phalavant, a. fruitful; yielding good
results, [phala, 1233a.]
phulla, a. burst open, expanded, bloom-
ing, [see Vphal and 958.]
phullotpala, a. having blooming lo-
tuses ; as n. Blooming-lotus, name of a
lake, [utpala.]
ph6na, m. foam.
V banh or bah (badhd [223 s ] ; cans.
banhayate). be thick, firm, strong; caus.
make strong, [perhaps for *bhagh: see
bahii and bahu.]
baka, m. heron, Ardea nivea.
baka-murkha, m. heron-fool, fool of a
heron. [1280b.]
baddha-mandala, a. having con-
structed-circles, i.e. ranged in circles.
[V bandh.]
v' bandh (badhnati, badhnit6 [730] ;
babandha, bedhe ; bandhisyati, bhant-
syati ; baddha ; bandhitum, banddhum,
baddhum ; baddhva ; -badhya). 1.
bind; fasten; catch; esp. bind (a victim
for the gods, i.e.), sacrifice; baddha:
bound ; caught ; fastened ; 2. bind to-
gether, join ; and then (iv. a specialization
of mg like that seen in the Eng. joiner),
construct, e.g. a bridge; compose (verses,
cf. Lat. serere). [for *bhandh: cf. -rrevO-
ep6s, 'connection (by marriage)'; ireTo-^a,
*irfv0/j.a, ' rope ' ; Lat. of-fend-ix, ' knot ' ;
fld-es, ' string ' ; foed-us, ' league ' ; Eng.
bind, band: for mgs, cf. Eng. connection
and league w. Lat. con-nectere and ligdre,
' bind together.']
+ ni, 1. bind; fasten; 2. (bind down
together, put down connectedly, i.e.) put
into written form, write down, 53 6 .
+ p r a , bind on ; connect onward, form
an advancing connection, form a continued
series.
+ sam, bind together, con-nect ; sam-
baddha, con-nected, co-herent (w. the same
flg. mg as in Eng.}.
bandha, m. 1. a binding; esp. a binding
to the sacrificial post (see bandh 1), sac-
rifice; 2. band, string. [V bandh: cf.
Eng. band.~]
bandhana]
[200]
bandhana, a. binding; as n. bond or
bonds. [-Jbandh.]
baiidhu, m. 1. connection or relation-
ship; 2. (concrete, as in Eng.) a connec-
tion, relative ; friend ; one who belongs
to (a certain caste, for example). [Vbandh,
1178.]
barbara, a. stammering, balbutiens ; as
m. 1. pi. foreigners, ot SapjSapoj, name
applied by Aryans to non-Aryan folks
(as Welsh ana* Walsch by English and
Germans to folks that speak a strange
tongue) ; 2. sing, a man of lowest origin;
a wretched wight, wretch, 30 10 . [cf.
&dpf}a.pos, 'foreign, outlandish'; Lat. bal-
bus, ' stammering,' whence Spanish 6060,
' blockhead,' Eng. booby.]
bar ha, m. n. tail-feather. [prop, 'pluck-
ings,' v' 1 brh, ' pluck ' : cf . the no less
arbitrary specialization of mg in Eng.
pluck, 'that which is plucked out after
killing a beast, its liver, lights, heart,'
and, fig., 'courage.']
barhina, m. peacock, 68 2 . [transition-
stem fr. barhin, 1223f, 1209c.]
bar bin, m. (having tail-feathers, i.e. the
tail-feathered bird KO.T' f^o-^v,) the pea-
cock, [barha.]
bar hi s, n. grass or straw of Ku9a-grass,
spread over the sacrificial ground to serve
as a place for the oblations and as a seat
for gods and offerers, [prop. ' that which
is torn up, vulsum, pluckings,' v'lbrh,
' tear, pluck ' : for mg, cf . Eng. hay,
'cuttings,' from hew, 'cut.']
bala, n. 1. might, power, strength, force ;
balat, forcibly ; 2. then, as in Eng., force
(for making war) ; forces, troops, 5 4 . [for
*vala : cf . Lat. valere, ' be strong, well.']
bala -da [352], a. strength-giving. [1269.]
balavant, a. powerful. [1233a.]
baladhika, a. superior in strength,
[adhika: 1265.]
balanvita, a. connected with power ;
suggestive of power, [anv-ita, Vi.]
bali, m. 1. of-fering, tribute; 2. esp.
portion of a daily meal or sacrifice offered
as tribute to gods, semi-divine beings,
men, animals, esp. birds, and even inani-
mate objects, 65-. [perhaps fr. vbhr:
if so, cf ., for the mg, <f>6pos, ' tribute,' w
<t>fpw, 'bear, bring.']
balin, a. mighty, I 3 , [bala, 1230a.]
balistha, a. most mighty; very strong.
[balin, 468 2 .]
balonmatta, a. frenzied or crazed with
power, [unmatta, \'mad + ud.]
V bah, see banh.
bahis-karya, grdv. to be put outside,
to be banished. [bahis and kr, 'do,
put/ 1078 7 .]
bahis-krta, ppl. put out, expelled.
[bahis and kr, 'do, put,' 1078 7 .]
bahih-paridhi, adv. outside the en-
closure (see paridhi). [1310a.]
bahis, adv. [lllld], outside; as prep, out-
side of, w. abl. [1128].
bahii, a. much, many; bahu man, consider
as much, think much of, esteem. [Vbanh
or bah : cf . TT&XVS, ' thick.']
bahudha, adv. many times. [bahu,
1104.]
bahumana, m. esteem, respect. [Vman
+ bahu.]
bahumana -pur ahsaram, adv. with re-
spect. [1302c2, 1311.]
bahula, a. 1. thick; 2. abundant;
much. [in mg 1, perhaps directly fr.
Vbah, 1189, and in mg 2, fr. bahu, 1227.]
bahulausadhika, a. having abundant
herbs, [osadhi, 1307.]
V badh (badhate ; babadb.6; abadhista ;
badhisyati, -te ; badhita ; badhitum ;
-badhya). press hard; distress; beset.
[see Vvadh: cf. Lat. de-fend-ere, 'press
or ward off ' ; of-fend-ere, ' press hard
upon, hurt.']
+ n i , press down heavily,
badh a, a. distressing ; as m. distress.
[v'badh..]
bandhava, m. (having connection or
relationship, i.e.) a relative ; friend.
[bandhu, 1208c.]
bala, a. young, not grown; as subst. m.
and f. 1. child (distinguished from
yuvan, 'young man,' 28 12 ); boy; girl;
2. applied to a grown person (cf. Eng.
childish, puerile), child or booby, w. double
my, 61 21 .
balaka, a. young; as m. child, [bala.]
[201]
[brh
balapatya, n. young offspring, of men
and of animals, [apatya.]
baspa, m. tears.
baspakula, a. agitated by tears, [akula.]
bahu, 7/1. arm; esp. fore-arm; of beasts,
the fore-leg, csp. the upper part thereof,
101 1D . [for *bhaghu: cf. -x?ix' JS > Doric
TTO.XVS, *(j>ax.vs, ' fore-arm ' ; AS. bog, ' arm '
and ' arm of a tree, i.e. branch,' Eng. bough,
' arm of a tree/ Ger. Bug, ' shoulder, hip ' ;
also Dutch boeg, Eng. bow, ' shoulder of a
ship/ bow-sprit, ' bow-spar.']
bahu-yuddha, n. arm-fight, wrestling.
bahulya, n. abundance; commonness,
state of being usual ; concretely, usual
order of things; -at, from or in accord-
ance with the usual order of things, in
all probability, 24 21 . [bahula, 1211.]
bahya, a. being outside, external; at end
of cpds, equiv. to Eng. extra- at beg. of
cpds. [bahls, 1211: cf. 1208a 2 end.]
bid a la, m. cat.
bimba, m. n. disk of sun or moon.
bila, n. cleft; hollow. [perhaps fr. Vbil
or bid, collateral forms of bhid, ' cleave.']
bija, n. seed, of plants and animals.
buddha, ppl. awakened; illumine; en-
lightened ; esp., as m. The Enlightened
One, epithet of Gautama of the Cakya
tribe, [v/budh: for budh-ta (160), the
formal equivalent of -irvd-ro- in &TTV<TTOS,
'not having learned.']
buddhi, f. 1. insight, understanding,
intellect; mind, 13 13 ; wit, wits; 2.
mind in the sense of opinion (as in Eng.);
belief ; at end of cpds : vyaghra-buddhya,
with tiger-belief, (mistakenly) thinking
that it was a tiger, 34 15 ; 3. mind in the
sense of purpose, resolve (as in Eng.);
buddhim kr, make up one's mind, 58 12 ;
buddhim pra-kr, mid., put a plan before
one's self, decide, 9 11 . [v'budh, 1157:
for budh-ti (160), the formal equivalent
of TfvffTis, *irjO-Ti-s, ' an inquiring.']
buddhi -jivin, a. living by one's mind,
employing one's intelligence, intelligent.
buddhimant, a. possessing understand-
ing; intelligent.
V budh (b6dhati, -te ; biidhyate ; bub6dha,
bubudh6 ; abuddha [160] ; bhotsyati,
-te ; buddha ; b6ddhum ; buddhva ;
-budhya). 1. be awake; 2. come to
consciousness ; hence 3. notice ; give
heed to, w. gen., 76 1 -; 4. notice, i.e.
perceive ; and so, become acquainted with ;
understand ; 5. rarely, (like Eng. re-
member a person, i.e.) present a person
with a thing (instr.); cans. 6a. cause
to notice or understand ; 6b. teach ;
announce to.
[for *bhudh, orig. ' be awake/ cf.
Church Slavonic bud-eti, ' be awake ' : the
cognate words of the related languages
agree closely in form, but show consider-
able diversity of mgs : mg 4 mediates
the transition to the idea of the Greek
V IT j0, *<pv6, in irv0ecrda.i, ' find out ' : mgs 5
and 6 form the bridge to the principal
Germanic mgs, ' offer ' and ' command ' :
cf . Goth, ana-biud-an, (prob. ' give notice
to/ and so) 'command/ AS. beod-an,
' announce, offer, command/ Eng. bid,
' announce, offer in words, offer in general,
esp. at an auction, declare, proclaim, com-
mand, invite/ Ger. biet-en, 'offer'; (from
an entirely different root is Eng. bid, AS.
biddan, Ger. bitten, 'pray/ as in bid beads,
'pray prayers';) cf. also Eng. noun bode,
' announcement/ whence denom. verb
bode, ' foretell ' : for mg 5, observe the
analogy of Ger. Jemand bedenJcen, 're-
member or take notice of a person esp. in
one's will, i.e. make a bequest to.']
+ ni, attend to, 58 J ; understand, know,
7 9 .
+ pra, come forth (from sleep) to con-
sciousness ; awake, intrans.
+ prati, awake, intrans.; awake, trans.,
76 3 .
budh. a, a. awake; intelligent; wise ; as m.
wise man. [v'budh.]
bubhuksa, f. desire to eat, hunger, [fr.
desicl. of v2bhuj, 'frui/ 1149 4 .]
V 1 1 b r h , collateral form of V vrh, ' pluck/ q.v.
V 2 brh (brnhati, -te ; babarha; brdha ;
cans, brnhayati, -te). be thick, great,
strong, in brhant, q.v.; cans, make great,
strengthen.
brh, / prayer, conceived as a swelling and
filling of the heart in devotion. [ :?brh.]
brhatkatha]
[202]
brhat-katha, /. Great-Story, title of a
collection of stories ascribed to Gunadh-
ya (gunadhya), and abridged by Soma-
deva under the name Kathasaritsagara.
[brhant, 1249a, 1279.]
brhad-aijva, a. possessing great or
powerful horses ; as m. Brihada9va, name
of the sage who narrates the story of Xala
to Yudhishthira. [brhant (1249a) + agva,
1298 : cf. *Me7aA.-(7T7ros, which is similarly
compounded and of like meaning.]
brhant [450a], a. great; mighty; lofty,
[present ppl. of V 2 brh, ' be great.']
bfhas-pati, m. Brihaspati, name of a
divinity in which the activity of the pious
in their relations towards the gods is per-
sonified, the mediator between gods and
men, and the type of the priest and of
the priestly dignity ; later, god of wisdom
and eloquence, ['lord of prayer,' brh-
as + pati : for cpd, see 1250 and d, and
1267d; for acct, Whitney 94b ; for eu-
phony, 171 2 .]
baijika, a. pertaining to the semen; of
guilt, inherited from one's father, [bija,
1222e and e2.]
brahma-carya, n. life of holiness
(brahman), walk and conversation of a
Brahman student (brahman), esp. chas-
tity ; religious studentship, the first of
the four periods of a Brahman's life, see
agrama. [brahman (1249a 2 ) or brahman
(probably both) +carya, equiv. of carya:
acct, 1272, 1213c.]
brahma-carin, a. (busying one's self
with, i.e.) studying sacred knowledge ;
as m. Brahman student, 65 8 ; as adj. esp.
observing chastity, 64 u , 100 21 . [brah-
man, 1249a 2 .]
brahmanyk, a. pertaining or attached
to the holy life and study (brahman), i.e.
pious ; attached or friendly to Brahmans
(brahman). [1212dl.]
brahma-daya, m. sacred-word heritage,
heritage consisting of the sacred word,
[brahman, 1249a 2 .]
brahmadaya-hara, a. receiving the
sacred word as a heritage.
brahma-dvfs, a. devotion-hating, god-
less, [brahman, 1249a 2 : acct, 1269.]
braliman, . 1. devotion (conceived as
a swelling and filling of the soul with
adoration for the gods), worship, in gen-
eral, any pious expression in the worship
of the gods ; hymn of praise, praise, 73 6 - 10 ,
744.11. prayer, 76 15 ; 2. sacred word,
word of God (opp. to the profane), 60 8 ;
3. divine science, 57 13 ; sacred learning,
theology, theosophy; 4. holy life, i.e.
chastity ; 5. the (impersonal) spirit
that pervades the universe. [v'2brh,
1168. Ic : brahman (n.) is to brahman (m.)
as prayer ('supplication') is to pray-er
('supplicant').]
brahman, m. 1. pray-er, 76 18 ; wor-
shipper ; priest, 88 9 , RV. x. 125. 5 ; pray-er
by profession, Brahman ; 2. the imper-
sonal universe-pervading spirit (brdhman
6), personified as a god, i.e. Brahman, the
Supreme All-soul, 57 * 8 ; in the theological
system, the Creator of the world, 67 17 .
[V2brh, see brahman.]
brahmarsi, m. priest-sage, priestly sage,
see 1 14 N. [brahman (1249a 2 ) + f si, 127,
1280b.]
brahmavarcasa, n. pre-eminence in
sacred learning or holiness, [for brah-
mavarcas, which occurs only in derivs :
brahman (1249a 2 ) + varcas, 1315c.]
brahmavarcasvin, a. eminent in
divine knowledge. [' possessing brahma-
varcasa,' q.v. : 1232.]
brahma-vedin, a. knowing divine
knowledge, [brahman, 1249a 2 .]
brahma-han [402], a. Brahman-slaying;
as m. murderer of a Brahman, [brah-
man, 1249a 2 .]
brahma,y. -I, a. 1. pertaining to brah-
man, divine ; holy, 59 6 ; spiritual, 61 15 ;
2. pertaining to brahman, in loth its
senses, i.e.: 2a. of Brahmans; 2b. of
Brahman or (anglicized) Brahma, the
Creator, 57 s3 , 58 9 . [brahman and brah-
man, 1208a 2 end.]
brahmana, m. (having to do with brah-
man or prayer and praise and divine
science, i.e.) priest, 84 15 ; theologian,
Brahman, 57 16 ; f. brahmani, woman
of the priestly caste, Brahmanee. [brah-
man, w. usual shift of acct, 1208a.]
[203]
[Vbhaj
brahmana, n. (of a brahman, of a priest
or Brahman, i.e.) the dictum of a priest
on matters of faith and cultus ; esp. a
Brahmana, as designation of one of a
class of Vedic writings which contain
these dicta. [brahman, w. usual shift
of acct, 1208a.]
brahmana-vada, m. a statement of
the Briihmanas. [brahmana.]
V brii (bravlti [632], brute: the second
clause of 632 should read " before the
initial consonant of an ending"). 1. act.
say ; w. dot. of person and ace. of tiling,
10 21 , 96 14 ; iv. ace. of person and either
oratio recta (12 5 , 60 7 - 23 , 98") or else ace.
of thing (95 13 ) ; speak to, w. ace. of person,
3 14 ; speak of, iv. ace. of person, II 18 ;
say, i.e. announce, tell; w. vacas, tiros
flirelv, 10 18 ; u: punar, answer, 8 3 ; 2.
middle, brute (used esp. to introduce oratio
recta and without designation of the person
addressed], says, inquit, 20 18 , 28 *, 30 5 - 10 - 12 ,
35 18 .
+ apa, remove (the thought or recollec-
tion of a thing or person, ace., from a
person, abl.) by speaking, i.e. try to con-
sole a person (abl.) for the loss of a thing
or person (ace.), 92 14 . [this locution is
apparently like the Eng. colloq. phrase
"I'll talk it (his opinion) out o/him."]
+ pra, tell forth, proclaim, 75 13 ; an-
nounce, 88 7 ; then (like the Eng. tell of,
bad and colloquial tell on), inform against,
betray, 93 1; .
+ prati, speak back to (ace.), answer.
V bhaks (bhaksati, -te; bhaksita; bhak-
situm ; -bhaksya ; bhaksayati [1041 2 ]).
(partake, enjoy, i.e.) eat; consume; de-
vour, [old desid. of vfbhaj, 108g end: of.
bhiks, and for mg, V 2 ag, ' eat.']
bhaksa, m. the enjoying, eating or drink-
ing ; food ; at end of adj. cpds, having
as food, living on . [V bhaks.]
bhaksaka, m. eater. [V bhaks: see 1181a
end.]
bhaksitavya, grdv. to be eaten.
[V bhaks, 964 2 .]
bhaksin, a. eating. [V bhaks, 1183 8 .]
bhaksya, grdv. to be eaten, eatable;
as n. proper food. [V bhaks, 963.]
bhaga, m. 1. (he who deals out, i.e.)
dispenser ; rich or kind master ; lord, fre-
quent epithet of Savitar so 74 17 ; 2.
esp. Bhaga, name of an Aditya, from
whom welfare is expected and who brings
about love and institutes marriage, 89 ;
3. portion ; lot (w. dur-, su-) ; fortune ;
esp. (as in Eng.}, good fortune, happy lot;
-4. loveliness. [Vbhaj, 216.1: -1. cf.
Old Persian l>aga, 'God'; 807010$ Zcvs
$pvyios ; Slavonic bogii, 'God'; for mg,
cf. Eng. lord, AS. hldf-ord (Maf-weard?),
' loaf-ward, loaf -keeper ' ; 3. for mg, cf .
the relation of /j.6pos, ' lot, fate,' to e^uop-e,
'gat a share.']
bhagavant,a. 1. fortunate, possessing
a happy lot, blessed ; then 2. (like Eng.
blessed) heavenly, august, lordly, applied
to Indra, Brahma, The Self-existent, the
Wood-deity, Sun, Moon, Earth, etc. ; used,
esp. in voc., as a form of address, so 94 8 ,
26 4 . [bhaga.]
bhagin, a. fortunate; happy; splendid;
bhagini, f. sister (the happy one
so far forth as she has a brother).
[bhaga.]
bhagiratha, m. Bhagiratha, name of an
ancient king, who brought the Ganges
down from heaven, [perhaps fr. bhagin
+ ratha, ' having a splendid chariot.']
bhagna, see 957c.
bhagna-bhanda, a. having broken pots
or [1308] who broke the pots.
bhagnaga, a. having broken hopes, dis-
appointed. [aa, 334 2 .]
bhanga, m. a breaking, [v'bhafij, 216. 1.]
V bhaj (bhajati, -te; babhaja, bhej6 [794el;
abhaksit, abhakta [883] ; bhajisyati,-te;
bhaktd ; bhaktum ; bhaktva ; -bhaj y a ;
cans, bhajayati). 1. deal out; appor-
tion ; divide ; then (as Eng. share means
both 'give a part of and 'have a part of)
2. middle, have as one's part, receive ;
have or take part in ; 3. give one's self
up to; 4. (choose as one's part, i.e.) de-
clare one's self for, prefer, 15 3 ; 5. be-
take one's self to ; turn to ; go to, 20 10 ;
6. belong to, be attached to ; revere ;
V bhanj]
[204]
love, 9 2; caus. cause to have a share,
w ace. of person and yen. of tiling, 83 8 .
[cf . (pay-flv, ' get one's portion, eat/
w. a specialization of mg like those seen
in Eng. partake and take as used with the
implied object food or drink, in bhakta,
' thing divided, portion, food,' and in
bhaks : akin are the names of the two
food-trees yielding eatable nuts (acorns,
buck-mast), Qdyds, (p-ny6s, 'oak,' ~La,t.fagus,
'beech,' AS boc, Eng. buck-, 'beech-,' in
buck-mast, beech-nuts,' and buck-wheat (so
called from the likeness of the kernels to
beech-nuts), AS. bece, Eng. beech: with hoc,
' beech,' is ident. hoc, ' book,' orig. ' runes
scratched on branches of a fruit-bearing
tree,' see Tacitus, Germania, x. ; such a
branch was called by a name which became
in Old High Ger. puah-stap or buoh-stab,
and meant orig. ' beech-staff ' , but the
word came to be used for the significant
thing on the branch, ' the rune or letter,'
AS boc-stsef, Ger. Buch-stabe.~\
+ a, act., sometimes mid., deal out to, give
a person (ace.) a share in a thing (loc.).
+ v i , part asunder ; divide.
+ pra-vi, divide.
+ 8am-vi, 1. divide a thing (ace.)
with a person (instr.) ; give a share;
2. present a person (ace.) with a thing
(instr.).
V bhanj (bhanakti; babhanja; abhank-
sit ; bhanksyati ; bhagna [957c] ; bhank-
tva ; -bhajya). break. [opinions are
divided as to whether Mbhanj, 2bhuj,
and bham (see these) orig. began w. bhr- ;
cf giri-bhraj, 'breaking forth from the
mountains ' : if bhanj does stand for
*bhranj, then Lat. frangere, 'break,'
nau-frag-a, ' ship-breaking ' (tempestas),
and Ger brechen, Eng. break are akin.]
bhattara, m. lord. [a transition-stem
(399) fr bhartr : corresponding to the
strong ace. s. form bhartar-am, taken as
if it were bhartara-m, is made the nom.
s bhartara-s, etc. ; both transition to
the a-declension, and assimilation of rt
to tt are regular in Prakrit.]
bhattaraka, m. lord, fi-'.plied to gods
and learned men. [bhattara, 1222c 1.]
bhattaraka- vara, m. lord's day, Sun-
day.
bhadra, a. 1. praiseworthy, pleasing;
gladsome, 76*, 90 n ; 2. good, happy,
84 3 ; voc. f., good lady, 9 r) ; bhadram,
adv., w. kr or a-car, do well, 22 n , 23 19 ;
3. favorable, auspicious, 86 8 ; as n.,
sing, and pi., welfare, prosperity, 20 16 ;
w. kr, grant welfare to a person (dat.),
bless, 69". [Vbhand, 1188a.]
bhadra-kft, a. granting welfare; bless-
ing. [1269.]
V bhancl (bhandate). receive jubilant
praise.
bhandistha, a. most loudly or best
praising.
bhaya, n. 1. fear, anxiety; in composi-
tion w. the thing feared, 10 12 , 31 9 , 46 5 ;
fear of a thing (abl.), 40 w ; bhayat, from
fear, 20", 36*, 41 17 ; then, as conversely
in Eng., fear (orig. ' danger,' so Job 39. 22)
has come to mean 'anxiety,' 2. danger,
peril, 25 19 , 42*4. [Vbhl, 1148. la: for
mg 2, cf. samdeha.]
bhayarta, a. stricken with fear, [arta.]
bhara, m. 1. a bearing, carrying; 2.
burden ; weight, 50 J ; 3. mass, quan-
tity; 4. (w. specialization as in Lat.
pondus, ' weight,' then also ' pound ') a
particular quantity or measure, in nir-.
[Vbhr: cf. <f>toff-<t>6po-s, Lat. luci-fer(u-s),
' light-bringing ' ; AS. horn-bora, ' horn-
bearing, trumpeter ' : for mgs 2-4, cf .
Eng. weigh, orig. 'bear up, lift,' as in
weigh anchor, AS. wegan, ' carry, bear,'
and weight, ' burden,' then ' mass,' then
'definite mass.']
bharata, a. to be supported or main-
tained ; esp. to be kept alive by the care
of men, as epithet of the god Agni ; as m.
Bharata, name of a patriarchal hero.
[Vbhr, 1176e.]
bhargas, n. radiant light ; glory. [Vbhrj
or bhraj , q.v., 216. 1 8 : cf . QXtyos, n.,
' flame ' ; Lat. fulgur, ' lightning.']
bhartr, m. 1. bearer; 2. supporter,
maintainer; lord; husband, 10 21 . [Vbhr,
1182b: cf. Lat./ertor, 'bearer.']
bhavd, m. the coming into existence.
[VbhiL]
[205]
[bhava
bhavat-purva, a. having bhavant as
first or preceding; -am, adv. [1311], in a
way having bhavant first, i.e. with the
voc. s. f. of bhavant at the beginning of
one's begging formula.
bhavadaharartham, adv. for your
food, ['in a way having your food as
object,' 1311, 1302c 4 : bhavant + ahara
and artha.]
bhavaduttaram, adv. with bhavant
as last (word of one's begging formula),
[ace. s. n. of adj. *bhavad-uttara, 1311.]
bhavana, n. dwelling, abode, house,
[prop. ' an existing,' then ' place of exist-
ing,' v'bhii, 1150. la. so Eng. dwelling and
abode and Lat. man-sio meant ' a waiting,
an abiding,' and then ' abiding-place,
maison ' : cf . also mandira and asta.]
bhavant [456], a. lordly; used in re-
spectful address as substitute [514] for
pronoun of the second person, and trans-
latable by your honor, thou (e.g. 6 23 ), ye
(e.g. 7 6 , 12 10 ) ; used in the pi. of a single
person to express greater courtesy, 19 * 2 ,
28 4 - 5 ; used in the voc. s. m. (bhavas, con-
tracted) bhos, f. bhavati, as word of
address, (lord, master, mister,) sir, lady,
[prob. a contraction of bhagavant : cf .
61 M N.]
bhavan-madhy a, a. having bhavant as
middle (word) ; -am, adv. [1311], with the
voc. s. f. of bhavant as the middle (word
of one's begging formula).
bhavitavya, grdv. deserving to become,
destined to be, about to be ; impers. [999],
maya bhavitavyam, sc. asti, I must be,
23 13 ; bhavitavyam, it must be, 27 14 .
[Vbhu, 964.]
V bhas (babhasti [678]; bhasita). chew,
bite ; crush ; devour, consume ; bhasita,
consumed to ashes, [cf. <pa.n-fj.ri, *<f>acr-fj.ii,
' barley-groats ' : w. the 3d pi. ba-ps-ati
cf . the collateral form psa and tyd-/j.a-0os,
' sand.']
bhasman, n. ashes, ['consumed': see
V bhas.]
V bha (bhati; babhau; bhasyati; bhata).
be bright, shine ; appear. [cf. <^TJ-^,
Lat. fa-ri, ' make appear, reveal, say ' ;
Eng. ban, 'public proclamation, manda-
tory or prohibitory,' ' notice (of mar-
riage),' etc.: cf. v'vbhas, bhas.]
+ a, shine upon ; illumine.
+ u d , shine out, become manifest, 56 20 .
+ nis, shine forth from (a&/.), Jig.
-l-pra, shine forth; begin to be light
(of the night).
+ v i , shine far and wide.
bhaga, m. part: 1. allotted part, 96 20 ;
share, 84 10 ; lot ; esp. happy lot ; 2. in
post-Vedic, portion (not lot), 64 22 ; 3.
place, spot (cf. Eng. parts, 'regions'),
[v'bhaj.]
bhaga-dheya, n. (bestowal or allotment
of a part, i.e. ) portion, 88 7 ; esp. bestowal
of a goodly lot, blessing, 82 4 . [1213c.]
bhagagas, adv. part by part; gradually,
[bhaga, 1106.]
bhagiratha, a. of Bhagiratha; -i, /.
the stream (nadi) of Bh., the Ganges,
[bhagiratha, 1208f.]
bhagya, n. lot; fate; esp. happy lot;
luck; bhagyena, luckily, [bhaga, 1211.]
bhajana, n. vessel, dish. [lit. 'receiver,'
Vbhaj, mg2: 1150. lb.]
b hand a, n. 1. vessel, pot; vat; dish;
2. generalized (like patra), Utensil ;
wares or ware.
bhanda-miilya, n. capital consisting of
wares ; stock in trade.
bhanu, m. light; beam. [Vbha, 1162.]
v' bham (bhamita). rage, be angry,
[orig., perhaps, 'be agitated,' and so, a
Prakritic form of bhram, q.v. : for loss
of r, see under Vbhanj.]
bham a, m. rage, fury. [Vbham.]
bhara, m. burden. [Vbhr.]
bharata, a. descended from Bharata ;
as m. descendant from Bharata, epithet
of Yudhishthira, to whom Brihadacva
tells the story of Nala. [bharata, 1208f.]
bharika, m. carrier, [bhara.]
bharya, grdv. to be supported or main-
tained ; -a, / wife. [Vbhr, 963b.]
bharyatva, n. condition of being wife
or (among animals) mate, [bharya.]
bhava, TO. 1. the becoming, 61 2 ; exist-
ence, 15 18 ; being; in cpds, used as equiv.
to the suffix tva or ta, condition of being ,
35 21 , 49 12 ; -2. (way of being, i.e.) con-
bhavin]
[206]
dition; 3. (way of being, i.e.) nature;
4. natural disposition ; feeling ; 5.
feelings ; heart, 30 18 ; 6. the existent ;
existent thing, 66 9 . [V bhu, 1148. 2.]
bhavin, a. becoming, coming into exist-
ence; about to be, destined to be, 18 9 ;
future, 38 13 ; -ini, f. a beautiful woman.
[Vbhu, 1183 s end.]
\f bhas (bhasate ; babhase ; abhasista ;
bhasita; bhasitum; bhasitva; -bhasya).
speak; talk; say. [perhaps for *bhask,
a sk-formation fr. Vbha: 182a.]
+ abhi, speak unto, address, w. ace.;
speak, without object.
+ prati, speak back, answer.
bh as a, /. speech, language, [vfbhas.]
bhasita, ppl. spoken; as n. [1176a], what
is spoken, the words. [Vbhas.]
V bhas (bhasati, -te ; babhas6 ; bhasita).
shine, [cf. Vbha.]
+ prati, shine over against, make a
show, appear well.
bhas, n. light. [Vbhas: but cf. 1151. lc 2 .]
bhas-kara, m. the sun. [' light-making ' :
171 3 .]
V bhiks (bhiksate; bibhikse; bhiksisye;
bhf ksitum ; bhiksitva). desire to have
a share for one's self, wish for ; then (like
the Eng. desire, 'express a wish for'), re-
quest; beg; esp. go begging for food,
[old desid. of Vbhaj, lOSg 1 end: cf.
bhaks.]
bhiksa,/. 1. the act of begging, beg-
ging ; 2. that which is got by begging,
alms. [Vbhiks, 1149 4 : w. the relation of
1 to 2, cf. that of Eng. getting, 'act of
getting,' to getting, ' that which is got.']
V bhid (bhinatti, bhintte; bibheda, bi-
bhid6 ; abhet [832] ; bhetsyati, -te ;
bhinnA [957d] ; bhettum ; bhittva ;
-bhidya). cleave, cut asunder; break in
twain, 102 14 ; smite sore (in battle), 81 5 ;
pound, bruise, crush (as a reed), 70 15 ;
pierce. [orig. 'split, crush': cf. Lat.
ftndo, 'cleave,' perfect fidi; Ger. beissen,
Eng. bite; also bit, 'morsel,' and bit, 'part
of a bridle ' ; bitter, used of a sword, w. a
trace of the orig. mg, Beowulf, 2705 ;
caus. bait, in bait a bear, ' make dogs bite
him,' and bait a horse, 'let him eat.']
-t- pra, split forth or open.
+ vi, split asunder; break to pieces,
destroy.
bhiyds, m. fear, [v'bhi, 1151. 2c.]
V bhisaj (bhisakti). heal.
bhisaj, a. healing; as TO. healer. [V bhisaj,
1147.]
V bhi (V. bhayate; V. and later, bibheti ;
bibhaya ; abhaisit ; bhesyati ; bhitA ;
bhetum ; cas. bhisayate [1042f]). fear;
be afraid of (abl.) ; bhita, having feared,
frightened ; caws, affright, [w. bi-bhe-ti,
cf . Old High Ger. bi-be-t, ' trembles,' whose
bi- is syllable of reduplication, Ger. bebt,
AS. beofa^S, ' trembles ' : the connection of
these words with <t>f-ft-o/j.cu, 'am afeard,
flee in fright,' and tp6&os, ' fear,' is still a
moot-point.]
bhi [351], /. fear. [V bhi, 348.1.]
bhita, ppl. feared; as n. [1176a], fear.
bhima, a. fearful, terrible; as m. Bhima,
name of a Vidarbhan king. [Vbhi,
1166b.]
bhima-par akr ama, m. terrible
strength or courage. [1264, 1267.]
bhlma-parakrama, a. possessing
bbima-parakrama, 1", 2 3 . [1293.]
bhima-gasana, n. command or sum-
mons of Bhima. [1264, 1267.]
bhirii, a. timid. [Vbhi, 1192.]
vf Ibhuj (bhujati ; bhugna ; -bhujya).
bend; turn; make crooked, [so far as
the meaning goes, the following words
may well be taken as cognate: ipvy-e'iv,
Lat. fug-ere, ' turn about, flee ' ; AS. bug-an,
'bend, turn about' (intrans.), sometimes
also 'flee,' Eng. verb bow (as in bow down),
' bend ' ; AS. boga, Eng. bow, ' arcus,' el-bow,
rain-bow ; Ger. bieg-sam, ' pliable,' Old Eng.
buh-sum, 'pliable, yielding,' Eng. buxom,
' lithe, lively, vigorous ' : but the Ger-
manic g raises phonetic difficulties which
are not yet satisfactorily cleared up.]
V 2bhuj (bhunakti, bhunkte ; bubhoja,
bubhuj6 ; abhujat ; bhoksyati, -te ;
bhukta ; bh6ktum ; bhuktva). 1. en-
joy; in Veda, (have use with, i.e.) have
the use of a thing (and so w. instr.) ;
2. in later Skt. (like Ger. geniessen, cf.
also bhoga and bhojana), enjoy esp. food,
[207]
[v bhu
K;. ace. ; 3. without object, take one's
meal; then 4. enjoy (things that are
not food), w. ace., 10 9 ; 5. reap the fruit
(of sin) at the hands of a person (gen.),
791"; _6. cans, cause to take food, feed,
[if f or *bhruj (but this is doubtful see
V/bhanj), then cf. Lat. frui, *frugvi, 'have
use with' (a thing, hence instr.-abl.),
'enjoy'; frug-es, 'fruit'; AS. brucan,
' enjoy' (food or drink), 'use,' Eng. brook,
orig. ' use,' now ' put up with.']
+ anu, reap the fruit (of good or evil
deeds).
+ upa, 1. enjoy, esp. (enjoy food, i.e.)
eat; 2. reap the fruit (of good or evil
deeds).
bhuj am-gama, m. serpent. ['going
with bending or with crooking': bhujam,
grd of V Ibhuj, 995 : for mg, cf. khaga.]
V bhur (bhurati). make short and quick
motions, twitch, jerk, kick, struggle, stir,
[cf . <t>vpu, ' stir around, mingle ' ; (p\vw,
' bubble ' ; Lat. fur-ere, ' be agitated, rage ' ;
de-frustum, 'boiled off'; Eng. brew, 'boil';
bro-th, 'bouillon.']
bhurana, a. (like the Encj. stirring, i.e.)
both 1. moving quickly and 2. active,
busy. [Vbhur, 1150. 2c.]
V bhuranya (bhuranyati). be stirring,
busy, [bhurana, 1059d.]
bhu van a, n. 1. being, existence; 2.
world ; 3. with vigva : sing., tout le
monde ; pi., all beings. [v'bhu, 1150.
2c.]
bhuvana-traya, n. world-triad, i.e.
heaven and atmosphere and earth.
b h u v a s , the second of the so-called " utter-
ances" (see vyahrti), bhuvas!, interpreted
as air or atmosphere, on account of its
position between bhur and svar. [prob.
nothing more than the voc. pi. of bhu,
' ye spaces.']
v' bhu (bhavati, -te ; babhuva [789a] ;
abhiit ; bhavisyati, -te ; bhuta ; bha-
vitum ; bhutva ; -bhuya ; caus. bhava-
yati, -te). become, 93 3 , 40 21 , 57 3 , 67 21 ,
3 n ; come into being, 92 17 ; arise, happen,
take place ; exist ; very often to be ren-
dered simply by be, 2 15 , 3 18 - 22 , 7 1 ;
purvam abhud raja, once there was a
king, 48 * ; tatha bhavatu, so be it, 27 14 ,-
so 32 1T ; pranjalir bhutva, (having be-
come pranjali, i.e.) assuming suppliant
posture, 13 22 ; w. possessive yen., become
(the property) of a person; adhipatyam
tasya babhuva, lordship became his, he
attained lordship, 37 : ; seldom w. dat.,
96 2l) ; imperative, bhavatu: (be it, i.e.)
good ; enough ; what's the use of talking,
30 16 , 42 2 ; the thing is clear, 23 7 , 31 6 ;
tad bhavatu, never mind that, 34 6 ;
bhuta, see s.v. ; in self-explaining
periphrases iv. ppls, 49 19 , 52 n , 99 21 ;
desid. bubhusati [1027], desire to be,
70 14 . [w. abhut cf. e<t>v, 'became, grew' ;
cf. Lat. fu-it, 'was' ; Old Lat. fa-at, 'may
be ' ; AS. beam, ' am ' ; Eng. be.~]
+ anu, 1. (perhaps be along after,
and so) come up with, attain; 2. ex-
perience; enjoy, 24 9 ; 3. (experience,
i.e.) make practical acquaintance with,
come to understand; perceive; hear, 4 21 .
+ abhi, be against [1077 8 ], oppress,
and so overpower.
+ ud, arise up, make itself perceptible.
+ pari, 1. be around, surround, en-
compass ; 2. (like the Eng. colloq. get
around, i.e.) get the better of, prove
superior to ; be superior to, and so 3.
treat with contempt, 37 s .
+ pra, 1. come forth into being;
arise; 2. be before (others), have the
power ; have power, be strong.
+ vi, (become asunder, i.e.) expand, de-
velop ; pervade ; caus. cause to expand
or open ; discover ; vibhavita, discovered,
found out.
+ sam, 1. (unite [intrans.] together,
and so take form, i.e.) be shapen in its
old sense, be created ; be born, 97 2 ; come
into being ; become ; originate ; sam-
bhuta, sprung from, 19 12 ; 2. exist,
39 2 ; be, 39 5 ; sambabhuva, am, II V.
x. 125. 8; 3. happen, 20 12 ; occur; pass
current, 52"; caus. 1. (cause to be
together, bring into form, i.e.) make,
accomplish; 2. honor, 30 12 ; 3. (bring
together, and so, like Eng. con-jecture)
suppose, [development of caus. mg 2
unclear.]
bhu]
[208]
+ abhi-aam, (lit. become unto, i.e.)
attain (e.g. a condition) by a process of
change, enter into (e.g. wifehood), 86 19 ;
be born unto (immortality), 97 8 .
bhu [351-2], a. at end of cpds, becoming,
being, existent; as f. 1. a becoming,
being; 2. the place (for mg, cf. bha-
vana) of being, the world, space ; pi.
worlds, spaces (cf. bhuvas) ; 3. the
earth, as distinguished from heaven and
atmosphere; bhuvi, on earth; 4. the
land, lands. [Vbhu, 347.]
bhuta, ppl. 1. become, been, i.e. past;
real; 2. having become, being, used in
composition w. its predicate as a grammati-
cal device to give the predicate an adj. form
w. number and gender [1273c], 6 7 , 19*, 29*,
56 15 ; _3. os n. (that which has become,
i.e.) a being, divine (90 19 ) or human or
other ; creature in general, 21 18> **, 57 18 ,
63 12 ; created thing, 58 10 ; world, 91 10 ;
4. as m. n. uncanny being, ghost, gob-
lin, 55 19 ; 5. as n. element; panca
bhutani, five elements (earth, water, fire,
air, ether, of which the body is composed
and into which it is dissolved), 66 5 , 68 9 ;
so 66 ! 8 . [V bhu : cf . $6-r6-v, ' plant,
creature.']
bhuta-grama, m. sing, and pi. commu-
nity of creatures.
bhuta-bhasa, f. language of the gob-
lins or Picachas.
bhu-tala, n. earth-surface, ground, earth,
[cf. tala.]
bhuti, f. being, esp. well-being. [Vbhu:
cf . (pva-ts, ' a being, nature.']
bhu-pa, m. protector of the earth or land,
king, prince.
bhu-pati, m. lord of the land, king,
prince.
bhu-bhaga, m. spot of the earth, place.
bhu man, n. earth; world. [Vbhu, 1168.
Id : for mg, cf. bhu.]
bhumi,/. -1. earth, 57"; ground, 43 18 ;
2. land; 3. place, 23 14 ; esp. fit place,
proper vessel (cf. sthana, patra), 21 6 ,
28 3 . [Vbhu, 1167 : for mg, cf. bhu.]
bhumi-pati, m. lord of the land, king,
prince,
bhumi-bhaga, m. spot of ground.
bhumi-stha, a. standing on the ground,
[stha.]
bhuyans,a. more; greater, ['becoming in
a higher degree, increasing/ Vbhu, 470 2 .]
bhur, the first of the three "utterances" (see
vyahrti), bhur!, O earth. [crystallized
voc. sing, of bhu.]
bhuri, a. abundant; much. [Vbhu, 1191:
cf. bhuyans.]
bhuri-kala, m. longtime.
bhuri-sthatra, a. having many sta-
tions, being in many places.
bhurni, a. stirring, and so vigilant, jealous
(of a god). [Vbhur, 1158.2, 245b.]
V bhu s (bhusati; bhusayati [1041 2 ]).
1. bhusati, be busy for ; 2. bhusayati,
(make ready for, i.e.) adorn.
bhusana, n. ornament. [v'bhus, mg 2:
1150.]'
V bhr (bibharti [645] ; bharati, -te ; T*.
jabhara, jabhr6 [789b] ; later, babhara ;
abharsit ; bharisyati ; bhrta ; bhartum ;
-bhftya). bear (cf. the various senses of
bear in Eng.): thus, 1. hold, and so pos-
sess; 2. bear (in the womb); abharat,
she bare, 85 15 ; 3. endure ; 4. carry,
convey; 5. (bear, i.e., as in Latimer)
win; 6. bring (as an offering, cf. of-fer),
69", 82 14 ; w. udhar, offer the breast,
suckle, 78 8 ; 7. (bear, i.e.) support;
and so (like Eng. support), furnish sus-
tenance to, 22 2 ; maintain, RV. x. 125. 1 ;
so also, keep (on hire) ; 8. wear (as Ger.
tragen means 'bear' and 'wear'); w.
nakhani. wear the nails, keep them un-
trimmed, 64 19 . [cf. <>>cp<a, Lat. fero, Eng.
bear, 'bear' in its various mgs, Ger. ge-
bdren, ' bring forth ' : AS. bear-n, Eng.
bairn, 'child,' is an old ppl., lit. 'that
which is borne or born ' ; cf . also $<&p, Lat.
fur, ' carrier off, thief ' : see also under
the derivs, bhara, bhartr, and bhrti ; cf .
bhara and the following.]
+ a p a , carry off, take away, airo^e'po).
+ ava, bear down (an assailing weapon),
ward off.
+ a, bear unto, bring to.
+ upa, bring unto.
+ ni, only in ppl., nibhrta, (borne down,
lowered, i.e.) hidden.
[209]
[bhratr
+ pra, act. mid. bring forward; offer;
prabhrta, brought forward, made ready.
[cf. irpocpepw, Lat. profero, ' bring for-
ward.']
vl bhrjj ( bhrjj ati ; bhrsta ; bhrstva).
rpast ; parch, esp. grain, [cf . <ppvyw, Lat.
frigere, 'roast ': akin w. v'bhraj.]
bhrti, /. the supporting, maintenance.
[Vbhr, 1157. la: cf. Ger. Ge-bur-t, Eng.
bir-th'.]
bhrtya, m. (one who is to be maintained,
i.e.) servant, [grdv. of Vbhr, 963b.]
bhrga, a. powerful,
bhrga-duhkhita, a. (powerfully, i.e.)
exceedingly pained,
bhetavya, grdv. to be feared ; bhetavyam,
impers. [999], timendum est, one should
fear, 42 3 ; na bhetavyam, never fear.
[Vbhi, 964.]
bheda, m. fissure, split, breach; a creating
of divisions, [v'bhid.]
bhesaja, f. -i, a. healing; as n. healing
(subst.). [bhisaj, 1209i.]
bhaiksa, n. begging; bhaiksam car, go
a-begging, [bhiksa, 1208e.]
bhaima, a. descended from Bhima; /. -i,
Bhima's daughter, Damayanti. [bhlma,
1208f.]
bhairava, a. fearful, i.e. awful; as m.
Terrible, name of a hunter. [bhirii,
1208c.]
bho, see 176a (in 2d ed., see 174b).
bh6ga, m. enjoyment; use; esp. use of
food, i.e. eating. [V2bhuj, 'enjoy,' 216.
1-]
bho gin, a. enjoying or having enjoyment;
esp. enjoying food, well-fed. [not di-
rectly fr. vf2bhuj, but fr. bhoga, on
account of the g, 1230c end.]
bh6jana, n. the enjoying, esp. of food;
the eating; then (like Eng. eating), food.
[V2bhuj, 'enjoy,' 1150. la.]
bhojya, grdv. to be eaten; as n. food,
supply of food. [V2bhuj, 'enjoy, eat,'
963d.]
bhobhavat-purvaka, a. accompanied
[1302c2] by bhos orbhavant; -am, adv.
[1311], with bhos or bhavant.
bho-bhava, m. the becoming bhos; w.
namnam, the becoming bhos of names,
i.e. the use of bhos instead of a person's
real name.
bhos, excl. of address, thou, sir !, !, ho !,
halloo ! ; often repeated, e.g. 6 2;? . [for ori-
gin, see bhavant : for euphonic combina-
tion, see 176a (in 2d ed., see 174b).]
bhoh-gabda, m. the word bhos.
V bhrang or bhrag (bhrangate; bhragyati
[767]; abhragat; bhrasta). fall.
+ apa, fall off; see apabhrasta.
bhranga, m. fall; ruin; loss, [\fbhranc_.]
V bhram (bhramati, -te; bhramyati, -te
[763]; babhrama ; bhramisyati ; bhranta
[955a] ; bhramitum, bhrantum ; bhran-
tva; -bhramya, -bhramya). 1. move
unsteadily or without aim; wander; roam,
36 12 , 23 5 ; flutter, of insects, etc.; 2.
move in a circle, rotate ; 3. Jig. be wan-
dering (of the mind) ; be agitated or con-
fused.
[the orig. meanings seem to have in-
cluded irregular and aimless and rotary
motion as applied to water, wind, and
fire, and also to have been transferred to
the sound thereof : cf . the derivs bhfmi,
' whirlwind,' bhrama, ' whirling flame ' and
' whirlpool,' and bhramara, ' bee ' : cf .
ftpfH-fiv, 'rage,' 'roar' (of storm and
wave), Ppopos, 'rage, roar'; Lat. frem-erc ,
' rage, roar ' ; Ger. brummen, ' hum, rum-
ble'; AS. brim, 'surf, surge,' Eng. brim,
' place of surf, edge, margin ' ; Old Eng.
brim, ' flame, fire,' preserved in Eng.
brimstone, 'fire-stone': see also Vbham.]
+ pari, wander around.
+ sam, be much confused ; sambhranta,
agitated, perplexed, in a flutter.
V bhraj (bhrajate, -ti; babhraja ; abhrat
[890 or 833?]; bhrajisyate). shine; be
radiant ; flame ; Jig. be radiant (with
beauty or glory). [cf. (p\fy-ia, 'flame,
burn'; tf>\(y-^a, 'flame'; Lat. flam-ma,
*flag-ma, ' flame '; fulg-ere, 'shine, lighten';
AS. bide, 'shining, splendid' (of fires and
flames), then 'white' (of the dead), Eng.
bleak, ' pale ' ; bleach, ' whiten.']
+ vi, shine.
bhratr [373], m. brother. [origin un-
known, cf. 1182d: cf. <f>pa-Ti)p, 'brother,
esp. one of a brotherhood or clan,' and
14
bhratrsthana]
[210]
so, ' clansman ' ; Lat. frailer, ' brother ' ;
Eng. brother.'}
bhratr-sthana, a. (having, i.e.) taking
the brother's place ; as i. representative
of a brother.
bhruva, for bhru at end ofcpds, 1315c.
bhru [351], f. brow. [cf. b-<ppv-s, 'eye-
brow ' ; AS. bru, ' eye-lid ' ; Eng. brow.~\
ma [491], pron. root, see aham. [cf. /te,
Lat. me, AS. me, Eng. me.~\
V manh (manhate). make great or abund-
ant a thing (ace.) for a person (dot.),
grant abundantly to. [for *magh, cf.
magha : orig. ' be great,' and trans,
'make great or high/ and essentially
ident. w. Vmah: see under \ruah: for
mg, cf. Lat. largus, 'large, liberal/ w.
larglri, 'give liberally/ and Eng. large
with largess."]
manhistha, a. granting most abundantly,
most generous. [Vmanh, 467.]
ma-kara, m. the letter m. [Whitney 18.]
makha, a. jocund, [cf. Vmah.]
magadha, m. pi. Magadhans, name of a
people ; Magadha, name of their country,
Southern Behar.
magadha-dega, m. the land of Magadha.
V magh, see manh.
magha, n. liberal gift ; bounty. [V magh,
i.e. manh.]
maghavan [428], a. 1. abounding in
liberal gifts, generous; esp., as m., gener-
ous (patron), designation of the rich lord
who institutes a sacrifice and pays the
priests, 88 J cf. suri ; applied in particular
to Indra, as Rewarder (of priests and
singers), 70 6 , 71 5 , 73 20 , 75 10 ; -2. in the
Epos, The Generous One, standing epithet
of Indra, 5". [magha, 1234.]
manga la, n. 1. welfare, luck; 2. any-
thing lucky, auspicious, or of good omen ;
3. old or traditional usage, 59 18 .
mangalya, a. lucky, auspicious, of good
omen, [mangala, 1212d4.]
mac-chisya, m. pupil of me, my pupil,
[mad + gisya, 159, 203.]
V majj (majjati, -te ; mamajja ; amajjit ;
manksyati, -te ; majjisyati ; magna
[957c] ; majjitum; -majya). sink under;
dip one's self ; dive ; duck or sub-merge,
intrans. [perhaps orig. *mazgh, ' get
into': cf. madgu, 'duck'; Lat. merg-ere,
' duck ' ; merg-us, ' diver ' bird : for the
phonetic relations, cf. majjan, Avestan
mazga, Church Slavonic mozgu, AS.
mearg, Eng. marrow, Ger. Mark, all mean-
ing ' marrow/ and, as meaning originally
' the inmost part or pith/ prob. from this
root : see rajju.]
+ u d , e-merge.
- n i , sink down ; dip one's self, bathe.
majjao, Prakrit for marjara-s ('cat')
and for maj-jara-s ('my paramour').
mathara, a. perhaps persistent; as m.
Mathara, name of a man.
mani. m. 1. pearl; jewel; 2. water-
jar.
manika, m. large water-jar, [mani.]
mandapa, m. n. open hall or pavilion.
mandapika, /. small shed or shop,
[mandapa, 1222 and d.]
mandala, n. disk, circle, ring.
manduka, m. frog; f. manduki [355b],
female frog.
mat!,/ 1. (thinking upon, i.e., like the
Ger. An-dacht, see dhii'j devotion; pious
hymn or song of praise, 73 10 , 79 6 ; 2.
thought ; thoughts, 49 3 ; purpose, 73 5 ;
mind ; intention ; 3. opinion ; 4. un-
derstanding, 19 9 ; intelligence. [Vman,
q.v. : cf . Lat. mehs, stem men-ti, ' mind ' ;
AS. ge-myn-d, ' mind/ Eng. mind.']
mati-prakarsa, m. wit-superiority, i.e.
a fine dodge.
mat ay a, m. fish. ['the lively one/
v'mad.]
V math or manth. (mathnati, mathnite ;
manthati; mathati [746]; mamatha, ma-
mathus. mamanthus, methiis ; amath-
It ; mathisyati, -te, manthisyati ; math-
itd ; mathitum ; mathitva ; -mathya).
1. stir or whirl ; w. agnim, produce fire
by whirling the stick of attrition in a dry
piece of wood ; 2. shake, agitate, dis-
tress.
+ pra, agitate.
v mad fmadati ; madyati ; mamada ;
amadit ; madita, matta ; maditum ; mad-
[211]
[manas
ayati, -te). 1. bubble, undulate, of
water, and as a type of joyousness ;
apam urmir madann iva stomas, praise
(joyous) as a bubbling water-wave, 81 10 ;
boil, be agitated; 2. Jig. be (pleasantly
excited, i.e.) glad; rejoice; w. instr., 83 12 ;
be exhilarated or intoxicated with joy ;
3. esp., as describing the life of the
gods and the blessed, be in bliss ; w. cog-
nate ace., 83 18 ; 4. trans, gladden, rejoice,
75 12 ; intoxicate ; matta, drunk ; cans.
1. act. gladden; 2. mid. take delight,
8419.
[the rather rare physical mg (1) is
prob. the orig. one, w. a transfer to fig.
use, as in Eng. bubble over with joy or
mirth: cf. /xo8-ao>, 'be moist'; Lat. mad-ere,
'be soaked, full, drunk'; mat-ta-s (mg 4)
and Lat. mat-tu-s, ' drunk ' : see the colla-
teral form Vlmand, and Vmud.]
4-ud, be out (of one's senses) with ex-
citement; be frantic.
+ pra, take pleasure.
mad, so-called stem of 1st pers. pron., 494.
mad a, m. excitement, inspiration, intoxi-
cation, 81 4 ; pi. intoxicating drinks, esp.
Soma-draughts, 81 1J . [Vmad.]
madly a, a. mine, [mad, 494 3 , 1215d.]
madgii, m. a water-fowl, ['diver,' Vmajj,
q.v.]
madhu, a. sweet; as n. sweet food and
drink : esp. Soma ; milk and its products ;
oftenest honey, 26 18 . [cf. peOv, 'wine';
AS medu, Eng. mead.']
madhura, a. sweet; of speeches, honeyed,
[madhu, 1226a.]
madhya, 1. as n. middle; w. nabhasas,
middle of heaven, mid-heaven ; madhye :
in the middle, 57 12 ; w. gen. [1130] or at
end of cpd, in the midst of , in , 18 7 ,
2 9 ; 2. m. n. (the middle, i.e.) the waist;
3. as adj., used like Lat. medius : samu-
dram madhyam, in medium mare. [cf.
fj.<Tffos, */j.f6-jo-s, Lat. medius, Goth, midjis,
AS. mid, Eng. mid-, ' middle.']
madhya-ga, a. situated in the middle
of, tarrying among.
madhya-carin, a. moving in the mid-
dle of (w. gen., 1316 2 ), i.e. moving
among.
madhyam&, 1. midmost, situated be-
tween; 2. of middling quality, size, etc.;
.3. as m. n. the middle (of the body),
waist; 4. as n. the middle (of anything),
[madhya, 474: cf. 525 3 .]
V man (manyate; mene [794e] ; amansta;
mansyate, -ti ; mata ; mantum ; matva ;
-manya, -matya ; desid. mimansate). be
minded : 1. think, believe, imagine, 34 18 ,
43 16 ; conjecture ; yadi nanyatha man-
yase, if thou art not otherwise minded, if
thou art agreed, 25 8 ; manye, inserted
parenthetically, methinks, 51 13 ; expect,
52 n ; 2. consider something (ace.) as
something (ace.), 13 12 , 37 7 , 55 2/) , 79 8 ;
praptakalam amanyata, considered (sc.
it) an arrived time, thought that the time
had come, 13 20 ; bahu man, consider as
much, esteem, honor; 3. think fit or
right, 10 16 ; 4. think upon, set the heart
on, 3*; 5. have in mind or view, 88 6 ;
cans., see manaya ; desid. consider,
examine, call in question, [cf. fj.f-fj.ov-a,
'mind, i.e. fix the thoughts on, wish,
strive' (see man 4); Lat. me-min-i, 'keep
in mind'; AS. prcterito-present man, 'am
mindful,' and the indirectly connected
miKnan, Eng. mean, 'have in mind, in-
tend.']
+ anu, (be minded after another, i.e.)
follow another in opinion, assent, ap-
prove ; consent ; give leave, w. ace. of
person, 49 4 ; permit, 62 6 .
+ abhi, 1. put one's mind upon, de-
sire ; abhimata, desired, agreeable ; 2.
have intentions against [1077 8 ], plot
against.
+ ava, (mind, i.e. regard downwards, i.e.)
regarder de haut en bas, look down upon,
like the Lat. de-spicere, despise, treat with
contempt.
manas, n. mind, in its widest sense as
applied to the powers of conception, will,
and emotion : thus, 1. the intellect ; the
thoughts, 8 16 , 10 5 , 66 7 ; understanding,
82 17 ; mind, 10 16 , 15", 65i 2 -i 3 ; -2. re-
flection ; excogitation ; perhaps the thing
excogitated, praise, or (like dhi2) devo-
tion, 73 7 ; 3. wish, inclination towards ;
4. desire; 5. feelings; disposition;
14*
manisa]
[212]
heart, 78 7 . [V man : cf . n*vos, ' mind,
spirit ' ; Lat. Miner-va, the goddess ' gifted
with understanding.']
manisa,/. 1. thought ; understanding ;
instr. manisa, adv. wisely; 2. expression
of thought and wisdom in saw, prayer,
and hymn (cf. dhi2). [Vman, 1197b.]
man! sin, a. 1. having understanding,
wise; 2. prayerful, devout. [manisa,
1230a.]
manu, m. 1. man; collectively (as in
Eng., and like Hebrew adam), man, man-
kind, 73 19 ; -2. (like Hebrew Adam) The
Man tear' f^ox'fi", Manu, father of man-
kind ; Manu, as originator of prayer,
praise, and sacrifice, 89 2 ; Manu, as type
of piety and majesty, 1 10 ; Manu, sup-
posititious author of the law-book of the
Manavas. [cf. Goth, manna, Ger. Mann,
AS. man, Eng. man : the noun is general-
ized to a quasi pronoun in AS. man, Ger.
man, like Lat. homo in French on, but
retains a distinct form as noun in Ger.
Mann (as homo does in French homme) :
cf. also Mannus, mythical ancestor of the
West-Germans (Tacitus, Germania, ii.) :
perhaps related are Mtw-s and MiVo>s,
mythical Greek forefathers : the deriva-
tion of manu fr. Vman, 'think,' is unobjec-
tionable so far as the form goes (1178b),
but the usual explanation of manu as
'the thinker' defies common sense.]
manu-ja, m. man. [prop, adj., 'Manu-
born, sprung from Manu/ 1265.]
manujendra, m. (prince of men, i.e.)
prince, king, 1 5 . [manuja + indra, 1264.]
manusya, 1. a. human; 2. as m. man.
[manus, 1212d 1 : cf. manusa : for mg 2,
see manava.]
manusyatva, n. condition of being man.
[manusya, 1239.]
manusya-devd, m. human god [1280 1 ]
or man-god [1280b] or god among men
[1264], i.e. Brahman, 95 *.
manusya-loka, m. world of men.
manus, m. man. [cf. manu and 1154.]
mano-ratha, m. wish. [lit. 'heart's
joy,' manas + 2 ratha.]
mano-hara, a. (heart-taking, i.e.) cap-
tivating.
mantu, m. counsel, i.e. deliberation; then
(like Eng. counsel), result of deliberation,
plan, intent. [Vman, 1161a.]
mantra, i. 1. thought; esp. thought as
uttered in formal address, in prayer or
song of praise (see dhi2), or in pious text;
2. usual designation of the hymns and
texts of the Vedas ; 3. later (when
these Vedic texts came to be used as
magic formulas), spell, charm; 4. like
mantu, deliberation, plan, [v'man, 1185b:
for mg 3, cf. Lat. carmen, ' solemn utter-
ance' (see v'gans), then 'magic spell,'
whence Eng. charm.']
mantra-da, a. giving, i.e. imparting the
sacred texts, i.e., as m., Veda-teacher.
V mantraya (mantrayate [10G7]). 1.
speak with solemn or formal utterance ;
2. deliberate. [denom. of mantra
see its various mgs.]
+ anu, follow with a mantra, accompany
with a sacred text, like Lat. prosequi
vocibus.
+ abhi, address a spell unto; charm or
conjure.
+ a , speak unto ; esp. bid farewell to,
56.
+ ni, invite, [for mg, cf. (under Vbudh)
Eng. bid, 'make formal announcement
of,' and then 'invite.']
sam-ni, invite together, 4 2D .
mantravant, a. accompanied by sacred
texts, [mantra, 1233.]
mantr a-varna, m. the wording of a
sacred text.
V Imand (mandati: mamanda; amand-
it). gladden, 74*. [collateral form of
V mad.]
V 2m and or mad (mamatti ; madati).
tarry, loiter. [amplification of *man,
'remain,' the congener of p.ev-(iv, Lat.
man-ere, 'remain.']
m a n d a , a. 1. tarrying, slow ; 2.
(sluggish, and so) weak ; insignificant ;
little; 3. (like Eng. colloq. slow) stupid.
[V2mand, 'tarry.']
manda-bhagya, a. having little luck,
unlucky.
mandara, m. Mandara, a sacred moun-
tain.
[213]
[masi
mandadara, a. having little regard for
(w. loc., 303a), careless about, [manda +
adara.]
mandara. m. n. 1. coral tree, Erythrina
indica; 2. m. used, perhaps, as name of
a man, Mandara.
mandira, n. dwelling; house; palace.
fV 2 mand, 'tarry,' 1188e: prop, 'a wait-
ing, an abiding,' and then 'abiding-place,
mansion': cf. /j.dvS-pa, 'fold, stable,' later
' monastery ' : for mg, observe that Lat.
mansio, stem man-si-on- (fr. man-ere,
'tarry'), meant first 'a tarrying,' and
then 'a stopping-place, mansion,' French
' maison ' ; see also bhavana.]
manmatha, m. love; the god of love,
['the agitator, distresser,' intensive for-
mation fr. Vmath or nianth, 1148.4,
1002b.]
manman, n. thought; esp. (like dhi2)
An-dacht, devotion, prayer or praise.
[Vman, 1168.1a.]
man-mahsa, n. my flesh, [mad, 494.]
man yd, m. 1. mood, i.e. temper of
mind; then 2. (like Eng. mood) anger,
heat of temper. [Vman, 1165a.j
mama, see 491 and ma.
may a, 1. called a derivative suffix (see
1225, 161 3 ), but really a nomen actionis
meaning formation, make, used as final
element of a cpd, having as its make,
made of , consisting of , containing
in itself ; 2. nomen agentis, maker,
former; esp. Maya, The Former, name of
an Asura, artificer of the Daityas, and
skilled in all magic, 45. [fr. mi, weak
form (cf. 954c, 250) of VI ma, 'measure,
arrange, form,' 1148. la and b: so the
Eng. deriv. suffix -hood, -head, Ger. -heit,
was once an independent noun, see under
ketu.]
may as, n. invigoration, refreshment, cheer,
gladness, joy. [prop, 'a building up,' fr.
V 1 mi, ' establish,' or fr. the weak form mi
(cf. 954c, 250) of the kindred and partly
equivalent V 1 ma, ' measure, arrange,
form, build,' 1151. la.]
mayo-bhu [352], a. being for or conduc-
ing to mayas, i.e. refreshing, gladdening.
mar a, m. death. [\/mr, 'die.']
marakata, n. smaragd or emerald, [cf.
0-fj.dpa-ySos, whence Lat. smaragdus, Old
French esmeralde, French e'meraude."]
marana, n. death. [V 1 mr, ' die.']
marlci, f. 1. mote or speck in the air,
illuminated by the sun ; 2. later, beam
of light, [cf. mariit.]
marici-mala,/. garland of rays.
maricimalin, a. having a garland of
rays, [maricimala, 1230a.]
m a r li , m. a waste ; desert, [perhaps ' the
dead and barren' part, whether of land
or water, V 1 mr, ' die ' : cf . 'A./j.(j>l-jjiapos,
son of Poseidon; Lat. mare, 'sea'; AS.
mere, ' sea, lake, swamp,' Eng. mere, ' lake,
pool,' Winder-mere, mer-maid ; AS. mor,
Eng. moor, ' marshy waste, heath.']
mariit, m. pi. the Maruts or gods of the
storm-wind, Indra's companions, selections
xxxv., xlii., xlvii., Ixvii. [perhaps ' the
flashing ones,' as gods of the thunder-
storm, and connected w. a V*mar seen
in fj.ap-/j.aip-(i>, 'flash.']
maru-sthall,/. desert-land, desert.
martavya, grdv. moriendum ; imperso-
nally, see 999. [V 1 mr, ' die,' 964.]
m arty a, m. like Eng. a mortal, i.e. a
man ; as a. mortal.
mar dan a, m. crusher; fig., as in Eng.,
subduer. [Vmrd, 1150. la.]
marma-jna, a. knowing the weak spots.
[marman.]
mar man, n. mortal part, vulnerable or
weak spot, lit. and fig. [cf . V 1 mr, ' die.']
marya, m. man, esp. young man; pi. (like
Eng. men, Ger. Mannen), servants, at-
tendants, henchmen.
marsa, m. patient endurance. [Vmrs.]
mala, n. m. smut; impurity, physical and
moral, [cf . p.4\-av, ' dark ' ; Lat. malu-s,
'bad.']
malla, m. -1.pl. the Mallas, a people ;
2. professional boxer and wrestler ; one
who engages in the irayKpdnov, pancra-
tiast.
magaka, m. biting and stinging insect,
gnat.
masi, f. 1. bone-black; 2. ink, made
of lac or of almond-charcoal boiled in
cow's urine.
masyabhava]
masy-abhava, m. lack of ink.
V mah (mahate; mamahe [786]; mahita;
mahitva; cans, mahayati, -te). orig. be
great or high, and so 1. mid. be glad,
rejoice; then (trans, make great or high,
and so) 2. act. elate; gladden; exalt
(mid.), 74 8 ; 3. esteem highly, honor.
[for *magh, cf. magha, also v'manh:
for orig. mg, cf. participial adj. mahant,
' great ' : for mgs 1 and 2, cf . American
colloq. use of high as 'high in spirit,
elated, esp. intoxicated':
with orig. v'*magh in the mgs 'be
great, mighty, i.e. powerful or able,' trans,
'make able, help,' cf. pox-\6s, 'helping-
bar, lever'; /ir/x-aHj, 'means'; Goth, mag,
AS. mseg, 'am able,' Eng. may:
with the collateral form *mag, whose
deaspiration is prob. Indo-European, cf.
fJLty-as, Lat. mag-nus, AS. mic-el, Eng.
mickle, ' great.']
mah, /. mahi, a. great; mighty, 78 8 ;
strong ; mahi, as subst. the great, i.e. the
earth; for mg, cf. prthivi. [cf. Vmah:
see 400 2 .]
mah a, a. great. [Vmali.]
mahant [450b], f. mahati, 1. a. great
(in space, time, quantity, or quality, and
so), large, long, mighty, important; sig-
nificant, 6 n ; as m. great or noble man,
19 21 , 36 10 ; -2. m. (sc. atman), the intel-
lect, 66 9 , 67 17 . [orig. ppl. of Vmah, q.v.]
maharsi, m. great Rishi. [maha + rsi.]
mahas, n. greatness; might; glory; glad-
ness; mahobhis, adv.: with power, 79 u ;
joyfully, 73 13 . [Vmah, see its various mgs.]
mah a, used as prior member of a cpd, instead
o/mahant, 1249b, 355a. [Vmah.]
maha-katha, f. great tale.
maha-kavi, m. great poet.
maha-kula, n. (great, i.e.) noble family.
maha-guru, a. exceedingly reverend
[1279] ; as m. person worthy of unusual
honor.
maha-tapas, a. (having, i.e.) practising
great austerity; asm. Great-penance, name
of a sage.
mahatman, a. having a (great, i.e.) noble
nature, noble ; magn-animus. [maha +
atman.]
maha-dhana, a. having great wealth,
very rich.
maha-panka, m. n. (great, i.e.) deep
mire.
maha-pandita, a. exceedingly learned
[1279].
mahaparadha, m. great crime, [maha
-f aparadha.]
maha-praj na, a. very wise [1279].
maha-bahu, a. great-armed [1294], i.e.
stout-armed.
maha-bhuta, n. grosser element, i.e.
earth, air, fire, water, or ether (as dis-
tinguished from a subtile element or rudi-
mentary atoms).
maha-manas, a. great-minded.
maha-muni, m. great sage.
maha-yajna, m. great sacrifice, 59 6 w.
maha-yagas, a. having great glory,
famous.
maha-raja, m. great prince. [raj an,
1315a.]
maha-rava, m. great howl.
maha-vikrama, a. having great might
or courage ; as m. Great-might, name of a
lion.
maha-vira, m. great hero.
maha-vrata, n. great vow. [1267.]
maha-vrata, a. having a mahavrata,
having undertaken a great vow. [1295.]
maha-sinha, m. great lion.
mahi, a. great. [Vmah.]
mahitva, n. greatness, might. [1239.]
mahiman, m. might; instr. mahina, see
425e. [Vmah, 1168. 2b.]
mahisa, a. mighty; mahiso mrgas, the
powerful beast, i.e. buffalo, RV. ; as m.,
without mrga, buffalo, 55 3 ; mahisi, /.
[acct, c/!362b 2 ], the powerful one, as desig-
nation : of a woman of high rank ; of the
first wife of a king, I 16 ; sometimes of any
queen of a king, 50 1 . [Vmah, 1197b.]
mahi, see under mah.
mahi-ksit, m. earth-ruler, king.
mahl-pati, m. earth-lord, king.
mahi-pala, m. earth-protector, king.
V mahiya (mahiyate). be glad, happy,
blessed, [prop, 'be great, high,' denom.
of mahi (1061), with the modification of
mg mentioned under Vmah, q.v.]
[215]
[mada
mah end r a, m. 1. Great-Indra ; 2.
great chief, 10 15 (w. mg 1 also), [maha
+ indra.]
mahendratva, n. the name or dignity
of Great-Indra. [1239.]
mahegvara, m. great lord; esp., as pi.,
designation of the four lokapalas, Indra,
Yama, Agni, and Varuna. [maha +
igvara.]
mahaujas, a. having great strength,
mighty, [maha, + ojas.]
V 1m a (minute [660-3]; mamau, mame;
amasta ; mitd [954c] ; matum ; mitva ;
-maya). 1. measure; 2. measure
with, compare ; 3. mete out ; 4. ar-
range, form; build; make, 72 2 . [for 1,
cf . fj.4-rpov, ' measure ' ; Lat. ni-mi-us, ' not
to be measured, excessive'; for 4, cf.
fj.d-p-ri and Lat. ma-nu-s, ' former, i.e. hand ' ;
ev-/j.api')s, 'handy, easy': see also the col-
lateral form VI mi, 'build, set up,' and
under matf and mas.]
+ anu, (form after, i.e.) re-create in
imagination, conceive.
-f- u p a , measure with, compare.
4- nis, fashion or make out of (abl.); con-
struct.
4- vi-nis, lay out (garden).
-i- pari, measure around, limit,
-f pra, measure.
4-prati, make (so as to be a match)
against, cf. pratima.
4-vi, measure out; then (like Eng. meas-
ure), pass over, traverse (the sky).
V 2 ma or mi (mimati [660-3]; mimaya).
bellow,
-f vi, bellow or cry aloud.
m a , adv. and conj. not, mostly in prohibitions
[1122b] : 1. regularly w. subjunctive, i.e.
augmentless form of a past tense [579-80],
76 16 , etc.; in order that not, 53 7 ; 2. w.
imperative, 22 2 , 35", 50 4 ; 3. rarely w.
optative, 79 17 ; 4. w. evam, not so, 38 5 ;
5. w. u, mo, see u. [cf. ^, Elian p.a,
'not, that not.']
mans and mansa [397], n. meat, flesh ; used
also in pi. [cf. Church Slavonic meso,
Prussian mensa, 'flesh': cf. 64 7 N.]
mansatva, n. the being meat, the etymo-
logical meaning of mansa. [1239.]
mansa-ruci, a. having pleasure in meat,
greedy for meat.
mansa-lubdha, a. desirous of meat
[Vlubh.]
mangalya, a. bringing happiness, pleas-.
ant. [mangala.]
maciram, adv. (not long, i.e.) shortly,
straightway, [ma + ciram, 1122b 4 .]
mathara, m. Mathara, name of a man.
[mathara, 1208f.]
manava, m. boy, youngster, [not akin
w. manu, ' man ' : perhaps for * malnava :
cf. Prussian malnyx, 'child.']
manavaka, m. manikin, dwarf, [man-
ava, 1222b.]
matarigvan, m. Matari^van, mystic
name of Agni.
matula, m. mother's brother. [matr,
1227 2 : cf. fj.-f)Tpws, Doric Carpus, 'mother's
brother.']
matf [373], f. mother; applied also to the
earth, the Dawn, the sticks of attrition
(82 9 ). [perhaps 'the one who metes
out' food to the household, or else 'the
former' of the child in the womb,
VI ma, 'measure or mete,' 'form,' 1182d:
cf. /j.-firrip, Doric fj-ar^p, Lat. mater,
AS. moder, Eng. mother ; also pata,
' mother.']
matrtas, adv. from the mother, on the
mother's side, [matr, 1098b.]
matrvat, adv. as one's mother.
matr a, f. 1. measure; at end of adj.
cpds [see 1302c3], having as its measure,
so and so long or high or large, etc. :
janu-matra, knee-deep ; vyama-matra, a
fathom broad; 2. the full measure,
i.e. limit ; at end of adj. cpds, having as
its limit, not more than ; and then, these
adj. cpds being used substantively (1247
III 4 ), merely, only, mere , 27 ,
50 9 ; such a cpd as first member of an-
other cpd, 34 8 , 37 6 ; hence 3. from
this frequent use of matra at end of
cpds in the form matra (334 2 ), the quasi-
stern, matra, n. measure, i.e. height,
depth, length, breadth, distance (43 12 ).
[V 1 ma, ' measure,' 1185c : cf.
' measure.']
mada, m. revelry, [v/mad.]
1 mana]
[216]
1 mana, m. n. 1. opinion; 2. (like the
Eng. opinion) estimation, esp. good esteem ;
-3. honor. [Vman, 1148.2.]
2 mana, m. like the Eng. building, and
. so structure, castle. [V 1 ma, ' make,
bund,' 1150. la.]
3 mana, m. 1. like the obs. Eng. maker,
trotirrfo, poet; 2. as name of Agas-
tya's father, Mana. [do.]
man a -da, a. (giving, i.e.) showing honor
(to others); as m. honor-giver, address of
a woman to her lover.
V ma nay a (manayati). honor, [denom.
of 1 mana: cf. 1067.]
manava, 1. a. human; descended from
man or Manu (see manu); 2. as m. one
of the sons of men, a man; 3. m.
Manava, name of a school of the Yajur-
veda. [manu, 1208c: for mgs 1 and 2,
observe that Old High Ger. mennisch,
though prop, an adj. fr. man, 'homo,' and
meaning 'humanus/ is used also as a
subst. meaning ' man,' and used in its Ger.
form Mensch, 'man,' as subst. only: cf.
also nara, manusya, manusa.]
manava-dharmagastra, n. law-book of
the Manavas or Manava-school.
manasa, a. sprung from the mind; of the
mind, [manas, 1208a.]
manusa, f. -i, a. pertaining to man, hu-
man; as m. man (cf. manava). [manus,
1208a end : cf . manusya.]
manusa-daivika, a. of men and of
gods. [1257.]
mandarya, a. descended from Mandara ;
as m. descendant of M. [mandara, 1211.]
m a n y a , a. descended from a poet or from
Mana ; as m. the poet's son or Mana's son.
[3 mana, 1211.]
mama, a. lit. of mine; voc. s. m., as word
of address of a dog to an ass, uncle,
[mama (491), 1208f.]
may a, f. 1. (a working, ana" so) a
power ; esp., in Veda, supernatural or
wonderful power ; wile ; 2. later, trick ;
illusion. [V 1 ma, ' make, i.e. have effect,
work,' 1149, cf. 258.]
maya-kapota, m. illusion-pigeon.
mayakapota- vapus [418], a. having
the form of a phantom-pigeon.
may in, a. wily, [maya.]
mayobhavya, n. gladness, happiness.
[mayobhu, 1211, cf. 1208c.]
mar a, m. a killing, murder. [Vlmr,
'die.']
marakata,/! -I, a. smaragdine, emerald
(adj.). [marakata, 1208f.]
mar ana, n. a killing; w. pra^ap, incur
killing, get killed, [caus. of V 1 mr, ' die/
1150. lb.]
maratmaka, a. having murder as one's
nature, murderous. [mara + atmaka,
1302.]
marga, a. of or pertaining to game or
deer ; as m. track of wild animals, slot ;
then, in general, track, way, path, [mrga,
1208f.]
marja, adj. subst. cleaning, a cleaner, in
cpds. [Vmrj, 627 1 - 2 .]
mar jar a, TO. cat. ['the cleaner,' so
called from its habit of cleaning itself
often : fr. marja : formed like karmara,
1226b.]
malava, m. Malwa, name of a country in
west-central India.
malava-visaya, m. the land of Malwa.
m a 1 a , f. crown, wreath, garland,
malin, a. crowned, wreathed, [mala.]
malya, n. crown, wreath, [mala, 1210.]
mas [397], m. 1. moon, see candra-mas;
then (as in Eng.), a moon, i.e. month.
['the measurer/ VI ma, 1151. lc 2 : cf.
HT}-vT], ' moon ' ; Lat. Mena, ' menstruationis
dea ' ; Goth, mena, AS. mono, Eng. moon ;
AS. monan dseg, 'dies Lunae/ Eng. Mon-
day; also ft,i\v, stem /j.evs, Lat. mens-i-s,
' month ' ; AS. mdnaft, prop. ' a lunation/
Eng. month."]
mas a, TO. 1. moon, see purna-masa; 2.
month, [transition-stem fr. mas, o99.]
masa-traya, n. month-triad, three
months,
masa-aatka, n. month-hexade, six
months.
mahina, a. glad, blithe, [\rnah, 1177b.]
V 1 mi (min6ti, minute; mimaya; mita;
-mitya). build; establish; setup (a post,
pillar), [collateral form (250a) of VI ma,
' make, build/ q.v. : cf . mit and Lat. me-ta,
' post ' ; mu-n/s, ' wall.']
[217]
[Vmih
V2mi o?- mi (minati, minati; mimaya,
mimye; amesta; mesyate; mita; -mlya).
minish, lessen ; minish, bring low ; bring
to nought. [cf. fjii-vv-ta, Lat. mi-nu-o,
' lessen ' ; AS. positive min, ' small ' ; Old
High Ger. comp. minniro, *minv-iro, Middle
High Ger. minre, Ger. minder, ' less ' ;
neiwv, *(j.ri-i<av, ' less ' ; Lat. min-or, ' less ' ;
per-mi-t-ie-s, ' ruin ' : fr. AS. min comes
perhaps Eng. minnow, ' very small fish.']
+ p r a , bring to nought ; pass, come to
nought, perish.
V migh, see mih.
mit, f. post, pillar, prop. [V 1 mi, ' set up/
383b 3 : for mg, cf . Eng. post, Lat. postis,
with ponere, ' set up.']
mitra, 1. m. friend, comrade (Vedic
only) ; esp. 2. Mitra, name of an Aditya;
3. n. friendship (rare and Vedic only);
4. n. friend (commonest meaning and
gender).
mitrabandhu-hina, a. destitute of
friends and relatives. [1265, 1252.]
mitra-labha, m. Friend-acquisition, as
title of the first book of the Hitopade9a.
mitratithi, m. Mitratithi, name of a
man. [' having Mitra as his guest ' or
else ' guest of M.' : the mg of the cpd
depends on its accent (see 1302 : and
1267 J ), and this is not known: mitra +
atithi.]
mitra-vdruna, nom. du. m. Mitra and
Varuna. [see 1255 and a, and Whitney
94a.]
V mith (methati ; mime'tha ; mithita ;
mithitva). 1. meet together as friends,
associate with, pair ; 2. meet as rivals,
dispute, wrangle, altercari. [observe that
Eng. meet is just such a vox media and
means both 'harmonize' and 'have a
conflict.']
mit has, adv. together, mutually, among
each other; in turns. [V mith, 11 lid.]
mitliu, a. wrong; false; used only in the
adv. ace. s. n. mithu (lllld), and instr.
s. f. mithuya (1112e), wrongly, falsely.
[Vmith: for mg, observe that Ger. ver-
kehren means both ' to turn the wrong way '
and ' to associate with,' whence Verkehr,
' intercourse,' and verkehrt, ' wrong.']
mithuna, 1. a. paired, forming a pair ;
2. m., later n. pair (consisting of a male
and female), pair of children; pair (of
anything). [Vmith, 1177c.]
mithuya, adv. falsely. [see mithu:
acct !]
mithya, adv. wrongly, falsely, [younger
form of mithuya.]
mithyopacara, m. false service or simu-
lated kindness, [mithya + upacara, 1279,
mithya being used as a quasi-adj.]
V mil (milati; mimela; milisyati; militd;
militva; -milya). meet; assemble, [cf.
Lat. mille, 'assemblage, host, thousand,'
pi. mll-ia, whence the borrowed Eng.
mile, 'a thousand (paces), mllia pas-
suum ' ; perhaps mll-it-es, ' going in com-
panies or troops ' and so, like Eng. troops,
' soldiers.']
V mig, mix, in the desid. mimiks (see 1033),
and the deriv. migra or migla. [cf.
fj.iyw/j.i, # P.IK-W-JJ.I, Lat. misceo, *mic-sc-eo,
' mix ' ; Old High Ger. misken, Ger.
mischen, 'mix'; AS. miscian, *mih-sc-ian,
whence Eng. mix for misk (like ax, for-
merly good English for ask); also Eng.
mash, 'mixture' esp. of grains, whence
verb mash, ' mix, and esp. make into a
confused mass by crushing.']
migrA, a. mixed. [Vmig, 1188.]
migribhava, m. the becoming mixed,
the mingling (intrans.). [migribhu.]
migribhava-karman, n. mingling-action,
process of becoming mixed.
migribhu, become mixed, [migra, 1094.]
migla, same as migra. [1189.]
V mis (misati; mimosa; amimisat; misita;
-misya). open the eyes, have the eyes
open.
+ ni, close the eyes ; fall asleep; wink.
V mih or migh (me'hati; amiksat; mek-
syati; midhd [222 3 ]). make water, [fr.
migh (223 3 ) come ppl. meghamana, and
noun megha, 'cloud': cf. o-mx-fw, Lat.
ming-ere, AS. mig-an, 'make water': orig.
mg, ' pour out,' whence on the one hand
'mingere' and on the other 'rain, drip,
drop' (cf. noun mih); then, fig. 'drop
fatness, bestow richly' (see under mldh-
vans).]
mih]
[218]
mih,/ mist. [Vmih: cf . a-pix-hri, ' mist ' ;
AS. mist, *mig-st, Eng. mist.]
midhvans, a. bestowing richly, bountiful,
[said to be perfect ppl. of Vmih, 222 s ,
790b, 803 2 .]
mimansya, grdv. to be called in question,
[fr. desid. of v/man, 1028e, 963.]
mllhuse, see midhvans and Whitney 54.
mukta-gapa, a. having a laid aside
curse, leaving his curse behind him.
[Vmuc.]
mukha, n. -1. mouth, 39 3 , 40 M , 51 12 ;
jaws, 18 & ; 2. visage, countenance,
face, 13 3 ; snout or face of an animal,
44 12 ; at end of cpds, esp. w. an adj.
[1298a], or adjectively used prep. [1305],
or adv. [1306] denoting direction: udan-
mukha, having a northward face, turning
northward ; abhi-mukha, having the face
towards; 3. (like Eng. face) surface,
25 21 ; 4. (like Eng. head, and like chief
from caput) the head, i.e. chief, best,
most excellent, 51 22 .
nnikhya, a. (at the mouth or front, and
so) chief, most excellent, [mukha, cf.
mg4: 1212a.]
\f muc (muficati, -te [758]; mum6ca. mu-
nuice; amucat; moksyati, -te; mukta;
m6ktum; muktva; -mucya; mocayati,
-te[1041 2 ]). release; free; let go; let
loose, 34 14 ; lay aside ; release esp. from
the bonds of sin (93 13 ) or existence; (let
go, i.e. emit or) utter, e.g. sounds; shed
(tears); discharge (phlegm, urine, ordure,
smells), [orig. mg, 'to free or clear':
specialized in Greek and Latin ' to clear
the nose, to snot': cf. airo-fivffffw, *-/AVK-j<a,
Lat. e-mung-o, 'snot'; pvK-r-fip, 'snout,
nose'; Lat. muc-us, 'snot': for mg, cf.
relation of snout to the cognate verbs snot
and snite.]
+ nis, let out; release.
+ pra, let go forth from, release from,
w. dbl.
+ vi, loosen, e.g. a bond (ace.) from (abl.),
79 18 ; untie ; free ; pass, be freed or sep-
arated from, be deprived of, w. abl., but
also w. instr. (283 2 ). [for last mg, cf.
Eng. loose with lose.~]
munja. m. sedge; esp. Saccharum Munja.
V mud (mddate ; mumude ; modisyate;
mudita). be glad, rejoice ; mudita, glad,
happy, [cf. s mad and V Imand.]
+ a, in amoda.
miini, m. 1. pressure, the pressing on-
ward, impetus, 78 7 ; 2. a man driven on
by inward pressure or impulse, person in
a (religious) ecstasy, enthusiast; later
3. any distinguished sage or seer or
ascetic, esp. one who has taken a vow of
silence (cf. mauna) ; hermit, 40 9 , etc.
mumursu, a. wishing to die, about to die,
moribund, [fr. desid. of v'lmr, 1028b,
1178f.]
vmus (musnati; mumosa; amosit; mus-
ita; musitva; -musya). rob; steal, [cf.
mus, ' the thief, i.e. mouse ' ; jj.vs, ' mouse,'
and from the shape, 'muscle'; Lat. mus,
'mouse,' whence diminutive mus-culus,
' muscle ' ; AS. mus, ' mouse ' and ' muscle,'
Eng. mouse; Ger. Maus, 'mouse' (whence
denom. mausen, 'steal,' in which we are
brought back again to the orig. mg of
the primitive), and also 'muscle of the
thumb ' ; further, yumo, */*u<na, Lat. mus-ca,
' fly ' : see also muska.]
musk a. m. 1. testicle; 2. pudenda
muliebria. [from noun mus, i.e. (383a 2 )
mus, 'mouse': for mgs, see under Vmus:
cf. piiff-xov rb av5pe7ov Kal yvvaiKe'iov popiov:
w. muska, cf. also Persian mushk, Eng.
musk, 'perfume got from a bag behind
the navel of the musk-deer.']
muska-dega, m. region of the testes,
groin.
musti, m.f. fist.
miisala, m. n. pestle. [181c.]
v'muh (muhyati, -te ; mum6ha, mumuhe ;
amuhat; mohisyati; mugdha, mudha).
be confused; err; lose one's senses;
mudha, foolish, and as subst., fool, simple-
ton, [cf . Lat. mug-er, ' false player.']
miihus, adv. suddenly; in a moment;
muhur muhus, at one moment at
another, i.e. repeatedly. [' in a bewilder-
ing way,' s'muh, lllld.]
muhurta, m. n. 1. moment; 2. thir-
tieth of a day, an hour (of 48 minutes),
59 10 . [muhus.]
mudha, see Vmuh.
[219]
[Vmrd
mutra, n. urine.
murkha, a. stupid, foolish; as m. fool.
[V march, mg 3.]
murkha-gata, n. fool-hundred.
V m u r c h ( mur chati ; nmmurcha ; mur-
chita, murt [220 2 ]). become rigid:
1. coagulate, acquire consistency; and
so 2. take shape, be formed ; 3. (be-
come stiff, numb, torpid, and so) become
stupid, senseless. [for mg 3, cf. Eng.
torpid, ' numb,' and then ' dull, stupid ' :
see miirti and murkha.]
m u r t i , f. firm body, definite shape, em-
bodiment. [Vmurch, 220 2 .]
murtimant, . having bodily form, in-
carnate, [murti, 1235.]
murdhan, m. forehead, skull ; head ;
oftenest figuratively, highest part; mur-
dhni, at the head.
mala, n. root; fig. (like Eng. root), that
from which a thing grows or proceeds,
root, basis ; capital.
mulya, n. price, 47 3>u ; capital, 46 14 .
[properly, perhaps, adj. 'pertaining to
the root, radical, basal,' and then, as
subst., ' basis ' of a transaction : fr. mula,
q.v.]
mus, m. f. mouse. ['the thief,' Vmus,
q.v.: see383a 2 .]
musaka, m. thief; mouse, 46 n ; Mousey,
as name of a man, 47 21 . [Vmus, q.v.]
miisakakhya, f. the name Mousey.
[akhya: 1280b.]
miisika, m. mouse, rat. [Vmus, q.v.]
musika-nirvigesa, a. undistinguished
from a mouse.
V Imr (mriyate [773]; mamara ; amrta;
marisyati ; mrta ; martum ; mrtva).
die; mrta, dead. [w. mrta, cf. @po-r6s,
*fj.poTos, ' mortal ' ; cf . <p\.b i-fj.ap-a.v-6t],
' flame died away ' ; Lat. mor-i, ' die ' ;
mors, stem mor-ti-, ' death ' ; Goth, maur-
\>-r, AS. morftor, Eng. murther, murder :
see amrta.]
+ abhi, (lit. die against, i.e.) affect un-
pleasantly by dying; guruna^abhimrta,
(affected by a teacher by dying, i.e.)
bereaved by the death of a teacher.
V 2mr (mrnati; mrnati [731]; murna).
crush; smash. [cf. fj.dp-va-fj.ai, 'fight,'
used of " bruisers," Odyssey 18. 31 ; fj.v\-Tj,
'mill'; Lat. mol-a, 'mill'; Eng. meal (for
mg, cf. pista) ; AS. mol-de, Eng. mol-d,
'fine earth' (for mg, cf. mrd): cf. also
Vmrd.]
V 3mr, exists perhaps in marut. [cf. fj.ap-
[j.aipcii, *fj.ap-/j.ap-j(, ' flash ' ; Lat. mar-mor,
' marble.']
mrga, m. 1. (like AS. de5r) wild animal,
beast of the forest, as opp. to pagu,
'cattle,' 67 2 ; then 2. (w. the same spe-
cialization of mg as in Eng. deer) animal
of the genus Cervus, deer, gazelle, [per-
haps 'the ranger, rover,' v'mrj, q.v.: for
2, observe the use of deer in the more
general sense in King Lear, iii. 4. 128,
"rats and such small deer."]
V mrj (marsti [027]; mamarja; amarjit,
amarksit ; marksyate ; mrst ; marstum ;
mrstva ; -mfjya ; also marjitum, mar-
jitva, -marjya). rub off ; wipe away ;
clean; polish.
[original meaning 'move hither and
thither over ' : then, on the one hand,
1. 'range, rove, streifen,' as in Avestan
meregh, and Skt. mrga ; and, on the
other, 2. 'go over with the hand, i.e.
rub, wipe, strip (a tree, a cow), milk':
for 2, cf. o-/j,6py-vvfj.i, 'wipe off'; a-fifpy-ca,
'strip off, pluck'; a-/j.\y-eiv, Lat. mu/g-
ere, ' to milk ' ; AS. noun meolc, Eng.
milk.'}
+ apa, wipe away; also jig., of guilt,
[cf . diro/j.6pyvv/j.i, ' wipe away.']
+ pra, wipe off, polish.
V mrd (mrlati, mrlayati [1041 2 ]). be
gracious ; forgive, [for 1, see Whitney
54.]
mrlika, n. grace, mercy. [Vmrd, 1186 4 ,
Whitney 54.]
mrta, ppl. dead ; as n. [1176a], death.
[V 1 mr, ' die.']
mrta vat, adv. as if dead. [mrta,
1107.]
mrtyii, m. death. [Vlmr, 'die,' 1165a:
see 95 16 .]
V mrd (mrdnati; mardati, -te ; mamarda;
mardisyate ; mrditd ; marditum ;
mrditva; -nifdya). press or rub hard,
squeeze, crush, smash, destroy.
mrd]
[220]
[extension of V2mr, 'crush': cf. a-/j.a\S-
vvto, ' destroy ' e.g. a wall : w. mrdti, ' soft,
weak,' cf. Lat. mollis, *molvis, *moldv-i-s,
' soft, weak,' and &pa$vs, *npaSv-s, 'slow'
(for rag, cf. Ger. weich, ' soft,' w. Eng.
weak, and Lat. len-is, 'soft,' w. len-tus,
'slow'):
with v' mrd in hima-mardana, ' melting
of the snow,' we might compare f*.f\8ia,
' melt,' Eng. melt ; but the s of the col-
lateral form smelt makes this doubtful :
see also mradas.]
+ vi, destroy.
mfd, /! earth; loam; clay; mound of
earth, 62 18 . [prop, 'crumbled earth,'
Vmrd: similar specializations of mg are
frequent : thus AS. mol-de, 'crumbling
earth, dust,' Eng. mol-d, come fr. a Vwza/,
the cognate of V2mr, 'crush, crumble';
Ger. Grand, 'sand,' is fr. the same root
as Eng. grind; Ger. Scholle, 'clod,' and
zer-schellen, ' break to pieces,' go back to
the same root ; logd and losta, ' clod,'
are derivs of Vruj, 'break.']
mrdu, a. soft; weak. [V mrd, q.v.]
mrnmaya, a. made of earth; w. grha,
house of clay, the grave, [mfd -f- maya :
see maya.]
V mrc, (mrgati, -te ; mamarca, mamrg ;
amrksat ; mrsta ; mar stum ; -mfgya).
1. touch, mulcere, stroke ; grasp, take
hold of; 2. take hold of mentally,
consider. [cf. the Hesychian Bpaice'iv,
V *npaic, ' grasp, understand ' ; Lat. mulc-
ere, ' stroke.']
+ abhi, touch.
V mrs (mfsyate, -ti; mamarsa, mamrse;
amarsista ; -mfsya ; caus. marsayati).
-1. forget, 92 16 ; -2. (like Eng. not
mind) disregard, treat as of no conse-
quence, bear patiently.
m e k a , a setting up, in su-m6ka. [V 1 mi,
' establish.']
mekhala.y! girdle, see 59 8 K.
meg ha, m. cloud. [Vmigh, see mih.]
medas, n. fat. [v'mid or med (761a),
medyati, 'be fat.']
medha, m. 1. juice of meat, broth;
2. sap and strength, essential part, esp.
of the sacrificial victim; 3. sacrificial
victim ; animal sacrifice. [cf. \ mid
under m6das.]
medhas, wisdom, m su-medhas. [equiv.
of medha.]
medha, f. wisdom.
melaka, m. assembly; w. kr, assemble.
[Vmil, 1181.]
modaka, m. small round comfit, sweet-
meat, [prop, 'gladdener,' s'mud, 1181:
so Eng. cheer and refreshment are applied
esp. to eatables.]
maurija, a. made of Munja-grass; f.
-I, sc. mekhala, girdle of Munja-grass.
[munja, 1208f.]
maunji-nibandhana, n. ligation of
the Munja-girdle.
mauna, n. silence, [muni, 1208d.]
mna, uncertain verbal. minded; assumed
on account of sumna. [V mna.]
V mna (manati ; amnasit; mnatd). col-
lateral form of v' man, ' be minded,' 108g.
[see V man : cf . ni-/j.vh-fficoi, ' keep in
mind.']
V myaks (mydksati ; mimyaksa [785];
amyak). be fixed in or on; be present.
sam, keep together, 73 4 .
mradas, n. softness. [Vmrad, collateral
form of Vmrd, q.v.]
V ml a (mlayati ; mamlaii ; amlaslt ;
mlana). wither. [collateral form of
V 1 mr, ' die,' and so ' perish, decay,
fade.']
mlana-sraj, a. having a withered gar-
land.
V mluc (m!6cati ; muml6ca ; mlukta).
go-
+ a p a , go off, retire ; apamlukta, re-
tired, hidden.
mleccha. m. barbarian. [Vmlech.]
v' mlech (mlecchati). speak unintelligibly
or barbarously, [root *mlek : mlecchati
is for *mlek-sketi, like prcchati, q.v., for
*prksketi : cf. a.-/ji(^)\aK-e1v, V/uAeuc, 'err,
miss ' ; j8A.c^, &\a.K-6s, ' stupid.']
4 [509], relative pron. 1. who, which;
sometimes following its -correlative: 7 6 , 17 18 ,
29 6 , 30 15 , 33 16 , 52 ", 73 9 , 78 10 , 79 7 ;
evambhuto vidvan, yas samarthas,
[221]
[yajiyaris
tarn doctus qui possit, 19 4 ; 2. but
muck oftener preceding its correlative: ya
ta, 77 12 , 69 7 , Sis, 1713, 2 123 ( 22 4 , 30 n ,
32 10 ; yam esara, 74 3 ; yac ca^ucyate
, etad alasyavacanam, and (what is
said, i.e.) as for the saying , that is
[fatalists' ] sloth-talk, 18 8 - n ;
3. converting the subject or object of a
verb into a substantive clause : sometimes,
perhaps, merely for metre : 29 3 , 38 "', 58 6 ;
but often for emphasis: 9 18 , 56 19 , 57 7 ; y6
paksa asans, te jimuta abhavan, what
were wings, those became clouds, for t6
paksa abhavan jimutas, 93 3 ; ay dm y6
h6ta, kir u sa yamasya, who this priest
[is], is he also that of Yama, 88 10 ; so
yad, even w. words of different gender and
number, as, prajapater va etaj jyestham
tokam, yat parvatas, of P. that [was] the
first creation, what the mountains are,
921 9 ; so95 15 , 97 1 ;
4. which, what, as adj. pron. agreeing
w. incorporated antecedent : na^asmai vid-
yiit sisedha, na yam miham akirad
dhradunim ca, not for him did the light-
ning avail, not what mist he scattered
abroad, and hail, 71*; so 7 1 21 to 72 2 , 74 4 ,
79 9 1, 83 3 , 88 ~; as subst. pron., the ante-
cedent not being expressed, 74 1>2 , 78 18 ;
5. ya in special connections : ya ya
[511], whoever, whichever, whatever, who-
soever, etc., 13 12 , 45 13 ; so ya ka ca, 68 10 ;
ya ka cid, 60 ^ 68 12 ; ya ka cana, 9 16 ;
ya ka cid, anyone soever, no matter who,
quilibet, 21 n ; so ya ta, 18 4 ; 6. two or
more relatives in the same clause : yo 'tti
yasya yada mansam, when (who) some-
one eats the flesh of (whom) someone,
29 '; so 37 n, 66 i g ; -7. ya, if anybody,
si quis (really an anacoluthon) : so 79 16 ;
-8. ya, and he, 74 15 ; -9. for further
illustration, see 512, 511 ; for derivatives,
510 ; for influence on the accent of the verb,
595 ; cf. yad, yasmat, yat, yena.
[orig. and primarily a demonstrative
(like Eng. that and Ger. der) : cf. 6s, 'he,'
in ^ 8' os, ' said he ' ; 8>s, ' so,' in oi>5' Sis,
'not even so'; secondarily a relative
(like Eng. that and Ger. der}: cf. 8s, a or
5;, o for *j8, 'who, which'; hence yat,
with which cf . is, ' as ' ; but these com-
parisons are rejected in toto by some.]
V yaks (yaksate). perhaps an extended
form o/*yah (*yagh), 'stir, move quickly ':
and so, on the one hand, pursue, esp. pursue
avengingly, avenge, and on the other, dart
swiftly (as a suddenly appearing light),
[see the following three words and s'*yah :
kinship of Ger. jag-en, ' pursue, hunt,' is
doubted.]
yaks a, n. spirit or sprite or ghost; as /.
a Yaksha, one of a class of fabulous genii,
attendants of Kubera. [perhaps ' a rest-
less one,' Vyaks: for connection of mgs of
root and deriv., cf. the converse relation
of Eng. spirit or. sprite to sprightly, 'brisk,
stirring,' and cf. Scott's "restless sprite."]
yaksin, a. avenging. [Vyaks.]
yaks ma, m. disease, [perhaps, the sin-
avenging Varuna's 'avenger,' Vyaks.
1166.]
V yaj (yajati, -te ; iyaja, Ij6 [784 3 ];
ayaksit, ayasta ; yaksyati, -te ; ist& ;
yastum ; istva ; caws, yajayati). honor
a god (ace.), 99 12 ; worship; worship
with prayer and oblation (instr.) ; and so
consecrate, hallow, offer ; sacrifice ; in
Veda, active, when one honors or sacrifices
(e.g., as a paid priest) on account of another,
and middle, when one sacrifices on one's
own account; yajamana, as m. one who
institutes or performs a sacrifice and pays
the expenses of it; caus. cause or help
or teach a person (ace.) to worship with
a certain sacrifice (instr.) ; serve a person
as sacrificing priest, [cf . 07-0$, ' worship,
sacred awe, expiatory sacrifice'; afoucu,
*a.y-jofj.ai, ' stand in awe of,' e.g. gods ;
ay-vos, 'worshipped, hallowed', w. yaj-
ya, ' colendus,' cf . 07-105, ' to be wor-
shipped, holy ' : different is &yos, see
agas.]
+ a , get as result of sacrifice a thing
(ace.) for a person (dat.), einem etwas
er-opfern.
yajatra, a. venerable, holy. [Vyaj,
1185d.]
yajiyans, a. excellently sacrificing, right
cunning in the art of sacrifice. [Vyaj,
1184, 468.]
yajurveda]
[222]
yajur-ved.4, m. the Veda of sacrificial
texts, Yajurveda. [see yajus.]
yajusmant, a. (possessing, i.e.) accompa-
nied by sacrificial texts ; f. -mat! (sc.
istaka), Yajushmati, name applied to
certain bricks used in building the sacred
fire-pile, and so called because each was
laid with the recitation of a special text
of its own. [yajus, 1235.]
yajus, n. 1. sacred awe; worship; 2.
sacrificial text, as distinguished from
stanza (re) and chant (saman); 3. the
collection of such texts, the Yajur-veda.
[Vyaj, 1154.]
yajna, m. worship, devotion (so in Veda);
later, esp. act of worship, sacrifice, offering
(these the prevailing mys). [v'yaj, 1177a,
201.]
yajna-kratti, m. sacrifice-ceremony,
i.e. rite. [1280b.]
yajna-cchaga, m. sacrifice-goat, [cha-
ga, 227.]
yajna-patra, n. sacrificial utensil.
yajnartham, adv. for a sacrifice, [ar-
tham, 1302c4.]
yajniya, a. 1. worthy of worship or
sacrifice, reverend, holy, divine ; 2.
active or skillful in sacrifice, pious ; as m.
offerer, [yajna, 1214.]
yajfiopavita, a. the sacrifice-cord, sacred
cord worn over the left shoulder, [upa-
vita.]
yajvan, m. worshipper, sacrificer. [Vyaj,
1169. la.]
V yat (yatati, -te ; yete ; ayatista ;
yatisyati, -te ; yatita, yatta ; yatitum ;
-yatya). 1. act. join, trans.; 2.
mid. join, intrans.; range one's self in
order, proceed in rows, 86 w ; 3. mid.
try to join, strive after; take pains ; 4.
cans, (cause to attain, i.e.) requite with
reward or punishment. [perhaps orig.
'reach out after' and akin w. Vyam.]
+ a , reach to, attain, get a foot-hold.
+ pra, (reach out, i.e.) make effort, take
pains.
yat as, adv. from what (time or place or
reason): 1. where, 6 14 ; 2. because,
for, 28 2 s , 38 5 ; esp. common as introducing
a proverb or the first (only) of a series of
proverbs motivating a preceding statement
or action, e.g. 19 7 ; yatas tena, since
therefore, 30 "; so yatas atas, 36 2 ;
yatas tad, 37 6 ; cf. tatas. [pron. root
ya, 510, 1098.]
1 yati [519], pron. as many, quot. [pron.
root ya, 510, 1157.4.]
2 yati, m. ascetic, man who has restrained
his passions and abandoned the world ;
see agrama and 65 3 N. [' striver, one who
takes pains, one who castigates himself,'
Vyat, 1155: its mg was perhaps shaded
towards that of ' restrainer ' by a popular
connection of the word with \fyam,
1157 1 , cf. 954d.]
yatna, m. a striving after ; effort; pains;
w. kr : take pains ; bestow effort upon
(loc.), have a thing (loc.) at heart, I 13 ;
yatne krte, pains having been taken.
[Vyat, 1177.]
yatra, adv. where, e.g. II 10 ; whither;
-correl. w. tatra, 24*, 85 19 ; w. ena, 83 10 ;
yatra yatra, where soever; catuspathe,
yatra va, at a quadrivium, or somewhere
(else), 104 21 . [pron. root ya, 510, 1099.]
yatha, rel. adv. and con/. 1. in which
way, as ; sometimes following its correlative :
tatha yatha, 22 14 , 43 2, 44^; evam
yatha, 37 8 ; 2. but much oftener pre-
ceding its correlative: tesam sam hanmo
aksani, yatha^idarh harmiam, tatha,
of them we close the eyes, as (we close)
this house, so, 77 13 ; so 61 6 , 27 14 , 21 16 - 18 ,
etc.; yatha evam, 18 18 , 95 7 - 9 ; yatha
eva (Vedic),8Q l ^ s ;
3. correlative omitted: buddhim pra-
kurusva, yatha^icchasi, decide (so), as
thou wishest, 9 n ; 5 2, etc. ; so with verbs
of saying, etc.: tad brohi, yatha
upadadhama, this tell us (viz. the way)
in which we are to put on , 96 u ; so
88 6- 7;
4. without finite verb, as mere particle
of comparison, as, like, e.g. 6 19 ; so enclitic
at end of a pada, 71 12 - M, 87 ", 1 6 , 2 , 31 1,
43 4 ; in solemn declarations: yatha ',
tena satyena, as surely as , so, 13 w ff . ;
5. combinations (cf. ya 5); yatha
yatha tatha tatha, according as so,
the more the more, 48 13 ; yatha tatha,
[223]
[yadi
in some way or other (cf. ya5 end), at
any rate, 62 9 ;
6. in order that, so that, ut, (so)
that : in Veda, w. subjunctive, 88 14 ,
89 5,10,15^ 90 19. i ater> w _ opL> J49. w ,f ut ,
ind., 3*; w. pres. ind., yatha svami ja-
garti, tatha maya kartavyam, I must
act so, that the master wakes, 30 16 ; so
37 5 ' 7 , 38 22 , 39 !; -7. that, w. verbs of
saying, knowing, etc., 30 7 ; for influence
on accent of verb, see 595. [pron. root ya,
510, 1101 : cf. article ya.]
yatha-kartavya, a. requiring to be
done under given circumstances ; as n.
the proper course of action, 41 n .
yathakamam, adv. according to wish,
agreeably, 16 2 ; in an easy-going way,
slowly, 49 14 . [yatha + kama, 1313b.]
yatha-karya, = yathakartavya.
yathakramam, adv. according to order,
in regular series. [yatha + krama,
1313b.]
yathagata, a. on which one came ;
-am, adv. by the way by which one came,
[yatha + agata, Vgam, 1313b.]
yathangam, adv. limb after limb or
limb on limb ; membratim. [yatha +
anga, 1313b.]
yathatatham, adv. as it really is, ac-
curately, [yatha + tatha, 1313b, 1314a.]
yathabhimata, a. as desired, that one
likes, [yatha + abhimata, Vman.]
yathabhimata-dega, m. desired place,
place that one likes. [1280 *.]
yathayogyam, adv. as is fit, according
to propriety, [yatha + yogya, 1313b.]
yathartha, a. according to the thing or
fact, true ; as n. the pure truth, [yatha
+ artha. ]
yatharha, a. according to that which is
fit ; -am, adv. suitably, according to one's
dignity, [yatha + arha, 1313b.]
yathavat, adv. according to le comment,
comme il faut, duly, [yatha, 1107.]
yathavidhi, adv. according to prescrip-
tion or rule, [yatha + vidhi, 1313b.]
yatha-vrtta, a. as happened; -am, w.
verb of telling: either the actual occurrence
or circumstances (as nom. or ace. s. .),
or as it really happened (as adv., 1313b).
yathagraddham, adv. according to in-
clination, as you will, [yatha + graddha,
1313b, 334 2 .]
yathepsita, a. as desired ; -am, adv.
according to one's wish, [yatha + Ipsita,
Vip.]
yathokta, a. as (afore-)said ; -am, adv.
as aforesaid, [yatha + ukta.]
yad, 1. as nom. ace. s. n. to ya, see ya;
used in cpds and derivs, see 510; 2. as
conjunctive adv. that ; tan na bhadram
krtam, yad vigvasah krtas, therefore
it was not well done (herein), that trust
was reposed, 22 n ; ninya ciketa, prgnir
yad udho jabhara, he knoweth the
secret, that P. offered her udder, 78 3 ;
introducing oratio recta, 38 l ; yad , tad,
as for the fact that , therein, 36 1 ; so
94 1G ; yad vai tad abruvan, as for the
fact that they said that, indeed, 96 ' 23 ;
3. in causal connections: like Eng. that
(i.e. on account of which), 78 16 ; yad-
tad, since therefore, 17 5 ; yad
tasmat, inasmuch as therefore, 15 3 ;
since (i.e. considering that), 79 14 ; pur-
pose: in order that, 78 9 , 72 12 ' 14 ; result :
that, 71 e - 7 ; etadrga dharmajna, yan
mam hantum udyatas, so understanding
the law, as to undertake to slay me,
28 5 ;
4. temporal : as, 86 6 ; tad yad,
then when, 71 2 ; yad tatas, when
then, 92 12 ; so yad taditna, 70 7 ;
correl. often lacking: yad '",', when ,
(sc. then), 75 12 ; so 80 3 , 81 17 ; while, 71 5 ;
hence, the temporal use passing insensibly
(cf. yad vaama, when or if we will, 73 17 ,
and Eng. when w. Ger. wenn) into the
conditional, - 5. if, 80 9 - 10 ' n ; -yad placed
within the dependent clause, 78 8 (quoted
under 2), 79 14 ; for influence on acct
of verb, see 595. [pron. root ya, 510,
lllla.]
y a d a , adv. when ; yada tada or tatas,
when then ; yada atha, Vedic,
84 s, 6, 7 . y a da yada, quandocunque, see
tada. [pron. root ya, 1103a.]
ya,di, adv. if; 1. w. pres. ind. in protasis:
apodosis has pres. ind., 20 17 , 37 12 ; 42 14 ,
43 7 , 65 23 , 99 21 ; has fut., 39 20 , 44*; has im-
yadbhavisya]
[224]
perative, 10 16 ; has no finite verb, 18 n , 25 8 ,
28 9 , 40 1 ; 2. w. fut. in protasis and apo-
dosis, 9 20 , II 3 ; 3. w. pres. opt. in protasis
and apodosis, 3 17 , 98 20 ; 4. w. no finite
verb in protasis: apodosis has imperative,
32 17 , 48", 84 9 ; has no finite verb, 27 18 ,
28 12 , 63 9 ; alternative conditions : va,
yadi va , va, whether , or ,
or , 28 12 ; apodosis introduced by tada
(e.g. 25 8 ), tad (37 12 ), tarhi (32"), or
without adv. (e.g. 3 17 ). [pron. root ya,
1103d.]
yadbhavisya, a. who says yad bhavis-
yati, (tad) bhavisyati or " What will be,
will be " ; as m. fatalist ; Yadbhavishya or
Whatwillb', name of a fish. [1314b.]
V yam (yacchati, -te [747]; yayama,
yeme" ; ayamsit, ayamsta ; yamsyati ;
yatd ; yamtum ; yamitva ; -yamya).
hold ; hold up, sustain, support ; hold
back, restrain ; hold out, offer, grant,
furnish ; show (the teeth), 77*. [cf.
C*?/"'a, 'restraint, i.e. punishment.']
+ a, hold out, i.e. extend, and so (like
Eng. extend), lengthen; ayata, extended,
long.
+ ud, 1. raise (the arms, weapons),
35 20 ; 2. (like Eng. take up, i.e.) under-
take or set about (a thing) ; udyata,
having undertaken, w. inf., 28 6 .
+ sam-ud, like ud-yam [1077b]: 1.
raise; 2. set about; samudyata, hav-
ing set about, w. inf., 40 20 .
+ u p a , hold on to, take hold of ; esp.,
middle, take to wife, marry, 98 8 .
-I- n i , hold, restrain ; niyata, having re-
stricted one's self (to a certain thing), all
intent upon one definite object.
+ pra, hold or reach out, offer, give; give
in marriage (as a father his daughter),
98 7 .
+ prati-pra, offer in turn, pass (food),
w.gen., 100 2 \
+ vi, hold asunder, stretch out.
-t-s am, hold together, co-hibere, hold in
check ; samyata, restrained.
yama, 1. a. holding, restraining ; 2. m.
(holder, i.e.) bridle. [Vyam.]
yama, 1. a. paired, twin, geminus; as m.
a twin; 2. The Twin, Yama, who, with
his sister Yami, constituted the first
human pair, selection Ixiii. ; honored as
father of mankind (cf. also manu) and as
king of the spirits of the departed fathers
(pitaras), see 83 *N. ; in later times, re-
garded as the 'Restrainer' (Vyam) or
' Punisher,' and ruler of death and of the
dead in the under-world, 7 11 ; yaml, f.
Yami, twin sister of Yama. [so Thomas,
Hebrew t e om, means ' twin.']
yama-rajan, a. having Yama as their
king ; as m. subject of Yama. [1302a.]
yayati, m. Yayati, a patriarch of the
olden time, son of Nahusha. [perhaps
'The Striver,' Vyat, cf. 1155.2c: or from
Vya, 1157.1c.]
yava, m. orig. prob. any grain or corn,
yielding flour; later, barley-corn, barley,
[cf . ejo, *oF-w(, ' corn.']
yava-madhyama, a. having a barley-
corn middle, i.e. big in the middle and
small at the ends, like a crescendo-dimin-
uendo sign; as n. the Yavamadhyama,
name of a candrayana or lunar penance.
[1297, 1280b.]
yavistha, a. youngest; esp. of a fire just
born of the sticks of attrition or just set
on the altar, [superl. to yiivan, q.v., but
from the simpler *yu, 468.]
yavisthya, a. = yavistha, but always at
the end of a pada and as diiambus.
yaviyans, a. younger. [comp. to
yiivan, q.v., but from the simpler *yu,
468.]
yagas, n. fame, honor. [1151. 2a.]
yagas, a. honored, splendid. [1151. 2a.]
yasti, f. staff, [perhaps 'a support,' fr.
yacch, quasi-root of the present system
of yam: cf. 220, 1157.]
V yah, stir, move quickly, inferred fr. yaks,
q.v., and yahva, 'continually moving,
restless.'
V ya (yati; yayau; ayasit[911]; yasyati;
yata; yatum; yatva; -yaya). 1. go,
39 l ; yatas, avasitasya, of him that
journeys (and) of him that rests, 71 8 ; w.
astam, 62 u , see astam ; 2. go to, w. ace.,
43 17 , 91 6 ; w. dot. 49"; -3. go to, i.e.
attain to (a condition) : e.g. devatvam ya,
attain to godhead, i.e. become divine,
[225]
[Vyuj
19 21 ; so 17 22 , etc.; -4. yatu, lot it go,
no matter, 44 8 .
[collateral form of Vi, 'go,' 108g:
hence yana, ' passage, way,' w. which cf .
Lat. janus, 'passage, archway/ and the
god thereof Janus: fr. Vya comes also
ya-ma, ' period or watch of the night ' ;
Hi-pa, ' time, season,' Eng. year, show a
development of mg like that of yama,
q.v., but their connection w. Vya is
doubtful (see 2 vara).]
+ a n u , go after, follow.
+ a , come hither or to or on.
+ s a m - a , come hither together ; assem-
ble ; samayata, come.
+ ud, go forth or out.
+ up a, go or attain unto.
+ pra, go forth; set out.
V yac (yacati, -te ; yayace ; ayacista ;
yacisy6 ; yacita ; yacitum ; yacitva ;
-yacya). make a request; ask a person
(ace.) for a thing (ace.), 46 u ; ask a
thing (ace.) of a person (abl.), 55 21 .
yat, adv. as; temporally, so long as, .79 13 .
[abl. of pron. root ya, 1114a, 510: see
under ya.]
yat ana, f. requital ; esp. punishment,
pains of hell. [Vyat, 1150.]
yatr, m. avenger. [' pursuer,' Vya, 1182.]
yana, m. way; as n. wagon. [Vya, 1150.]
yama,/. -I, a. of or coming from Yama.
[yama, 1208f.]
yama, in. 1. course or going, 78 5 ; 2. as
in Eng., course (of a feast); 3. watch
of the night. [Vya, 1166: for mg 2, cf.
irtpi-oSos, 'way around, circuit, course at
dinner/ and Ger. Gang, ' course ' : for
mg 3,' cf. irfptoSos, 'time of circuit.']
yavant [517], 1. a. as great, 101 9 ; as
many, 64 4 , 105 4 ; as much ; preceding its
correl. tavant; 2. yavat, adv. as long,
while ; tavat yavat, so long as,
19 2 , 42 3 ; yavat tavat : as long
as , so long, 15 5 , 32 2 , 40 18 ; as soon
as or the moment that , then, 44 15 ,
22 7 ; 3. yavat, as quasi-prep, w. ace.:
during; up to (in space or time); sarpa-
vivaram yavat, as far as the serpent's
hole, 39 13 ; adya yavat, until to-day,
24 ". [pron. root ya, 517. cf. tavant.]
yavayad-dvesas, a. driving away foes.
[V2yu, 'keep off': see 1309.]
V lyu (yaiiti [626], 3rd pi. yuvanti, mid.
yute ; yuvati, -te ; Jinite forms Vedic
only; yuta ; -yuya). fasten, hold fast;
draw towards one, attract ; join, unite.
+ s am, unite; samyuta, connected with,
i.e. having reference to, 59 14 .
V 2yu (yuy6ti; yucchati [60S 2 ]; ayauslt;
yuta; -yuya; cans, yavayati). repel,
keep off or separate, trans. ; sometimes
keep off or separate, intrans. ; a Vedic
word.
+ pra, remove; prayucchant, removing
(intrans.), moving away, and so (like Eng.
absent), heedless.
yu, root of 2d pers. pronoun, cf. 494. [cf.
v/j.e7s, Lesbian tf/u/ues, 'ye': kinship of
Eng. ye, doubtful.]
yukti, f. 1. a yoking, harnessing;
-2. yoke, team. [Vyuj, 1157, 219: cf.
eC|iy, *evy-<ri-s, ' a yoking.']
yuga, n. 1. yoke; 2. couple, pair;
3. esp. w. manusa, a human generation
(as that which is united by common
descent), -yei/os avdpwirccv ; 4. and so, in
a temporal sense, an age of the world, see
58 l y. [Vyuj, q.v., 216. 1: cf. yugma.]
yugapat-prapti,/ simultaneous reach-
ing or arriving at. [1279 and a.]
yugapad, adv. simultaneously. [ap-
parently ace. s. n. of an adj. *yuga-pad,
' pair-footed, even-footed, side by side/ a
possessive form (1301) of a descriptive
cpd (1280b) *yuga-pad, 'pair-foot.']
yugma, a. paired, even; as n. pair,
couple. [Vyuj, 1166, 216.5: for mg, cf.
couple, Lat. copula, *co-ap-ula, Vap + co-,
'fit or join together.']
V yuj (yunakti, yuakt ; yuyoja, yuyuj6;
ayukta ; yoksyati, -te ; yukta ; y6ktum ;
yuktva; -yujya; yojayati). -1. yoke;
harness ; make ready for draught, used
of wagon (101 1T ) as well as of steed (72 6 ) ;
then, generalized, 2. make ready, set to
work, apply; use, e.g. the Soma-press-
stones, 76 18 ; yukta, engaged upon (loc.),
busied with, 62 u ; 3. unite ; middle,
unite one's self with (instr.); yujana, in
company with, 73 12 ; 4. passive, be
15
[226]
united with (instr.), i.e. become possessed
of, 60 15 ; yukta: possessed of (instr.),
1 12 ; having , at end of cpd, 65 J - ;
5. pass, be joined or made ready, and so
be fitted, suited; yukta, fit, suitable,
right, proper, 23 19 ; yuktam, adv. fitly,
rightly, etc., 36 2 ; -6. yojayati [1041 2 ],
apply ; lay on, 102 u . [cf . ^eiry-yy/zt, Lat.
jung-o, 'yoke, harness, join'; w. yuga,
'yoke,' cf. vy6v, Lat. jugum, Ger. Jock,
Eng. yoke : for euphony, see 219.]
+ ud, mid. make one's self ready, set to
work, exert one's self.
+ up a, mid. harness, put to, 73 13 ; apply,
use.
+ ni, mid. 1. fasten to; 2. put (a
task) upon, commission; caus. [1041 2 ],
set, lay, e.g. snares, 24 n . [for mg 2,
cf. niyoga; also Eng. en-join w. its Lat.
predecessor in-jungere.~\
+ pra, apply, use; w. namaskaram,
employ, i.e. do adoration.
+ s am, join together, unite; samyukta,
at end of cpd: joined with, i.e. endowed
with, 34 4 ; connected with, i.e. having
reference to, 59 12> u .
yuj [389, 219, 386b], -1. a. yoked to-
gether; as m. yoke-fellow, and so comrade,
88 s ; 2. a. paired, even. [Vyuj: see
ayuj and ayuja.]
yujya, a. united, combined. [Vyuj,
1213e.]
yuddha, ppl. fought; as n. [1176a], fight,
battle, contest. [Vyudh, 1176, 160.]
yuddha-varna, m. a sort of battle; a
battle, so to speak.
Vyudh (yiidhyate; yuyudh6; ayuddha ;
yotsyate; yuddha; y6ddhum ; -yiidhya).
fight, [cf . vo-fj.ii'Tj, *\>9-fjuvri, ' battle.']
+ a, fight against.
yiidh,/. fight. [Vyudh.]
yudhi-sthira, m. Yudhishthira, son of
Pandu and Kunti, to whom Brihadacva
tells the story of Nala ; see 1 14 N. [' firm
in battle,' yudh-i (1250c) -f sthira.]
V yup (yuy6pa; yupita; yopayati[1041 2 ]).
set up an obstacle, block or bar the way ;
hinder, thwart, 80 10 ; obstruct or clog, see
86 OK.
yuvd, pron. stem, 2d pers. dual, 491.
yuvati, serving as a feminine to ydvan.
young woman; maiden. [1157.3 end:
perhaps pres. ppl. of V 1 yu, ' attract.']
yuvan [427], a. young; as subst. young
man (distinguished from bala, 'child,'
28 12 ); youth (used even of youthful
gods). [perhaps fr. v'lyu, 'attract,'
suffix an, not van, 1160 : see yaviyans,
yavistha, yuvati : cf . Lat. juven-i-s,
'young'; w. juven-cu-s, 'young,' cf. Ger-
manic *yuvunga, ijnnga, Eng. young ; also
Old Eng. yung-fye, Spenser's youngth, Eng.
youth.'}
yusm, see 491.
yutha, m. n. herd. [prop, 'a union,'
v'lyu, 'unite,' 1163: for mg, cf. also Ger.
Bande, 'gang or set of men,' and Eng.
band, 'company,' both indirectly fr. the
root of bind.~\
yutha-natha, m. protector or leader of
the herd.
yutha-pa, m. keeper or protector of the
herd; esp. the elephant that leads the
herd.
yutha-pati, m. lord of the herd; esp.
the elephant that leads the herd.
yunas, see 427.
yuyam, see 491.
yena, adv. 1. wherefore, 6 2 ; 2. yena
tena, because therefore, 64 9 ; 3.
that, ut, introducing a result and corre-
sponding to a ' such ' or ' so' expressed
(21 10 ) or implied (II s ). [pron. root ya,
yestha, pronounced yaistha, a. (best
going, i.e.) swiftest. [Vya, 470 3 , 468.]
y 6 g a , TO. 1. a setting to work ; use ;
appliance (act of applying); 2. appli-
ance (thing applied), and so means; esp.
supernatural means, magic, 56 8 ; 3. (the
applying one's self to a thing, and so)
pursuit or acquisition (of a thing), cf.
ksema ; 4. connection, relation ; -yogat,
at end of cpd, from connection with , i.e.
in consequence of . [Vyuj, 216. 1.]
y6gya, a. of use, suited for use, fit, fit-
ting. [y6ga, 1212a.]
yoddhr, m. fighter. [Vyudh, 1182, 160.]
yodhin, a. at end of cpds, fighting.
[Vyudh, 1183.]
[227]
[rajas
y6ni, m.f. 1. lap; womb or birth-place ;
2. place of origin; origin, 93 4 ; 3.
birth-place, i.e. home ; place of abiding ;
place, 86 17 , 89 8 , RV. x.125.7; -4. (like
Eng. origin or birth) family, race; form
of existence (as man, Brahman, beast,
etc., in the system of transmigrations) as
this form is determined by birth, 67 ~\
[' the holder ' of the born or unborn babe,
v'lyu, 'hold,' 1158. 2 2 : cf. the analogous
metaphors in Lat. con-cipere, 'take, hold,
conceive'; and in volva, 'cover, envelope,'
and so ' womb,' fr. a root cognate with
1 vr, ' cover.']
yonitas, adv. from birth, by blood, [yoni,
1098b.]
yosit, f. young woman, maiden, [per-
haps ' the attractive one,' fr. V 1 yu,
'attract,' 1200a, 383. 3 (through the inter-
mediate form y6-sa, 1197, of the same
mg) : cf. yuvati.]
yauvana, n. youth, period between child-
hood and maturity, adolescence (of man
or maid), [yrivan, 1208a.]
yauvana-daga,/*. time of youth.
V ranh (ranhati, -te). 1. make to run;
hasten, trans. ; 2. mid. run ; hasten, in-
trans. [for *rangh : cf . the forms langh
and raghii, and see under laghii.]
rakta, ppl. colored; esp. red? as n. blood.
[Vranj, 954a.]
V Iraks (raksati, -te; raraksa; araksit;
raksita ; raksitum; -raksya). de-fend,
protect ; keep, i.e. both retain and main-
tain; take care of (as a sovereign), i.e.
govern ; guard, ward ; save, [a desid.
extension of V*rak or ark: cf. dAe-o!,
' ward off,' which bears a similar relation
to VaAK or apK in &\-a\K-f, 'warded off,'
apK-fca, 'ward off, protect'; cf. also Lat.
arc-eo, ' ward off,' arx, ' stronghold of de-
fence, citadel ' ; AS. ealh-stede, ' defence-
stead, strong-hold ' ; ealgian, ' protect ' :
for the two chief mgs of \ raks, cf. Lat.
de-fendere, 'ward off, protect.']
+ pari, protect around ; save.
V 2 r a k s , harm, in raksas. [perhaps only
another aspect of 1 raks, ' ward off/ i.e.
'beat away.']
raksaka, /. keeper; warder; protector.
[Vlraks, 1181.]
raks ana, n. protection; preservation.
[Vlraks, 1150.]
raksas, n. 1. harm; 2. concrete,
harmer, name of nocturnal demons who
disturb sacrifices and harm the pious.
[V 2 raks, 1151.2a.]
raksa, f. protection; watch. [Vlraks,
1149.]
raksi, a. guarding, at end of cpds.
[Vlraks, 1155.]
r a k s i t r , m. protector ; watcher. [V 1 raks,
1182a.]
raghii, 1. a. running, darting, swift;
as m. runner; 2. m. Raghu (The Run-
ner, Apo/tevs), name of an ancient king.
[Vranh, q.v.: older form of laghii, q.v.]
ranga, m. 1. color; 2. theatre, amphi-
theatre. [Vraj or rafij, 216. 1 : connection
of mg 2 unclear.]
V raj or ranj (rajyati, -te; rakta; -rajya;
cans, ranjdyati). 1. be colored; esp.
be red; rakta: red; dyed; as n. blood;
2. fi(j. be affected with a strong feeling
(cf. raj + vi) ; esp. be delighted with,
have pleasure in, be in love with; cans.
1. color; redden; 2. delight, please,
make happy.
[orig. 'be bright or white' (whence
rajaka) ; then 'glow, be red": see the
ident. V3rj and its cognates tipyvpos, etc.;
and cf . V f>ey in aor. f>tai, ' dye/ and
peyevs, 'dyer': w. this root may be con-
nected the root raj in its mgs given
under 2.]
+ anu, 1. be colored after, take the
tinge of ; 2. feel affection towards.
+ vi, 1. lose color; 2. be cold or
indifferent towards (loc.), 45 s . [for mg
2, cf . the senses of the simple verb : the
metaphor may be either ' not glowing/
and so, as in Eng., ' cold/ or else ' color-
less/ and so, ' indifferent.']
raj aka, m. washerman, who is also a dyer
of clothes. [' whitener ' or else ' dyer/
Vraj, 1181.]
rajas, n. 1. atmosphere, air, region of
clouds, vapors, and gloom, clearly dis-
tinguished from heaven (dyaus, 72 2 ) or
15*
rajju]
[228]
the ethereal' spaces of heaven (rocana
divas, 81 8 , or svar), "where the light
dwelleth," these being beyond the rajas,
just as the ai&fip is beyond the a-f)p;
used loosely in pi., the skies, 71 7 ; the
sky conceived as divided into an upper
and a lower stratum, and so dual, rajasi,
75 5i12 ; so far Vedic;
2. post-Vedic: like the Greek d-fip, the
thick air, mist, gloom, darkness ; 3.
dust, e.g. 14 13 ; 4. in the philosophical
system, darkness (cf. 2), the second of the
three qualities (see guna), soul-darkening
passion (popularly connected with raga,
'passion'), 66 8 - 16 .
[since the orig. mg, as indicated by
usage, is ' the cloudy (region), region of
gloom and dark' as distinguished from
the everlasting light beyond, the word is
prob. to be derived f r. V raj in the sense
'be (colored, i.e.) not clear': cognate are
f-pe0os, 'darkness, Erebus,' and Goth.
riqis, neut., ' darkness ' : for connection of
mgs 2 and 3, cf . Ger. Dunst, ' vapor,' and
Eng. dust.']
T & j j u , f. cord ; rope. [V *razg, ' plait ' : cf .
Lithuanian rezgis, ' plaited work, basket ' ;
Lat. restis, *resctis, *rezg-ti-s, 'rope': see
Vmajj.]
V ranj, see raj.
ran a, m. pleasure, gladness. [Vran.]
ranva, a. pleasant, lovely. [Vran, 1190.]
rati, f. 1. rest, quiet; 2. comfort,
pleasure. [Vram, 1157, cf. 954d.]
ratna, n. 1. gift; blessing, riches,
treasure, as something bestowed or given
(cf. ratna-dha); so far Vedic; 2. post-
Vedic: precious stone, jewel, pearl; fig.,
as in Eng., jewel, i.e. the most excellent of
its kind. [V Ira, 'bestow.']
ratna-dha [352], a. bestowing bless-
ings
1 rath a, m. wagon, esp. the two-wheeled
battle-wagon (lighter and swifter than the
anas, ' dray ') ; car or chariot of gods
(72*-, 89 u ) as well as of men (87 14 ).
[Vr, 'move,' 1163: for mg, cf. Lat. currus,
' chariot,' and currere, ' run.']
2 ratha, m. pleasure, joy. [Vram, 1163,
cf. 954d.]
V ran (ranati ; rarana ; aranit). be
pleased; Vedic. [ident. w. Vram.]
rap as, n. bodily injury; disease.
V rabh (rabhate; rebhe; arabdha ; raps-
yate ; rabdha ; rabdhum ; -rabhya).
grasp ; take hold of. [prob. a collateral
form of Vgrabh, and ident. w. labh, see
these : cf . TO \d<p-vpa, ' spoils, booty ' ;
f"i-\r](t>-a, ' took ' ; Lat. lab-or, ' undertaking,
labor ' ; perhaps ^\<p-ov, ' gat, earned.']
+ &, 1. take hold upon; touch, RV.
x. 125. 8 ; 2. take hold of, i.e. under-
take, 14 6 ; w. yatnam, undertake an effort,
i.e. exert one's self, II 2 ; 3. (like Ger.
an-fangen and Lat. in-cipere) begin ;
arabhya : w. abl., beginning from , or
simply from , 39 13 ; w. adya, from to-
day on, 36 19 .
+ anv-a, take hold of from behind,
hold on to.
+ sam-anv-a, hold on to each other
(said of several) ; sam-anv-arabdha,
touching.
sam-a, undertake (see a-rabh) to-
gether.
sam, take hold of each other (for
dance, battle, etc.), hold together; take
hold (of a thing) together.
V ram (ramati, -te ; rarama, reme ;
aramsit, aramsta ; ramsyate ; rata ;
ramtum; ramtva; -ramya; ramayati).
1. act. stop, trans. 2. mid. stop, in-
trans. ; rest ; abide ; stay gladly with ;
3. mid. (rest, take one's ease or com-
fort, and so) find pleasure in ; rata, w. loc.,
or at end of cpds, taking pleasure in, de-
voted to ; 4. caus. bring to a stand-still,
stay, 73 7 . [cf. ii-pfp-a, 'quietly'; Goth.
nmis, ' quiet ' ; tpa^ai, eparai, *m-/j.ai,
*pm-rai, 'love, loves'; i-pa.-r&-s, 'lovely,'
formally ident. w. ratd : for mgs 2 and 3,
cf. \'2gam.]
+ abhi, mid. 1. stop, intrans. ; 2. find
pleasure ; please, intrans., 106 1 .
+ a , act. stop, trans.
-up a, stop; uparata, ceased, (of
sounds) hushed.
+ v i , act. stop, intrans. ; pause,
ramaniya, grdv. enjoyable, pleasant.
[Vram, 965, 1215.]
[229]
[rajm
ramya, grdv. enjoyable, pleasant. [Vram,
903.]
rayi, m. wealth, treasure. [prop, 'be-
stowal' (cf. 70 n ), fr. ri, a weaker form
of Vlra, 'bestow,' 1155.1: cf. ratna and
rai.]
ravi, m. the sun.
r a g a n a , /. cord ; strap ; rein, [cf . ragmi.]
rag mi, m. 1. line, cord; 2. Jig. (line,
i.e.) ray, of light; beam, [so Eng. ray
involves a metaphor, its Lat. predecessor
radius meaning orig. 'staff' and then
' spoke ' : cf . ragana and ragi.]
rasa, m. la. the sap or juice of plants
(36 18 ), and esp. of fruits ; fruit-syrup, 68 l ;
Ib. fig. the best or finest or strongest
part of a thing, its essence or flos, 44 7 ,
83 3 ; Ic. sap, generalised, fluid, liquid ;
drink, 15 1T ; 2a. taste (regarded as the
chief characteristic of a liquid); 2b.
taste, i.e. relish for, 97 6 ; 2c. object of
one's taste, esp. that which pleases one's
taste, e.g. the beauties (of a story), 56 n .
rasa, f. 1. moisture ; 2. Rasa, a
mythical stream supposed to flow round
the earth and atmosphere, [cf. rasa.]
rasika, a. tasty; as m. connoisseur, [rasa,
1222.]
V rah (rahita; rahitum). leave, give up,
abandon.
+ v i , abandon, separate from, in viraha.
r alias, n. solitude; lonely place; as adv.
[llllbj, secretly. [Vrah.]
V Ira (rarate; rarau, rare; arasta; rata),
give, grant, bestow, [see rai : cf . rayi.]
V 2ra (rayati [761dl]). bark; bark at.
[cf . Lat. in-ri-re, ' growl at.']
raksasa, a. demoniacal; as ??j. a demo-
niacal one, a Rakshas. [raksas, q.v.,
1208a.]
rag a, m. 1. coloring, color; 2. affec-
tion, feeling, passion. [Vraj, 216.1.]
raghava, m. descendant of Raghu, i.e.
Rama, [raghii, 1208c.]
V raj (rajati, -te ; raraja, reje [794e 2 ];
arajit).
1. direct ; rule ; be first ; be master
or king of, w. gen. ;
2. shine ; be illustrious ; distinguish
one's self ; caws, cause to shine.
[orig., perhaps, two distinct roots,
but no longer distinguished in form,
and with the two sets of mgs partly co-
incident: w. raj 1, cf. Vlrj, 'reach out';
w. raj 2, cf. V3rj, 'be bright,' and Vraj:
see under raj an.]
+ v i , 1. become master of, master (gen.),
81 u ; 2. shine out; ca;/s. adorn, 12 17 .
raj [nom. rat], m. king. [Vraj.]
r a j a , at end of cpds for rajan, 1249a 2 .
raj a-kula, ?. 1. royal family; in pi.,
equivalent to princes; 2. (as conversely
in Eng., The Sublime Porte, lit. ' the high
gate,' is used for the Turkish government)
the royal palace. [1280b.]
raja-dvara, n. king's door, door of the
royal palace.
rajan, m. 1. king, prince, I 8 , etc.; ap-
plied also to Varuna, 83 12 , 75 s , 76 1T ,
78 19 , 80 1 ; to Indra, 71 8 ; to Yama, 83 12 ' 8 ,
84 20. _2. equiv. to rajanya, a ksatriya
or man of the military caste, 59 13 - 22 ; 3.
at end of cpds : regularly raja ; sometimes
rajan, 6 s , 84 20 . [Vraj, 1160c: cf. Lat.
reg-em, ' king ' ; Keltic stem rig-, ' king ' :
from the Keltic was borrowed very early
the Germanic *rilc-, ' ruler ' ; of this, Goth.
reiki, AS. rice, 'dominion,' are dcrivs ; so
also Goth, reiks, AS. rice, ' powerful,'
Eng. rich: rice, 'dominion,' lives in Eng.
bishop-ric."]
rajanya, a. royal, princely; as m. one of
royal race, a noble, oldest designation of
a man of the second caste; see ksatriya.
[rajan, 1212dl.]
raja-putrd, m. king's son, prince, [acct,
1267.]
raja-putra, a. having princes as sons;
-tra, f. mother of princes. [1302 : acct,
1295.]
raja-purusa, m. king's man, servant of
a king, royal official.
raj as a,/. -I, a. pertaining to the second
of the three qualities (see rajas 4), pas-
sionate, as terminus technicus. [rajas,
1208a.]
rajendra, m. best or chief of kings,
[raja + indra.]
r a j n I , f. queen, princess, Anglo-Indian
rannee ; ruler, [rajan, 1156.]
rajya]
[230]
rajya, n. kingship, [raj, 1211.]
rati, a. ready to give or bless; gracious;
as f. grace, [v'lra, 'give.']
r a t r a , n. for ratri at end of cpds. [1315b.]
ratri, later ratri, /. night, [perhaps fr.
s'ram, 'rest.']
V radh (radhn6ti; radhyate [761a], -ti ;
raradha ; aratsit ; ratsyati ; raddha ;
raddhva ; -radhya; radhayati). 1. be
successful ; prosper, have luck ; be happy,
103"; 2. trans, make successful or
happy ; gratify ; cans, accomplish ; make
happy, satisfy, [akin w. Vrdh.]
+ apa, 1. hit away (from the mark),
miss (the mark), fail; 2. be at fault,
be to blame ; offend, sin ; aparaddha,
guilty, to blame, 33 l . [for 1, cf. the
simple verb, ' succeed,' i.e. ' make a hit ' :
for 2, cf. the relation of Eng. fail and
fault.]
+ a, caus. make happy, satisfy.
radhas, n. gracious gift, blessing. [V radii,
' gratify ' : for mg, cf . French gratification,
'gift.']
ram a, a. dark; as m. Rama, hero of the
epos Ramayana ; cf. raghava.
rayas-posa, m. development, i.e. in-
crease of wealth, [gen. s. of rai, 1250d :
171 2 .]
rava, m. cry; yell; howl. [Vru, 1148.2.]
r a 5 i , m. troop, host ; heap. [perhaps
akin w. rac.mi, q.v. : for connection of
mg, cf. Eng. line and French cordon, as
applied to soldiers.]
r a s t r a , n. kingdom ; sovereignty. [V raj 1 :
see 219 5 , 1185a.]
rastri, f. directrix, sovereign, [v'raj 1:
see 219 5 , 1182 2 .]
rastriya,a. belonging to the sovereignty ;
as m. sovereign, ruler, [rastra, 1215.]
rahu, m. The Seizer, Rahu, who is sup-
posed to seize and swallow sun and moon,
and thus cause eclipses, [prob. fr. Vrabh,
1178 2 .]
V rior ri (rinati; riyate [761c]). 1. act.
cause to run or stream, let loose ; 2. mid.
flow; run; dissolve, [cf. Lat. rl-vus,
'stream, brook'; provincial Eng. run,
' brook,' as in Bull Run ; Ger. rinnen, Eng.
run: see also VII + pra.]
V ric (rinakti; ricyate [761b] ; rir6ca,
ririce; araiksit, arikta; reksyati; rik-
ta ; pass, ricyate ; caus. recayati). 1.
leave ; 2. let go, let free ; 3. very
rarely (like Eng. colloq. part with), sell.
[w. rinakti cf . Lat. linquit, ' leaves ' :
cf . t-\iit-e, ' left ' ; Lat. lic-et, ' it is left, i.e.
permitted' (Eng. leave means 'permis-
sion ') ; AS. Icon, <dlh-an, Ger. leih-en, ' leave
a thing to a person for a time, einem
etwas iiberlassen, i.e. lend'; AS. lain,
' gift, loan,' Eng. noun loan, whence denom.
verb loan; fr. Isen comes liSnan, 'give,
loan,' Old Eng. Jen-en, preterit len-de,
whose d has become part of the root in
Eng. lend (though good usage has not
sanctioned the precisely similar blunder
in drownd-ed).~]
+ ati, mid. (through pass, sense be left
over) surpass ; predominate ; cans, cause
to be in surplus ; overdo, 96 12 .
V rip (rirepa ; ripta). 1. smear; stick;
smear, and so 2. as in Eng., defile ;
3. (with the same metaphor as in the
Ger. an-schmieren) cheat, impose upon,
[the old form of Vlip: see under Vlip.]
ripii, m. impostor, cheat ; later foe. [Vrip,
1178b.]
ripra, n. defilement; impurity. [Vrip,
1188c.]
ripra-vaha, a. carrying off or removing
impurity, [acct, 1270.]
V ri (rinati, -te; rista). 1. pull; 2.
pull or bite off, crop, [older form of
Vlig.]
V ris (resati; riayati, -te [761a]; rista ;
caws, resayati; aririsat). be hurt; re-
ceive harm ; caus. harm.
V ri, see ri.
V ru (rauti [626]; ruvati; mrava; ar 
